PB^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) A/. A fe'^^ 1.0 I.I ^iii Ilia iiin o 2.2 1:25 i 1.4 12.0 Is 1.6 . Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 {71^) 872-4503 ^^ ^«5> r CiHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notas/Notas tachniquas at bibliographiquas The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. □ Coloured covers/ Couverture da couleur I I Covers damaged/ D D Couverture endommagde Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurie at/ou pelliculAe Cover title missing/ Le titre de couvrrture manque I I Coloured maps/ D Cartes giographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre qua bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or ilSustrations/ D D D n Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ ReliA avec d'aut«'es documents Tight binding may causa shadows or distortion along interior margin/ Lareliure serree peut causer de I'ombra ou da la distorsion lie long de la marge intarieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties iors dune restauration apparaissont dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas iti filmies. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplimentaires; L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a iti possible de se procurer. Les c^atails dn cet axemplaire qui 5ont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la m^thode normaie de filmage sont indiqu^s ci-dessous. The to tl r~~| Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes □ Pages restontd and/or laminated/ Pages restaur^es et/ou pellicul^es Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages decolordes, tachatdes ou piqueas Q Pages detached/ Pages d^tachees FT] Showthrough/ The pes: oft film Orij beg the sior oth( first sior or il Transparence Quality of prir Quality indgale de Timpression Includes supplementary materia Comprend du materiel supplementaire idition available/ Edition disponible I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ □ Only edition available/ Seuie The she! TINi whf Mar diff( enti begi righ reqi met D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d errata, une pelure. etc., cnt 6t6 film^es d nouveau de facon a obtenir la meilleure image possible. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ca document est film* au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. JOX 14X 18X 22X I I I \ \ \ \ — I — m — \ — \ — \ — r 26X 30X 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: National Library of Canada L'eaemplaire filmi fut reproduit grAce A la g6n6rosit6 de: Bibiiothdque nationale du Canada The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering tha condition and legibility of the original copy and in Iteeping with the filming contract sp'^cifications. Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettet6 de I'exemplaire fiimd, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmaga. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printgd or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimde sont film6s en commenpant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmds en commandant par la premidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol —^' (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END "), whichever applies. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ^> signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN". Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to b«) entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre film6s d des taux de reduction diff6rents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul clichd, il est filmd d purtir de I'angle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images n6cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mdthode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 V- ■ ■ t.-t.,-^r>('.' O 6 J-^u-t^ ■^ 1- -^ 0^^ ^ X \, < :) U »H^s-" ■^ 4-^2^^ 't FIRST LATIN BOOK AND READER wriH THK NKPOS AND CAKSAH SKI.KCTIONS PKESCRIMED KOK MATRICU- LATION IN jJJK UNIVKRSITY OF TORONJO J. KLE' Professor of Latin, Uuiversity College, Toronto. h 3luthori£cb bu flu ^cvartmcnt of (gbucatiou for (nntarit TORONTO : THE COPP, CLARK COMPANY, LIMITED. igoo.' i Entered according to Act of the Parliament o Canada, in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety-two, by The Cot^-p, Clark Co LiMiTKD, in the Office of the Minister of Agriculture. V'^%^5- 1 CONTENTS. one jO., (r '' ,1 ■ PART I.-ACCIDENCE AND SYNTAX. LESSONS. I._TheVerb ^^^^; n. — First Conjugation m«— The Noun— First Declension IV.— Subject and Object v.— First Declension ( Continued) ............" 6 VI.— First Conjugation— Impf. and Fut !.*!!!! 8 VII. — Second Declension VIII.— Second Declension {Coniinued) . . ,? IX.— " *. .. " X.— First Conjugation.— Perf., Plpf. , Fut. -pf! ....... \ . . ^4 XI. - Imperative of First Conjugation .."''' , - XII. — Latin Gender ^ XIII. — Adjectives in US XIV. — Adjectives in ER XV. — Inflection of Sum XVI.— Irregular Adjectives in US and ER ' .* .*''."* 26 XVII.— Interrogative Sentences o XVIII. — Third Declension XIX.— Tliird Declension {Contmued\ f XX.— " « « 3j XXI.— " '< « 36 XXIL— " .< . .. 38 XXIII.— « «« u 40 XXIV.— «« « (« 42 XXV.— Irregular Nouns of Third Declension '..'. 4; XXVI.— Gender of Nouns of Third Declension . /. XX VII. —Adjectives of Third Declension L XXVIII.— " '. «* .< 49 XXIX. — Comparison of Adjectives ' ■■'"■' ^ XXX.— Irregular Comparison ... ' * ,r y WT ., ^ ., so 59 9% CONTENTS. LESSONS. PAGES. XXXII. — Adverbial Comparison 60 XXXIII.— Fourth Declension 62 XXXIV.— Fifth Declension 63 XXXV. — Numeral Adjectives and Adverbs 65 XXXVI. — Passive Voice of First Conjugation 70 XXXVII.— '• " ** « " 72 XXXVIII. — Review of Passive Voice 74 XXXIX.— Adverbs 75 X L. — Second Conjugation 78 XLI. — Second Conjugation {Continued) 81 XLII. — Third Conjugation. Rules for Place S3-85 XLIII. — Formation of Perf. Stems of Third Conjugation .... 87 XLIV. — Passive of Third Conjugation 89 XLV. — Fourth Conjugation 91 XLVI. — Passive of Fourth Conjugation 94 XLVII. — Cognate Accusative. Ace. with Prepositions in Com- position 95 XLVII I. — Verbs in lO of Tiiird Conjugation 97 XLIX. — The Participle lOO L. — Passive Participles loi LI. — Personal and Reflexive Pronouns 104 LII. — Infinitive 107 LIII. — Accusative with Infinitive 109 LIV. — Infinitive with Verbs of Hopini; no LV. — Ace. with Infinitive (Continued) iii LVI. — Deponents 1 13 LVII. — Deponents {Continued) I16 LVIII. — Demonstrative Pronouns .... 117 LIX. — Dative with verbs compounded with Prepositions. . . . 120 LX.— Is. Idem. Ipse 122 LXI. — Genitive with Sum 124 LXII. — Relative Pronouns 12$ LXIII. — Correlatives 127 LXIV. — Interrogative Pronouns. Genitive of Quality 129 LXV. — Indefinite Pronouns 132 LXVI. — Dative of Purpose 134 LXVII. — Review Exercise on Pronoun 135 LXVIII. — The Subjunctive. Subjunctive in Simple Sentences . 136 LXIX. — Subjunctive in Simple Sentences {Contintted) 139 GES. 60 62 63 65 70 72 74 75 78 81 3-85 87 89 91 94 CONTENTS. ^^^ LaSSONS. LX XI. —Compounds of Sum pages. I,X XI I. —Defective Verbs. Memini. Coepi. Odi. Nov! 14c LXXI 1 1. -Irregular Verl)s. V6I0. Nolo. Malo .....'. ,47 LXXIV. -Ablative of Price LXX V. — Pero, / oirrj/ LXXVI.— Fio, /<(l.vw//^ II ^^^ LXXVII._Eo. 1^0. Abl. of Separatioii '.'.'.'..'. Ill LXXVIir.-Edo. /.«/ ..^ .'.'."!l.'."'""" ijy LXXIX. — Imperso.ial Verbs ^ LXXX.— Passive use of Verbs that Govern the Dat . . 164 T^v^v\^rr'~IrP.""'°"''^ ^"■^' (C.«///,«.,/;. Miseret. Interest. 165 i^XXXlL— Verbs with Ace. and Gen jg^ LXXXIII. -Personal Pronouns of the Third Person . .[ . . . . . ." .' ." 168 LXXXIV.— Geiund and Gerundive ,__ LXXXV.— Passive Periplirustic Conjugation .W... 172 I.XXXVI.— Active Periphrastic Conjugation. Supine .'...'... . 174 LXXX VII. —Classificalion of Clauses. Indirect Question 176 LXXXV I II. - -Classification of Tenses. Sequence of Tenses . . . .[ 178 LXXXIX.— Noun-clause introduced by Quod or Ut " . 181 XC. — Final Clauses ' r, XCI.— Qui Final. Quominus and Quin. Ndve '.'. 184 XCII.— Clauses of Result (Consecutive) * ,87 XCIII.— The Conditional Sentence .............. 190 XCIV.— Classification of Conditional Sentences ............ 192 XCV.— Comparative and Concessive Clauses ,oc XCVL -Causal Clauses .".".'.".'■"."■.■■■■ 18 XCVII.— Temporal Clauses XCVIII. —Syntax of Quum XCIX.— Indirect Narration " C. -Summary of Rules for Indirect Narration .' .' 2m CL-Passages in Direct and Indirect Narration ... 212 CII.— Notes on the Tenses r !v '~il''''^ °" ^^' Participle-Translation of' " mUola '"'. 2 Is ^AV.— The Preposition ' 221 VIU C0NTKNT8. PART II. PAGB. Declension of Nouns 229 Irregular Nouns 239 Adjectives 242 I'ronouns 248 'I':il)Ies of Regular Verbs 252 Tables of Irregular Verbs 260 Rules of Syntax 276 CORNKI.HJS NkF'OS — Theniistocles 309 Aristlcles 315 Hannibal 316 Caesar, De Hell. (iall. , Book IV 325 Caesar, De Bell. Gall., Book • V, 1-23 34I Notes on Nkpos— Theniistocles 352 Aristides 357 Hannibal 35^ Notes on Caksar — Book IV 363 Book V 374 Exercises in Latin Prose, Based on Nepos and Caesar 379 Latin-English Vocabulary 413 English-Latin Vocabulary 483 Pronunciation of Latin— Roman Method 511 FIRST LATIN BOOK. PART I. ACCIDENCE AND SYNTAX. / FIEST LATIN BOOK LESSON 1. THE VERB. 1. Latin verbs are divided into four classes, called conjugations. 2. The first conjugation includes all verbs th.it have the charac teristic vowel -a before the present infinitive ending -re: as, &ma-rd, to love. 3. The second conjugation includes all verbs that have the characteristic vowel -e before the present infinitive ending -re: as, mdne-rS, to advise. 4. The third conjugation includes all verbs that have the char- acteristic vowel -6 before the present infinitive ending -re; as, rSgS-rS, to rule. 6. The fourth conjugation includes all verbs that have the characteristic vowel -i before the present infinitive ending -re : as, audi-re, to hear. Exercise. Learn the following verbs and state the conjugation to which each belongs : — Aroa-re, to love. dele-re, to destroy. puni-re, to punish, t6fifS-re, to caver. v6ni-re, to come. SSrc-ro, ia safzv. vesti-re. to clothe. t6ne-re, to hold. quaeriS-re, to ask. time-re, to fear. lauda-re, to praise. dacd-ru, to lead. FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON II. FIRST CONJUGATION. 1. The first conjugation includes all verbs that have the charac- teristic vowel -a before the present infinitive ending -re: as, fi-ma-re, to love. 2. The part of ama-re that is left after dropping the ending -re, is called the present stem. Thus : ama-re, /o lovej present stem, ama-. 3. The present indicative a.cive of the first conjugation is as folio s : — ' Singular. 1. Pers., amo, I love. 2. ' ' ama-s, thou lovest. 3. ' ' ama-t, ke {she, it) loves. Plural. 1. Pers., ama-mus, 7c/if /ot/^. 2. " avaa-tia, j'ou love. 3. " ama-nt, ///.?/ /^^. Note I. The Latin verb expresses person and number by end- ings.* Ncte 2. The forms of the present indicative represent the indefi- ni te, progressive, and emphatic forms of the English present. Thus : amo is either, / lov(^ (indefinite), / am loving (progressive), or, / do love (emphatic). Note 3. Ama-s, is you love (sing.) ; ama-tis, you love (plural). Exercise. Learn, and inflect like amo, the foUov/ing verbs : — porto, porta-re, to carry. laudc lauda-re, to praise. aro, dra-re, to plough. voce, v6ca-re, to call. ddno, dona-re, to give. clamo, clama-re, to shout. pugno, pugna-re, to fight. spero, spera-ro, to hope. ♦These endings were perhaps originally pronouns. Thuj:— auio-ama-o-m : »'. e. , ama, pres. stem (love) ; -o, connecting-vowel ; and -m, / (seen in Latin me, and English me). i I THE NOUN. 3 Translate into English :— I. Laudo. 2. Arant. 3. Vocatis. 4. Pugnamus. 5. Donas. 6. Portat. 7. Pugnas. 8. Vorant. 9. Laudas. 10. Speratis. 11. Aramus. 12. Sperant. Translate into Latin : — I. I fight. 2. You plough. 3. ing. 5. He calls. 6. You give. 9. He carries. 10, They give. 13. You ai\l(stn£^.) They praise. 4, 7. They hope. II. We plough. We are carry- 8. We praise. 12. He fights. LESSON III. THE NOUN. 1. Latin nouns have two numbers and three persons. They have, however, six cases : the Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Accusa- tive, Vocative, and Ablative. 2. The Nominative case is the form the noun has when it is the subject of a sentence. 3. The Genitive is the form the noun has when it expresses the meaning of the English possessive or possessive with of. 4. The Dative is the form the noun has when it express-s the meaning of the English indirect object with the prepositions ^o or /OK 9 5. The Accusative is the form the noun has when it is the direct object of a verb, or governed by a preposition which takes the accusative. 6. The Vocative is the form the noun has when it expresses the meaning of the English Nominative of address. 7. The Ablative is the form the noun has when it expresses the various relations indicated by the prepositions wttk h^> from or in. The Declensions.— First Declension. 8. Latin nouns are divided into five classes, called declensions. FIRST LATIN BOOK. which are distinguished from each other by the ending of the geni- tive singular. 9. In the first declension the genitive singular ends in -ae; in the second declension in -i; in the third declension in -is; in the fourth declension in -us; in the fifth declension in -ei. 10. In the first declension the nominative ends in -a, -e,-aa, or -es. Note. Nouns in -a and -e are feminine ; those in -as and -es are masculine. But words in -a, denoting male beings, are masculine : as, nauta, a sailor; agricola, a farmer. 11. Nouns in -a of the first declension are thus declined :— Mensa, a table. Singular. NoM. mensa, a table. Gen. mens-ae, of a table. Dat. mens-ae, to or for a table. Ace. mens -am, a table. Voc. mens-a, O table. Abl. mens-a, with, by, from, or in a table. Plural. mens-ae, tables. mens-arum, of tables. mens-is, to or for tables. mens-as, tables. mens-ae, O tables. mens-is, with, by, from or in tables. Note. Latin has no article ; therefore, mensa may mean table, a table, or, the table. 12. Most nouns of the first declension end in the nominative singular in -a. These are all declined like mensa, by dropping the -a and adding the case-endings of mensa. Thus : Umbra, a shade; gen., umbr-ae; dat., umbr-ae, and so on. Exercise. Learn the following nouns and decline each like mensa : rosa (gen., ros-ae), a rose. luna(gen., lun-ae), the moon. nauta (gen., naut-ae), a sailor. fi-qua (gen., ^qu-ae), ivatet victoria (gen., victori-ae), victory pviella (gen., puell-ae), a girl. umbr& (gen., umbr-ae), a shade. insiila (gen., insiil-ae), an island. agricdla (gen. , agrlc6l-ae), a fanner. stalla (K en., stell-ae), a star. jni- in the or are 10 : SUBJECT AND OBJECT. 6 Translate into English : — I, Stella. 2. Insiilae. 3. Lunfirum. 4. Puellis. 5. Aquae. 6. Nautarum. 7. Agricolis. 8. Umbra. 9. Victoriae. 10. Puella. II. Rosarum. 12. Lunas. 13. Agricolae. 14. Nautae. Translate into Latin : — I. Of stars. 2. With roses. 3. Of a sailor. 4. Of farmers. 5. With water. 6. Of girls. 7. For a farmer. 8. Of the moon. 9. With victories. 13. Of a girl. 14. 10. O girl. O star. II. To a rose. 12. With a rose. or a ve he rr. LESSON IV. SUBJECT AND OBJECT. 1. The subject of a finite verb is put in the Nominative: as Agricola arat, f/ie fanner ploughs. Here, agrlcola is the subject of the verb arat and is in the Nominative case. 2. The verb agrees with the subject Nominative in number and person : as, Agricola arat, f/ie farmer ploughs j here, agricola is third person singular, and arat agrees with the subject agricoia. Agricolae arant, the farmers plough ; B.sr\co\B.e is third person plural, and arant agrees with agricolae. 3. The direct object of a transitive verb is put in the Accusative : as, Puella rosam laudat, the girl praises the rose; here, rosam is accusative singular governed by laudat. Puella rosas laudat, the girl praises the roses j here, rosas is ac^:usative plural governed by laudat. 4. The indirect object of a transitive verb is put in the dative : as, Puer epistolam puellae donat, the boy gives a letter to the girl (ox gives the girl a letter); here, puellae is the indirect object and is in the dative case. Exercise. Learn and decline the following nouns ; learn, and inflect in the present, the following verbs : — 6 FIRST LATIN BOOK. n Patria, one's mtive land. canto, are, sing. exspect-o, are, expect, lookjor. orn-o, are, adorit. postW-o. are, demand. regrina, a qnecn. Puella, a girl. epistola, a letter. pScunia, money. ^Qrr&, t/ie eart/i, land. Translate into English :— I- Puella rosam laudnf -> a • i Puellae epistolam exspec mt 7"™'^" Pecuniam postulant. 3. terram arant. 8. Nautae fun " "'■■"" """"■ '■ ''«"^^''- ^ona™,s. ,0. Naut:r;;H T z^t"), yt '''-''' exspectant. 12. Puella r^crin.o Nautae victoriam Translate into Latin :— i. He is calling the farmer 2 tj,« f 3. Vou are praisin, .„, vict^^of "he sai b""? 7"^ "" '^"''- tothegr. 5. Theniip^n „ ■ ,* ^^'""^s. 4- He gives a rose farmers love the shade frr' -^ ''"" "' *= *•-'• *• The «• We adorn the tables' of LoteT 7 ?,' f "''"* "'™^y- a -etter. ,o. The farmers are caning l^ '^TV] T"7 shade. 12. The sailors give the rtrls TT ' '"''^ "'' praise the roses of the farmer I *t u' '^^ ^*'^ ^'-^'^ armer. 14. They give the sailors money. LESSON V. FIRST DB0LBNSION.-(C„„„„w.) fi; thrc^eef. 'Velr'declf "^'■°"'" " ■^•"■'' ^ ^^ ^"-ed •hey may be learned a! a Csmgl'^ "^™ '" *^ ^'"'^"'"^' »^ -.'; Tir::tT::rd°:r>,:i:e";Lt?^ aUabuB,Ubertabu8, mulabus. ^' "^ '''"■"""''' ^ "s, deabus. 3. A when it expresses «../.„ ,„, ^3 ad (with the ace.) ; and - If* SUBJECT AND OBJECT. » A'r, when it means /«/^^/5^//-^/ is pro (with the abl.): as Adnorts.^, to the gate ; pro patria, for one's country. ' "^^^^^^ Exercise. Learn the following words ; the nouns : — amicltia, friendship, ^^^^^iJI^Jld^iue^JertjiitX:^^ porta, a gate. corona, a crown. Roma, Rome. patria, one's native land, sapientia, wisdom. decline and state the gender of all Gallia, Gaul, France. pinna, feather. - spect-o, are, ^aze at, see. ad, prep, (with ace), to, towards. e (or ex), prep, (with z!o\.),from, out of. in, prep., with ace, meaning into ; with abl., /■;/. - pro, prep, (with abl. ), beforeorfor. Translate into English ; audant. 3. P,„„as puelhs donatis. 4. Epistolas reginae ad Gal,am portamus. 5. Nautae Stellas exspectant. 6 Me„3as .egmae ad por.am porta.. 7. Nautae coronas puellis donan, . Am,c,.,am puellarum laudo. 9. Nautae coronam Iatl„ ' 10. Puellarum pumas laudas. ir Acrrimio n '^""^"t. lanHit TO T V- 11- Agricola puellarum coronas laudat. 12. In Galham epistolas nautae portant. 13. Reginarum filiae amicit.am nautarum laudant. 14. P,-o natri/ n!,? nant. patna nautae pug- Translate into Latin :— land « TK^ 1 • '"^"^^"'- • -i »e farmer ploughs the land. 8. The sailors pra.se the fertility of the land o Ti roses to the dau^ihters 10 Tl,. ^ -i me land. 9- 7 hey give farmer n \ '°- ^'^^ ^^^''^>'- P'^.ses the wisdom of the girlTl llZril^l'"' ^'^^ ^-^ «^ ^^- ^--er. ... The carrying water to the gate. 13. W the earth, j 4. H e praise the fertility of e carries crowns from the gate of the queen 8 FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON VI. IMPERFECT AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 1. The imperfect and the future of the indicative active of the first conjugation are formed by adding endings to the present stem. The imperfect indicative active of the first conjugation is mflected as follows :— Singular 1. Pers., ama-bam, 1 7vas loving. 2. " ^raa-heia, //lou wast hyviiiL;. 3. " ama-bat, he, {she, it) was loving. Plural. ftmS-bamus, 7ve ivere loving. fi.ma-batis, you were loving. d,ma-bant, they were loTjing. 2. The future indicative active of the first conjugation is inflected as follows : — Singular. 1. Fers., g,ma-bo, I shall love. 2. * fi,ma-bis, thou wilt lo^'e. 3. " ama-bit, he, {she, it) will loz'e. Plural. ama-bimus, we shall love. ama-bitis, you will love. ama-tunt, they will love. 3. With, when it expresses the instrument with which a thing is done, is expressed in Latin by the Ablative : as, Nautam corona ornat, he z's adorning the sailor with a crown. Exercise. Learn the following words; inflect the verbs and decline the nouns : — ancilla, maid-servant, hand-maiden, etc, are, stand. coma, hair. ■ Aquila, an eagle. silva, a ivood. via, a xvay, road. ambiilo, are, walk. dScoro, are, adorn. seco, are, cut. volo, are, /ly, per, prep, (ace), through. trans, prep. (ace. ), across. saepe, adverb, often. semper, adverb, ahuays. Translate into Ensrlish : — I. Regina epistolam filiae donabat. 2. Agricola silvam secabit. 1 SECOND DECLENSION. g 3. Puellae mensas reginae rosis saepe ornant a Fill, larum per silvam ambulant t Anrin! ^' ^ ^ ''«"™- 6. A,ui,a .rans si,va,„ ^labi,^";'"^:— 'T """*'"■"• Agricolae per silvam ambulabunt. 9 Fil ae ILT *' decorabune. ,0. Nau.ae lunam sa^pf pe«fbam 'T, "f7" regmae naucas ad mensam vocabun, .Tpueihe .. L rosas saepe laudahnnf t^ o • ^ueJiae agricolarum lA An.,-11 '^''^^^'''^^- '^- Kegina comam rosa saepe ornabat M. Ancilla regmae rosas ex silva portabat. Translate into Latin :— I. You will adorn the table of the queen with roses , tu farmer will cut a rose in the wood . tZ\ T I ^^^ the hair of the queen with aTse. 1 The gT^ot;^ T"? table of the queen with roses, c The ealle fl^ls u '" '^^ 6. The queen will give the ^^^Jr.:t:it'^XZi:l^^^^^^^^ The queen will always praise the handmaiden 8 Th T I ^' of the queen were praising the woodTof "helme/7 Th" farmers often give roses to the handmaidens o the ren xo tZ handmaiden w,Il adorn the table with roses n I Zil u letter to the handmaiden of th« ^^" ^'^^ the .hroughthewood 3 T^eeal,:"::" "• ^^ ^''f "f™ walk Sailors often stand in'.he wLer' ""^ '""" "" ""^- '"• LESSON VII. SECOND DECLENSION. 1. Nouns of the second declension have the genitive singular in - The nommative singular may end in -J, i V T '^ Nouns m -us -er anri Tt. ^^^ ^■ ' ' ^^^ ■^^' US. er. and -ir are mascuhne ; those in -um are neuter. Z. Nouns m -us are declined as follows :- Dominus, a lord, master. Singular. NoM. dominus, a lord. Gen. domin-i, of a lord. DAT. domin-o, to ov for a lord. Ace. domin-um, a lord. Voc. domin-e, C>/^;v/. Abl. dSmino, w///i, fy^ or from hrd. Plural. domin-i. lords. domlnorum, of lords. domin-is, to ox for lords. dominos, lords. domin-i, O lords. domln- iprdt. ivith, by, or from 10 FIRST LATFN BOOK. Vocabulary. (All words in the vocabularies should be learned by heart.) servua, i, a slave. murxis, i, a wall. d,micus, i, a friend. hortiis, i, a garden. dcdlus, i, an eye. Animus, i, the mind. delecto, are, delight. Italia, ae, Italy. Roma; ae, Rome. hodie, adv., to-day. Exercise. Decline, like dominus, all nouns in -us in the above vocabulary. Translate into English : — I. Domini hortus oculos delectat. 2. Regina^ domini hortos laudabit. 3. Dominus servum laudat. 4. Servi dominorum hortos semper laudant. 5. Domine, ancilla reginac mensam rosis deco- rat. 6. Horti reginae animum semper delectant. 7. Servi domi- nis epistolas donant. 8. Puella servo rosam donat. 9. Puellae amicis rosas donabunt. 10. Servi epistolas ad dominos portabunt. II. Horti dominorum animos saepe delectant. 12. Domine, aquilae trans hortos reginae volant. 13. Servus rosas reginae donat. 14. Servi dominos saepe laudabunt. 1 For words not given in the above list, see vocal ulary at end of book. Translate into Latin : — I . The slaves often praise their (omit) lords. 2. The masters will praise the daughters of the slaves. 3. The slaves adorn the tables of their masters with roses. 4. The girls often praise the hand- maidens of the queen. 5. The handmaidens often adorn the queen's table with roses. 6. The queen gives a letter to the slave. 7. The slaves of the master will walk to Italy. 8. They will adorn the walls of Rome with roses. 9. The slave gives a rose to the master. 10. The slaves give letters to-day to the masters. II. The master's slaves call the friends to the table. 12. The queen gives the daughter's letter to a friend. 13. The slaves will often praise the garden of the master. 14. The master praises the walls of the garden. 15= The master expects friends to day. SECOND DECLENSrON. LESSON VIII. SECOND DECLENSION-(c.«/.««.^. Nouns in -er are declined as follows :_ Maerister, a master, teacher. 11 Singular. NoM. magiater, a master. Gkn. magistr-i, of a master. DAT. magistr-o, to, or for a master. Ace. magistr-um, a master. Voc. magister O master. Abi.. magistr-o, with, by, or from a master. Plural. magistr-i, masters. magistr-orum. oj masters. magistr-is. to or Jor masters. magiatr-os, masters, magistr-i, O masters. magistr-is. 7uith, by, or from masters. POer, a boy. Plural. piier-i, boys. paSr-orum, of boys. puSr-ia, to, or for boys. pa6r-os, boys. pii6r-i, O boys. piier-is. 7aith, by, or from boys. Singular. NoM. piier, a boy. Gen. pu6r-i, of a boy, Dat. piier-o. to ox for a boy. Ace. piigrum, a boy, Voc. puer, O boy. Abl. pxier-6, 7vith, by, or from a boy. NOTK. In declining magister the -e is dropped ■ in rf^rli„;„ Puer the -e is retained. The following nouns „' eV o the scZ dec! retan, the -e : (a) Compounds of .fer and .ger .as Woofer W adulter, an adulter.,-; ^.ner. ..«.,-„v.^, ler ' ""i' law; vesper, evening, jamer tn- 2. Nouns in -ir are declined as follows :— VJr, a man. Singular. NoM. vir, a man. Gen. viri, of a man. Dat. viro. to or for a man. Ace. virum, a man. Voc. vir, Oman. Abl. Viro, with, by or from a man. Plural. vIri, 7nen. virorum, of men. viria, t'y or for men. viros, me)i, virf, O men. viris, with, by or from men. 12 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 3. With, when it means to^^cther with^ is expressed by the pre- position cum with the ablative ; as, cum puero, with a boy. Vocabulary. f&ber, fabri, a -luorkman. ager, Agri, a field. fabula, ae, a story. ludus, ludi, a game. populus, popiili, the people. campus, i, plain, field. poeta, ae, a poet. cum, prep. (abl.). with, in company ivith. Inter, prep, (ace), bviween, in the midst of. vasto, are, destroy, devastate. narro, are, tell. Exercise. DecHne all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each. Translate into English : — I. Agricola cum pueris agrum arabat. 2. Poeta pueris fabulas narrat. 3. Agricolae cum pueris campos arabunt. 4. Vir cum filia ludos spectabat. 5. Poeta filiae fabulas narrabit. 6. Pueri agricolae inter silvam ambulabunt. 7. Pueri per campum ambulant. 8. Servus reginae pueros ad hortos vocabat. 9. F'abri cum pueris ludos spcctabunt. 10. Puer fabro fabulam in horto narrabat. 1 1. Pucllae cum magistro in campo ambulabant. 12. Pueri per agros ambulabunt. 13. Regina cum ancillis per campum ambulat. 14. Agricolae agros vastabunt. Translate into Latin : - - I. The farmer was giving the money to the workman. 2. The man will praise the boy's letter. 3. You will plough the farmer's fields. 4. The master will call the slaves to the garden. 5. The poet will tell a story to the farmer's daughter. 6. The daughters of the farmer will walk through the wood. 7. The man will give a crown to the boy. 8. The farmer with the boys will plough the fields of the master. 9. 1 he boys were giving money to the poet. 10. The girls will praise the poet's crown. 11. The master calls the servants to the field. 1 2. The fields delight the eye of the master. 13. Vou will give money to the poets. 14. The farmer's girls will adorn the table of the queen with roses. SECOND DECLENSION. 13 LKSSON IX. SECOND DBCLENSION.-r (^o«.,-«..rf. ) oontn^rii" infh ''' •'''^°'' '^^'^"^■"" - -« --i -^--^ often ^uiuract -li in the jjenitive s nrrninr inf.^ i ,i- • "«icn in .he vocative .in,!;,,. ^:ZZ Z^^::'} ZrT "^ ^. D6u8, rt ^od, is thus declined • Nnm ha -^: ace., «un>; voc., a«u. , ab, dj^ "HrrLr'^'m .-' gen.,dS6rumord6iSmdat d«,-» i,- J'"™'' "om-. 1*1, m., di: av.re. /^., ^'"'^ /(W/v/ or they loved. 3. The pluperfect indicative active of thp fir«f : .• ronneU ,y addin, .a. ,„ .He perfec. s.^,, td 1 Xl:! •i to -6. It ,s inflected as follows ;— ^ ^^^^°"''^'^- Plural. Singular. Plural. ., Pers. ^,^,, r „^, ,_ ^^^,.^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^ loved. 3- " AmavS-rit, he, (she, it) will have lo7>ed. amave-rlnt. they will have loved Vocabulary. vasto, are, lay waste. hi6mo, are, pass the winter habito, to dwell. comporto, -are. collect, brim;. occiipo, are, seize. nran s r -i, a bear, ripa, -ae, a bank, 16cus, -i, a place. Romauus, -I, a /toman. cftvum. -i, a cave. fliivius. -1, a river. cas^ra, -orum, a camp. tectum, -i. a dwelling. ftnimentum, -I, corn. et, conjunction, and. ■que, conjunction, and, (writ- ten after word connected). 16 FIRST Latin book. Exercise. Decline all the nouns in the above list, and state the gender ol each. Give the perfect, pluperfe':t, and future-perfect of all verbs, and inflect them like amo. Translate into English : — I. Agricola frumentum ad tectum ex agris comportavit. 2. Viri cum pueris per silvas ambulabunt. 3. Agricolae ct ^liae in agris ambulaverunt. 4. Romani agricolarum agros vastabant. 5. Ro- mani in castris hiemav6rint. 6. Aquila trans ripam fluvii volavit. 7. Viri et pueri lignum ad oppidum portaverint. 8. Ursi in cavis saepe hiemaverant, 9. Romanorum pueri ludos ex castris specta- bunt. 10. Regina puerorum animos donis delectavit. 11. Ro- mani fluvii ripam occupav6rant. 12. Agricolae pueri lignum ex silva ad tectum portav6rint. 13. Regina ancillaeque per agros saepe ambulabant. 14. Bellum animos Romanorum semper delectavit. Translate into Latin : — I. The Romans devastated the farmer's fields. 2. The eagle had flown across the stream, 3. The bear often passes the winter in a cave. 4. The boys will have praised the walls of the town. 5. The men will seize the camp of the Romans. 6. The masters of the slaves gave corn to the Romans. 7. The queen with her {omit) handmaid often walks in the fields. 8. Gifts often delight the mind of a boy. 9. The queen and her handmaids dwell in the town. 10. The letter of the slaves delighted the mind of the master. 1 1 . The men will have passed the winter in the camp. 12. The daughters of the farmer were walking across the plain. T3. Boys had brought corn to the queen's gate. 14. The master will give crownr to the boys to-day. I PIR8T CONJUGATION. 17 LESSON XI. IMPERATIVE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 1. The imperative mood is used in commands, exhortations, and entreaties. 2. The second singular, present imperative active of the first con- jugation has the same form as the present stem. Thus : amare, to love; present stem, dma; pres. imperative, 2 sing., ama. 3. The present imperative active of the first conjugation is in- flected as follows : — Singular. 2 pers., &iaa, love or love thou. Plural. 2 pers., &ina-te, love ye ox y0u. 4. Ne is used with the imperative for not: as, Ne vocate, pueri. do not call^ boys. caelum, heaven, sky. ora, ae, shore, coast. amicitia, ae, friendship. dlligentia, ae, diligence. "cena, ae, feast, dinner. Vocabulary. filius, a son. excito, are, excitavi, arouse. pare, parare, pftravi, prepare. '-nato, are, natavi, s7vim. non, adverb, not. Exercise. Decline all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each ; inflect all verbs in the indicative and imperative active. Translate into English :— I . Filii agricolarum, stellas spectate. 2. Pueri, in fluvio nata^e 3- Domme, Romanos ad bellum excita. 4. Puellae, rosas ad regmae aulam portate. S- Aquila per caelum vnlnvif fi ViVj ^p tabulas puens narrate. 7. Amice, in stagno nata. 8. Puer, lignum ad agncolae tectum porta. 9. Filios agricolarum ad agros vocate 10. Puer, in silvis saepe ambula. 1 1. Magister, filiorum an.icitiam 18 FIRST LATIN BOOK. lauda. 12. Agricola, frumentum ex agris ad tectum porta. 13. Filia, ne cenam para. Translate into Latin, putting the verb at end of sentence : — 1. O farmer, call the boy to the field. 2. O boy, do not carry water to the men. 3. Arouse, O Romans, th-- men to war. 4. The camp delights the minds of the Romans. 5. O queen, praise the diligence of the farmers' daughters. 6. Often praise, O master, the diligence of the boys. 7. Carry roses to the dwelling, girls. 8. Adorn, O farmer's daughter, the table of the queen with roses. 9. O sailor, praise the fe"3t of the queen. 10. Call, O Romans, the sons of the sailors to the war. 11. Carry, O sons of the Romans, wood to the camp, 12. Call the farmer's sons to the feast. 13. Do not give a reward to the boy. 14. Delight the mind of the boy with a gift. 15. O girls, prepare a feast for the sailors. LESSON XII. LATIN GENDER. 1. Gender in Latin is determined (i) by the meaning of the noun (natural gender)^ (2) by the ending of the noun (grammati- cal gender). 2. General rules for determining the gender of a noun from the meaning are : — (i). Names of male beings are masculine : as, puer, a boy; vir, a man J 6qxrus, a horse j agricola, a farmer. (2). Names of females are feminine ; as, puella, a^zV/. (3). Names of rivers, winds, and mountains are masculine- as, Rhenixs, the Rhine; Eurus, the east wind; Olympus, Mt. Olympus. (4). Names of countries, towns, islands, gems, and trees are feminine : as, Aegyptus, Egypt; Corinthus, Corinth; Samus, Samos (an island; ; fagus, a beech; margarita, a pearl. (5). Indeclinable nouns are neuter: iis, ta.B, right ; n^^Ta.^- w*-flng; nihil, nothing. 13. adjectives in -us. Vocabulary. Id auxilium, i, aid. femina, ae, wife. insiila, ae, island. poeta, ae, a poet. tectum, i, dwelling. libSri, orum, children. liber, bri, book. imploro, are, avl, implore, ask. a or ab, prep, (abl.), from, by [always ab before a vowel]. Exercise. Decline all nouns in the above list, and state the gender of each • inflect all the verbs in the indicative and imperative present Translate into English : — I. Viri in tecta ligna portaverunt. 2. Agricolae puerorum animos delectabunt. 3. Puen magistrique per agros ambulabant. 4. Saepe auxilium a Romanis imploravgrant. 5. Agricolae cum feminis liberisque insulam habitant. 6. Agros aratro arate 7 Vn-is viam non monstrabunt. 8. Pueri magistro libros donant. 9 Aquilae trans fluvium volaverant. 10. Poetae in oppidum coronas portabant. 11. Ne vocate nautas ad oram. 12. Auxilium ab op- pido implora. Note.— The verb in Latin is usually at the end of the sentence. Translate into Latin : — ■i. They have called the sailors into the town. 2 They had walked with the boys in the fields. 3. You carried wood to the gates. 4. They will ask help from the children. 5. Do not call the girl to the gate. 6. The boy had implored aid from the masier 7. The men will plough the field with a plough. 8. They did not give the books to the master. 9. They dwell with their sons and daughters )n the island. 10. Eagles have often flown over the river. LESSON XIII. ADJECTIVES in -US. 1. An adjective in Latin (whether attributive or predicative) agrees m gender, number, and case, with the noun it qualifier Ihus : Vir bonus, a good man; bonus is nominative singular mas- culme, because vir is nominative singular masculine. Puellabona 20 FIRST LATIN BOOK. EH a good girl; b6na is nominative singular feminine, agreeing with puella. So also in Bellum longum, a long war, longum is nomin- ative singular neuter and agrees with bellum. 2. Many adjectives (called adjectives in -us), have three forms in the nominative for expressing gender, -one in xis, (for the masculine), one in -a (for the feminine), and one in -um, (for the neuter). Forms in -us are declined like Dominus; forms in -a, like Mensa ; and forms in -um, Tike Bellum. Thus : — Bonus, good. Singular. Masc. Fern. Neut. NOM. bonus, bona. bonum. Gen. boni, bonae, boni. DAT. bono. bonae, bono. Ace. bonum, bonam, bonum. Voc. b6n6, bona. bonum. Abl. bono. bona, Plural. bono. Masc, Fern. Neut. NOM. boni, bonae. bona. Gen. bonorum bonarum. bonorui Dat. bonis, bonis, bonis. Ace. bonds, bonas. bona. Voc. boni, bonae. bona. Abl. bonis. bonis, bonis. e tog( jther puer carus, a dear boy. — Singular. NoM. puer carus, a dear boy. Gen, pueri cari, of a dear boy. Dat. puero caro, to ok for a drar boy. Ace. puerum carum, a dear boy. Voc. piier care, O dear boy. Abl. piiero card, wit/i, by or from a dear boy. Plural. piiSri cari, dear boys. puerorum eardrum, of dear boys. piigris caris, to ox: for dear boys. pu6r6s caros, dear boys. pueri cari, O dear boys. piieris caris, with, by or from dear boys. 4. An adjective is often used with the noun understood : as, B6nus, a good man; bona, a good woman; bonum, a good thing. with min- )rms the the 1 -a, boys. vs. dear multus, -a, -urn. much, many. altus. -a, -urn, high, deep. magnus, -a, -um, irreat. rapldus, -a, -um, ft. densus, -a, um, thick. longus, -a, -um, long. adjectives in -us. Vocabulary. 81 clarus, -a, -um. clear, bright, dis- tinguished. Mber, libri, a book. saxum, -1, a rock. -" dlscipiilus, -i, a pupil. —schola, -ae, a school. Exercise. ^^ necline together: p«er bonus, vir ma«nu., paeUa cara, :.ensa Translate into English :— I. Agricolae campos magnos araverunt. i. Aquilae ma,.n->, trans fluvios altos volav6rint. 3. Pueri multi lihr„ ^ 4. Puer:, iibros virorum '^^^^oX^^l^TC^^r^Zt, t:^:^ Tt ''""""''i '■ '^^'"^™» ««'s.ei,:rcia'^: spectaverai t. 7. Vir pueros bonos semper laudabit. 8 Romani m castns h.emabltis. 9. Ursi in silvis dansis saepe hieta„r ,"' Agricoiae cum mulUs viris frumentum portabant , , Ubri d s ' cpulorum amnios saepe delectaverim. ,2. Aquila el ^iltll saxum volaverat. ,3. Pueri. libros ad scholam ^ rtate 4 Pueri multi hbros viri clan laudaverunt. ^ Translate into Latin :— I. O boy, praise the diligence of the farmer's son. 2. The bovs W.II have walked across high rocks to-day. 3. The former and h,s sons w,I gaze at the bright sta.. 4. The boy is carfy " many books to school. 5, Bears often pass the wintef in a th ckTood 6^ O ma ers, pra.se the diligence of the good boys. 7. The "eam 'o 'ZlT'^''"=% 9- The boy walked across the swift stream. 10 The Romans often wintered in camn. n. The good 1 2. The sons of the farmer swam across the deep river. as, 22 FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON XIV. ADJECTIVES in -ER Of the First and Second Declensions. 1. Besides adjectives in -us, -a, -um, there are others in -er, a, urn, belonging to the first and second declensions. These are inflected as follows : — Aeger, sick. I s Masc. NoM, aeger, Gen. aegri, Dat. aegro, Ace. aegrum, Voc. aeger, Abl. aegro, Masc. NOiM. aegri, Gen. aegrOrum, Dat. aegris, Ace. aegros, Voc. aegri, Abl. aegris, Singular. Fern. aegra, aegrae, aegrae, aegram, aegra, aegra, Plural. Fern. aegrae. aegrarum, aegris, aegras, aegrae, aegris, Nmt. aegrum. aegri. aegro. aegrum. aegrum. aegro. Neut. aegra. aegrorum. aegris. aegrS,. aegra, aegris. t i 1 Masc. NoM. tener, Gen. ten6ri, Dat. tenSro, Ace. toiler um, Voc. tener, Abl. tSnSro, TSner, lender. Singular. Fern. tenera, tenerae, tenerae, teneram, tenera, tfinera. Neut. tenerum. teneri, tenero. tenerum. ten6rum. tenSro. il!i I ADJECTIVES IN -ER. 23 Masc, NoM. tfinSri Gen. tSnSrorum, Dat. t6n6ras, Ace. tSnSros, Voc. t6n6ri, Abl. tSnSris, Plural. Fem. Neut. t6n6rae, tSnSra. t6n6rarum, tfinSrorum. tgnSris, tSnSris. tenSras, tdnSra. t6n6rae, tSnSra. tSnSris, t6n§ris. Note.— Aeger is inflected in the masculine like magister; and, like magister, drops -e in the cases other than the nominative and vocative. Tener is inflected like puer, and retains the -e throughout. Both are inflected in the feminine like mensa, and in the neuter like bellum. 2. Most adjectives in -er drop -e in inflection, and are declined like aeger. The following retain the -e and are inflected like tener: miser, wretched; asper, rough; lacer, torn; liber, free; prosper, fortunate ; and the compounds of -fer and -ger : as, aquilifer eagle-bearing; armiger, armour-bearing. Vocabulary. niger, -gra, grum, black. siius, -a, -um, his, her, its, their. miser, -era, -erum, wretched. pulcher, -chrfi,, -chrum, beautiful. noster, -trfi,, -triim, our. conflrmo, conflrmare, confirm, vester, -tra, -trum, yottr {referrins avi, establish. to more than one).- nunquam, adv., never. mSus, -a, -um, (voc. sing, masc, mi), tectum, -i, a dwelling. ^"'^' periciilum, -1, danger. tiius, -a, -tim, thy, your (referring to one). Exercise. Decline together : puer tiius, puella nostra, vlr miser, dominus vester. Translate into English : — I. Puer magno cum periculo in fluvio alto natavit. 2. Magister filiarum suarum diligentiam saepe laudavCrat. 3, Pueila iibros virorum clarorum hodie laudav6rit. 4. Agricola puero aegro rosam nunquam donaverat. 5. Romani amicitiam cum servis hodie 24 FIRST LATIN BOOK. saepe delectavit. r r. Dom nTdX. r^' ' dominorum animos ;^. Serv. .ensas ad reZe'^rrpr^rT, T^f^^" fluv.orum npas et per saxa alta volaverit ! ^'3- Aquda trans tuo rosas saepe laudat. ^' ^^"^inus in horto Translate into Latin :— I. The boys give a reward to the farmpr'c sadors of the Romans will have prllTd .hof " "' ^""^ '"^'^^^■ 3. O wretched man do not Z/ t ^''''''^''' dwellings. Your fnends will no tve pra 7d The '^ ^'^ ^"^^"'^ ^^"- 4- shall praise the friendship o'f" , ltd T" .''"^'^"^- 5- I queen will walk in the farmer's garden ^F ' ^'^ '^""^'^"^ wood from the forest to their dwenfnl « ^/"^"^'^ ^^^^ bring to the dwelling of the sick man or ^ '^ '°'"' ^ ^^^^''S' the minds of the masters. lo The^ooH h ^""^r" ^^^^>^^ ^^^'^^t carrying wood to the sick man ' '';/"°^^'^«>'« ^^ j^e farmer were of the gods with gold. 12. Gifts often Hr";''"'u'" *^^ *^"^P'es -en. ., The gold of the t f^p^^Xh ^^ ^^^^ of good ambassadors. 14. o farmer alwovc ."^^^'^^^ ^he eyes of the sons. "'"'' ^^^^y^ P^^'se the diligence of your V- LESSON XV. INFLECTION OP SUM, I AM. tivLJfolwt r' '^''^' ^^ ^"'^-^^^ - ^^^ ^"^icativeand impera- Singular. INDICATIVE PRESENT. I- Pers., sum, /tim. 3- " est, Ae, {she or t() is. Plural. sumus, zve are, estis, you are. sunt, they are. INFLECTION OP SUM, I AM. IMPERFECT. 1. Pers., aram, Tims. Sramus, we u^e. 2. " i^v^.^, thou wast. !^VBX\B, you were. 3. " erat, he, {she or //) was. ^rant, they were. FUTURE. 1 . Pers., ero, / shall be. 6rlmus, 7ve shall be. 2. " ^vis, thou wilt be. iritis, you 7vill be. }. " erit, he {she or it) 7vill be. grunt, they will be. 25 /, Pers, 5- PERFECT. , mi, I have been or / was. fiiimus. we have been or 7ve were misti, thou hast been or m\^VL^, you have been ox you were thou wast. merunt. or fiiere. they have been fOit, he, {she or it) has or they were, been or zvas. PLUPERFECT. I. Pers. , fueram, / hac/ been. fu^ramus. 7ve had been. I. " m&roA, thou hadst been. fxievmB, you had been. 3. " mer&t, he {she or it) had fi^&ra.nt, they had been, been, FUTURE-PERFECT. 1. Pers., fuero, I shall have been. fiierlmus. 7ve shall have been 2. " tUBviB, thou wilt have been. mevltia. you ivill have been 3- " fiierit, he {she or it) will fiierint. they 7vill have been. have been. IMPERATIVE-PRESENT. 2. Pers., es. be thou. 2. Pers., este. be ye or you. 2. An adjective used predicatively with the verb sum a-rees in gender and number with the noun to which it refers : as Puer est bonus, the boy is good, puoUa oat bona, the girl is good. V0CABUI,ARY. belHcosus. -a -um, rvarlike. Ariovistus, -i. Ariovistus. casa, -ae, a cottage. Rhenus, i, Rhine. par v-us. -a, -um. . (•»?/?// -d-uh.^^ - r,, ; — ■■'■'■-■ lixxwwittuus, -1, Rhone. .SSm^^^^,__almndance, (knty^ (in proelium. -i, a battle Sing) ; forces (in plural). Germanus. -f, a German tihvx, ^Av., yesterday. 26 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Exercise. Decline together : casa parva, fluvlus rapldus, populus belli- cosus. Translate into English :— I. Agricolarum filii in silva 6runt. 2. Reginae filiae erant pul- chrae. 3. Agricolarum casae fuerunt parvae. 4. Pueri parvi in Rheno natabant. 5. Romani bellicosi saepe fuerunt. 6. Ariovistus erat vir belllcosus. 7. Magnae erunt in provincia Romanorum copiae. 8. Agricolae filiae in silvis fuerunt. 9. Reginae filiae in Gallia fu6rint. 10. In oppido heri fulmus. i r. Frumcnti copia in arvo erit magna. 12. Multi pueri reginae in agris hodie fuerunt. 13. Romani in proeliis multis prosperi erant. 14. Germani multi in silva fu6rant. , Translate into Latin : — I. We were in the fields yesterday. 2. You (sing.) were prais- mg the walls of our town. 3. The farmer's son was in your gar- den. 4. The girls will "be in the thick forest. 5. The good man had been in great danger. 6. I have often been in the beautiful garden. 7. The farmer's daughter was sick 8. The good scholar will always delight the mind of the master. 9. Abundance of corn has always delighted the mind of the farmer. 10. The daughters of the queen are beautiful. 11. The man will praise the temple of the Romans. 12. You will be always good boys. 13. We shall be in the little temple to day. 14. The man and his daughter were in the forest yesterday. :i ! (hi LESSON XVI. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES in -US and -ER. 1. The following adjectives in -us and -er have, in all genders, the genitive singular in -ius and the dative in i: Alius, aiia, aliud! other; alter, altera, alteram, other of two; totus, tota, totum, whole; nulius, nulla, nullum, none; ullus. ulla, ullum, any; neuter,' aeutra, neutrum, neither; solus, sola, solum, alone; unus, una,* IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES IN -US AND -ER. 27 unum, one,- uter. atra. atrum, which of two f They are thus declined : — / ^ Masc. NoM. uniis, (jEn. unius, Dat. uni, Ace. linum, Abl. uno, NoM. alius, Gen. alius, DAT. am, Ace. aiium, Ahl. alio, Unus, otu. Fern. una, unius, uni, unam, una. Alius, ot/ier. ana, alius, am, aiiam, aila, Neut. unum. unius. uni, unum. uno. ailud. alius. am. aiiud. alio. Uter, which of two ? Masc. Pent. Neut. uter, utra, utrum. utrius, utrius, utrius. utrt, utri, utri. utrum, utram, utrum. utro, utra, utro. AltSr, other cf two. altSr, altera, altSrum. alterius, altSrius, alteriua. altSri, altSri, alt6ri. altSrum, altSram, altSrum. altSro, altera, altSro. 2. The plural^in every case is regular {i.e., like the _plural of bonus). — ■* NoTE.-Alter. other of two, makes -ius, and not -ius. in the genitive. ' " "^ Vocabulary. bellicosus, -a. -um. warlike. imperium, i, power, s^vay. malus. -a, -um, t>ad. ^octrina, teaLn,. miermTsSr "'-'''"" '^"^""'' '°^"°' ^^^' ^^' n.uld, fashion, miser, misera, miserum, wretched, convoco. are. avl. .«,L.«, .,. semble. Exercise. regnum, alter puer. """"' ^'"' "°^ '^"•"' """^^ ^^"^^- ^""^ Translate into English :— I. Alter vir hodie in castris est. 2. Pueri unam stellam in caelo spectant. 3. Magister animos discipulorum saepe format 4. Unus puer in schola hodie non erat 5. Per multas silvas hodie ambulavorunt. 6. Neuter puer librumtuum laudav6rat. 7. Utrum puerun. ,,„p g. Ad Britannos frumentum saepe portabant. 9. Puen doctrmam discipulorum saepe laudabunt. 10. Pueri, dili- Decline together 28 FIK8T LATIN BOOK. gentiamamicoiumvcstrorumlaudJlte. ii. Puer solus in silvu Stellas Claras spectavit. 12. Ne, pueri, miseros vires ad belluin excitate. 13. Viri iiiipcriuin Romanum laudaverunt. 14. Puer alteram pinnani j)uellac donavit. Translate into Latin : — I. The other son of the farmer will bring wood to the queen's dwelling. 2. An other boy will swim across the river. 3. iJo not, O boy, praise bad men. 4. The warlike queens will assemble their forces. 5. The boys often praise the queen's horses. 6. The scholars of the school prepared a feast for their friends. 7. No boy was in the school to-day. 8. The man is alone in the forest. 9. An other queen will give prizes to the sailors. 10. The Romans pitched an .>ther camp across the river. 11. The Romans built a temple between our camp and the banks of the river. 12. No horses are in the (iclds to-day. 13. Which of the two will carry the rose to the queen? 14. One man with his sons was walking in the fields. Ill LESSOxN XVII. INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. NE, NONNE, NUM. 1. Interrogative sentences in Latin (when not headed by an interrogativo pronoun or adverb) are usua'ly distinguished by one of the interrogative particles, -ne, nonne, num. The order of words does not, as in English, mark an interrogative sentence. 2. The particle -ne (which is written after the first word in the sentence), asks for information : as, Amatne? ifoes he love? The answer will be either, amat, he loves (i.e., Ves\ or non amat, he does not love (i.e., No). The particle -ne is generally appended to the emphatic word (which is then put first) : as, Piliusne amat? does the son love ? (i. e. -= Is it the son that loves ?) 3. Konne expects the answer Yes_: as, Nonne puer amat? docs not the boy love? The answer expected is, amat, he loves (i.e., Yes). Nonne is generally the first word in the sentence. INTERROOATIVK filONTFNCKS. 29 («.e., No). Num is generally the first word in the sentence. Note.- Ves and JVo, in answer to questions, have no single equiva- ISbirrr::; -^~"V expressed l,r,Ltin!. the VOCAHULARY. 6quu8. -1, a horse. jra. ae. an^^er. arvum. -i. a ploughed field. cur. adv. (interrog.) .ohy? J^ner. gren6rl. . son-in-la-a,. mox. adv., ...« ^ ^ ^ forum, -i. . ;.«.^.,.^/,,,. utsminterrog. adj.). ../././. oft.00 ? Exercise. Decline all nouns in the above list and state the gender of each. Translate into English .-— i^Nonne viri filios ad hortos vocant ? 2. Puellane est aeera^ 3. Num puen dommorum iram excitabunt ? 4. Agricolaene Iva do.n. heri ar.^^^^^ 5. Nonne reginae geneMn tula n^^^^^^ 6. Vir bonus medicmam puero aegro donabit. 7. Cur in schola hennonfu.st..P 8. Nonne agricola. in silva heri erant 9 N ^ magistn d.sopulorum diligentiam laudaverunt .> 10. Nonne e ,^ hgnum ad opp.di forum portabant ? 1 r. Cur vir puerorum iran hodje exatavit.; ,3. Discipuline in schola beati erun V x Puellaene m reginae aula ambulabunt.^ ,4. Num agricolae filius in horto magno fuerat .? -^K^^'t-oiae niius Translate into Latin I— I. Was not the boy in the school to-day.? 2. Will the queen rst;Vp^T-i?^f"' 3.Willthefarme%raisetheditnro his sons 4. \^ III the moon and the stars be bright P q Is not the daughter of the sailor good.? 6. Does not the fa.me " p louTh h^^lds? 7,Wnitheformerbeinthemarket-placeto^l S U^ stream? 10. Was the cottage of the farmer .small ? „ O farmer was not your son in the battle ? i-. \V\U mw a u. ' c udicic. 12. Will my daughter soon carry 30 FIRST LATIIT BOOK. the beautiful roses into the building, 13. Did the boy excite the anger of the slave? 14. Will not the master praise the diligence of the pupils ? Yes. LESSON XVIII. THIRD DECLENSION. 1. In the third declension, the genitive singular ends in -is; as, princeps, a chief; gen., princip -is. 2. The third declension is harder than the ist or 2nd, because it is harder to get the part of the noun to which the case-endings are to be added. Examples of the common types of declension are given under the usual classification ; but, to beginners, no rule is of much value but the following: Learn by heart the nom. and gen. of every noun of the 3rd decl. you meet. If the nom. and jen. are known, the noun is easily declined. 3. Nouns of the 3rd decl. are divided into two wide classes, according as the stem (f. e. the part of the word to which the end- ings are added) ends in a consonant or in -i. Rules will be given below for recognizing -i stems ; and when these are known, all others will, of course, be consotiant stems. CONSONANT STEMS. 4. Consonant stems* are divided into four classes : — (i) Labial stems (z>., stems ending in p, b, m). (2) Dental stems (/>., " " " t, d, s, n). (3) Lingual stems (/>., " " " r, 1). (4) Guttural stems {i.e., " " " c, g-). *The nominative of nouns of this class generally ends in -s, which, however, is drop- ped aftrr 1, n, r, 3, or eon>biiit;s with the gutturals c, g", to form x (ca o • g's = x) : as, regs=rex, kinj ; arcs = arx, citadel. T or d disappears before s : as, milit-i- S=milits = milis, or (with a change of vowel) miles, .soWter. The nominative of neuter nouns is the same as the stem ; as, fulgur, gen., fulgur-ls, light iihig. as. all THIRD DECLSNSION. 3J Princeps (masc. ), chief, pf ince. Singular. NoM. princeps, a chief. Gkn. princip-is, of a chief Dat. princip-i, to, ox for, a chief. Ace. princip-em, a chief. Voc. princeps, O chief. Abl. princip-e, with, by, ot from a chief. Plural. Prindp-es, chiefs. princip-um, of chiefs. Princip-ibus, to, ox for, chiefs. Princip-es, chiejs. princip-es, O chiefs. princip-!bus, with, by, ox from, chiefs. NoTE.^The nominative and vocative (singular and plural) are always alike in the 3rd declension. ' Trabs (fern.), a beam. Singular. NoM. trabs, a beam. Gen. trab-is, of a beam. Dat. trab-i, to, ox for, a beam. Acc. trab-em, a beam. Voc. trabs, O beam. Abl. trab-e. with, by, from, or in a beam. Plural. tr&b-es, beams, trab-um, of beams. trabibus, to, ox for beams. trab-es, beams.. trab-es, O beams. trab-ibus, with, by, from, or in beaf/ts. Singular. NoM. hjems, iv inter. Gen. hiem-is, of 7vinter. Dat. hierai, to, or for winter. Acc. hiem-em, ivmter. V^oc, hiems, O winter. Abl. hiem-e, with, by, from or in winter. Hiems (fern.), winter. **LURAL, hiSm-es, winters. hI6m-um, of wtnten. ^;®°i-Ibus. '0, ox for winters. liiem-es, winters. hI6mes, O winters. Iii6m-n)us, wtth, by, from, or in winters. the'^-^ofTh''r"'.°''^' ^1 ^''^'"'"'^ ^'^ ^^^^'"^d by dropping the -Ts of the genitive singular and adding to the part of the nnnn remaining the case-endings given above. ^ """" 32 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Gallus, i, a Gaul. verbum, i, a word s&gittS., ae, an arrow. loco, locare, \6c&v\, place, pitch. pftro, are, avi, prepare. Vocabulary. vulnero, vulnerare, vulneravl, wound. contra, prep. (ace. ), against, over against. circum, prep. (ace. ), in the neigh- borhood of, arotind. Exercise. princeps magnus, hiems longa, trabs alta, Decline together sagritta una. Translate into English : — I. Puer, ne principem sagitta^ vulnera. 2. Pueri cum principe contra Romam hiemabunt. 3. Agricolae trabes ex silvis ad prin- cipis aedificium portaverunt. 4. Galli bellum contra principes excltabunt. 5. Ne pecuniam principibus dona. 6. Viri, ne prin- cipum iram verbis ^ excitate. 7. Romani castra contra oppldum locaverunt. 8. Gallorum principes copias contra Romanos para- bunt. 9. Trabes multas ex silvis portate. 10. Pueri ursos sagittis^ vulneraverunt. 1 1. Nonne agricolarum rilii in silva ambulabunt? 12. Puerne principem sagittavulneravit.? 13. Num Romani castra circum oppidum locaverunt 1 14. Agricolae, trabem ad ripam fluvii portate. Translate into Latm : — I. Did the boy wound the chief with an arrow 1 boys carry the beam to the farmer's dwelling.? pitched their camp around the walls of the town. man, arouse the anger of the chief with words. winters are clear. 6. We shall soon be in the town. 7. The queen and her handmaiden will praise the winters of Gaul. 8. O boy, call the farmer to the prince's hall. 9. The servants of the prince will have wintered around the walls of the town. 10. 7 he princes of the Gauls will not carry beams for the Romans, II. Will not the Romans carry corn to their chiefs.? 12. The Gauls had seized a town of the Romans. 13. Did the prince's slave wound the eagle with an arrow 't 14. The walls of Rome are beautiful. » See p 8, 3. ~ 2. Will not the 3. The chiefs 4. Do not, O 5. In Gaul the THIRD DECLENSION. 33 I LESSON XIX. THIRD DECLENSION (Continued). CONSONANT STEMS. The second class of consonant stems includes stems endinjj in i, dental (t, d, s, n) Singular NoM, miles, a soldier. Gen. militis, of a soldier. Dat. militi, to ox for a soldier. Ace. miiitem, a soldier. Voc. miles, O soldier. Abl. milite, zmth, by ox from a soldier. Miles (masc. ), a soldier. Plural. milites, soldiers. militum, of soldiers. militibus, to ox for soldiers. milites, soldiers. milites, O soldiers. militibus, xoith, by or from, soldiers. Singular. NoM. pes, afoot. Gen. pedis, of a foot. Dat. pedi, to ox for afoot. Ace. pedem, afoot, Voc. pes, Ofoot. Abl. pede, nnth, by ox from afoot. Pes (masc), afoot. Plural. pedes, feet. pedum, of feet. pedibus, to ox for feet, pedes, feet. pedes, Ofeet. pedibus, witA, by or from feet. Note. The letters M., F., and N., will be used hereafter foi masc, fem., and neuter, respectively. Singular. NoM, flos, aflozvcr. Gen. floris, of afloiver. Dat. flori, to, ox for afloiver. Ace. florem, a flower. Voc. fios, O ftoroer. Abl. flore, withy by, from, or /// a flower. S Flos (M.), aflnver. Plural. flores, flowers. florum, of floivers. floribus, to or for floivers. flores, flozoers. flores, O flowers. floribus, 7vith, by, from, or in flowers. 84 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Opus (N.), a work. Singular. NoM. opas, a 7vork. Gen. operis, of a rvork. t>AT. op§ri, to, or for a rvork. Acc. optis, a work. Voc. opas, Ozvork. A Br.. 6p6r6, 7wV//, fy, from, or /W ,, tvork. Plural. opera, works. opSrum, of works. operibus, to, or for works. opera, works. 6p6ra, O works. operibus, with, by, from, or in works. Corpus (N.), a body Singular. NoM. corpus, a body. Gen. corporis, of a body. DAT. corpori, to, ox for a body. Acc. corpus, a body. Voc. corpus, O body. Abl. corpore, ivith, by, from, or « body. in Plural. corpora, ^(^^/i>j corporum, of bodies. corporibus, to, or for bodies. corpora, bodies. corpora, O bodies. corporibus, with, by, from, or NOM. Gen. DAT. Acc. Voc. Abl. Regio (P.), Singular. regio, regionis, regioni, reg-ionem, regio, regione. (I district. Plural. rSgiones. regionum. regionibus. regiones. regiones. regionibus. in bodies. Virgo (F.), a Singular. Virgo, virginis, virgini, virginem, Virgo, virgins. tnaiden. Plural. virgines. virginum. virginibus. virgines. vir^rifnes. virginibus. i Between two vowels -s becomes -r Th,,. x. .enitivehonax-is forhonosis; corpons i^for^c^o"^^^^^^^ ^^ The -8 is so,neti.nes dropped in the nominative and -o.,ti-- -. •, .- . r.^omumtwe« iu -o have also lost the final -n of the " stem ihuLth'.^^^*"' ''^^^°- rSfiflon. ^ ®'*^'"* ^^"3 the stem of rSgio is 3r tn or !. 1 r-, 1= he o. is third declension. Vocabulary. S5 caput, capitis (N.), head. flumen, fluminis (N.), a river. virtus, -virtutis (F.), valor. genus, generis (N.), a kind. nomen, nominis, (N.), a name. fulgiir, fulguris{N.), lightning. causa, ae, a cause, reason. telum, i, dart. rose rogare, rogavi, ask. Exercise. Declirxe together : caput altum, flos tener, opus magnum, virtus magna, causa clara, virgo pulchra. Translate into English : — I. Milites virorum nomina saepe rogaverunt. 2. Agricolae, ful- gtira in caelo spectate. 3. Milites per alta flumina hodie ambu'lave- runt. 4. Nonne flos pulcher in hono meo est.? 5. Romanine multos telis suis vulnerabant .? 6. Hodie Romani militum suorum virtutem laudabant. 7. Princeps, militum tuorum virtutem specta. 8. Nonne caput floris altum erat .? 9. Reginae causa militum animis cara fuit. 10. Milites opera magna trans flumen altum aedificaverant. 11. Regio circum flumen erat pulchra. 12. Regina militum nomina rogavgrit. 13. Virgines pulchrae in aula reginae erunt. 14 Nonne fulgtlra in caelo clara fuerunt.? Translate into Latin : — I. The soldier will walk across deep rivers to-day. 2. Were not the cottages of the soldiers small .? 3. Were the bodies of the Germans large .? 4. Did not the queen praise the valor of the soldiers in the battle.? 5. The soldiers will build a great work across the river. 6. Did you not ask the name of the flower.? 7. Will not the boy praise the beautiful maiden .? 8. Was the cause of the soldiers just .? 9. The soldiers wounded many Romans with darts. 10. The boy had wounded his foot with a dart. 11. Were the flowers in the master's garden beautiful .? 12. Was not the boy m school to-day? 13. O sailor, is not the lightning bright .? 14. Old not the farmer praise the beautiful flowers in the thick wood.? 36 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I ^KSSON XX. THIRD DECLENSION (Co.^i„u.o. CONSONANT STEMS. Victor (M.), a cotiqueror. Singular. ^ \r^ Plural. JNOM. victor, a conqueror. ,,,^, - - Gen vinf-rii^-c /- Victores, conquerors. ^tN. victons, 0/ a conqueror. viPfor,iT>, / Dat. victori /n .. i- Victorum, of conquerors. ^^^^OYx, to, UT for a conqueror. Ace. victorem, a conqueror. Voc. victor, O conqueror. Abl. victore, ,vith, by, or from a conqueror. Sol (M.), sun. Victoribus, to, oxforconqtieror;. Victores, conquerors. Victores, O conqtierors. victoribus, 7vith, by, or from conquerors. NoM. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Akl, Singular. sol soils so!i solem sol sole Consul (M.), consul. paaser (M.), sparron>. Pater (M.),y;,//,^^, Singular Singular. Plural. NoM. soles Gen. solum Dat. solibus Ace. soles Voc. soles Abl. solibus consul consulis consul! consiileni consul consule Plural. consiiles consul um consulibus consiiles consules consulibus passer passeris passeri passerem passer passere Plural. passeres passerum passeribus passeres passeres passeribus Singular pater patris patri patrem pater patre Plural. patres pa.trum patribus patres patres patribus 2. An appositive noun agrees in ease with th. noun to ^vhich il ^aJelo ''''^^''^''^"^^°"^*°"^^"<^°^^<^. i^^^y^re kiUing the orator Ilg III ron, from THIRD DECLENSION. 37 timor, timoris {M..),/car. Britannus, -i, a Briton. oceanus, -i, occnn. supero, superare, sCiperavi, sur- pass, 07>ercome, conquer. contra, prep, (ace), aj^ainst. cum, prep.(abl.), 7vitk,alonj^iuii/i. Vocabulary. impSrator. imperatoris (M.), a CIcdro, onis (M.), Cicero, commander. lumen, luminls (N.), alight. agger, ei^s^via {M.), a mound. frater, fratris (M.), a brother. Caesar. Caesaris (M. ), Caesar, soror, riororia ( F. ), a sister. oratio, orationis (F. ), an oration. orator, oratoris (M.), an orator. *" Exercise. Decline together : sol clarus, soror cara, consxil noster, victor nuUus, imperator magnus. Translate into English : — I. Estne sol lumen clarum.? 2. Nonne Cicero consul populi Romani fuit ? 3. Piicri Ciceronis consulis orationes claras saepe laudaverunt. 4. Milites castrorum Romanorum aggeres hodie oc- cupaverint. 5. Caesar, Gallorum victor, in consulis castris mox erit. 6. Timorne militum magnus erat.? 7. Num consulis sorores in horto magno fuerunt.? 8. Caesar, Romanorum imperator, Britannos in proelio superavit. 9. Nonne milites Romani aggerem altum circum oppidi muros aedificaverunt .? 10, Pater, fili tui per- iculum magnum specta. 11. Nonne consul Romanus copias magnas contra Germanos paravit.? 12. In oceano erant multae insQlae. 13. Caesar Ariovistum, Germanorum imperatorem in proelio superabit. 14. Nonne fulgur hodie erat clarum ? Translate into Latin : — I. O boy, praise the diligence of Cicero, the Roman orator. 2. Caesar, the commander of the Romans, will soon seize the town of the Gauls. 3. The beautiful sister of the Roman commander praised the walls of the town. 4. The brothers of the Roman consul were in the battle. 5. The soldiers will conquer the forces of the Germans in battle to-day. 6. Were the sisters of the consul walking among the flowers ? 7. Are there not many sparrows in the town? 8. The sun was briL^hl to-day. 9. The sons of the farmer built high mound around their father's garden. 10. The Britons conquered the commander of the Romans in many battles. 11. Cicero, the brother of the orator, was commander along with mm^ 38 FIRST LATIN HOOK. Caesar 13. Many men praise the orations of Cicero, the orator. 13. Caesar was a d.stnigu.shed commander of the Romans. 14. The soldiers will soon be in the camp. LESSON XXI. THIRD DECLENSION (Co,u:mu-.o. CONSONANT STEMS. Itf ."""!.!'"" "' '™™"™' ^'™^ i"^'"des stems ending .'n a guttural (-0 or -g). Singular. NoM. iiidex, a judge. <^KN. iudlcis, ofajnd-e. DAT. ^-^^Icl^to, oxfora jtuioe. Ace. ludicem, a judge. Voc. iudex, 6* judge. Abl. iudice, ?^;,,, or by a judge. Rex (M.), a kin Singular. NoM. rex Iudex, a judge. Plural. iudices, judges. iudicum, 0/ judges. iudicibus, lo, or forjudges. iudices, judges. iudices, O judges. iudicibus, with, from, or by judges. Radix (F. ), a root. Dux (M. or F. ), a leader. Lex (F.), a la^v. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. A]3L. NOM. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voe. Abl. regis regi regem rex rege Plural. reges regum regibus reges reges regibus Singular. radix radicis radioi radicem radix radice Plural. radices radicum radicibus radices radices radicibus Singular. dux diicis duci ducem dux duce Plural. duces diicum diicibus duces duces ducroua Singular. lex legis legi legem lex lege Plural, leges legum legibus leges leges leglbusj ' > The stems of these nouns are respectively : iu^icT^egT^adi^^du^dTeg; .a-~— :.i_^ orator. 14. The nff m a 'i'S. r Aj/ u/Lr. ieg: third declension. Vocabulary. 39 accusare, accusavi, accuse, accuse. pronaultfo, promulgare, promul- _ gavl, /(? enact. loco, are, avi, to place. vox, v6ci8(F,), a voice. carmen, carminis (N.), a song. I60, leonls (M.), a lion. arbor, arborls (F.), a tree. comes, comitls {^\.\ a companion. legrio, ionis (F.), a legion. Exercise. Decline together: comes aoger. lex nulla, dux bonus, radix tenera, arbor altera. Translate into English :— I. Nonne puellae carmina cantabant ? 2. Num arbCres in horto parvo magnae erant.? 3. Regisne comites fuerunt multi ? 4 Arbons radices in terra altae erant. 5. Num regis filii agricolani accusaverimt .? 6. Rex Romanus leges popiilo promulgavit. 7. Nonne leo magnus in silva densa erat.? 8. Caesar Ariovistum, ducem Germanorum, in proelio superavit. 9. Nonne arbor magna inter Romanorum copias et flumen erat.? 10. Poetaene carmina puenshodie cantabant.? 11. Magistri discipuli libros Ciceronis oratons laudabant. 12. Romani iudlcis leges saepe laudav6rint. 13. Nonne puer agricolae comitem accusavit .? 14. Caesdrem Romanorum imperatorem, accusabas. 15. Ducis filii frumentum m reginae tectum portant. Translate into Latin : — , \J^^ '°"u °^ '^^ ^'""^ ''•" P^^"^ •'^ ^^'&h t'-^c i» the garden. 2. Will not the companions of the farmer praise the diligence of their sons .> 3. The roots of the tree were long. 4. Did the kings of the Romans enact laws for the people.? 5. Caesar, the dis- tinguished commander of the Romans, often defeated the Britons m battle. 6. Were there large trees between the town and the camp of the Romans .? 7. Will the daughters of the farmer sing ongs o the consul's sons.? 8. The nver was deep around the walls of the town. 9. The boys often praised the voice of Caesar, he leader of the Romans. ,0. Did not the father often blame the sons of he consul ? u The poets will sing songs in the queen-s a ero tt^R '"' " ^r""""' '^""^^ P^-^'^^^ *h^ --tions of Cicero the Roman consul. 13. The laws of your judge were just. 14. The songs of the poet always delighted the mind of the farmer 40 FIHHT LATIN BOOK. i V LESSON XXII. THIRD DECLENSION rtW/,/«../;. I -STEMS. The second Kreat class of nouns of tlie third declension, con- sists of nouns whose steni ends in -i : as, turris. . /^... ; sten., turri. 1 hese are called i-stems and include :— (1) Nouns in -is or -es not increasing in the genitive {ie with the same number of syllables in genitive and nomi- native). (2) Neuter nouns ending in -e, -al, or -ar. (3) Monosyllables with stems ending in two consonants • as, urbs, a city. (4) Most nouns ending in -ns, or -rs: as, amans, a lover. They are thus declined : — Turris (F.), a tmuer. Singular. NoM. turris, a tozver. Gen. turris, of a tower. Dat. turri, h> or for a toiuer. Ace. turrem (m- turri'ii;, a (o7uer Voc. turris, O foiver. Abl. turre ('or turri;, 7vitk, by, frotn, or /// a tower. Plural. turres, tcnvers. tlirriuiru.tf//'fw«-j. turribus, to or for tmuers. turres Cor turris;, to7vers. turres, O ioivers. turribus, -with, by, from, ox ut towers. NoTE.-Nouns of this class (i-stems) are declined like consonant stems {i.e.. by dropping the -is of the genitive, and adding the case- endings) ; but they show the -i of the stem in the genitive and accusative plural, and often in thfi accusative and ablative singular. jn- 'ri. ni- 5 : Ifirnia (M.),/ire. Singular. NoM. ignla Gen. Ignis Dat. ignj Acc. igrnem Voc. ignis Am,. ignS (i) NoM. Gkn. Dat. Ace. V(jc. AUL. Plural. ignes igrnium ignlbus ignes (is) Ignes ii^nlbus THIRD DECLENSION. Hostia(M. orF.), enemy. Singular. hostis hostis host! hostem hostis hosts Plural. hostes hostium hostibus hostes (is) hostes hostibus Vocabulary. 41 Nubes(F.),a<:Aj«a'. Singular. nubes nubls nubi nubem nubes nubg Plural. nubes nubium nubibus nubes (is) nubes ntiblbub canis, canis (M. or F.), a dog. hostis, hostis (M. or Y. ), an enemy. collis, colUs (M.), a hill. navis, navis (F.), a ship. civis, clVxs {^l.\ a citizen. lux, l\x.c\B{Y.), light. numerus, -i, number. faber, bri, a workman. latro, latraro, latravi, bark. servo, servare, servavl, preserve, keep. ante, prep, (ace), before. contra, prep, (ace), against. inter, prep, (ace), between. pro, prep, (abl.), before, for. fortiter, adv., bravely. Exercise. Decline together : canis magnus, collis altus. lux clara. numerus ingens, civis bonus, turris alta, ignis clarus. Translate into English ;— .Canis domini in aula latrat. 2. Nonne miliies collem al.um pro opp,do occupaverunt ? 3. Inter Romanorum castra et I,ostiura Nonne eves Roman, pro Italia contra hostes pugnabunt ? 6 In l.os„um nnmero semper fuerunt. 7. Caesar tu^rem akan, 'pro opH, port,s locavit. 8. Inter fines Galloru.n et Germanorum es" fl men Rl,enus, 9. Nonne viri pro liberta.e pugnabant ? ,0, VW l.bertatem popul, Romani servate, , ,. Hostes arva Gallorum Z'- 42 FIRST LATIN BOOK. tabunt. 12. Numerus niagnus hostiumincastiis ciit. 13. Lunae lumen clarum fuit. 14. Gives Romani ludos saepe spcctahunt. Translate into Latin : — I. O Romans, save the liberty of the people. 2. The soldiers often fought for their native land. 3. The R(,mans pitched their camp before the gate of the town. 4. The dogs bark in the dwell- mg of the farmer. 5. The light of the moon will be clear. 6 Be- tween the hill and the plain the Romans pitched their camp 7 The slaves of the king seized a high hill in-front-(.f(^v; + ,./V.) the town 8. I he farmer's sons gazed-on the camp of the enemy ivoxnfev+al,/.) the high hill. 9. The citizens will often praise the valor of the boy m the battle. 10. The workmen of the Romans built many ships II. The camp of the enemy was between the town and the river Rhone. 12. The enemy will build many towers on (in + abl.) the high hills. LESSON XXIII. THIRD DECLENSION (Continued). I-STEMS. Neuter nouns in -e, -al, -ar are declined as follows :— Mare (N.), a sea. Animal (N.), an animal. Calcar (N.), spur. Singular. Singular. Singular. NOM. m^re animal calcar Gen. maris animalis calcaris ^^^^^ff DAT. man animali calcari Acc. mare animal calcar i Voc. mare animal calcar A«L. mari animali calcari Plural. Plural. Plural. NOM. maria animalia calcaria Gen. marlum animalium calcarium DAT. Acc. ir aribus animalibus calcaribus mai'Iu animalia calcaria Voc. maria animalia calcaria ^^H Abl. maribus — *-- - 1 1 animalibus calcaribus i \ inae lers heir . •ell- i Be- 1 The wn. f bf.) boy il)s. ivcr ; the ! THIRD DECLENSION. 43 Note -Neuters in -e. -al and -ar have the ablative singular in -I and the genitive plural in -ium. Vocabulary. tdlfiro, t^lfirare, tdlfiravl. hear ^ ^ . .^ ' ^'*^' rapes, rapls (F.), aw/'. loner-u8, -a, -um, lon^, aequ-us. -a, -um, Just. Apud, prep, (ace), near. Graecus, i, Greek. endure. crfimo, crSmare, crftmavi, hum. . custos, custodis ( M . ), ,/ guard. lus, iaris(N.), right, law. litus, litdris (N.), shore. Exercise. Translate into English :— r Nonnemilites Romani agggrem altum in alto mari aedifica- bunt.? 2. Consul in castris Romanis hodie erit. 3. Num at^ri- colarum pueri lignum in forum portavfirant ? 4. Rupes in l.tt, e altae erant. 5. lura Romana aequa erant. 6. Animalia magna m man alto sunt. 7. Nonne pueri lignum in patris sui tecto cre- mavorunt? 8. Leo est rex animalium omnium. 9. Nautae fru- mentum multum in navibus ad Italiam portabunt. 10. Graeci ret^em hostium superaverunt. „. Animalia multa per mare natant. ^ustodes multos m rupe alta locavisti. 13. Solis lux est chra 14- Multa animalia in silvis densis hiemant. Translate into Latin :— I. Will the sailors endure the dangers of the sea? 2 Th^ soldiers of the Romans .ill sei.e a p^art of the toTn. 3.' The on (!; + Zn :rr '"/"r" ^"-'^^^- ' ^'^^ ^^'-^^'^ brother'tands on (.„ + ab/.) the shore of the great sea, 5. The farmers will burn the wood before the gates of the town. 6. The rocks in the ver were high. 7. The dwellings of the farmers will be large 8 The guards of the Roman soldiers will keep the shore. 9. The son of the farmer burnt the wood in the dwelling. ,0. The winters \Z ong in Gaul. n. The Roman soldier emlured tit Z^f t iong winters. 12. Did the soldiers preserve the walls'of "the town? 44 FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON XXIV. THIRD DECLENSION CContinued). Many nouns in -s and -x (originally-i- stems) have in the singular the declension of consonant stems, and in the pkiral that of -i stems. They are chiefly monosyllables ending in two consonants, like urbs, urbis, a city ; or nouns ending in -ns or -rs, like amans. amantis, a loucr. They are declined as follows :— Urbs (F.), a city. ■Singular. NoM. urbs Gen. urbis Dat. urbl Ace. urbem Voc. urbs Abl, urbe Plural. NoM. urbes Gk.m. urbium Dat. iirbibus Ace. urbes (is) Voc. urbes Abl. urbibus Nox (F.), night. Singular. nox noctis nocti noctem nox nocte Plural. noctes noctium noctibus noctes (is) noctes noctibus Amans, lover. Singular. aiKans amantis amanti amantem amans amante (-or i) Plurat,. amantes amantium amantibus amantes (is) amantes amantibus Vocabulary. ater, atra, atrum, black. finitimus, -i, neighbor. Romulus, -1, Romtdtis. musca, ae, a Jly. recite, recitare, recitavi, to read aloud. comparo, are, avi, collect. prope, prep, (ace), near. de, prep. {zkA.), fro})i, concerning. Exercise. Decline together : mons altus, pars magna, urbs puJchra, sermo longus, tectum altum, agmen longum. Transhite into Englisli : — I. Romani pacem cum finitlmis suis confirmaverunt, 2. Romu- lus urbem prope fluminis ripas in colle alto acdificavit. 3. Nonne mons, montis(M.). a mountain. pars, partis (F,), a part. pax, pacis ( F. ), peace. clar-us, -a, -una, famous. sermo, sermonis (M.), discourse, speech. agmen, agminis (N.), army [on the march.) ■M i^ular terns. 1, like rans, s i) read iiiti rmo mu- nne IHREGULAR NOUNS OP THE TIIIIlD DECLENSION. i^ reatatr"^^^^ ' Cicero, orator cla.us, littera. u.ioro rec tav.t. 5 Puer de monte .n mare ambulat. 6. Prone urbem era mens altus. 7 Milites Ron.ani urbis partem hodie oct;" bunt. 8. Romulus host.um arces multas occupavit. 9 Fratres in mans lucre cum sororibus ambulabunt. ,0. Bellum contra fin t mos m pace paramus. u Milites hostium arcem hodie occu^- t mI. ^^fll'-^^j" caelo ante soils lucem spectabamus. 13 Mihtes consulem ad forum vocav6rant. Translate into Latin : '. The Romans praised the speech of Cicero, the consul enemy wounded many Roman soldiers in the battle ' speeches of Cicero, the Roman consul, were famous.' 4 me Roman consul burned many cities of the Gauls. 5. The arrow of the enemy wounded your king. 6 A soarrow w.. H. smill flw ^ I , T. spairow was devouring a siiiallfly. 7. In peace the Romans often collected large forces .S The Romans pitched their camp before the cave. 9 DM not the pupils praise the famous discourse cf Cicero .p zo. The cJin mander will summon the soldiers to the citadel. 1 1. Will he imn read the lette. of the consul aloud to the soldiers^ /The so d.ers pitched their camp on ^n + ablative) a high hi 1 ' Jpa:::;i:tr."°"'^"^^^^^^^^^-^^^- '^- ^^--wmbui'i^i 2. 3. 4. The The The LESSOrT XXV. IRREGULAR NOUNS OP THE THIRD DECLENSION. follws :'"'""'"'" """"^ ^' ^'^ ^'^""' ^^^^-^-" -^ inflected as Bos(M.),.. Vis (F.). ...«,./, Sus(M...F.),.W. Nlx(F.), .... Singular. NoM. bos Gkn. bovis I)at. bovl Ace. bovem Voc. bos Am.. bove Singular vis vis (rare) vi (rare) Vim vis vi Singular. sus suis suem sua sad Singular. nix nivls nivi nivem nix nive 'M\ 1 46 NOM. Gen. DAT. Ace. Voc. Abl. FIRST LATIN BOOK. Plural. boves /bovum I bourn / bobus Ibubus boves • boves /bobus ibubus Plural. vires virium viribus vires vires viribus Plurai^ siies suuui fsiiibus \ subus sues sues JsOibus Isiibus Plural. nives nivium nivibus niv^s niv^g. nivibus Senex (M.), an old man. lupiter {U.), Jupiter. Iter CN.^jmr^'e- Singular. NoM. senex Gen. senis Dat. seni Ace. senem Voc. senex Abl. sene NOM. Gen. Dat. Acc. Voc. Abl. Plural. senes senum s6nibus sSnes s6nes sfinibus Singular. lupiter lovis lovi lovem lupiter love Plural. Singular. iter itineris itiueri iter !ter itin6re Plural, itinera itineruna itineribus itinera itinera itineribus Vocabulary. homo, hominis (M.), a man. mulier, mulieris (F.), a woman. navis, navis (F.), a ship. frigus, frigoris (N.), cold, frost. latus, lateris (N.), side. sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, left. dexter, dextra, dextrum, right. maturus, a, -um, ripe. grat-us, -a, -\xm, pleasing. decim-us, -a, -um, tenth. observo, are, avl, watch. appello, -are, avi, call. propero, are, avi, hasten. Ob, prep, (acc), on account oJ\ owing to. nam, conj.,^r. Exercise. Decline together : pars dextra, homo magnus. mulier pulchra legio decima, navis longa. ' t L. tn as (^ 19 Hr*^e^' GENDER OF NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 47 Translate into English :— I. Populus Romanus senem amicum appellabat. 2. Hostes cum navibus multis ad Caesarem, imperatorem Romanum, properaver- unt. 3. Nam ob frigOra frumentum in agris non erat maturum. 4 Romani Ariovistum, regem Germanorum, amicum appellabant. 5' Caesar decimam legionem in parte agminis sinistra locavit. 6 Hostes nostrum iter observabant. 7. Caesar naves ad unum locum convocavit. 8. Regina hostium agros regis vastat. 9. Epistola hostmm imperatori Romanorum non grata est. 10. Hostes cum parvis copiis agros Romanos vastabunt. i j. Frater meus multos boves reginae donat. 12. Rex nautis et militibus multa praemia dc^abit. 13. Pueri agricolae montes altos spectant. 14. Milites mei fill virtutem laudant. Translate into Latin : — I. In Gaul the corn was not ripe on-account-of the frost 2 The Roman people often praised the man's strength. 3. Caesar" often praises the valor of the enemy. 4. The soldiers of the Romans watched the ships of the enemy. 5. The woman gave a rose to the king's son. 6. On the right side, Caesar placed the soldiers of the tenth legion ; on the left, the forces of the allies 7 He hastens to the city with all his friends. 8. The soldiers of the tenth legion were hastening to Caesar. 9. The Romans will not watch the camp of the enemy. 10. The ships of the Romans were not large. 1 1. The king of the Romans praised the valor of the Germans. 12. The snow is often deep in winter. ' of, hra. LESSON XXVI. GENDER OP NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.* 1. Most nouns of the third declension ending in -er, -or, -os, -es (increasing- in the p-enitive^ -r, (e^r'-r^t h^ - « \ -• ' _ • • o --'^- ■ <=/, - v^-cv,pt -ao, jfo, -10) are mascuitne: as, ''^f^^^^^^^^^a^oma ^ honor magnus. a great honor] *Exceptions to the rules will be found in the Appendix. ■ I in Ml if 48 FIRST LATIV BOOK. flo8 albus. a white flower; paries altus. a hi^h wallj sevmo Latmus, the Latin language. 2. Most nouns of the third declension which end in -do -go -io •as. -IS. -aus, -x, -es (not increasing in the genitive), -s (preceded by a consonant), -us (in words of more than one syllable), are femi- mne:^s, multitude magna, a great multitude; imago cerea. a wax tmage; qratiolonga^ a long speech; aestas callida. a warm summer; avis rara, a rare bird; laus parva. small praise; vox /TT' ^ Ti r'''' °'^^"' "°'''^' "^'' ^^^^^^^^- ^^^^ Ro^ana. the Roman populate; virtus divina. divine valor. 3. Most nouns of the third declension which end in -e. -a, -t, -e -l -n -ar. -ur -us. us (in words of one sellable), are neuter : as, lac album wute milk; p6ema longum. .. long poem; caput suum. Ins own head; mare magnum, a great sea; animal ferum. a wild animal; hmen altum, .. high threshold; calcar acutum. a sharp spur; fulgur clarum. a bright flash; tempus antiquum, ancient time; ius magnum, a great right. Exercise. State the gender of all nouns in the following list, giving the rule for each : — « » o & navis, navis. a ship. nix, nivis. snow, litus. litoris, a shore onus, oneris, a load. fulgur, fulgiiris, a flash . frigus, frigoris, frost. , hiems, hiemis. zvinter. caput, capitis, a head. oratio, orationis, a speech. carmen, carminis, a song. vox, vocis, a voice. radix, radicis, a root. animal, animalis, an animal. mare, maris, sea. nis, ruris, country. ''- turris, turris, a tower. plebs, plebis, the populace. aedif ico, are, avi, to btcild. curvus, a, um, windinz. amoenus, a, um, beautiful (of scenery). saevus, a, um, cruel. Translate into English :— I. Pueri in nive alta ambulabant. 2. Regis filii navem longam aediftcant. 3. Meam pulchram orationem laudatis. 4. Boves per htSra amoena errabunt. 5. Carmen gratum magna voce cantabant 6. Multae radices Jn silva fuerunt. 7. Nonne fulgftra clara in caelo G D A V A '^ hodie erant ? 8. Magnum erat nomen plebis Romanae. 9. Malta TruT T ''° T- '" '^^^'""^ ^^^ ^^^^^- hiemis'nostrae n. Mihtes turres altas aedificaverunt. 12. Parvum onus in capite suo portat. ADJECTIVES OP THE TIIIIJD DECLENSION. 49 Translate into Latin : — I. The country was beautiful. 2. The cattle wandered along 3- The cruel populace called 'i>^- 4. They did not praise Cicero's (per with ace.) the winding shore him' with a loud voice to the gate. .,. . .., ^., ,,,, ong speech. 5. Do not walk through the deep snow. 6. Manv bodies of men were in the thick wood. 7. Do they not 'build beaufful sh.ps.P 8. He wounded his head with an arrow. \ our ship will carry a great load. 10. They had placed the large beam on r...; the shore. 11. We will build a high tower on the road. 12. Many Roman legions were in camp a.-i^ LESSON XXVII. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. J\wffT ""^'^^ '^''^ declension are declined hke nouns of he third declension. They are called adjectives of one, two or orThre:T"''"";"P"'^^^>'' --^"^-^ - they have n lo or thiee forms in the nom . sing, for expressing gender. 2. Adjectives of the third declension in -er. are of three termini tions, and are declined as follows :- termina- Acer, s/iarp, severe. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. Singular. Masc. Fe7n. acer acrfs acris acris acri acri acrem acrem acer acris acri acri 4 Netd. acre acris acri acre acre acri Masc. acres acrium acrTbvJs acres acres aoribus Plural. Fein. acres acrium aeribus acres acres acribus Neut. acria acrium acribus acrifi, acria acribus 50 FIRST LATIN BOOK. III! nk^aceT u ^ '^'"^ '^'"=^'"''''°" '" •«■• ^'^ declined l.k aoer all (except oeler, o«Ms, s,m/i,) drop the -e before -r m he oblK,ue cases (,: ,-, i„ all but the nom. and voc.) They a eall-,.stems, and, therefore, have the abl. sing, i„ ,-, ,he gen plur. in .lum, and the nom. plur. neuter in -la. ^ folfow^l'""" °^ '™ terminations in -Is. -e are declined as Singular. Masc. and /'em. Nom. mitis Gen. mitis DAT. miti Ace. mitem Voc. mitis Abl. miti Netit. mite mitis miti mite mite miti Mitis, tnild. Plural. Masc. and Fern. Neut. mites mitia mitium mitium mitibua mitibus mites (is) mitia mites mitia mitibfis mitibiia ^ Note. -Adjectives in -is, -e, have always -i in the abl. sin?, •mm m the gen. plur., and -ia in the nom. and ace. neuter plur. 4. The comparative degree of the Latin adjective (which regu- larly ends m -ior for the masc. and fem., and -zus for the neut.) is an adjective of two terminations. It is thus declined :— Singular. Masc. and Fem. Nom. mitior Gen. mitioris Dat. mitiori A.CC. mitiorem Voc. mitior Abl. mitiore (-i) Mitior, milder Plural. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Mtit. mitius mitiores mitiora mitioris mitiorum mitiorum mitiori mitioribus mitioribus mitius mitiores (is) mitiora mitius mitiores mitiora mitiore (-i) mitioribus mitioribus Note. -All comparatives have the abl. sing, in -e or -i, the gen p ural m -um, and the neut. plur. nom. in -a. They are all inflected like mitior, except plus, more, which is inflected as follows-- / ADJECTIVES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION. 51 SlNGlJLAK. Masc. and Fern. NoM. Gen. DAT. Ace. Voc. Abl. Plus, more. Plurai- Neut. Masc. and Fern. plus plures pluris plurium pliiribuB plus plures (is) plures plurS pluribus Neut. plura plurium pluribus plurS, plura pluribus Vocabulary. equester, equestris, equestre, cavalry. Silvester, -tris, -tr§, woody. volucer, -oris, -ere, zvinged. alacer. aiacris, alacre, active, brisk. celer, -is, -e, swift. navalis, navale, naval. utilis, utile, useful. brevis, -§, short. omnis, omn6, all. immortalis, -e, immortal. fortis, -e, brave. Sicilia, -ae, Sicily. apud, prep, (ace), at, near. Exercise. Decline together: frigus acre, terra silvestris, Gallia omnis, tempus breve, senex mitior, bos magnus. Translate into English : — I. Multi boves in locis silvestribus errabant. 2. Romani proelia navalia apud insulam Sicilian! pugnaverunt. 3. Breve, pueri, est vitae tempus. '4. Caesar omnes copias ad mare convo- cabit. 5. Timor niagnus milites omnes occupavit. 6. Consul Romanus militum fortium virtutem hodie laudabat. 7. Proelium equestre in ripa fluvii pugnaverunt. 8. Custodes fortes ante cas- trorum portas fortiter pugnaverunt. 9. Leges omnibus hominibus sunt utiles. 10. Imperator Romane, hostes in proelio navali supera. II. Num milites Romani Britannos fortes in multis proeliis super- averunt.? 12. Milites Romani multa proelia cum magno periculo pugnaverunt. 13. Di immortales m.ulta boua hominibus bonis donabunt. I4- In magnis periculis, pueri, fortes este. 15. Omni- bus hominibus mors est communis. 16. Insula magna silvestris- que est Sicilia. iJ 52 FIRST LATIN BOOK. II' Translate into Latin : — I. The snow in the woody places is deep tu-div -^ TN p fought many battles near their ships . 'pL " ""''"' the fields, for the frost in (^a.l s se L Tc "" ""^/T '" soldiers of the tenth legion brave men Z ) '; ^Th!" "'^ '" Pla^e an the brave soldiers on r^. ...^l^rih^'b:;:;: ^^ ^ lio:^:d;s~r^;:^^^^ the river are high and slli;^: ! O boy ^ I H^ ^f ?'" '^^"' "'" are seven- rr. A/r^ . , '^ y* '"e Jaws ot your masters !■ near the sea. 12. Are not many old men mild ? LESSON XXVIII. ADJEOTTVES OP THE THIRD DECLENSION.- (Continued.) Many adjectives of the third declension have only one form decl^sion of ■.. sTems ^1:^^^ "™"' '^"' ''"'°"- '" ^"^ "^ lumir fh« '^t^^^S' ^^'^vmg -i or -e ni the ablative singular- -m ,n the gemtive plural, and -la in the neuter plural. Vhus 1' Audax, bold. Singular. NoM. Gen, DAT. Ace. Voc. Abl. NoM. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. Masc. and Fern. audax audacis audaci audacem audax audaci (or -.5) Neat. audax audacis audaci audax audax audaci (o<- -2) Masc. and Fern. felix felicis felici felicem felix felici (or 6) Felix, fortunate. Singular. audaces audacTum audacibus audaces (is) audaces audacibus Plural. audacia audacium audacibus audacia audacia audacibus Plural. felices felicium felicibus felices (is) felices felicibus JVeut. felix felicis felici felix felix felici («/• u) felicia felicium felicibus felicia felicia felicibus. i ADJKCTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 53 NOM. Gkn. Dap. Ace. Voc. Abl. NOM. Gen. DAT. Ace. Voc. Ahl. V6tus, old. SlNGULAK. v6tus v6tus veteris v6teri vet^rem vetus votere (or -i) Ptjikai.. vet§res Vetera Oriens, rising. Singular. veteris v6t§ri vetus vetus vet6re (or -i) veterum veteribus veteres veteres veteribus veterum veteribus Vetera Vetera veteribus oriens orientis orient! orientem oriens 6riente(f*r-i) Plural. orientes orientium orientibus orientes orientes orientibus 6rlens orientis orient! oriens oriens orients {or -i) orlentia orientium orientibus orientia orientia orientibus Note.— All adjectives of the third declension have -ia in the neuter plural except comparatives and vetus. Most adjectives have -ium in the genitive plural when tlie preceding syllable is long • as audax, audacium; acer, acrium. But when the preceding syllable IS short, they have -urn: as, dives, rich, divitum; pauper. /^^r; pauperum. Par, however, has parium. Vocabulary. recens, recentis, ;rr^«/, /re'^//. grex, Qv^^x^ {U.), ajlock, herd. facx-um, i, deed. imploro, p. re, avi, implore. culpo, are, avi, blame, find fault with. specto, are, avi, gaze on, look at. appello, are, avi, call by name. oro, are, b,-^, pray for. eras, adv. , to-morrow. saepe, often. Exercise. Decline together : puer flens, vir audax, ager felix. sol oriens. regnum vetus, grex magnus. Translate into English :— I. Puella flores recentes hodie spectabat. 2. Milites in Caesaris castris erant audaces. 3. Romani milites veteres appellaverunt flens, flentis, iveeping. dives, divitis, 7-ich. par, Paris, equal. ingens, ingentis, large, tall. veteranus, a, um, veteran. beatus, a, um, happy. ignavia, ae, sloth, cowardice. lumen, luminis, light. 54 FIRST LATIN BOOK. "n veeranos. 4. In msula sun. serpentes magni. 5. Agri filu sole,,, onenlen, cms spectabu„t. 6. Grex ingcns l,„vu„ „ c.,„po crra,. 7. Mulieres flctes hos,i„,n Caos. rCn du ZrI -anoru,,,, .,„pl,„aba„t. 8. Vid, facta audacia cU,olnZZn^„ Clonal. 12. Nonne .nuhcr nb filii „,ortem tristis eiit? ,, Nu,n ho„„ncs p,„ |,bc,-,a.e in proeliis pug„av6ru„. ? ,4. Caesar mUie veteranos in colle alto eras locabit. Translate into Latin :— sol'dieT^ rwill',°^'.T «'"••". P"'^ "f "^^ I--""'! to the veteran genera ; ,' Tl ! r "■'''''"^' "°'"™ ""P''"'^ "'» "''' "f "- tencra 3. 1 |,e Germans were tall and bold. 4. Was not the sun bright yeste,-day.. 5. Caesar will assen,ble all the v^ a,' the boy? 7. The bold sa.lors often i„,plore the gods in dange.s freslLwr To 7"''""' '",'"= """ »"'' g-i%-t tl.e soldier, to. Rich men are not often h.ippy. 11 Old mnn «f,»„ Roman. 13 The farmer's flocks were wandering in the thick ;r; ''• wTcTf: ^'^"^' r 'T''' ^^ ^'^^ -thlgion^ veter; s r^^^^.; 15. We often gazed-at the rising lights of heaven. LESSON XXIX. COMPARISON OP ADJEOTIVES. 1. Adjecti^^es in Latin are compared, as in En- 'ish, either bv n^ansofendmgsr/..../..//.W..^^^^^^^^^^^ ,, by prefix ng the 2. Most adjectives are con.pared by means of the endings -lor (masc. andfe-^).), -msCneut.). forfhe romjnntivc ind iJ um,f„r the super ative : as, Altus, /„„/,, aUlor, /„;,/,„ , alt...,m. s COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 55 3. Most adjectives in -ua (a, um), most adjectives in -is (-Is, -e), and most adjectives of the third declension of one termination, are compared like altus. Thus : — Positive. doctus, learned, dulcia, siveet, atroz, dark, Comparative. doctlor, dulclor, atroolor. Superlative. doctlsslmus. dulcissimus. atrocisslmus. Note. — All these adjectives are compared by dropping the -1, or the -is, of the genitive singular of the positive, and adding -lor o:-» -issimus to the part remaining. 4. Comparatives (except plus, p. 51) are all declined like mitior (p. 50) ; superlatives, like bonus (p. 20). 5. JOhau-^it^x z. comparative is quam, which takes the same case after it as the corresponding word before it* : as, Lupus est saevlor quam cania, the wolf is fiercer than the dog. Lupum saeviorem quam canem aestimo, / consider the wolf fiercer than the dog. Quam, however, is frequently omitted, and then the noun following the comparative is put in the ablative : as, Lupus saevior cane est, the wolf is fiercer than the dog ; lupum saeviorem cane aestimo, / consider the wolf fiercer than the dog. Note. — Quam can only be omitted when the noun or pronoun before the comparative is in the nominative or accusative : as, Caesari gQtius^|Uiaim.Balbo donabit, he will give to Caesar rather than to Balbus (here quam must be used). Vocabulary. fortis, -is, -e, strong. brevia, is, -e, short. sapiens, sapientis, ivise. velox, velocis, srvift. .Aer» aeris(M.), air. ventus, i, ivind. finis, finis (M.), ^'«^. pi-, tenitories. lux, lucis ( ]•". ), light. iudex, iudicis, y«^^. vita, vitae, life. festin-o, -are, -avi, hasten. l6c-o, are, avi, place, pitch. I >Tlie woi-d after quam, if tht- subject of a verl), will of conisf l.c in tlic tioin.: as, lie carries a heavier load than lir.bax (carrien), portiit onus graviua quam Balbus (portat). 56 FIRST LATIN FiOOK. Exr^IRCISE. Compare all the adjectives in the above lisf t^^ r Translate into Knjjiish : — 1. Lcftcs inter Romanos trravissimac erant. j Otnninm r -n rum fortissin,i s„„t. 3, Felicior est pa.or cuan,' fi,i" T iT sap.ent,„rre,eest. 5. Rhenus. .Un-JaltissLun i ercttl um et (iCrinanormiU nes est r, \Tn,r;-f u . ' "'^^' '■""'"rum lon«is,in,as puer sa ne narr if; r"" ,'"'"'"""• ''""''' Mlitibns Krai„i,na eru 7 hi ■,'' '"""'' "'■"''" "'""'''"^ 1, .u.sMina crat. s. In Dntannia noctes stmt Ijreviores 9. I rn,c,pes ,„,er Cennancs erant fortissimi. ,0. Vita ominum est brevtssnna .,. Mi.i.es Romani in proeliis audlciorel . n^ luan, German,. „, I„,er Graecos erat doctissin.u ,,\ lu. est clarior qnan, lu. lunae. „. Ron.a fuitSsL ^Xs Translate into Latin :— I. Were not the Roman soldiers braver than the Cennans? 2 Ltght ,s swftcr than wind. 3. The Roman is wise Ta„' the bZr- ."V "^ '""^ '"^ =°'^'"^ "' "- '-'h « n w re mans e^TI '"■'°, "" "° '"°'' '^""^^ "^^'^ ""-"ng 'he Ro rThefn ^''"=»;'°7,^"'^"" ■" '"e deepest water to the shore llZ IZ '" ''"""'" ••■ ^">' "■'='' '"«' '» 'he bank ofle :n:J;/tr:ir:,:'rX""j"— ^ '■ ^^■" ;i:e;o:r^rr7Th^:,,f"-""^^^^^ Th :;:Ls;;hi^r;.:rern;^^^^ the^terrttortes of the Gauls and Gertnans fri; there it a deTe" II LESSON XXX. ADJECTn^BS OP IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 1. Adjectives in -er form their comparative regnl,Hv !„ lo.. buf hen superlative is formed by adding -nmus I0 Th; not^ha.te smgular masculine of the positive : as, nommative ' ■'^^'fSBfUpmmmmmum 2. 1 ADJECTIVES OF IRRKGULAR COMPARHON. 57 Positive. ftcer, sharp, miser, ivretched, c61er, swift, pulcher, beautiful, nigrer, black, Note.-V6tii8, v6t6rl8. old, has no comparative, but has veter- rimus m the superlative. Maturus. ripe, hasbothmaturrimuaaiul maturissimus. 2. The following adjectives in -Uis form their comparative regu- larly m -ior. but their superlative in -llmus: Comparative. ftcrior, mIs6rIor, c616rior, pulchrlor, nigrior, Sl'FERLATIVE. ftcerrlmuB. mlserrlmus. c61errlmu8 pulcherrlmus. nlgerrimuB. Positive. facllis, easy, difflcllis, difficult, simllis, similar, like, dissimills, unlike, gracilis, slender, hiimilis, loxv. Comparative. faclllor, • diflFlcIIIor, simlllor, disslmillor, graclllor, hilmillor, Superlative. f&cilllmus. difincilllmus. similllmus. disslmllllmus. gracillimue. hiimilllmus. 3. A^Uectivesin.dicu8(.a//«^),ficu8(^./«^),or.v6lus(«.////;,..^ form their comparative and superlative from the corresponding participle in -ens: as, ^ ^ Positive. maiedicus, slanderous, muniflcus, lavish, benevolus, kind. Comparative. mfi-lSdicentior, munlficentlor, benSvolentior, Superlative. maiedicentisslmu8. muniflcentisslmu8. benev6len;:,issimus. Note.-ggenus, needy, has egentior, egentlssimus ; and providus foreseeing, has providentior, providentissimus. 4. The following adjectives are irregular in their comparison •_ Positive. Comparative. Superlative. mSlIor, better. bonus, good, maius, bad, magnus, great, parvus, small, Ta^x\t\x%, muck, many, dives, "j . , ,- \rtch, dis, j ' peior, worse, ■ malor, greater, minor, less, plus more, divitior, ") ditior. Y^'her, optimus, best. pessimus. worst. maximus, greatest. m,inlmus, least. plurimus, 7nost. divitissimus, "j ditissimus, Y^'^^e^i' r\ 58 FIRST LATIN BOOK. H- ■i: Note.-From iuv^nls, youn^ man, comes iunior. youn^rr ■ and rom s.nex. o.man, comes senior. ././... n.,,,,sL nltu ^n l^Z.t ^''''' " "''" "'"'""^' ^^-^-^^-^ ^^ 5. The English za^^ with an adjective, is expressed in Latin by the.£om£arat,v,.; the EngHsh ve^, by the superlative: as, Vita hommum brevlor est. the iz/e of mants rather short , vita homi. num brevissima est. the life of man is very short. 6. The ablative is used with the comparative or superlative to express the amount of diffeience • n^ p,,^^ pcrmuve lo «^„^ fu. , ■ '^^' -^"^^ ^"° ^^no senior fratre ^'^^^ ^h^ boy was one year older than his brother {=older by one year). Vocabulary. pes. pedis (M ), afoot. • eoUis, collis (M. ), a hill mos. moris (M. ), manner, custom. lingua, ae. tongue, language dolor. dol6ris(M. ),,.././ dives. divitis../i Iter, itineris (N. ), march. t^tus. a, um. .ohole. Exercise. ^^ Decline together : puer melior. collis altior. vir dives, pes Translate into English : — I. Puella matre gracilior est. 2. Omnium puerorum optlmus est 3. Nonne hngua Romana difficillima est.? 4. Mores Gallorum et Germanorum dissimillimi sunt. 5. Iter militum nostrorum difficil- hmum fuit. 6. Pueri non sunt semper meliorcs patribus. 7 Turnsest muro altior multispedibus (p. 58,6). 8 Toto capite altior est quam puer. 9. Caesar maximus fuit Romanorum omnium 10 Num nostr, milites olures erunt quam hostes .? i r. Stellas e colle altissmio spectabant. 12. Dolor omnium minor est. Translate into Latin :— I. The boy is taller than his father. 2. Was not the march easier among the hills.? 3. The rose is the most beautiful of all flowers. 4. The feet of the gial are very small. 5. Was not the shve richer than the master.? 6. The boy Is one year older than the girl. 7. He was the worst of all. 8. We shall view the stars from a higher hill. 9. They are better to-day than they were yesterday 10. Are not the hills very low.? ir. Is not the man most .ind .? 12. The neediest are not always the most wretched IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 59 LESSON XXXI. IRREGULAR COMPARISON. -rc.«./;»WJ 1. The following adjectives are irregular in the superlative :- Positive. Comparative. Superlative exterus, outward^ exterTnr ^^^ - infflr.„o / exterior. extremus and extlmus. inlerus, lower, inferTor \^vx^ Rn7^^>.„a 7 • / mierior, Infimus and imus. superus, higher, srnftrTnr o„ - , '» Doqtflrn« A- V superior, supremua and stimmus. posterus. behind, posterior. postremus nnd postumus. Note^-Mons infimus is ///. /^z^,./ mountain (of a range) • mons :mus, //.. bottom of the mountain. Supremus mons is 1. \T2st 2. Some adjectives have no positive : as, Positive. Comparative. citerior. hither, deterior, zvorse, interior, inner, ocior, swifter, prior, former. Superlative. citimus, hithermost. deterrimus, worst. intimus, innermost. ocissimus, swiftest. primus, /rj/. proximus, next, nearest. vlt\ra\XB, farthest, last. propior, nearer, • ulterior, /j:r//5^r, Note.-The superlative with quam denotes the highest degree possible : as, Quam plurimi, as many as possible. ^ Vocabulary. argentum, silver. fo«,^r, ^ «... aurum. gold. ^^^^""^^ '^^^^^^^ (^- >' *i"^'' ««r,o^ - / y. antiquus, a, um, ancient. senex,^senis, old man. Wc. adv., here. opas, operis (N.), ^vork. Exercise. Declme together: opus facile, tempus antin,„,r« o Gallia citerior. tempus antiquum, aurum grave, Translate into English :— I. Senex tempora antiqua laudat, nostra culpat 2 Aun.m ^cf argentogravius. 3. Opera tua dimcillima sunr 4. GalhrcTerror 60 FIRST LATIW BOOK. I est proxima. 5. Reges Gallorum pacem cum proximis civitatibus confirmaverunt. 6. Leges bonae meliores quam milites fortissimi Lunt. 7. In summo monte Roniani castra sua locaverunt. 8. Sol est maior quam luna. 9. Itinera per citeriorem Galliam fuerunt difficillima. 10. Mens primus fuit supremus omnium. 11. Hostes cum maximis copiis agros nostros vastabunt. 12. Urbs Roma ciarissima in Italia est. 13. Nostrae filiae sunt pulcherrimae. 14- Puer minor fratre fuit. 15. Plurlmi milites in urbe ambulabant. Translate into Latm : — I. On the top of the mountain the soldiers built a very high citadel. 2. The moon is smaller than the earth. 3. In the sea are very large and very many animals. 4. He is the oldest of all the poets. 5. The king was younger than his brother. 6. In the islands the nights are longer than here. 7. The journey through Gaul was very difficult to our soldiers. 8. The swiftest men are not always first. 9. The soldiers of the tenth legion were the best of all. 10. On the highest place the general pitched the camp of the Romans. 11. He was the richest of all the citizens. 12. In war the farmer was very wretched. 13. Caesar was the most distinguished general among the Romans. 14. The cities in Gaul are very small. M li I- ^> n LESSON XXXII. ADVERBIAL COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 1. Adjectives in -us preceded by a vowel, usually form their comparative and superlative by means of the adverbs magis, more, and maxirae, mos/, respectively : as, PosiTivic Comparative. Superlative. idoneus,//, suitable. magis idoneus, maxime idoneus. dubius, doubtful, magis diibius, maxime dubius. But adjectives in -quus, form the comparative and superlative regularly : as, antiquus, ancient, antiquior, antiquissimus. 2. Adjectives followed in English by to or for, are usually followed by a dative in Latin : as, Utilia civitati, meful to the state; aptus bello, fit for war; similis patri, like (to) the father. \ I ADVERBIAL COMPARISON OP ADJKCTIVKS. 01 3. Adjectives followed in English by oj, are usually followed in Latin by the genitive : as, A.v\<^^xs \^yx6x^, greedy oj p'rauc ; plenus militum. full of soldiers. DiSSSm-.(ii^orl/iyX however, takes the abl. : as, Dignus poena, worthy of punishment. Vocabulary. . amicus, -a, -nm, friefidly. inimicus, -a, -um, unfriendly. carus, -a, -um, dear. S.vidus, greedy, fond. similis, -e, like [wnh the dat.) diasimilis, -e, unlike (with the dat.) Exercise. necline together : homo amicus, opus plenum, terra similis. miles fortissimus, puella pulchrior. Translate into English : — I. Urbs frumenti plena erat. 2. Dux omnibus Gallis amicus cnt. 3. Puer patri simillimus fuit. 4. Locus magis idoneus castris quam urbi est. 5. Caesar omnibus Komanis carissimus fuit. 6. Castra Romanorum quam hostium propiora erant 7 Locus est maxime idoneus castris. 8. Poeta optimus omnibus hominibus carus est. 9. Populus Romanus avidissimus belli erat. 10. Urbes turn erant plenae hominum clarorum 11. Filius patfi sumllimus erat ; puella matri. 12 Omnium Gallorum fortissimi sunt 13. Mdites nostri maxime dubii erant. 14. Epistola filiae canor fuit matri quam filii. Translate into Latin : — I. The Roman leader was very friendly to the Gauls. 2. The soldiers of the Roman legion were dear to Caesar. 3. The Romans were more friendly to the Greeks than to others. 4. The place was more suitable for a temple than for a camp. 5. He was the b^st poet among the Romans. 6. Was not the last king very like his brother .? 7. The Gauls were next to the Germans. 8. He was very fond of the praise of the citizens. 9. The Romans seized a town full of corn. lo. The hill was very suitable for a camp. M. Was not the boy very unlike his father.?- 12. The soldier was /ery like his brother. 13. The boy hastened to the nearest city. 14. The largest boys are not always the best. 62 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ir LESSON XXXIII. FOURTH DECLENSION. J. Nouns ofthe fourth declension have the genitire singular in - .st'l'^r' '"" '"''"^"" "^' ^" ^^^ "°-"-^-- -gular in us oi -u. Nouns m -us are masculine ; those in -u are neuter. 3. Nouns in -us are declined as follows :— Fructus (M.),/ruiV. Singular. Ptit,*, NOM. ft-UCt-US,>«//. ft,,,, . ^ ^.^"^AL. DAT fruct'V'^-^'f. • fruct.i,uL, o//ru^ys. Ace. fruct-um./..«/. fruct-us,/;7«V.. 4. Nouns in -u are declined as follows :— Cornu (N.), a horti. Singular NoM. cornu, a horn. Gen. corn -us, of a horn. DAT. com-u, io ox-for a horn. Ace, corn-u, a horn. Voc. corn-u, O horn Plural. corn-tia, horns. coi-n-uum, of horns. corn-ibus, to or for horns. corn-ua, horns. corn-ua, O horns. . '-wiu-ua, u norns. Am,. oo™.a, ,„V/,, ,y or >.« . eom.ibus, ^W., i, o.fro,n /.on.. 5. The following nouns have -abus instead of -ibus in the dative and ablafve plurab A. .us, a joi.tj portus, . /,XV Wbtr! tnie; veru, a sfU; and all dissyllables in -eus, as lacu^: . "S ' 6. Domus (F.), a home, is irregular and is inflected as follows - NoM .?""!""•"• Plural. JNOM. dom-us. ^Xw, - r. , „ aom-us. 'jEn. dom-iis. HA»v, - / ,« Pat AAy^-^-i ^- V aom-uum (or dom-orum). 1.AT. dom-iii(ordom-d). dom-ibus Ace. dom-um. dom-os (or domoos ) \oc. d6iu-us. dom-us." Abl. d6m-6(ord6m-u). dom-ibus. H i FOUllTII DECLENSION. 63 r in in lis. re a Vocabulary. exercitus, us, an army. senatus, us, the senate. lusus, us, sport, play. equitatus, us, cavalry. arcus, us, a bow. currus, us, a chariot. conspectus, us, sight, view. peditatus, us, infantry. latus, a, um, broad, wide. impedimenta, 61 um, baggage. Exercise. Decline together : exercitus magmus, domus lata, currus celer. Translate into English :— I. Imperacor Romanus peditatum equitatumque in locis superiori- bus locavit. 2. Senatfis populi Romani virtutem exercitus laudat. 3. Domus mea altior quam tua est. 4. Caesar militum virtutem in senatu laudfibit. 5. Milites in ducis conspectu pugnabant. 6. Fructus in agricolarum ho. is maturi erant. 7. Lustis animos puer- orum saepe delectat. 8. Milites multi cum impedimentis in urbem properaverunt. 9. Nonne cornua magna sunt? 10. In urbe sunt multae domus. 1 1. Frater consQlis altam domum in urbe aedifi- cavit. 12. Britanni contra peditatum RomanumpugnaveruRt. 13. Arcus nostri sunt longiores quam Romanorum. Translate into Latin : — r. Sport always pleases boys. 2. The bows of the Romans were shorter than ours. 3. The general often praised the cavalry of the Roman army. 4. Your house is larger than mine. 5. No army is in the territory of the enemy. 6. The senate of the Roman people will praise the infantry of your army. 7. The hill was in sight of our soldiers. 8. The army of the Romans is better than yours. 9. The Romans built very many ships. 10. The soldiers carried the corn to the camp. 1 1 . The Senate gave many rewards to the soldiers. 12. The chariots of the Gauls were very long and broad. 13. The boy's bow is full of joints. 14. The soldiers praised the valor of the general. LESSON XXXIV. FIFTH DECLENSION. 1. Nouns of ^he fifth declension have the genitive singular in -ei The nominative singular always ends in -es. 64 ; 11 I N' -^3 FIRST LATIN BOOK. - --, ..,.., LIT-: r::,;:j::- --r- SINGULAR. p^^^^^^ NOM Gen, Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. res, re-i, re-i, rem, re-8, re Dies (M. or F.), a day. Singular. Vi.x,^p,^, dies, die-i, die-i, die-m, dies, die, die-s. die-rum. die-bus. die-s. die-s. die-bus. NoM. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. AliL. res. re-rum. re-bus. res. res. re-bus. ^j-- 3. In respublica (T ) //, - -. ^^' die-bus. fleeted.- ^ •^' '^'' ommonwealth, both parts are in- Res-publica (F.), //,^ commonwealth r . Singular. <-' 'i-vueauh, country. res-publica, Plural. rei-publicae, ^espublicae. rei-publicae, ^^^"^-Publicarum. rem-publicam, ^^^^us-publicis. res-publica, ' ^es-publicas. re-publica, ^es-publicae. 4. The followmg adjectives govern the ahin ^t. the soldie. is ■u.omy of a ioln Z- """' '""«""'-°°a ^tous i^ ioy is endowed with aMity ' "^"^^ '°«^*"° «»^ -d ?; o -d 's % i ■d^ «. *♦** 01 . o3 cS •d -p o" to "d +3 0) d i§ p* a 0) i. - ^ § s 2 -a M ft ->^ > o d d 0) 5^ o 'O '0) C C m CO o rt "d I «• « « -5^ i-i fi O "n CO !^ PI M '0) £l 'OJ 6D,g iCO 3 10 C CO a m CO 60 P ^ fl bp 5+3 03 O OQ CO O ID S 3 d CO a •§ S a CO ? -^ >3 (-! c 60 '0) g 1^ ^ of 2 fl ™ 3 s 3 CO 0) S fl fl fl u o o o o -d -p +3 O* D* H '-' > 10 O !» -3 hi (a s 3 3 hi -3 ^ fib FIRST LATIN HOOK. 4. Caidinal numerals arc iiulcrlinnhU- except (i) unuM ,>,ir- diio /7.v;; tres. //,nr ; {2) the himdrecls, brginning with dacenti! /wo hundred J (3) the phiral of mille, .. thousand. Unu8 one, has already been declined (p. 27)., Duo and tres are dechned as follows : — n Duo, two. Masc. Fi:m, Neut. NOM. dao duae duo (Jkn, duoi um duarum duorum DAT. duobus duabua duobus Ace. diiod or duo duaa dtio Voc. diio duae diio Akl. duobus duabua diiobus Tres, three. Masc . AND F EM. Nettt. NoM. tres tria Gen. trium trium DAT. tribus tribus Ace. tres (is) trl& Voc. tres tzi& Abl. tribus trfbus 5. Mille, a thousand, is indeclinable in the singular, but in the plural IS declined as follows :— NoM. millia. Gen. .illlum, Dat. miUibus, ^^^- ^^"^^' Arl. millibus. Note.-Mille. in the singular, may be either an adjective or a noun with the word depending on it in the geninVe : as Mille homines or mille hominum, a thousand men. In the pluril it is always a noun : as, Decern millia hominum. ten thousand men S=ten thousand of men), 6. Compound ninnbers like 21, 22, &c., when between 20 and 100, are written unus et vi^inti, duo et vi^inti, or viginti unus vigrinti duo, &c. Above one hundred, the greater number precedes (uith or with- out et): as, diicenti unus. or ducenti et unus. two hundred and one. icenti, »3 are i I the or a mile it is men and nus, dth- one. NUMERAL ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS. 69 7 The orcHnals are dechned like the singular of bonus (p 20) and the distributives hke die plural of bonus. ^" ^' 8. The distributive numerals are used :— (a) To express our so mrwy at a time, so many each with -i rzL"x' ■ ^^' ^"^'^ "'"- '"'-^ ''^'-'' ^-~ t: (i) To express multiplication : as, Bta bina, tm,e two /^) With substantives that have a . . "uittLuur, we are {.betnsA 2. I. 2. een, amati sumus, ^ae have been, or o.- zvas, loved. .^^„.,^ ;^,,^,^_ 2. ' ' amatus es, thou hast been, amati est is, yotc have been, or were or zmst, to7.'e,f. /oved. 3. " amatus est, he has been, or amati sunt, they have been, or were was, loved. /oved. ' PLUPERFECT. 1. " amatus eram, / had been amati eramus. we had been laved. lotied. 2. - amatus eras, //;.« /..z,/,/ ^vcxbXx ^vbXib, you had been laved. m'ot loved, 3. " amatus erat, he had been amati erant they had been lavea loved. I I ' I -I PASSIVE VOICE OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 73 FUTURE PERFECT. 1. Pers., ai^atus ero, / shall have amati erimus, we shall have been been loved. /^,^,/ 2. '• amatus erls, thou unit amati eritis, yotc will have been have been lo7'ed. loved. 3. " amatus erit. he will have amati erunt, /hey will have b.en been loved. /^j,^^^_ IMPERATIVE PRESENT. 2. The present imperative passive is inflected as follows :- 2. P. n;. , amare, /;.- ihou loved. amamini, he ye laved ^J;^.°*^--JJllP£L%2.l.P'}''t.iciPle. passive is regularly formed by addmg -tus to the present stem: as, ama-re, to love; present stem ama-; perfect participle passive, ama-tus. The perfect participle passive IS mflected hke the adjective bonus, and agrees with the noun to which it refers, in gender, number and case • as -uer amatus est, l/ic boy has been loved ; amatus is nominative singular masculine, agreeing with puer. Puella amata est, the girl has been puelia. ^"^^'^ '' nominative singular feminine, agreeing with 3. From the perfect participle passive, by the change of -us into f HS^Lf2™?d_ the suptne tn -nm: The supine in -um has the >rce of the English infinifiv^ usid IS^-exprSis purposey but it is Jised on y after j..v3^. o/ nudton : as, Puerum portavit ludos spec tatum, he brought the boy to see the games (spectatum is the supine m -um after the verb of motion portavit.) ^oi^.~Th^ present vtdicatwe, \.he present infinitive, the perfect Vidtcattve,_ and the supine, are c^W^hc principal parts omrverb IJ^s : amo, amare, amavi. amatum. are the principal parts of Exercise. Give the principal parts of: porto. aro. done. voco. laudo. Translate into English :— I . Pueri ad matrem vocati sunt 2. Ager ab agricola aratus est. 3. Liber parvus puero donatus erit. 4. Cena a puellis parata erit S. Nonnevinad hortum vocati erant.? 6. Cur a pueris laudatus 74 FIRST LATIN BOOK. es ? 7. Num agricolae filii in hortum vocati sunt ? 8. Fioresne mihtibusareginadonatisunt? 9. Pugna a militibus bene pugnata est. 10. A pulchra virgine laudat'is eris. 11. Nomina hominum a nauta rogata erant. 12. Galli a Romanis superati erunt. 13. Vocavit agricolam agros aratum (supine). Translate into Latin :— I. Have you been praised by the master.? 2. Did he give the books to the boy .? 3. Had the Httle book been given to the judge? 4. Was the farmer called to plough {supine) the field .? 5. Had the meal been prepared for the sailor by the girl.? 6. The brave soldiers had all been killed by the sword. 7. The fields will have been ploughed in summer. 8. Was not the fight very badly fought ? 9. Have the girls been surpassed by the boys.? 10. Was not the house built for the queen .? 11. The beautiful girl had been praised by all. 12. Did he not bring the boy to walk among the flowers .? LESSON XXXVIII. REVIEW OP THE PASSIVE OP AMO. ABLATIVE OF TIME WHEN. A point of time (time when) is expressed by the ablative : as, Hieme noctes sunt longrae, in winter the nights are long. Exercise. Decline together : Virgo pulchra. onus grave, ver novum, acies long-a, aestas brevis. Translate into English : — I. Auctumno noctes sunt longiores quam aestate. 2 Omnes mihtes m exercitu Romano a duce laudantur. 3. Agricolae agro^- vers arant. 4. Nostra consilia hostibus a servis nuntiabantur. 5. Miles sagittis hostium vulneratur. 6. Magna copia frumenti a servis ad urbem Romam aestate proxima portabltur. 7. Pater patriae a Senatu populoque Romano appellaris. 8. Hieme media castra ab imperatore in collibus altissimis locantur. 9 Caesar multos annos imperator in Gallia fuit. 10. Hieme Romani in ! 1 ai ac by ad s --v^ \ / ADVERBS. 75 ! 1 castris erant ; vere imperator ad bellum legiones excitabit. 1 1 Onera gravia a militibus trans montes portantur. 12. Duxhostium creavlrim '"'■ '^' ^"""^ ^""° ^"""^"^ ^'"'""^ "°'*^^"^^^« Translate into Latin :— niJht'^Ir ^7"",'^°y f ^^••'^'» ^^^-'-^-^^ the deep river. 2. On (in) dark nights the clouds hide the moon. 3. The birds sing sonra7'ely. gra.v iter, heavily. acr-iter, sharply. fSroc-iter, fiercely. sS,pient-er, ^idsely. prudent-er, prudently. as. 3. Some adverbs have two forms, one in -e and one in -ter Adjectives. durus, hardf flrmus, firm, largus, I'onnteouSj humanus, courteous, miser, wretched. Adverbs. dur-6, dur-iter. flrm-e, flrm-iter. larg-e, larg-iter. human-e, human-iter. miser-e, miser-iter. 4. The neuter accusative singular of many adjectives is used as an adverb : as, Adjective. Adverb. multus, much, multum. facilis, easy, facile. T&CQ-nQ, fresh, recens. dulcis, S7veet, dulc§, 5. The neuter singular comparative of the adjective is used as the ~££.l?P_^3Aive of the adverb. The superlative of the adveib is formed i'^^^Ll^^^ superlative of the adjective, by changing the genitive ^n^kr ending to -e. Thus: Positive. Comparative. Superlative. I Adj. carus, dear, carior, carissimus. t Adv. care, carius, carissime. f Adj. miser, wretched, \ Adv. misere, { Adj. acer, sharp, Ad\'. acri'^er, f Adj. prudens, prudent, \ Adv. prudenter, I misenor, miserrimus. miserius, miserrime. acrior, acerrimus. acrius. acerrime. prtidentior. prudentissimus, prudentius, prudentissime. ADVKRBS. 6. Some adverbs are formed irregularly fr, in adjectives : as, ADVERBS. 77 Adjkciivk. bonus, <;c)oi/, malus, iiad, multus, )nuc/i, Positive. bene, we//, male, /kuily, multum, ?ntH-/i, CoMrAk. melius, peius, plus, SUPKKI,. optime. pessime. plurimeor plurimum. niinime. maxime. parvus, s»ial/, little, parum, little, minus, magrnus, great, m&snoi^Bve, greatly, magls, 7. Some adverbs, not derived from adjectives, are compared : as, Positive. Comparative. Smperi.ative. t«; '^;> ^'^""'' diutissime. saepe, ojten, qn«nTnB sH,epms, saepissime. Exercise. Form adverbs from the following adjectives, and compare both adjectives a.d adverbs : Celer. ....//,• altus. /n^kj aeger . J- similis, hke; linens, wm'ng; audnx, Md. ' Vita men'or.°^''''" ■ """"" ^^^^^^^' ^^^^ ^^--^'' -^-« fortissimua. Translate into English :— I. Romani multos annos contra Karthaginienses fortrter pugna- verunt. 2. Vere imperator unam legionem celerlter comparabit 3. Una legio ab duce Romano aestate celerrime comparatur a Homo saepe est poena gravissim.l dignus. 5. Virtus militum ab cvibus canssime amatur. 7. Homo in meo consulatu a Senatu saepissm.e laudabatur. 8. Galli magnas equitum et peditum copias ce^rrime comparant. 9. Locus proelio maxime idon:" Davit ; r r ' 7"""^"^«'^^"^^ "^ilites exercitus saepissime occu- portabit. 1 3. Rellqua^ le, ones pro casirorum portis hodie locavit 13. Imperatorem tela ^.ostium gravissime vulneraverunt. 14 n unai virtute nostra spes victoriae est. Translate into Latin :~ _±_J^^[^^^J^-;^^l^l^ feet deep^onMhe top of th • )untain. 2. 1. Alone. 2. Use in with abl. r.\ .0 ^ -a ,0 .CN- •r; 7ft FIRST LATIN BOOK. The army of the Remans is often defeated in war. 3. Ten legions are quickly collected by the general against the enemy. 4. The soldiers fought very bravely for four hours. 5. The general praised greatly the valor of his soldiers. 6. The generals pitched the camp m a very suitable place. 7. The man is contented with all his friends. 8. The commander thought the plain a very suitable place for a camp. 9. The Ciauls were very fond of war and for many years fought very fiercely against the Germans. 10. On the next day, the soldier quickly hastened to the camp. ir. Our general is more skilled in war (gen.) than the leader of the enemy. 12. The town is very near a high hill (da/.) 13. The road to the top of the mountain is very difficult. 14. Caesar posted (loco) the soldiers of the tenth legion on the right wing. u U\ LESSON XL. SECOND CONJUGATION. Indicative and Imperative Active. 1. The second conjugation includes all verbs that have the characteristic vowel -e before the present infinitive ending -re: as, monSa /advise, p,es. inf., mone-re, to advise. habdix I /lave, pres. inf., habere, to have. 2. The part that is left after dropping the ending -re, is called the present stem ; and the present, imperfect and future indicative are formed from it, as in the first conjugation. 3. The perfect is sometimes formed, as in the first conjugation, by adding -vi to the present stem : as, Pres. Indicative. Pres. Infinitive,. Pres. Stem. Perfect. deleo, / destroy, dele-re, dele- delevi. 4. Most verbs, however, form the perfect by dropping the final -e of the present stem and adding -ui : as, ;PRES. Indicative. Pkes. Infinitive. Pres. Stem. Perfect. moneo, /advise, mone-re, mone- monui. > i SECOND CONJUGATION. 79 5. Some verbs drop the -e of the present stem and add .1 : as, I'KKs. lNnrcAT,vE. Prks. Inf.^.tivp.. Pkes. Stem. Perfect lubeo, I order, iube-rft j-v.- moere, lube- ius-si (=iub-si). 6 The present imperative is got, as in the other conjugations, by droppmg the -re of the infinitive : as, Present Indicative. Pkesent Infinitive. Present Imperative moneo, I adinse, mone-re, mone. iubeo, / order, iube-re, i^^e. 7. The indicative and imperative active of moneo are inflected as follows : — Moneo, I advise, INDICATIVE. Present. Singular. 1. Pers., moneo 2. " mones 3- " monet 1. Pers., monebam 2. •" monebas 3. " monebat 1. Pers., monebo 2. " monebis 3 " monebit 1. Pers., monui 2. " monuisti 3- " monuit 1. Pers., monueram 2. * ' monueras 3« " monuerat Imperfect. T^UTURE. Perfect. Pluperfect. Plural. monemus monetis uionent monebamus raonebatis monebant monebimus monebitis monebunt nionuimus monuistis monuerunt or moniiere monii^ramus moniieratis monuerant iiO FIKST LATIN BOOK. «l 1. Pels., monuero 2. " m6nu6ris .5. " monuerit Future-Perfect. monuerimus monueritia monuerint principal IMPERATIVE. 2. Peis., mone jj^^^^t^ Note.— The supine of moneo is monltum; and the parts arc : moneo, monere, monui, monitum. EXKRCISK. Decline together : hora brevis, mons altior. aummus collia, Ufe^er felix, flumen altum, pater auua. Translate into English : — I. Hostium exercitus arcem sex menses tenuit. 2. Summuin monteni miiitcs priniae legionis habucMunt. 3. Magistcrdiscipulinn multos annos docuit. 4. In conspectu nostri exercitus agri vastati sunt. 5. Milites naves multas frumento vinoque compleverant 6. Nix duos pedes alta in montibus iacet. 7. Hostium adventus md.tum pavorcm augebit. 8. Ab (=ou) una parte Gallos flumen Rhenus, et ab altera parte montes Pyrenaei continent 9 Pater meus m Italia multos annos mansit. 10. Veris ad\entus omnibus ammalibus gratissimus est. 11. Equitatus hostium multas houis collem tenebat. 12. Karthaginienses multas naves Romanorum apud insulam Siciliam deleverunt. 13. Hodie exercitus Romanus magnam spem victoriae habet. Translate into Latin : — I. The army of the enemy held our territories. 2 My father will remain in Italy for six months. 3. The river Garonne', the Pyrenees mountains and the Oceun bound (;aul. 4. Caesar had great hope of victory. 5. The soldiers have very great experience in war'. 6. The lieutenant held the top of the hill for many days. 7. The thing was told to the enemy by a soldier of the legion. 8. The (;auls will quickly destrov all the houses 9 I shall remain ten days in the city. 10. The victory of the soldiers will be pleasing to the gene ral. n. For many years the master * Use the genitive. ■^x . A SKOOND CONJirOATIOX. 81 eci taugl.t ihc sons „f (ho old man. . :. ( )n the noM d.iy Caesar move the army forward' ten miles and remained there for ten days. r \ Tlie enemy pitched their camp in tlie plain. "'* 7c> ffiiT'e/oncart/, ])iT)inovi!(>. * I 1; LKSSON XLI. SECOND CONJUGATION.- rtw/;//.,,/;. Indicative and Imperative Passive. The indicative and imperative passive of verbs of the second conjugation are inflected as follows :— Moneor, / tim aihi'ised, INDICATIVE. Prkseni'. Singular. I. Pels., ruoneor .-'. '■ moneris or monere 3. ' ' monetur Imperfeci'. 1. I'cr^., monebar 2. " monebaris «/• monebare 3. ' ' monebatur FUTCRE. 1. Pe.rs, monebor 2. ' ' moneberis or monebere 3. " monebitur Perfect. I. Pers., monitus sura monitus es monitus est 2. " 1. Pers., monitus eram 2. " monitus eras 3- " monitus erat Pluperfect, Plural. monemur monemini monentur monebamur monebamini monebantur monebimur monebimini monebuntur moniti sumus moniti estis moniti sunt mdnitl ^ramus moniti eratis moniti erant i; O.J I I'.l 11 IIS r I, A lis lit M IK. I' |i II Kl' I'l Kill I IIKIIIII IIH i'M'O IlKtIMI IIM oriM niOuHiiM .>rll, niiiiii'i'o IMI'l.kAl 1\ I I'KISI' N I. IMOIIIII «>I*1IIIIIH Mlolllll rVil\H iiionlli t'l'iiiil, IIUIIUMIlllll Kl'ii'S I'oK i:\i'Ki:ssiN(i iimi.;. 1. A />.>//// .•/ tinw i-^cxpicssr.l liy tlir ahl.ilivc : as, Hnwiir nortoH Hunl. UuiKMo. /// u'inln the ni\;/ifs ,tf<- /,-//.,•, '2. Il.'f/.w// A poiiU ol tinu« is cxpirssv-d (-illici l.y llu- .simi.If .ll'l.ilivf. oi l.y llir.i.viis.ili\r willi Int,.,- oi tiilni : ,is. I'miuMm diobus, tutor paiu'OM dl,uh-> . U)ost is an ailviMh). Ni>liv Post, mulfos unnos is also usrd li.i inanv yrats ,iff,-r; aiul ante mult OS annos toi ;;;,/// r iv,//.v hriorc. 4. Ihii.it.on of tiuu> is r\,„vsscHl by tlu> arrusalivc : as. Rom- uhiB t^optoiu ot. \v\^\^^u^ nvtiavit, annoH. R,',„uius n-i\n.;f for thirty -Sifrn Vtwrs. 5. A^o is ON|Mvsscil by abhiuc tollowoa bx tlu> woiiLs rxpicssinj- "nu>inthrarrnsaiivroi ahla!,Nc<: as. Abhlno .Worn dUvs (or ubhinc iloooiu diobusu-aosar oastra movit. /,// ./,,,'.»• ./-,' C.us.u- moiv^ihis I'.MKnSK. \\\-\mc lo-ciluM : prima lux. quaostor fortis. summus mons dies i?oivmis. duo podos. rianslati^ into lliij^lish : 1. I'liiua luoo miliii>s lo-ionis sunMuimcollouucnent. i. Paucis a.chus post irs Caosari auniiata est. 3. Abhinc viointi aniios oppulum .t .hu-o doUnuiu csi. 4. Aoamo.nnon onn univcrsa C.i.to.-i.i \ IX doocm .umis urboin Troiam oxpuguavit. r. Hasdrubal dux K.utlia-munsiinn. oao tcic .mnos imperium obtinuenit. b. Timtl) rONJIKiATIOV. 8.1 Mull.. nnfiiuK.s.lMscopi.ic k: ..iiiuKimiiicisliisknelMnliir. 7. Uil)s K.Mili.i^roaScipioncahhiii. imilfis annisrst dckta. H. Cat-siir i-.istiu sua fx simmio ii.uni. . 111 nidvrhit. 9. Millc feii- ft luin^culos |.asMis<;asii., ' 1 -iis 1 'umota sunt. lo. Multis (lii-iMis aiifc (Ic rnuiuralinnc .scnatuui inonuit servus. 11. Hosic-s (da sex |u(Us lon^.;. (;t nniiin pc(k-in lata Jiabdijant. 12. Multis .innis post militcs s. iimini (ollcm tenuerant. 13. Dfccm annis a niiiitihus ( M-aecis iiil)s Tioia (k-k-la est. Translate into f,atiii :-■ I. Oil tlu- next (lay at (layl)icak Caesar moved his camp K. the foot of the iiill liill i 1>y llie cnt-my for (jve hours. J. 'Iht: ai my of Scipio dcslroyid Kartha^-e, a very wealthy city, many years ago. 4- Wis not the city taken by s. .rm live years after.? 5. Within ten years the general has fought many battles agamsl the enemy. 6. 'i'he forces of the enemy are two miles distant from the city. 7. You are all siknt, my friends ; do you fear the decision of the judge ? H. The birds in spring build their nests in (he tall trees. 9. 'J'he arrival of spring is welcome to all. 10. Within (ifty years the Romans destroyed two very fierce nations. 11. The number of the soldiers was increased by a levy at the beginning of spring. 12. At the beginning of sunmier, the boy was seen in the fields daily. 13. The town was destroyed by the Roman commander ten years ago. LESSON XLII. THIRD CONJUGATION. In licative and Imperative Active. 1. The third conjugation includes all verbs that have the characteristic vowel -6 before the present infinitive ending -re. The present stem is obtained by dropping -re ; and from it the verb stem, which always ends in a consonant or -u, is obtained by dropping the characteristic -d : as, Present Infinitivk. r6gere, to ruh\ minaere, to Itssm, Present Stem. r6ge- minue- Verb Stem. rSgr- h\ 1 IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // r \, We<\ % »i ^'> ,«, > *i o ^ ^-^ ^^,. >^ ^ ^^^ ? V #j> ^ A fA 84 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 11^ i: i 2. The perfect is formed regularly by adding -si to the verb stem us. "RES. INFIN. I'RKS. STKM. VkKH Stkm. . PF.KK. Im.K . regSre reg6- reg- rexi(=reg8i) 3. The future is formed by adding -am to the verb stem : as, Pres. Infin. Pres. Stem. Verb Stem. Fut. Indic. regere regg- reg- r6g-am 4. The indicative and imperative active of rego, / ru/e, are in- flected as follows : — Rego, I ruh. PRESENT. Plural. regimus regitia regunt • IMPERFECT. regebamus regebatis regebant FUTURE. regemus regetis regent PERFECT. reiimus rexistis, rexi runt or rexere PLUPERFECT. rexeramus rexeratis rexerant FUTURE-PERFECT. 1. Pers,, rexero rexerimus 2. " rexeris rexeritis 3. " rexerit rexerint Singular. 1. Pers., rego 2. " regis 3. " rSgit 1. Per-;., regebam 2. " regebas 3. " regebat I. Pars., regam r6ges 2. C( <( rSget 1. Pers., rexi 2. " rexisti 3- " rexit ^ I. Pars., rexSram 2- " rexeras 3. " rexerat ^The characteristic -e is changed to -i or -u. b stem , THIRD CONJUGATION. 85 M)ir. egsi) as, Die. are in- .\) ^ IMPERATIVE. Present. 2. Pers., regr6 regite RULES FOR EXPRESSING PLACE. 1. P/ace to which is regularly expressed by the accusative with a preposition, unless before the names of towns and small islands : as, Ad Galliam, ad urbem contendit, he hastens to Gaul, to the city With the names of towns and small islands, place to which is regularly expressed by the accusative without a preposition ■ as Romam. Corinthum. Karthaginem, Aegrinam, contendit, he hastens to Rome, Corinth, Karthage, Aegina} So also domum {home) rus {to the country), are used without a preposition . as, Domum' rus ambiilat, he walks home, to the country. 2. Place fro m which is recrularly .exBrgssedb^ the ab lative with _^preposition ^ unless before the names of tow^^Tai^T^i^^^i^^ • as, Ab Gairia, ab urbe contendit, he hastens, Jrom Gaul, from the "^f- J^ut with the na mes of towns and small islan d., fm... \. .^^., Jaijy^expressed ^ aOlative without a ^gS ) ^. ■ .. ^^l ^ Conntho, Kartha^ne, Aegrina contendit, hrHH^ f,cm Rome Corinth Karthage, Aegina. So also dome. is/.... Lne ■ r^ from the country. .. ii-iw, 3 To express ;J/^.. in which, a preposition is required, unless with the names of towns and small islands : as, In Gallia, in uibe viv^t. ^. lives in Gaul, i.i the city. But to express place in whic'h with the names of towns or small islands, the so-called locative^ case IS usea. This case has the form of (..) the genitive if the noun ,3 of the fi.t or second declension singular ; (J) the abla ile If the noun is of the third declension singular or if the nounTs' p ural : as, Romae, at Rome; Corinthi, at Corinth; Karthagine tZ fV '"'''"""' "' ^'^'"'^" ^^'^"^""' P^->' ^«^P^-. -^ Delphi (Delphi, pi.) ; Curibus, at Cures (Cures, pi.) f r/; r f ••;'^; ^^^^---'-ontendlt. I. kastens toraarJs RoZ or to the neti^hborhood of Rome. ""A case which became obsolete in the later language. ,1 86 FIRST LATIN BOOK. i ^ li! So, to. , domi, «/ Aomey huml, on the ground; belli, in war- ruri. tn the country j militiae. on military service, abroad. 4. When urbs or oppidum is used in apposition to the name of a town, the preposition should be expressed : as, Ad urbem Romam contendlt. he set out for the city of Rome -, ex urbe Roma proper- avit ^. hastened from the city of Rome ; in urbe Roma vixit. he hvcdtn the city of Rome. (Latin says : The city Rome for our city oj Rome.) -^ Exercise. DecHne together : proximus collis, puer diligens, extrema aestas domus parva, primum ver, exercitus magnus. puella prudens. Translate into English :— I. Caesar copias suas ad proximum collem subduxit. 2. Rom-e consules a civibus quotannis creantur. 3. Dionysius pueros Corinthi abhinc multis annis docebat. 4. Imperator ad Italiam extrenva aestate contendit. 5. Vir erat non solum domi, sed etiani belli clarissimus. 6. Dux hostium fossam, duo millia passuum longam ex castns ad flumen perduxit. 7. Vere multos dies ruri puer mansit' b. Mihte^^t^-Imi ad Karthaginem, urbem omnium rerum plenam aestaLe',comparati sunt. 9. Primo vere Pompeius omnes copias hostmm terra marique superavit. 10. Plato multos annos Athenis vixit. II. In Gallia citeriore decem diebus duae legiones a Caesare comparatae sunt. 1 2. Lacedaemon erat honestissimum domicilium senectutis. 13. Aestate legatus decimam legionem Romae con- scripsit. Translate into Latin :— I. At Ephesus there was a splendid temple of Diana. 2. He was even more distinguished at home than abroad. 3. At the end ot summer two legions were collected (comparo)^t Athens. 4. He walks within five hours from the city to his home. 5. The general led his army from Rome to Athens within four months. 6. Was not the boy advised by his teacher many days ago .? 7. Was he living m the beginning of spring at Rome.? 8. Romulus reigned in the city of Rome for thirty-seven years. 9. Pompey hastened from Brundusium in the beginning of night. 10. The top of the hill was held by Labienus, a brave lieutenant of Caesar. 1 1. The general in the middle of summer enrolled (conscribo) three legions atlucca' I TiriRD CONJUGATION. g^ aeteatect (supero) bv Pomnpv n t-k^ the battle byf he dartLftrenemy'- ' "''^'^ "^^ ^^^^'"'^^ ^" LESSON XLIII. THIRD OONJUGATION.-rc.«./««.,; Formation of the Perfect Active and Supine Stems. rego. r^gere. rexi(=regsi), rectum, ^ ^ ^ (=regtum) ^. But some verbs have a reduplicated perfect: / e the first consonant of the word is prefixed with a vowel (generalVi) added ! Pres. Ind. Pr£s. Infin. Perf. Indic. Supine cado, //a//, cadere. ce-cidf ' ceciai, casum. (= cad turn) ing to!;)?^""' '''"" ""'' ^' °'^'" "'"^^"^^ ^^ i» this case (-^ pass- 3. Sometimes, too, the reduplication has been lost : as, Pres. Ind. Pkes. Infin. Perf. Indic. Supine flndo,/.W. flndere. ndi(=fl.ndi) ZZ. 4. The stem vowel is sometimes lengthened for the perfect • as 2 //' f^ "' ^^^ return. lego./.W, legere leg,-. ,^^^^^ stemfar'^""'"' '" '"'" '"' ^"'''''' '" ' " ^^''"^ ^'^ ^^'^ ^^^^ lit (I 88 FIRST LATIN BOOK. PRES. Ind. riio, I rush, verto, I turn. PRES. InFIN. rii6re, vertere, 6. Learn the principal parts of Pres. Ind. niitto, send, dico, tell, claudo, shuf, pello, driTf, carpo, pluck, pono, place, alo, rear, duco, had, scando, clitnb, traho, draw, scribo, write, vivo, live, Pres. Infin. mittere, dicere, claudere, pellere, carpSre, pon^re, filere, ducere, scandere, trahere, scrtbere, vivSre, Perf. Indic. rxii, verti, Perf. Indic. misi, dlxl, clausi, pepuli, carpsi, posiii, aiiii, dxixi, scandi, traxi, scripsi, vixi, Supine. riitum. versum. Supine. mlssum. dictum, clausum. pulsum. carptum. positum. altum. ductum. scansum. tractum. scriptum. victum Exercise. Decline together: frigus acre, servus fidelis, tristior vultus, res maxima, respublica incolumis. Translate into English :— I. Puer ad patrem Romam binas litteras quotidie niisit. 2. Vespgri imperator Romanus portas castrorum claudet. 3. Prima luce nostri milites copias hostium e summo colle pellent. 4. Abhinc multos annos pomum in tuo horto carpsi. 5. Hieme in summis Alpibus frigus acerrimum est. 6. Hostes primum copias suas contra exercitus nostri dextrum cornu postierunt ; deinde nostros milites in fugam magno clamore verterunt. 7. Magnis corporibus Ger- manorum nostri milites terrebuntur. 8. Multi hostes in proeliis ceclderunt. Q. Britanni ans6rem et gallinam alunt. 10. Postpaucos menses Caesar copias suas ex Britannia duxit. 1 r. Annos circiter trecentos quinquaginta Romani insulam Britanniam tenuerunt. 12. Miles, virtuti fretus, muros urbis altos scandit. 13. Omnium gentium Galli sunt belli cupidissimi. Translate into Latin : — I. During the winter the Romans drew their ships to the shore and remained there many months. 2. The boy wrote three letters 1 * THIRD CONJUGATION. 89 daily. 3. Many illustrious ^ men lived formerlv at Xth^ u . was more illustrious .l,an .l,e ora.or ^3 fen s fit u"" ^ved a. R„n,e for .nany years. 5. The hous of ^y fa he fs ,h « miles distant from the citv f On fi,^ . j 'diatr is tnree ...any years he wil, live in Corin.h. ^ ,. The L.her td e„ ye ^I ve:;'H^=::;"^':r^, '- Thefa,herse„.his sonlo^DeTpH LESSON XLIV. THIRD OONJUGATION.-rc„„/,„^^j Indicative and Imperative Passive. il^L^Itr' '"""'"'^'^ P-^'- of ^- ^~/^, are RSgror, /aw r«/i'fl'. PRESENT. ^^^^"^'^^- Plural. : .. regens o. rSgere regimini J- regritur „- ... regruntur IMPERFECT. 1. Pers., regebar „- _, . 2. ^^ regrebans o. regebare rggebamtoi J. reg-ebatur ^x„aw j. regebantur FUTURE. '• "'r-' ^'^"". ' r^gemur !' . regens o. regere rggemlni ^"^^^^^ rSgentur ^Say "many" and "illustrious." I II V 90 I. 2. 3- FIRST LATIN BOOK. TKRFECT. Pers. rectus sum rectus 68 rectus est PLUPERFKCT. I. Pers., rectus 6ram ^. " rectus ^ras 3- " rectus erat Pers. * rectus ero rectus dria rectus 6rit 2. Pers., regr6re recti sumus recti estis recti sunt recti 6ramu8 recti eratia recti erant FUTURE- PERFECT. recti 6rimu8 recti eritis recti erunt IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. regimini 2. Verbs of mahn^, choosing, calling, naming, regarding and shounng, take two accusatives in the active : as, Populus Romanus ^ZT"^, "T'" """^'' ''" ''''"'''' ^^'^'^ ^''-^-^ ^^cero Z ;.!.'. ''°^'^ '' ^'^" ^'^^^^ «^^j^^^ '-^"^1 -o"«-lem is a part of the predicate and is called the predicate accusative. In the passive, these verbs take two nominatives ; the direct object of the active becomes the subject nominative, and the predi- cate accusative of the active becomes the predicate nominative of the passive: as Cicero consul a populo Romano creatus est, Ucero was elected consul by the Roman people. Exercise. r.«nn^'"? together : noster miles, alter consul, fortitudo magna. Dellum atrox, magister optimus. Translate into English : — I. Populus Romanus Camillum consulem postSro anno le-it 2 Camillus consul postero anno ab populo Romano lectus est x Nonne Cicero una voce ab omnibus consul declarabltur ? 4 Par entes puerum Scipionem nominabunt. 5. Omnium virtutum maxima mter homines habTta est fortitudo. 6. Romani duo bella FOURTH CONJUOATION. 91 atroc.ss.ma cum finitimis gentibus centum annos gesserunt 7 I.tus Lartius primus dictator et Spurius Cassius magister equ'itum creatus est. 8. Num epistola ad patrem suum a puero Athenas m.ssa est ? 9. Romulus urbem Romam ex suo nomine appcllavit Num civ.tas a rege crudelissimo quam a consule mitissimo m ms regetur? u. Abhinc multos annos Roma, urbs clarissima, a Komulo condlta est. 12. Alter (one) consul domi mansit ; alte,' bellum contra hostes patriae gessit. 13. Socrates homo sapien- t.ssuiius totms orbis terrarum est habitus. 14. Urbis portae vesp6n clausae sunt. p iiac Translate into Latin :— I. He was chosen consul by the votes of all the citizens. 2. Two consuls are chosen yearly by the Roman people. 3. The soldiers were considered worthy of a golden crown. 4. The father will call his son Scipio from the name of his grandfather. 5 The Karthagmians carried on wars for two hundred years against the Roman people. 6. The general took-by-storm the camp of the enemy at daybreak. 7. He will live for four years at Cures, a smalltown. 8. The Athenians considered Socrates the wisest of T,"'i,-^;-^^ '^^ °"* ^^ "'^^' ^°' ^^"1 accompanied-by (cum + abl.) his httle son. 10. The man was declared consul by all the citizens^ 1 1. Shall we not choose Caesar, the greatest commander of the Roman people 1 r 2. Was the general chosen by the Roman people .? 13. Caesar stayed a few days at Brundusium on-account- ot Kpb + acc:) the storm. . LESSON XLV. FOURTH CONJUGATION. Indicative and Imperative Active. 1. The fourth conjugation includes all verbs that have -i (-i lone) before the present infinitive ending -re. The present stem is obtained by dropping -re of the present infinitive : as, Pkesent Infinitive Present Stem. «^^® audi- 92 FIHST LATIN BOOK. Nr 2. The indicative and imperative act Audio, I hear, PRESENT. ive are inflected as follows : — S INdULAR. Plural. I. 2. 3- IV-rs., audio audls audit audimu8 auditis audiunt I. 2. 3- Peis., <( << audlebam audiebas audlebat IMPERFECT. audiebamua audlebatis audiebant I. 2. ■> J- Pers., i ( audiam audies audiet FUTURE. audlemus audietis audlent I. 2. 3- Pers., audivi audivisti audivit PERFECT. audivimus audivistia audiverunt or aud PLUPERFECT. live I. 2. Pers., audivdram audiv6ras audiv6ramus audivSratis 3. (t audiverat audiv6rant FUTURE-PERFECT. I. 2. 3- Pers., t £ audivero audiveris audiverit audiverimus audiveritis audiverint IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. 2. Pers., audi audite VERBS WITH TWO ACCUSATIVES. 3. Verbs oi asking, t caching jm^ concealing i^ke two accusatives .in the active, one of the person and another of the thing: as, Pater filium musicam docCiit, the father taught his son music. a /vs: — ives as. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 93 a pat. .oeeua est, ,/„ s.„ ^Jl^/Zr • './i:,™^ ""'=''" trie trnnj; and (he ablative of the person with a for abl /r,„„ ■ as Pacemab Bomanl. pet,ven.„, *;..W/^.2«r^;^^^^^^^^^^ Exercise. ro^atr.a;rtt..noTj-s;.rr ™^' --- -• Translate into English :— I. Magister puerum sententiam roffavit 2 P.,^.. o sententian, roga.us est. 3. Ca.illna !uv „,ute,n „ nt "^T'" docebat 4, Cicero per legates de consiliis ho^tiu" o« s" 5- Per s.lent.um noctis vocem magnam in silvis audiverunt 6 Nonne dux consilium nostros mili.es celavit? 7. Ho tes castrt fossa valloque „,univ6rant. S. Orationem Ciccronis f ^^^ s.m, eras audfes. 9. Romani duo bella atrocissima una aesta,: fintverunt. .0. Mulieres pacem ab hostibus petunt n M^l us ,„ Caesaris consulatu, re. atque amicurapp lat^s est " Galha est omnis divlsa in partes trcs. ,3 Audltr O R multa et praeclara facta maiorum nostrorum °'"''"'' Translate into Latin : — I. Catowasasked his opinion about (Oe+aM.) the consniracv 2. Necesstty teaches man many arts. 3. Caesar had demanded Torn from the enemy ten days before. 4. On the next day Z enem" asked the lin.ons for aid. 5. o citizens, hear the words of So fteVonlTrt ThT 1 '■ H^'" "" *^ ^"'-^ '--^^ °P«ct within fifty Ly'' 8 hTLT' ' ""'"^ '"'" '"^ ^-'^ iiy aa>s. s. He lived many years at Athens as" a 'Omit a*. ^ " • I 94 FIRST LATIN HOOK. boy. 9. Did yoii luar of ((/>) ilu; defeat of the Koman army? 10. The boy was sleeping' mi the ki'iuiuI for two hours. 1 1. Will our general finish the war in the summer? i2. Shall we punish the innocent and acquit the guilty? 13. The people had chosen Ancus king, ten years before. LESSON XLVI. FOURTH CONJUGATION. Indicative and Imperative Passive. The indicative and imperative passive inflected as follows : — Audlor, /(u// heanf. PRESENT. Singular. 1. Pers., audlor 2. " audiris or audire 3. " auditvir IMPERFECT. I. Pers., audlebar audlebaris or audlebare audiebatur of audio, / hear, are 2. " ■7 <' FUTURE. I. Pers., audiar aud!eris or audiere audietur PERFECT. 1. Pars., auditus sum 2. " auditus 6s 3. " auditus est 1. Pers., auditus Sram ^ * • o ti ^ T4' \-\e* ^'••o «^ 3. '* audibus drat .UPERFECT. Plural. audimur audimini audiuntur audiebamur audlebamlni audiebantur audlemur audlemini audientur audit! siimus audit! estis auditi sunt auditi Sramus audlti uratiB auditi drant rREI'OSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 95 ny ? A' ill lish )sen nre I. 2. 3- 2. Tors., KUTUKK-PKKFIXT. Zmn! T? *"^^" 6rtmu8 auditu8 6rit auditi 6runt IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. ^"^^^« audlmlnl Exercise. Conjugate like audio: Punlo. pumsA,- munlo, /or/Z/yy erudlo afuai/ey vestlo, tAv//t'y servlo, l>e a slave. -" ■^■^^ Translate into English : I. Nonne pclle Iconis vestltus est? 2. Castra a multis viris muniebantnr. 3. Legiunes Ronianae nunquani servient 4 Cur non taces ? A magistro puniOris. 5. Nonne castra multis aibori- bus mumta erant? 6. Num colles ab hostibus munientur? 7. I lebs Koniana ignaviae serviebat. 8. Nonne pueri a magistris eruchun.ur? 9. Nonne pueri audaces graviter punientur? 10 Turns alt.ssnna a CaesAre munita erit. 11. Servi nostri a fabris optnne eruditi sunt. 12. O pueri, virtute vestimini. Translate into Latin : — I. The shouts of the enemy were often heard. 2. Are not the boys bcng^educated by their nuster? 3. The camp was fortified on a h.gh hill. 4. Will you not be silent } You will be heard hy tlie muster. 5. They were clothed with the skins of lions 6 The shout of the soldiers will be heard in the city. 7 The bird-i were heard in the wood. 8. Were not the boys well educated ? o The messengers were being punished by the general. 10. Be clothed, soldier, with courage. 11. You will not be heard, boys by the master. 12. Do not punish, O master, the best boy LESSON XLVII. COGNATE ACCUSATIVE. ACCUSATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 1. Verbs are often followed by an accusative of kindred origin or meaning: as, Turpissimam vitam vivit. ke lives a very baflfl- mxrum somniuxn somniavit. he dreamt a wonderful Jr it- 96 FIRST LATIN BOOK. i!:l I! I proelium pugrat, he Jights a battle. This is called the cognate accusative. 2. Many intransitive verbs, especia,lly those expressing motior ji'^4.£2!?P?_^"'^^^.5Jt^^Ji!3£_H?P°Sf^^9^.-55i^i^^ circum {around)^] per {througJi)', praeter (past), trans {across), or super (above), -i2:^£_^? accusative after them : as, Cato rostra advolat, Cato flies to the hustings; equites Romani a^natum circunastant, Roman hmghis surround the senate; murmur contionem pervasit, a mur- mur 7vcnt through the assembly. (Here the accusative de[)ends on the preposition. The sentences might have been expressed thus : Ad ro-tra Cato volat ; equites Romani circum senatum stant ; murmur per contionem vas^^). 3. The transitive verbs, transduco (or traduco), I lead across, and transporto, I bear across, may take two accusatives in the active, one depending on the verb and the other on the pieposition : as, Hannibal copias Iberum traduxit, Hannibal led the forces across the Ebro; Caesar milites navibus flumen transportat, Caesar cofiveys his soldiers across the river in ships. Exercise. Decline together : rr *^dia aestas, album lac, dura servitus, sum- mum consilium, omues boui cives. Translate into English : — I. Caesar omne-, copias Rhenum media aestate traduxerat. 2. Tres iam partes copiarum Helvetii flumen traduxCrunt. 3. Pler- ique frumenta non serunt ; peliibus vestiti sunt. 4. Naves Romanae Oram Siciliae praetervectae sunt. 5. Catilina cum sociis sceleratis senatum circumstat. 6. Cato primus sententiam in jenatu roga- tur. 7. Hannibal nonaginta miilia hominum flumen Iberum trans- ducit. 8. Num Galli multos annos durissimam servitutem serv- ient ? 9. Summum senatus consilium ab Romanis appellatum est. 10. Mercator hieme mare navigabit. u. Xerxes Hellespontum exercitum traduxit. 12. Ab omnibus bonis civibus auditus eram. Transli^«^e into Latin : - I, The Rom.ans did not s.^il ihe sea in the middle of winter. 2. Did not the general with all his forces fly to the city.? 3. The citizens stand round the temple of Jupiter. 4. The Germans led 4 t THIRD CONJUGATION. 97 the r forces across .he Rhine. 5. Will he be con.cn.ed with h,s lot? 6. Was not a arge ar„,y kd across the mountains into Gaul ' 7. The enemy fought a fierce battle in the middle of the pla „ 8. a he man hved at Athens for many years, but he w.a Lut h.' up at Rome 9. I„ early spring Hannibal will lead a large X tate" r T ? R "• "' "'" '^"^^ "^ ""= -^'"' "^ "^ •> nv, , » "' "^"^ taught the art of war by necessity summl" "■■"■"'^ "^■'^ ^ '^'y '™? jo-ney in the' middle o, f I i 4, s j LESSON XLVIII. THIRD CONJTJGATION.~rCo.,i„ue^j, Verbs in -io. 1. A few verbs of the third conjugation form the present indica- >ve m .0 Ccfve), -ior (passive), like verbs of the fourth conjugation except that -i is short (-i) throughout the present : as Pkes. Indic. capio, //a/.'f, ACTIVK. Smgular. I. Pers., cfipio capis capit 1. Pers., capiebam 2. " caplebas 3' '* capiebat 7 Pres. Infin. Perf. Indic. capere cepi, Capio, T take. INDICATIVE MOOD. SUPINK captum. PRESKNT. Passive. Plural. capimus Singular. capior f caperis or \ capere capitur capitis cftpiunt IMPERFECT. capiebarnus capTebar capiebatis /capxebaris or Icaptebare caplebant capiebatur Plural. capimur caplmini" capiuntur eapiebamiu' capiebamini capiebantur 98 FIKST LATIN BOOK. f \m 1. rcrs., capiam 2. " capies 3' " capiet 1. Pers., cepi 2. " cepistl 3- " cepit 1. Pers., ceperam 2. " ceperas 3- " ceperat 1. Pers., cepero 2. ' * ceperis 3- " ceperit 2. Pers., cape capiemus capiar capietis fcapieris or icfi,piere capient c^pietur PERFECT, cepimus captus sum cepistis captus es /ceperunt or \cepere capiemur capiemini capientur capti sumus capti estis captus est capti sunt PLUPERFECT ceperamus ceperatis ceperant captus eram captus 6ras captus 6rat FUTURE-PERFECT. -<5eperimus captus ero cdperitis captus eris ceperint captus erit IMPERATIVE. PRESENT, capite capere Conjugate like capio the follow fiigio, fS,cio, iacio, rapio, fugere, facere, iacere, rapere, ing verbs :— fuffi, feci, leci, rapui, capti eramus capti eratis capti erant capti erimus capti eritis capti erunt capimini fugitum, /ee. factum, do. iactum, ^/irora. raptum, seize. 2. Many vei-bs that are intransitive in English are transitive ni Laun, especially verbs of emo/^on, taste or smeli : as, Sequani Anovist, crudelitatem horrebant. the Seguam shuddered at the Zli 'YT"'''''' ^^"^^^^^^^'^ antiquitatem olet. this speech smacks of anttquttyj piscis mare sapit. the fish tastes of the sea. 3. An adjective or a verb n.ay take an accusative to define its meaning: as, Puer caput vulneratur. the boy is wounded in the heaaj imperator dextram manum ictus est, the general was struck on^ the right hand. Here caput and r.anum define The THIRD CONJUGATION. 99 n^anin^ of the verbs vulneratur and ictun est. Su.h arcusitive. a^ icancd accusatives ./ .v^av>^./.^. p^ .^.... .^ ,,^""^"^^^ Exercise. Decline together: locus superior, dies clarus. duo consules ma« nae copiae ; Cicero, orator clarissimus. ^"nsmes, mag- Translate into English :— '. Gives mali honores semper desperabunt. 2. Matronie annum ut parentem, Brutum luggbunt. 3. Omnes bonrd nioitem Ciceronis maerpbnnf - c„i-* • , ,. ^.ivca k II t- ,. inaereoant. 4. Salutem reipub cae consul in do ebun ? 6. Miles dextrum humerum telo vulneratus est 7 P„er nuneratur 9. Puer dextram manum lapide ictus est 10 Atra metnnon, dux Graecorum, tempore belli Troiani vixit. u ctZ a senatu populi Romani pater patriae appellatus est. ,', cTce ■oet,, una voce universus populus consulem declaravit. ,3. Nonne hostes, vtrtute fret,, copias Rhenun, transducent ? ,4 Maior muIH tudo Germanorum Rhenum transducitur. Translate into Latin :— I. Will he not despair of the safely of the state ? 2. Did not all he cmzens mourn over the death of the noble consul ? 3 The man s,n. ed-a the losses of his friend, bu, mourned over his own 4 Sne of the sowers of the seventh legion was wounded in the arm bv a 6. \V e all shudder at the cruelty of the Roman commander 7 He will be called the father of his co.mtry b ■ all ^ood men 8 w not the man very like his father in cou'ntenancT; "xhe Wll was' held for many hours by the soldiers to r ^ " , ^"' ^^^ fifteen months many .hoLands^r.'hTenemy. ' r Did",: t atlh: ctizens mourn over the sad death of Cicero? ,, H ' , ! consul by the votes of the whole people ™, Was 1^1 h" solder wounded severely in the h'ead' by thf d^^V e temy^ 14- Were you throwing a spear? enemy r I 100 h ,11 FFRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON XLIX. THE PARTICIPLE. 1. The Latin participle has partly the nature of a verb, and partly ^ that of an adjective. Hence the name (from pars and capio). Like a verb, it has voice, tense, and number, and governs the same case as the verb from which it is derived ; like the adjective' . It has declension and gender, and agrees with nouns. 2. Transitive verbs have, inJl2£_a?tm^ a present and a future .^participle ; and m the passive, a perfect and a fu'ture participle. 3. The present participle active always ends in the nominative in -ns. and IS declined like oriens (p. 53) ; the future participle active ends in -turus. and is declined like bonus (p. 20). ACTIVE VOICE. Present. Future. 1. Conj., ama-ns, loving. 2. " monens, advising. 3. " rege-ns, ruling. 4- " audie-ns, heanmr. ama-turus, abouf to love. moni-turus, abotit to advise. recturus, about to rule. audi-turus, about to hear. 4. The present participle expresses an act that takes place sim- ultaneously ^^■ith that of the main verb : as, Caesar, ex urbe de- cedens, legionem conscribit, Caesar, while leaving the city, enrolls a legion. (Here decedens is nom. sing, masc, agreeing with 5. The present participle is often used with the case absolute which m Latin is the ablative, and not, as in English, the nomi- native: as, Coniuratio facta est, Tarquinio regnante, the con- spiracy was formed in the reign oj Tarquin {i.e., Tarquin reigning). Note.— The future participle active often expresses intention: as, Urbem capturi sumus, w^ are about to take the city ( = wc intend). Exercise. Translate into English :— I. Hostes, e loco superiore in nostros milites venientes, tela iaciunt 2. Patrem canentem audivi. 3. Vir suae civitatis imperium ob- PARTICIPLES PASSIVE. 101 tenturus erat. 4. Milites pugnaturi clamoreni faciunt. 5. MaLma.r nniltitudinem hostium fugientium nostri interfece.unt. 6 Milites' victonam desperantes, in castris manebant. 7. Princeps pacem a Cacsare flens petebat. 8. Pater filium suum decedcns monuit 9. Hostes m castra fugientes interfecimus. 10. Puerum audituri sumus. II. Oppidumindeditionemimperatoraccepturusest i- Be Hum contra Gallos gosturi eramus. 13. Legiones in oppidum reducturi sunt Romani. Translate into Latin :— I. Caesar intends to carry-on war against the Gauls in spring 2. All weepmg begged peace of Caesar. 3. The Romans made an attack on the flying enemy. 4. Caesar attacked the enemy while fortify mg {part ) their camp. 5. He praised the soldiers while brave- ly resisting the attack of the enemy. 6. Our men intend to make a march through the territories of the enemy. 7. Ariovistus, des- pairing of victory, sent messengers to Caesar. 8. Our men found many thousands of the enemy devastating the fields of the allies 9. He intends to advise the commander. 10. They fought with the enemy while thev were attacking {j>art.) our camp. n Many of the enemy were killed fighting. 1 2. They sought pardon from Caesar as he was coming {part.) to the camp. 13. We did not see the man coming fo town. 'Y .CV" LESSON L. PARTICIPLES PASSIVE. Substitutes for Perf. Part. Act. 1. There are two participles in Latin in the passive voice, the perfect ending in -tus, and the future in -ndus. dined like bonus. PERFECT PARTICI.'L^ PASSIVE. \^ Both are de- Present stem and -tus. (In 3rd conj.,^ verb stem -»-tus.) 1 . Conj ., ama-tus, having beeti io7!ed. 2. " raoni-tus, /uwing been advised (-e of stem changed to -i). 3- " ^^'^■^^s, havitig been ruled (==res-t\xa). 4- " &^<^-tvia, having been heard. 102 FIFJST LATIN BOOK. Present stem antl -ndus. Ill !< FUTURE PARTICIPLK PASSIVK ama-ndus, about to he Imied. monr-ndus, about to be mhnscd. reg-e-ndus, about to he ruled. audie-ndus, about to he heard (i changed to -ie in stem). 2. The perfect paidciple passive expresses an act complete,! before that of the verb to whi.h it is joined : as, Hoi lb am,comon.tu3, conluratlcnem feelt, //,.• ma„, advised l,y his friend f...ned a conspirae. (Here the "advising" „K,st precede He forming of the conspiracy.") This participle is often used with an ablative absolute: as, Opere perfecto sues reduxit. the work Jinished. he led baek his men But the ablative absolute should not be translated literally Thus opere perfecto is .. (or after) finishing the work, or when he / v/ /ints/u'd the zvork. ^ > ^ 3 Latin has no perfect participle active. Its place is supplied by (0 tl.e ablative absolute with the perfect participle passive : as fZscT\T7T''^\ /--<.^/..^.. the city, he led back Ms fnd r t -" ^'''"'"^^ ^''^' ^^^^^h (3) Postquam with the perf. nd.c as Postquam urbemcepit. copias reduxit after he took the city, he led back his forces\ Note.-Tvvo nouns, or an adjective and a noun, in the ablative ab- solute are used (as sum. lam, has no present participle) without a copula : as, Tullo rege, when Tullus was kin,; Cae'are consl znthe consusJnp of Caesar; caelo ser.no navigamus. we sail when the sky IS clear ( = the sky being clear). Exercise. Translate into English :— I. DAto signo, nostri milites impgtum in hostes fecerunt 2 Omn^ibu^ captun^^tr^^ p^^^^^^ ^.^ p^^.^^^.^' Jr???""' tr* '''"^ "'' ''''' subjunctive-a very c^;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;^ (1 -le PARTICIPLES PASSIVE. jj, 3- Re fruiiienlaiis,' comparatr., rastra niovo. ,! r , q...„decin, ad fin,, Belga,u,„ pcv 'i, / c ,;; " "'"'" nn,n,t,s, d„as ibi legiones relKjui, 6. Re po^ td .';""■'' Porlal.s, iterum legatos cm n^andatis nii^r , o '^"f^""" piinccps concilium di.nittit 8 T , ^^ "'■"">"<= ''■'l>i'«. i-pca.,. nppidun, in ::dr ion mtcepi';'": ':;;;;;"" ''"•'' !--■ "n. vasla.is. in fines TrOvYronnn pelninnt o i:,V°™ '"'^'': militesininetum nmnlin -'K M~i\t.iiiunt. lo. Interim nostr sus,i„„.™n V t urn " S"""-' ""'"^ """^'''^"^ "'^'^P''^' A Jieiium, Laesftre imperatore cnnfrn r .11 decern annos uerebatiir r-, /-• i^<.tujie, contra dallos tibusacnterdircabun;. " ™'" "-'"'- "ben, opp„,„a„- Translate into Latin :— of 'he^e:!'';"" wS T' "'^';' "t"- "-'^^ ""■™^"' *« -- subdued („./. .,,.), Caesar hasCed to'-Rome . „^T " '"" "m"- ,"• ""™Sbee„ eleced consul, he Teft , cuTTlh"' soldiers fled nto the thirt wnn.ic u , ^" 5- The M/. «&). 6. The sobers of ,t""' !7 ''''"'" ""^ ''"'='' after hur ing theh- spet , T ""T 1'°^" ""™"S" °'" ""<= temple of Jupi.e f After L "\ ' '"^ ''"'"'"S "^^ ">e left the ciyrcaesfr ha ,","■"' '''="^""'' ">« consul *ear,.oft r1^4" ^hsTo/h:; '"^/^'r" ""^'" ^" Mariu , ,he Romans defeated T'-., 3./ ,ny J.^2n^;: ""^^ *^"^' ^^^ --"- meo confldo. ... 106 FIRST LATIN BOOK. li 'i- ; 10. Verbs compounded with bene, male, satis govern the dative : as, Optimo viro maledixit, he reviled a most excellent man; mlhi nunquam satisfecit, he never satisfied me. 11. Latin puts a pronoun of the first person before one of the second, and one of the second before one of the third. A verb, therefore, referring to several subjects will be plural and agree with the first person rather than with the second, and with the second rather than with the third : as, Ego et tu valemus, j^)« and I are well (note the order of the Latin) ; tu et Tullia valetis, Tullia and you are well. Exercise. Decline together : exercitus meua, magnum praemium, omnis vicus, hostis noster, duae legiones. Translate into English : — I. Interdum fortuna nobis favet, saepe nostris consiliis obstat. 2. Urbe expugnata, milites hostium ne nobis quidem' parcent. 3. Omnes civitates nobis obsidcs dederunt. 4. Pater meus tibi abhinc multos annos legionem donavit. 5. Nonne vcstn amici tecum Romae manebunt .? 6. Caesar paucos dies in hostium finibus mansit ; omnibusque vicis incensis, se in castra sua recepit. 7. Nonne puer patris sui mandato parebit .? 8. Num homo mihi male- dixit .? 9. Caesar multos annos legionibus Romanis in Gallia imperavit. 10. Nos omnes Ciceronis orationes laudavimus. 11. Tibi omnibusque malis hominibus diffido. 12. Oppido expugnato, imperator suas legiones in castra reduxit. 13. Ego et pater meus tuis consiliis paruimus. Translate into Latin : — I. Marcus and I stayed at Rome for three years. 2. We shall all remain in the city for one year. 3. My friend easily persuaded me. 4. The scout announced to us the arrival of Caesar. 5. After the town was taken^ by our men, we seized all the baggage of the enemy. 6. He sent the scout with us into Gaul. 7. He envied his brother, and did not obey the commands of the Roman people. 9. We resisted the S. Shall we resist the legions of the Ronmn 1 Ne-quidem, not even (with the emphatic word intervening), « Ablative absoUite. fli INFINITIVE MOOD. j^^ I ^vill scay in the- count rv in T ^'•"'^ the camp. i,. You and citi^en obe^ the la:.^:n -^c;!:;""^^- ' '' ^^^" -^ ^he ,ood LESSON LII. INFINITIVE MOOD 2. Transitive verbs usually have three infinif.. r active m Latin and three in the passive viz thl """ '" ''^^^ and future infinitive. " ' ^^^ P'-^sent, perfect, ACTIVE INFINITIVES. In the active voice the infinitive is thus formed :- 'I. amare, fo /ove. ' ^- iiione-re, io advise. I 3- r6gr6.re, /^ ^^^/^^ U- audi-re, /o hear. 'I. amavi-sse, /,; have loved. ' ^- ^onui-sse, to have advised rexi-sse, to have ruled. 14- audivi sse, to have heard Future infin. = future part ['TJ'^^^ ^^^^' '" ^' "bout to love. act. + esse, to be \ ^^^^l'^^^ ««««• ^o be about to advise. recturus esse, to be about to rule 3 In fh« • lauditurus esse, to be about to hear 3. In the passive voice the infinitives are thus formed Z PASSIVE INFINITIVES. Present infinitive — nrna«.^. * -i - i.i.n e - present stem +ri j i- ama-ri, to be loved. (except in third ronj. which adrls -i J^" n^one-ri, to be advised to verb stem). I 3- regr-i, to be ruled. U- audi-ri, to be heard. Pies. infin. = pres. stem + -re. Perf infin.=perf stem + -sse. 108 FIFiNT LATIN BOOK. Pt Pcrf. inrin. = pcrf. p.irt. pass. + esse, /o he. Future infin. =supinc + Irl (prcs. infin. passive of eo, I go). i* ' I . amfttua esse, to have been lotted . \ 2. mdnltus esse, to have been advised. rectus esse, to'havi- km ruhJ, auditus esse, to have been heard. 'I. amatum irl, to he about to he loved. monltum irl, to b,- about to he advised. I 3. rectum irl, to be about to be ruled. U- auditum iri, to be about to be heard. 4. A verb in the intinitive mood is often used as a noun in the neuter sini,ailar, and may be tlie sul)jcct or object of another verb : as, Laudari ab aliis erratum est, to be praised by others is a pleasant thing. ([lere laudari is used as an indeclinable neuter noun, subject of est; and g-ratum agrees with it ) Note.— In this way abstract nouns in English arc often rendered into Latin : as, failure est semper turpe, deceit (\.g., to deceive) is always base \ parentes amare est laudabUe, filial aff'ection is praiseworthy. 6. Many verbs take an infinitive to complete their meaning : as Bellum gerSre parat, he is preparing to carry on war ; omnee discedere iubet, he orders all to depart. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Caesar milites suos castra vallo fossaque munire iussit. 2, Imperaior cum suis militibus in provinciam pervenire contendit. 3. Iter per provinciam facere parat. 4. Constituerunt iumentorum quam maximum numerum comparare. 5. Caesav omnes equites ad castra prima luce venire iubObit. 6. Docere est discere. 7. Noi; contra Gallos bellum gerere non dubitamus. 8. Te domum v6nire veto. 9. Humanum est errare. 10. Nonne tu rus cum tuo fratre venire constituisti? 11 Num vera discere cupivistis ? 12. Bellum contra Romanos gerere es^ remper periculosum. 13. Cantus avium audire nos saepe delei:'..?; , Translate into Latir ; - I. Order the soldier to come home, 2. The Romans are pre- paring to carry on war against the Gauls. 3. To hesitate in battle is to be defeated. 4. It is belter to give than to receive. 5. We as. ArrrsATivK uirrr ixkimitivk jj^j) ".c soldiers t„ le „ ; :::;'r' ''''"^■- '■ ■'■'- -■"•■•e '"rl.,ule ;^ "f.™ safer ... „,„ J,y ,,l :■;,;"•-•/," -tr • '°- " ■n the fields in sprinc' !-» w« rJ' .' ' P'^'asant to walk tl.e general. ^ ^' " ^" ^''^ "°^ "'•^'«'' ^^^ soldiers to obey J LESSON LIII. ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE there,.,ar\tst:ctro„":rt^'r;;;r'-^ '^^'"• '^•'^^' '^ and the like, and with sucl exprc sicl T V '•'' ''"''"^^ '''^'"^''^ ^'«>/, tt ts true ■ as q«n. ''^'^^^^'""s as // /j fHani/est, it is ccr- M«/ //„ enemy are near filter ,lv/ ' , ^^^ *""■ '"' «''^ n-tre. tuu/ease rr:;^:^;^;^^ fJZ " ^"""^^ ' called the accusative WM /„;f„,v^,, a^dt o„I rf ,™"™'"°" '= m Latin. ' °"° "' 'he commonest 2. The to,i^ of the infinitive after a verh „f , • m past time, is often a difficulty Til tr/T,7 '"' *'"''"'^ speaker were, M. *<<.«-<,.,,/ ZI. "';'„'; ■:,::";' ^t "^ "^^ were, tke boy is at Rome, then, he saul/T,,,, '^ '"^^ ^""^^ is, Puerum Romae esse kit Th! *^ ""'^ '" ^"'w Jl- tense required for ^hetfiniti^,"" """ '^^ '"^ ^P-''" is 3. The participles tised in the future inf ac , a .u pass, must agree in gender, nun.bera d ate with '''*" '"'■ they refer : as. Dl=.it «■. „b "^""^ """' "'e noun to which ia,/ been loved I'yalJ ■'^^Z^^Z'TT '-''"' '"' ""'' """ '>' Hear mat a. foL ,ave bTn ^IZ b^ Ca^Z^ ^""'=^ -»• ^ 110 FFRST LATIN BOOK. Exercise. Translate into English I. Dixit se omnia pro patriafecisse. 2. Exploratores nuntiaverunt oppiduni ab Komanis captuni esse. 3. Caesar ponteni rescindi iubet. 4. Nuntiabit Romanos a Gallis superatos esse. 5. Negat Caesarem oppidum cepisse. 6. Legatus dicit consulem castra servavisse. 7. Puto copias hostium ignavas esse. 8. Putavistine consules fuisse iniustos.? 9. Custodes nuntiavenint hostes arcem occupavisse. 10. Nonne tibi dixerunt se copias Rhenum trans- duxisse.? 11. Num omnes tuos milites bellum gerere iussisti.? 12. Exploratoresne nuntiant hostes nostris legatis paruisse? 13. Nonne consul tibi dixit se milites suos monuisse ? Translate into Latin : — I. The soldier says that the enemy are approaching. 2. He said that the enemy were approaching. 3. The men said that the town would be taken. 4. They said that the town had been taken. 5. He says that he has received a letter from his brother. 6. Cicero said that he had saved his native land. 7. He said that he was saving his native land. 8, They reported that the enemy were taking the town. 9. The poet says that wisdom is better than gold. 10. He said that he had always been a friend. 11. He said that the teacher praised the boy. 12. The man thought that the hills were high. 13. The king said that his soldiers were brave. 14. He thought that yoa were coming. LESSON LIV. INFINITIVE WITH VERBS OP HOPING. 1. Verbs signifying to hope, promise, undertake or swear, take in Latin the future infinitive and the accusative of the pronoun : as, Sperat se Homam venturum esse, he hopes to come tu Rome filter- ally =/;,, -conjugated like ama-ri. 2nd 3>d 4th (C (( I. Pels., miror 2. miraris or rairare miratur vere-ri, /^ /J'ar, sequ-i, to follow, blandi-ri. to flatter, " INDICATIVE MOOD. Present Singular. vereor sequor vereris or sequeris or mone-ri. regr-i. audiri. verere veretur sequere sequitur blandior blandiris or blandire blanditur I, 2. 3- Pers. miramur miramini mirantur I. 2. 3- Pbiral. veremur sequimur veremini sequimtni verentm- sequuntur IMPERFECT. Singular. .. verebar sequebar uxanaiebar mirabarisor verebaris or sequebaris or Wo ^-v.- • mirabare verebare SqSr^ ''WndFSe" mirabatur verebatur s.qu.batur blandiiSir Plural. Pers., mirabamur verebamui- sequebamur blandiebamur mirabamini verebamini sequebamini blandJebam;nJ mirabantur verebantur sequebantur blandiebantur " 8 1. Pars., mirabar 2. ' blandimur blandimini blandiuntur blandiebar 114 FIFIST LATIN BOOK. -I Pers., mirabor " miraberis or mirabere " mirabitur FUTURE. Singular. verebor sequar vereberis or sequeris or vereb^re sequere verebitur sequetur I. 2. 3- Pers Pers it I. Pers, Plural. , mirabimur verebimur sequemur mirabimini verebimmi sgquemini mirabuntur verebuntur sequentur PERFECT. St'ngttlar. , miratus sum vSritus sum secutus sum veritus es secutus 6s veritus est secutus est Plural. mirati sumus veriti sumus secuti sumus miratus es miratus est 2. J- <( ( ( mirati estis veriti estis mirati sunt veriti sunt secuti estis seciiti sunt PLUPERFECT. Singular. I. Pers., miratus eram veritus eram secutus eram i( miratus eras veritus eras sScutus eras miratus erat veritus erat secutus erat blandlar blandieris or blandiere blandietur blandiemur blandiemini blandientur I. Pers. 2. 3. miriLti eramus mirati eratis veriti eratis mirati erant veriti 6rant Plural. veriti 6ramus sScuti Sramus Pers. miratus ero miratus eris miratus erit secuti eratis seciiti erant FUTURE-PERFECT. Singular. veritus ero seciitus §ro veritus eris secutus eris veritus erit s6cutus erit blanditus sum bland itus es blanditus est blanditi siimus blanditi estis blanditi sunt blanditus eram blanditus eras blanditus erat blanditi eramus blanditi eratis blanditi erant blanditus ero blanditus eris blanditus erit DEPONENT VERBS. 115 I. Pers. 2. ii Plural. mirati vertti6rimu8 secutierimus blanditi erimua mlratl .rTtis verlti .ritis secati eritis blandTt^^rltis mirati erunt veriti erunt secuti erunt IMPERATIVE-PRESENT. Singular. v6rere sequ6re Plural. vSremini sequimini Participles. v6rena sequens mirare miramini Present, mirans, adminng blanditi erunt blandiie. blandimini Perfect, miratus, having admired. rmTraturus, about I to admire. Future, ..A^^. rsequutus verltus -J or Isecutus veriturus sequuturus mirandus, about to v^rendus sequendus ^ oe admired. blandiens blanditus blanditurus blandiendus sZt. '*°*"'' '=""'"' """"'"S 'Men «,„>■ Exercise. Translate into English :— conamur in fines hostiuni inL^redi r. A. ^^^os esse. 5. Aon a.«.aba„... . Vesei.ia r aC tJTZZT^I:: v,am v,r.ut,s arduan, sequ6re. 9. Voce magna audita, pueri veri i sunt ,0. ,„,pe.ator dixit se vespere profecturum esse. , fines suos Helvet.os ventre patiuntur. , .. Arbi.rati sunt se ad pro c rrse'^^fo""- '%.'^'-"'-'™ «• hostes e castris pto- 116 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Translate into Latin : — I. The enemy will attempt to make a march through our ^)r()- vince. 2. Do not attempt to set out from Italy, but hasten with all your forces to Rome. 3. They thought that they were ready for all clangers. 4. Caesar will not suffer the Aedui to come into the province. 5. Caesar, with two legions, set out from Rome. 6. They promised to give hostages to our commander. 7. They tried to take the town. 8. He said that he would follow the leader of the legion. 9. They thought that the boy had followed the tracks of the bear. 10. Having promised to give hostages, the ambassador set out for home. 11. All set out from home with their baggage. 12. They attempted to take the city of Rome. 13. It was evident that they had left for Gaul. LESSON LVII. DEPONENT VERBS. -( Continued. ) The deponents utor {ttsc), fruor {enjoy), fungor {discharge), potior {obtain), vescor {eat), govern the abkitiye : as, Plurimis rebus fruimur et utimur, we enjoy and tise very juany things; magna praeda est potJtus, he obtained a large booty j lacte et carne vescebantur, they lived on milk and flesh. Exercise. Decline together •. imperator noster, homo sapiens, signum datum, primum agmen, via ardua, omnis pars, dextra manus. Translate into English : — I. Omnes virtutem imperatoris nostri in proelio mirari audi- vimus. 2. Homo sapiens ratione optime utitur. 3. Puer, occasione tua melius utiSre. 4. Britanni lacte et carne vescuntur pellibusque vestiuntur. 5. H ostium impedimentis castrisque potiemur. 6. Nonne navibus, nautae, utimini .? 7. Dicit Germanos equis non usos esse. 8. Caesar, cognito consilio hostium, ad flumen Tamesim profectus est. 9. Imperator cum un;l legione oppido potiri conatus est. 10. Dux nuntiat duas legiones ab oppido profectas esse. 11. Nonne hostes sequemur et oppido potiemur? m DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. Hy 12. Ex omnibus partibus hostes nostros milites aggressi sunt divnts"":'/'^" "'•^"""^' ^'^^'°^^'P'"'^'" Athe'nl doer:; aud.v.mus ,4. Nonne puerum dextram manum lapide vulner- atumessed,xerunt.^ .5. Romae natus est sed mortuus est AlhVn" . Translate into Latin :— dtb etk ; ?."' '■ '" ""= ^■■'"'^ =" °''' fro-" 'heir camp at dayb,cak 3 It ,., very easy to obtain possession of the sover- foot nV, :'■ '■ ^'" ^°^ '■°""™'' "'« '-^'^^ °f "- bear o the h! h' ft- T ? >' ''"' ""' "'"P'^y '"^ "'"« "ell. 7. After the death of h,s father the man wont .0 Athens. 8. When the city was al, that) wh.ch will be given in Lesson tt'»r.ir,r, " """ '•^■^-'-'-e pronouns : Hie. this mar me Iste, that near you; me, that ,uar him (her or it.) Thev are dechned as follows :_ ' ^ Hio, this, i.e., this one mar me (the speaker.) Singular. Max. Fern. Nmt. NoM. hlo haeo hoc Gen. huius huhis h.-.ini DAT. huic huic huic Ace. iiunc banc hoc Abl. iioc hac hoc Masc. hi horum his hos Plural. Fern. hae harum his has his Neut. haeo horum his haec bis 118 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I8t6, that maryoti (the person spoken to. ) Singular. Mas. Fern. Neut. NoM. istS ista latud Gen. istius istius istius Dat. isti isti isti Ace. istum istam istud Ahl. isto ista isto isti Plural. Fern istae Ncut. ist& istorum Istarum istorum istis istoa istis istis istas istis istis ist& istis 1116, thai nearhitn {her, it— the person or thing spoken of). NOM. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Mas. illg lllius illi ilium illo Singular. Fern. Neut. illg, illius illi illatn ilia illud illius illi illud illo Plural. Mas. Fern. Neut. illi illae illg, illorum illarum illorum illis illis illis illos illas ilia illis illis illis 2. Hie is the demonstrative of the ist person. It refers to the person or thing near me (the speaker) : as, Hie liber, this book. So too, Haec patria, this land of ours; haec vita, this present Uje; his sex diebus, within the last six days. 3. Iste is the demonstrative of the 2nd person. It refers to the person addressed : as, Iste liber, that book near you; ista opinio, that opinion you hold; iste amicus, that friend of yours. It often has the idea of contempt. 4. Ille, that yonder, is the demonstrative of the 3rd person. It refers to a person or thing other than those present. It may ex- press therefore : — (a) The remote in time, as opposed to the present (which is expressed by hie) : as, Ilia antiquitas, that far-oj" past; illis diebus, in those bygone days. (b) That well known, the celebrated: as, Ilia Medea, the far-famed Media : ille Caesar, the renowned Caesar (c) An emphatic he, she, or // : as, Illos neglegis, those (whom all men know) you disregard. s s V tJ DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. Hg 5. Hie and iUe are often contrasted. They may be used :— (a) Of two persons already mentioned. In this case hie relates to the nearer, //,. /a^^ery iiie. to the more remote, ///. Mmcr: as, Romulum Numa exeepit; hie pace, ille bello mehor fuit .///.r A>.,.....,,. ,,,,,, ,^ ,,,,,,, ^^^, ^^^^^^,^ ^^.^^^^^^ ^.^ feacef the former in war. (b) For the one and the other : as, Neque hoe neque illud. netther the one nor the other; et hie et ille. both the one and the other (et .... et = ^^M ... . and). (c) For some and others : as. Hi paeem. illi bellum eupiunt. some wish peace, others war. Exercise. DecHne together : hie homo, ilia mulier. iste vir. illud tempua. naec vita. Translate into English : - r. Estne hie homo amicus tuus .? 2. Istum librum esse pul- chrum dixit. 3. Ilia antiquitas a multis laudata est. 4. Haec arma secum ex oppido portabunt. 5. Ob hanc rem Caesar Romam legatos misit. 6. Neque hie neque ille Romae erat. 7. De istis rebus ad te scribam. 8. Hoc proelio nuntiato, omnes legiones ad Calham dux.t. 9. Nonne puer nuntiavit epistolam ad patrem meum missam esse ^ 10. Cicero et Caesar viri illustres erant; hie bello mehor erat, die eloquentia. n. Nos diximus milites ad omnia haec pencula e.se paratos. 12. Illo die hunc Athenis fuisse manifestum est. n. His decern rliphnc ^ri ;ii„^ -i ^^ > ^^'=' uecem aieous ad illud oppidum perveni- Translate into Latin :— vou'r J'! "tI'^"' ^''^" 7"'" "'" ^ ^'"^'' "^°"^ th°^^ affairs of yours .? 2. This man is the best of all the citizens. 3. Are those your arms ? 4. They said that that book of yours was the best of all. 5. [hat well-known Cicero was very eloquent. 6. Did he not say that he intended to set out for Gaul within six days 1 7 Those soldiers devastated the lands of the enemy. 8. On accouni of this defeat we were forced to give up our a.uis. .;. Were those books written by you ^ 10. Caesar told his soldiers that he would devas- tate the land, i ,. Neither the one nor the other was at Athens in r: 120 FIRST LATIN BOOK. this year. 12. I have not seen this man within the last four days. 13. Will not that woman be praised by all ? 14. We all think that Caesar was greater than Pompcy. i i LESSON LIX. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. -(Continued.) DATIVE WITH VERBS COMPOUNDED WITH PREPOSnTON.S. 1. Transitive verbs compounded with the prepositions ad, ante, con (for cum), in, inter, ob, {on, a^anisf), post, prae {before), sub {undey), or super {above), often govern an accusative of the direct and a dative of the indirect ojjject : as, Populus Romanus bellum Gallis intulit, the Roman people made war on the Gauls. Note. — In the passive the direct object of the active becomes the subject, while the indirect object is still retained : as, Bellum Gallis a populo Romano illatum est, war was made on the Gauls by the Roman people. 2. Intransitive verbs compounded with the above-mentioned prepositions, often govern the dative : as, Caesar exercitui praefuit, Caesar commanded the army; consiliis consulis obstat, he opposes the pia?is of the consul. DATIVE OF POSSE.SSION. 3. The dative is used with the verb sum, I a7n, to express posses- sion : as, Mihi est liber, / have a book (literally, there is a book to me.) 4. The compounds of sum (except possum, / can) govern the dative : as, Tibi adsum, / aid you. Exercise. Decline together : hie bonus homo, haec pulchra dias, illalegio, !3ta soror, istud tempus, illud mare, iste vir. i>i:m<)nsthatfve pronouns. 12T Translate into English :— circiter pas.us scxcc„t„s nbenf 7 I- ^' '" '°'"= *'' ^""° proclium renovaverun.. 5 ,11 rfivti '';■'■" *"'="''' "''""i' procunuu, reMgiones n,e ,, „ J " %'t"' '""?"'■ ^•''""'^'••' praees, unus c,„i sun,„,a,„ 'hlb" au^onia.e ^ Tn\ ""'i"'""^ penno,i, ,)n,a„ni h>,„c ,.,.i bcllo in.p^pjf.f;™ •••'--'' rebus coynit.s a captvis perfuKisnuc Caj.nr L "" oppidum Cassivelauni T c "e sik'is n I' n *■'"""' "™ '""'•"= >o. Legioncs I ailn.P l„n - paluclibusque munitum. Translate into Latin :— the soldiers of this legion 6 l.^'"""'' 5- -Lab.enus commands Ronrans for pea e , ,„ I """^J-'d children begged the declared agaiL; "ie claJs 8 Vo™: f '.^iir' T:' ™'- ™^ honor. 9. In ancient time« flJi-u- ^"'^" disgrace to large flee's, an^J e" :™ 4 ' ,0 Th:''",'™-' ''^'' -"-^"^ »'-'"• three lines in front of he an,p ' J'^T T".' ?" "''''" "P '" forces .h,o„gh the territo," o 'th Sel • n'i '/'rb '^ Tl "'^'^ h^e cifs ""Tt-dr'p^-^^^-^-^^ defeated ia;ger::Tftri^r::^-:'sr.s"-^^^^^^ 122 FIRST LATIN noOK. Hi ffl'rii LESSON LX. IS, IDEM, IPSE. 1. The pronoun Is, this, that (he, she, it), is declined as follows : — Is, that, {he, she, it). SiNC'.ULAR. Plural. Masc. Fcm. Neut. Masc, Fern. Nettt. NoM. is 6& id 6i or li •eae 6& Gkn. eius dius eius 66rum 6arum 66rum DAT. 6i 6i 6i 6is or lis eis or iis eis or iis Ace. 6um 6am id 66s 6as 6a Abl. do 6a. 66 6is or iis 6i8 or iis 6is or iis 2. The pronoun idsm, the same, is declined as follo\vs Idem, the same. Singular. Masc. Fern. NoM. idem 6adem Gen. eiusdem eiusdem Dat. 6idem 6idem Ace. Sundem 6andem Abl. 66dem 6adem Neut. Masc. idem eidem or iidem eiusdem 66rundem 6idem 6isdem or iisdem idem eosdem 66dem 6isdem or iisdem Plural. Fern. eaedem 6arundem 6isdem or iisdem easdem eisdem or iisdem Neut. 6adem eorundem 6isdem or iisdem eadem 6i8dem or iisdem 3. The pronoun ipse, self, himself, is declined as follows : — Ipse, self, himself. Singular. Masc. Fern. Neut. NoM. ips6 ipsa ipsum Gen. ipsius ipsius ipsius Dat. ipsi ipsi ipsi Ace. ipsum ipsam ipsum Abl. ips6 ipsa ips6 Masc. ipsi ipsorum ipsis ips6s ipsis Plural. Fern. ipsae ipsarum ipsis ipsas ipsis Neut. ipsa ipsorum ipsis ipsa Ipsis 4. Is is a pronoun of reference, simply referring to some person or thing mentioned before : as, Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus •t 18, IDEM, AND IPSE. 123 refers l„ Orgetoril.) It is often use''«^' 6. Ipse, se/f, ni.-.y be added for eniuhasis u. -. „« numeral: as, Caesar IpselmDemvr V" / "' P""""""" "'• tu ipse hoc ficisti. ,v.nrrri^^^^^ ^--//......../.^, ,....,. ,^ -" ^ "'''-^ ^'^'^^ ^/''•'^ se Ipsum Interfecit. //.• /'//.•^ ///w^v/y,- Ipse navem aedlflcavlt //,- /;,//// // ; -. , , self; tri^mta ipsi dies, exactly ^^.t 1 I ^ ' ''"" hoc vidi. Isa.v this wm my own eyes ' ^^'' "'' '""'^ Ipse is also added in the genitive singular or olural to . , ive pronoun to express 07an • ns tvt. t ^ '' possess- sua ipsius domus' 2 2; W vesf 7 "'"''* "->"^^^'^^>'^^^^- own friendship. (This Jen in "^ ^'"'^"^ amicitia. j..«^ in the possessive.) ' " "'^P'"^'"" "'^^ ^'^^ ^^"- in^P'ied Exercise. 1 ranslate mto English :— diohnf °' '^f ''^"'" "'•'■"'" PUgnantem vidimus. 2. Decem insis cliebus oppidum cxpuraavit -z T4,v , • a ■ ^^^^^^ 'Psis ne Translate into Latin : — I. On tl.at very night the army took the town by storm. 2. Caesar himself said that he would lead the army. 3. Did you not see the same soldiers at Rome ? 4, Were the soldiers of this legion on that day at Athens ? 5. Those very towns will be taken by him. 6. By his mere order he liberated the man. 7. My own house was burned by the soldiers on that day. 8. For this reason he led his army out of the camp. 9. Those same men were always very friendly to the Romans. 10. He said that they had sent one legion against the Gauls. 11. That legion remained for three months in camp. 12. It is plain that they will not start for Rome within ten days. 13. He sent the same man from Athens to Italy. LESSON LXI. GENITIVE WITH SUM, I AM. The genitive is used with the verb sum, /am, to express our belongs to : as, Haec domus est mei patris, Ihis house belofjgs to my father. This genitive may be used to express our task, duty, custom, characteristic, mark, token : as, ludicis est sequi verum, // is the duty of a Judge to follow the truth (literally : to follow the truth is of, i.e., belongs to a fudge); hoc est praeceptoris, this is the business of an instructor ; sapientis est res adversas aequo animo ferre, it : the characteristic of a wise man to bear adversity with resignation (literally : with an even mind). Note. — With possessive pronouns, this genitive is not u.sed, but the neuter of the corresponding possessive adjective : as, Tuum (not tui) est videre, it is your duty to see. Exercise. Decline together : Is audax vir, eadem virgo, hoc ipsuin tern- pus, ilia bona mulier, ista domus, ea oratio antiqua. Translate into English : — I. Est Caesftris, obsidibus acceptis armisque omnibus ex oppido traditis, in deditionem hostes accipere. 2. Semper est huius militis II IlELATIVE PRONOUNS. 125 Q- k i">l> and nullo or nulla for the abl. Nihil is neuter and used only in the nominative and accusative sing. 3, Quisquam (adjectival, ullus) is used in sentences that contain a negative, in interrogative sentences implying a negative answer, V. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 133 or ,n comp..rat,ve clauses : as, Nee quisquam me vidit. ^or did anyone sec mc ; nee ullu3 homo me vidit. nor did any man see me; num quisquam me vidit? did anyone see mc f num ullua homo me vidit? did any man see me? fortior est quam quisquam ves- trum, /tc IS braver than any of you. Exercise. Decline together : unusquisque puer. uterque homo, mulier quaedam, miles aliquis, nullum animal. Translate into English : — I. Num quisquam Ciceronem eo tempore laudavit ? -> Ad puerum, cuius pater in bello interfectus est, aliquod donum mitte 3. Homo quidam mihi dixit eum eo anno esse mortuum 4 Uterque puer in schola erat. 5. Num ullum animal sine sensu est.? 6. Nemo ei nuntiavit urbem ab hostibus esse captam. 7 Nuntiat unumquemque ab eo esse occisum. 8. Nihil temporis ab hoc puero amittitur. 9. Nemo omnium militum, qui legionis sep- timae sunt, a me laudabitur. 10. Nuntiat Gallos in sinistro comu agmmis locates esse. 11. Putavisti utrumque puerum domo de- cessisse. 12. Duces quosdam praemisit, qui viam monstraverunt. 13. Omnes, in quibus aliquid dignitatis fuit, eo convenerunt. Translate into Latin : — I. Some one has given a sword to each soldier. 2. Did any one say that these men were brave? 3. I heard that some Roman soldiers set out from the camp on that day. 4. A certain one told me that he had seen you on the top of the hill. 5. Both the consuls commanded an army in that jear. 6. Each one of us was praised by the general. 7. Some one brought word to the camp that we had been defeated. 8. Will not some one lead us against the enemy .? 9. Who will say that this general was not better than all other generals > 10. Choose any man you like (use quivis) for this war. 1 1. Did any one of the soldiers say that he was brave .? 1 2. Both wars were carried on bv the two generals in the same year. 134 FIRST LATI.V ROOK. liBii 111 fi LESSON I.XVI. INDEFINITE PRONOVNS.-rc„„„„„,.,). DATIVK OK I'Ukr'OSK. «//«/'!s t'ir 'Vr''' '" •^''P'--^ >'•/«'•. ""•.■«//.«, and ,/„//«. '"'■-. Malo est hcmmibus avarltla, a„an,, is an evil (liter. mc uimp). riiis ]s called the dative offurpose. The following uses of this dative should be noted : Venit nobl, ^. „e a.,„c ,a „i.t ,„ (i. e.,y„. a„.,i.,); PeHCe. a^suo dono reipubhcae dedit. Pericles gave ,,is lan.ls as a gif, /„//„. s,a^- Gams -a^no erat impedimento. i, ^as a gn-ai tLanee to tile 2. The dative is often used in Latin instead of the Endish r;^rr:;y;.' °r^^ rentes Oaes.., sese ad pedes prcttl '^'ll'n h„>s ll,n"., tl,emsctvesatCaes„r'sfeet. This dative gives more Montmence to , e person mentioned : as. Hoc mthi minuit spem this lessened my hope. ^y^^, EXERCISF beatus homo, vir quidam Romanus. eadem navia, quis nauta homo quivis, Cicero ipse, orator clarissimus. ' Translate into English :— .. Hoc ahquis dicct, nee errabit. 2. Locus silvestris spem sakitis lK,ua,n praeb.b,t. 3. I'leru.nque Gallis, prae magnitud.ne eo l-orum scorum, brevnas nostra conten,ptui est. 4. Hie homo cutusquam tntunae sibi non conscius est. 5. Nec,ue eorum monbus nup.us qu,c<|ua,n habe.ur. 6. Consensu eorum ontnitu., pace facta, htmc s,b, do.mcdio locun, delegcrant. 7. Que.n locutn n'std deuial'; '"■"'"■ % "'= "'"^-"'-"-^ duae res erant subsidio sc .>t,a atque usus n„htar,s. 9. Cae.ar, principibus cuiusque civi- tat.s ad se vocat.s, nragna.n parte.n Galliae in officio tenuit ,0 Qmsque conun r„d,u„n hoc die corona aurea ab i.nperatore donatus est. I,. Haec culpa magno dedecori tibi fuit. ,2. Labienus / REVIEW EXERCISE ON THE PRONOUN. 135 lo. ^aes'^'- Polhc.tus est earn rem sibi curae esse futuram. Translate into Latin :— Nn'; I!'° "^r"''"' ''•''■'r""'' '"'"^ '''«^'= <''■'■■'> f™" " rf«-'««cr. ^ foLs^I^Zf ""•', *; ""'^'' "^™'" ^''"^- 3- ^-ar h.<. sen" of cvc V knd :",'■' '''-''"" '";'"' ""= ■-""''• + ■'•h"e is timber'^ ol eviiy k,nd ,„ i„,,,.„n except beech ;md fir. 5. Karh of the scouts When h rf r™' "'■" '"™"^«' '" •-' "■■" "> .l.e tn ter 6 When he had learned these facts, he ealletl to hint sonte "f the c tn" o We't.,.'; 7Z "'"° "" "'r '"'"' "■•'-'" - -'^ war 01 h've ' 1 i ; u ^° '" ''"' ""^ A'l'enians in the present. 10. \Vho„,lI„ot attribute this to you as a fault > ,, C,v,l w.ars h.ave ahvays been a yreat loss to a state. ,3 „ t e RoT, nt'" n "fl ?'^ '''-' T' "'"■ "'™^ f"""-- •-> -^^d • is:::,r:f,r:>rts/r:^rrth:^:^;"^^^"^""- '^^"'^' "- "•-- LESSON LXVII. REVIEW EXERCISE ON THE PRONOUN. Translate into English :— de urn /■ '" «"^;^""'^™°'-"'" Pe.-venit qui se sine mora dedi- de.unt. 4. Unde d.e pnore profectus est, eo pervenit c Ubi puer natus ed.catusque erat, ibi scncx mortm,s es"^^. 6 „ , i-oxh misit x7;, '■ " ^"■'"""'" '''Sionem c.,i Calba praeerat m.stt. 8 Sulla cum equi.ibus quos habcbat in castra v«,it o Helvetnlegatosadeum mittum quorum nivico prince's fu ,0 l-onye sunt humanisstm, qui Cantium incolunt, „ GaMia cs ■-msd^sa mpartes tres, quarum una,,, incolunt Befeae. 'Say "anything of clothing.' ZMateria. 136 KIHST T.ATIN HOOK. Translate into Latin : — „,':"; ''"'""'"' '^'''"""•' «''™° f""'" ''»■ I'T'-; "^■'^^■' " -""" "--"« ;' h m I'rf tl '''■^' "''"^■. 'y ■"«'"■" "f tl'O lc-Ki„„ which he had «i,h I"", and he M.ld.crs who had a«e.nl,lc,i from the province he runs a wall f,„n, Lake (ieneva to Mot.nt J„ra. 4. At daybreak he j.rr,ved aftlu-place („,) fron, which he I, ad stated the' ^i!;: >".ht. 5 The man who trusts all men is often deceived. The |;nmn,l (W) which our ,ne„ had selected as a place suitable for Ue c n was of.,hr,.chan,c.er (/,/,). ;. Was no. the poet Ovid born n the same year m which Cicero the orator died.' 8 Thev »a,d that the poet Ovul was born at Suln.o, a s.nall tow^ a,no„,. the IV-iigni. 9. After the murder of Caesar (use 1 , .^ irmus and Cassn.s tied ,0 Asia. ,0. Drutus and Cassius we e defeated at Philippi by Marcus An.onius and Ocavianus n Cass.us bemtr mfonncd of (,/.) the arrival of the enemy, led all hi ZIT7 f ''"''" ••" "■•'^'"'-'*- '^- '"= --"<'<^-d all hi! f rccs to th» Koman commander, and gave up all the arms he had ealalrv"^; ,h"' T T"'"" "'"^' '''''• ''^ =™' '"""^d "" ">» cavalry to the number of six thousand. X < < LESSOxN LXVII.T. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 1- The subjunctive mood of Present. Singular. Plural. I. Pers., Sim 2. (C sis 3. <( sit sum, lam, is inflected as follows: Imperfect. Singular. Plural I. Pers. 3. '• simus sitis sint Perfect. Singular. Plural. fuerim fuerimus fuerls luSritis fu6rit merint essem esses asset essemus essetis essent Pluperfect, Siui^ular. Plural. fiiissem fiiiesemus fuisses faissetis filisset fCUssent 1 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 2. The subjunrtive tions is inrtccted as follows active of regular verbs of I'crs., t< <( Pers.. 1. Pers., 2. " 3- " Pers., Pers. << I 2 3. " 1. Pers 2. " Sini^ular. Amem Ames rSg-am r6grat Amarem Amares Amaret r6g6rem r^g-eres r«§g6ret Singular. Amaverim amaveris fi-maverit rexSrlm rexeris rexerit Present. Plural, Amemua Ametls Ament regramua rSg-atis r^grant Sini^tilar. tn6n6am m6n6as moneat audlam audias audlat Imperfect. Plural. Singular. Amaremua monerem Amaretis moneres Amarent moneret r6g:6remu8 audirem r6fir6reti8 audirea r6gr6rent audiret Perfect. Plural, Sini^nlar. amajr6rimus moniidrim AmavSritia moniiSria Amaverlnt m6nii6rit rex6rimu8 audiv6rim rexeritia audivSiia rexSrint audiv6rit Pluperfect. Singular. Plural. Singular. 1. Pers., Amaviaaem Amaviaaemus monulssera 2. ^'1 Amavlaaea Amavlsaetia monCiiaaea 3. " amaviaset Amaviaaent monuiaaet 1. Pers., rexiaaem rexiasemua audiviaaem 2. ^'1 rexiaaea rexiaaetia audiviaaea 3- " rexlaaet rexlaaent audiviaaet 3. The subjunctive, as opposed to the indicative senis the action of the verb as a fact), is said to action of the verb as something only supposed, liut 137 the four conjuga- Plural. radnSamus mdneatla mdnfiant audlamua audlatia audiant Plural. mdneremus moneretla monerent audiremus audiretia audirent Plural. ni6nti6riinu8 momaSritia moniiSrint audivdrimua audiv^ritia audivSrint Plural. nioniiiaaemua monuiaaetia moniiiaaent audiviaaemua audiviaaetis audiviaaent (which rer>re' represent the this rule is of 138 FIK8T ^..ATIN BOOK. ! |! ll J I^^H 1 f HHR ' 1 ^Hf- '< ^^^H|; . ^^HnHP'i' ■ little practical vahie. The meanings and uses of the subjunctive must be carefully mastered in detail. SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. 4. The following are three main uses of the subjunctive in simple sentences : — (a) In exhortations: as, Semper iidem simus, let us always be the same. The negative is ne: as, Ne hoc faciat, let him not do this. (b) \nco7nmands, especially negative commands (with ne for ;/.;/) .- as, Ne multa discas sed multum, do not learn many things but m: ch. ^ Note. -Unless in general maxims like the above, the perfect is more usual here than the present : as, Ne id dixeris. do not say that. -^ (c) To express a wish: as, Beatus sis, may you oe haMy. When the wish may still be realized, the present or perfect is used • when the wish is vain and can not be realized, the imperfect or pluperfect. Utinam (0/ that) usually introduces a wish • as Adsit or utinam adsit, 0/ that he may be here; utinam adfuerit O / that he may have been here : utinam adesset, O f that he were here (now); utinam adfuisset, O / that he hud been here (then). The negative in expressing a wish is usually ne: as Ne vivam si scio, may I not live, if I know. ' Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Discedant ab armis; omnes qui in Italia sunt. 2. Valeant vale ant Gives mei ; sint incolumes, sint floreates, sint beati ; stet' haec urbs praeclara mihique patria carissima. 3. Utinam P. Clodius non modo viveret, sed etiam praetor, consul, dictator esset. 4 Mali secernant se a bonis. 5. Non Romae, sed Karthagine hiemet 6. Ne in Italia sed Syracusis hiemet. 7. Utinam ne mercatores eas res ad Belgas importavissent. 8. Exercitus noster hostes hoc proeho vincat. 9. Ne copiae Romanae barbaros vincant. 10. Uti- nam vos omnes amici Caesaris essetis. 11. Exploratores nos d- adventu hostium moneant. 12. Utinam domieo die fuissem. 1.3. Filiiis patris sui vorem audiat. SUBJUNCTIVK IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. I39 Translate into Latin : — I. O ! that we may take this town within a few days. 2. Would that we had been lu.ng at that time • 3. May we not be sailiru e seam the middle of winter! 4 O ' that wp m.L ' '^^ S'"''"L the inthishntflp r T . u ^^^•^'"''^''^^'"^y^^nquer our enemies in th,s battle 5 Let us hear our teacher. 6. Would that we hul e.ed the cuadel ! 7. May we all love our parents whrha -e ^ught us everythn.g! 8. O ! that the enemy may be defeated o May you dwell with us a long time in this city ! 10. O - t "' vot may refram from wrong-doing. n. Do not expect to s^ \Z to-morrow^ 12 Would that he had not seen me 'at Rome! " Do not ask the boy his name. ^' LESSON LXIX. SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. (Continued.) The subjurctive is also used in simple sentences :— {a) In questions of ^^^,^/, astonishment, or deliberation- as Quid dicam? what shalll say f what am I to say f Quid dicerem; wha should I J^.esai,f ^hat was I to say f -^hi^rc^l ed tl dehberatzve subjunctive. It is often introduced by an- as An e^o non venirem? ought I not to have come? ■ , n ego wfulJbf'"'" ^"^^^^^^'°^ -'-"^'-^ke a concession: as, Creaks, you wouldbchevej cvea^res, you would have believed; hoc di.erL / would have satd this; aliquis dicat, some one may say. Exercise. Translate into English :— I. Pacem petamus (p. 138, 4), nam exerc.tus noster superatus est 2. Nostras cop.as hoc flumen audacter transducamus ; hostes enim nostro adventu fug,ent. 3. Milites Romani contra hostes audacte " Pi'gnent. 4. Hoc affirmaverim, eum Romam venisse. c Utinam puer, optnna .ames. 6. Illo die Ron.anos esse victos crede" " ' 'J"^ ."^'^ dubitatione atfir.naverim eloquentiam rem esse omnium ditficillimam. 8. Ego renseam r-^tilin.n, • -n.^ . ''^^^ • t^ubeam Latilmam cuin sins socns mEt.unam esse profecturum. 9. Nemo, his rebus cognitis, hoc 140 I FIRST LATIN BOOK. dixerit. lo. An huic cedamus ? An huius condiciones audiamiis; II. An superbiani prius commemorem ? 12. Quis credat animos hominum non immortales esse ? Translate into Latin : — I. O ! that this man had warned us of {de-\-abl.) the danger. 2. What was I to do in so great a danger ? 3. Am I to love the enemies of the state ? 4. Are we to throw away liberty and honor .? 5. Let us fight bravely for our native land. 6. Let us retreat to the nearest hill, for the number jf the enemy is great. 7. You would have said that the Gauls were desirous of war. 8. Let us punish this man severely. 9. Who can deny that Caesar was the greatest general among rhe Romans.? 10. After defeating the barbarians, let us seize their town. 11. Would that the consul were living ! 12. Let them send ambassadors to Caesar concerning {de + abl.) peace. 13. Let him remain at home this day. LESSON LXX. SUBJUNCTIVE PASSIVE. ■ The subjunctive passive of the four conjugations is inflected as ,, follows ; PRESENT. ; I. I Pers. , amer monear regar audiar i 2. ii ameris or a -__ — ui6n6aris or regaris or audiaris or 1 amere moneare regare audiare 0- i 6 ametur moneatur regatur audiatur • I. Peis. , amemur moneamur regamur audiamur 2 i. ii amemini moneamini regamini audiarciini i- a amentur moneantur regantur audiantur IMPERFECT. ■ I. Pers. amarer monerer regerer audirer ' 2. t< amareris "/• monereris or rSgereris or audireris or ' ■ amarere monei'ere regerere audirere 3- <( amaretur moneretur regeretur audiretur ft 1. Pels. fi-maremiir moneremur regSrenaur aiidiremiir '1 2. (( amaremini moneremini regeremini audiremini ^ 3- <( amarentur monerentur regerentur audirentur , lUS J mos 2. nies Let rest lave this test ins, ag! lb I) as rUBJlTNCTIVR PASSIVE. 141 i. Pers., amatussira 2. 3- w 2. 3- I. 2. I. 2. fi,matus sis ' dmatus sit Pers., amati simus " amati sitis " amati sint PERFECT, monitus sim monitus sis monitus sit rectus sim rectus sis rectus sit moniti simus moniti sitis moniti sint recti simus recti sitis recti sint auditus sim audltus sis auditus sit auditi simus auditi sitis auditi sint PLUPERFECT. , amatus essem monitus essem rectus essem auditus essem amatus esses monitus esses rectus esses auditus esses amatus esset monitus esset rectus esset auditus esset amati essemus moniti essemus recti essemus auditi essemus amati essetis moniti essetis recti essetis auditi essetis 3. " amati essent moniti essent recti essent auditi essent Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Ne tanta occasio a vobis amittatur, 2. Utinam ne vincantur. 3. Cur mall amentur.? 4. Utinam, pueri, moniti essetis. 5. Ne a malis amemini. 6. Utinam ab iis ne auditi essent. 7. Ne puta- veris te tantam occasionem semper habiturum esse. 8. Utinam optimi missi essent. 9. An orationes utilissimae reipublicae semper habeantur ? 10. Oppido incense, hosiium agros vastavimus. II. Hoc potius dixerim, te nunquam monitum esse. 12. Omnes moriamur ; ne vincamur. 13. Utinam ne infelices sitis. Translate into Latin : — I. Do not tell me that the man has been killed. 2. O ! that he were more loved. 3. Would that you had been sent yourself! 4. Let us always be the same as {qui) we have ever been. 5. Let not this opportunity be lost. 6. Are such men as these to be con- sidered brave .? 7. Let the boys be well taught by the master. 8. After taking the town, he led the army over the river. 9. You would rather say this, that all the villages had been burned by him. 10. Let it not be thought that your work is done. 1 1. Do not think that he will revile the good. 12. O ! that you may all be fortunate^ 142 FIRST LATIN BOOK. i h ill ij»jf il^ LESSON LXXI. COMPOUNDS OP SUM. 1. All the compounds of sum are inflected like sum, except possum, /am able, I can (potis, ^?/V 2. " 1 volam volea volemus voletis None Moiie 3- " volet volant ' I. Pers., nolam nolemua 2. " noles noletla ^^^H! 1 3- nolet nolent I. Pers., malam malemus 2. " males maletia ^^^^^H 1 ■^ malet maient 1 1 I. Pers., 1 2. " 3. " Indicativk. Singular. voliii voluistl voliiit PERM-CT. Subjunctive. Plural. Singular. Plural. voluimus voluerim voluerimus volOistia volueris volueritia ""^'vt'Sre" ^°'"^"'' volil^vir.. ^^^^^Wl 1 I. Pers., 2. " ■ 3. " nolui noluisti noluit noluimus noluistis noliierunt or noliiere nolu6rim noluei'is noluerit noluerimus nolueritis noluerint 1 I. Pers., 2. " -^ <( maliii maluisti maluit maliiimus maluistis maliierunt or maluere maluer'm maluerio maluerit maluerimus malu^ritis maluerint PLUPERFECT. \ ^HH' 1. Pers., 2. " Indicative. ^"ig- Plural. volueram volueramus volueraa voliieratis voluerat voluerant Subjunctive. fl ^ .Sing. Plural. f voluissem volulssemus | voluisses volulssetis 1 voluisset vomissent ^^IHIHIi^ IRREGULAR VERBS. uo I. 2. 3- Pers., noiaSram nolddras noiaSrat nolOdramus noiasratla noiadrant nolillssem noluiasea ndli^isaet noiaias^miia nolaisaetls nolfilaaent I. 2. 3- Pers, , maldSram malQ§ras maluSrat maia^ramus malu6rati8 malii6rant malCUaeeni malaissea maluisset malCiisaernus malaiaaetls malulasent FUTURE-PERFIiCT. Indicative. riural SUBJUNCTIVF-:. I. Pers., voluero voliierimus None 2. <( voiaeris v6lu6ritl8 1 J" (< voliierit voluerint I. Pers., noia^ro n61u6rimus 2. <( nolueris noliieritis 3- (( n61u6rit noliierint I. Pers., malii6ro malu§rimus 2, (< maliiSris malu^ritia 3- (( maluSrit inalu6rint Present Present Perfect Present IMPERATIVE, noli nolite INFINITIVE. velle nolle voluisse noluiaae PARTICIPLES. malle maluisse volens (used as an ad j ective - willing. ) nolf^ns (used as an adjective = •; nwUling.) 2. Volo, nolo and malo are followed by an infinitive without an accusative : as, Romam venire vult, he wishes to come to Rome; ad Galliam venire non vult, he is unwilling to come to Gaul. Exercise. Translsite into English : — I. Caesar cum Helvetiis bellum gerere volebat. 2. Consules civem Romanum interficere voluerunt. 3. Milites eo die maluer- unt in casUis nuinere quam ( -rather than) pugnare. 4. Mons, (|uem Caesar a Crasso teneri volebat, ab hostibus tenebatur. 5, Num Ariovistus in proelio cum Romanis contendere voluit? 6. I: 150 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Qu.s ,„are h.cmc naviffare velit? 7. Utina.n hoste, bellun, con,,,, K",na,.„s ,.e,e,c vcllen,. 8. Dixit se vclle c,„„ r.^,,„ in c,v„a„. faccc. .;, Caesar so al, -Jallia discedere nolle 'Z "o Nonnc l„c.,„e,„ R„,„ac agero vuhis? ,,. u. Caesar wished to finish the war before winter. 2. Why < o you w,sh to do such things? 3. We are unwilling to me" um TT'^ ^'"^ ""'" ^^^'^^^^""^- 3- ^tinan. Roma,;; mecun . e voknsset. 4. Cum rtnitimis civitatihus paccm facere quam bd um gerere mavult. 5. Num boni cives patriam su' m urovcndorevolcnt? 6. Minimi fnnnentum in his Lis vendunt 7. Noll putare pacem gemmis venalem esse. 8. Qi.is ab Aeduis ftumentumhoc tempore postulare vult ? 9. Utrum Romam ire a dom. manere hod.evis? ,0. Voluptatcm virtus minimi aestimat I'. Hommes su.t parv. pendfire, aliena cupCre solent i-> Hicc av.tas est magnae auctoritatis inter Gallos. ,3. Eo die n'oma'ad ^'^:t'^''^- ''' ^""^P-^^ Humanogeneri piuris Translate into Latin :— I. He was unwilling to sell his corn at so high a price. 2 Was he no wtlhng ,0 lead the army against the Gauls? 3 He preferred ,,! sa,l .0 Greece rather than remain at Rome. 4. The Ge m , were of tal, stature, and of great skill in ar„,s. 5 H I oug" tn a. three sesterces a bushel. 6. This man sold his native land f" denarn. 8. Will he be wllmg to comm.-md an army .? q You fidelitr? i;"""'"""™""'^' "'"-'™'' >■■•""■■• -"laPP'ovcd .. U ,s a great disgrace to the country to sell its honotn- for gold 13- He w.,s unw.llmg to remain at home during the «hoIe winter ' Roman silver coin worth nearly .1 cents. 'Roman silver ooin worth nearly »IJ eeiits. l.'^2 [?• FIKHT LATIN HOOK. LKSSON LXXV. PERO. I CARRY. 1. ThrvrihfV.ro. / < ,:,>. rrinriiul |..n(s p,^ro. forro. trtll. latum. I'KKSKN r. I'ASSIVK. INDIC. SUHJ. mroi- fVSrar Ibriia <»• forro loj-arls or ftiraro fertur f^ratur ft^rlmur foramur lorimiui foramini fSruntur ft^rantur AdTivio. Indic. Swx. Sniij. IVms, (VU-. Sl'HJ. 1. Pois., ft^robam ferrem *. " f«Nrt>bas» ferres ,v ft^rebat ferret r/ura/. 1. Pei-s., ft^robfinivis ferremus 2. " ttirobatis forretis ^v " forebant ferreut FUTURE. ACTIVK, Sin!'. 1. lVi>., foram None. 2. " fer^s PASSIVK. Indic. Si-hj. forebar ferrer ferobaris or ferreria or ftnebare ferrere f6rebatur ferretur JVuni/. ferebaraviv ferremur ferebamini t'erremlni f^rebantur ferrentur PASSTVK. INHIC. SUH.!. Si>:<\ 3. " leret 1. reit.., f&remus 2. " feretis 3. " f6rent ferar fereris or fi^rere feretur None. r/ura/. feremur fSremini tdreutur i ACTrVK. FKHO, I CARRY. PERFECT. 153 Indic. taii taiisti tiiiit tilltmua tCllistls tfilerunt !i!n-''itititi ' fV-.t»fQ fA>.-„^ ,,, ,, — _ !54 First latin book. I 2. The compounds of fero are given for reference Pres. Ind affero (ad+fSro), aufero (ab+fero) Pres. Inf. afferre, auferre, confero (con, /o^e^/ier, +f6ro), conferre. eftero(ex+fero), infero (in + fero), oft^ro(ob, on, /(7,+fero), profero (pro+fero). efferre, inferre, offerre, proferre, refero (re, dac^, +f6ro). referre. diftero (dis, apar^, +f6ro), sufteroOub. ufider, +fero), tollo, differre, sufferre, toUere, Perk. Ind. Supine. attvili, allatum. /vv';/;,'- /o. abstuli, ablatum, carry collatum, to />n'f/o to;^ct/icr. elatum, carry out. illatum, carry into. oblatum, present. protiili, prolatum, carry Jor^vard. retuli, relatum, carry hack. distuli, dilatum, differ. sustaii, sublatum, endure sustaii, ^^x\A^X,nm,lift,take away. contuli, extuli, intuli, obtuli, Exercise. Translate into English :— I. Onus gravissimum a servo domum fertur. 2. Dicit iniurias n nob. dm esse latas. 3. Nos omnes scimus onera a servis "erri 4. Negabant seen se castris auxilium laturos esse. 5 Necabam se vultus Germanorum ferre posse. 6. Hostes primum im petumnostrorummilitumferrenonpoterant. 7. Dona et praemh Patrem'" TT 1"^ '""'^ ""^^ '^ "^^' P"-' '^^ ^'^'ros d patrem 9. terre labores est viri fortis. ,0. Dicit hostes in unum locum m.pedimenta contulisse. n. Quae mutari non no sunt, patenter feramus. 12. hnperator impedimenta in unum ocum confern mssu. 13. Haec responsa ad Caesarem ab explo atonbus lata sunt. cApioi Translate into Latin : — I. The baggage was brought together into one place. 2 The slave earned a heavy load home. 3. He said that the Romans h.ad endured wrongs for-a-long-time («V«). 4. You all know that the slaves earned arms to the enemy, j. The allies will bring aid to us 0-day. 6. We were not able to bear so heavv .-, l„aH I tu! soldiers of the tenth legion carried wood to the'camp. '^ S.'B^ar' boys, these orders to your master. 9. Let .nen bear what they FIO, I BECOME. 155 cannot change. lo. O ! that he may be willing to bear this burden. 1 1. Let us bring aid to our soldiers who have fought bravely against the enemy. 12. Word was brought to the general that the soldiers were unwilling to fight. LESSON LXXVI. PIO, I BECOME. 1. The irregular verb flo. lam made, I become (passive of facie. make), is inflected as follows : — Principal parts— Pio, fieri, factus sum. PRESENT. PERFECT, Indic. fio fis fit fimus fitis fiunt SUBJ. fiam fias fiat fiamus fiatis fiant Indic. factus sum factus es factus est facti s^mus facti estis facti sunt SUBJ. factus Sim feujtus sis factus sit facti simus facti sitis facti sint IMPERFECT, fiebam fierem PLUPERFECT. fiebas fiebat fiebamus fiebatis fiebant fleres fieret fieremus fieretis fierent factus 6ram f^>ctus eras factus 6rat facti eramus facti Gratis facti erant FUTURE. factus essem factus esses factus esset facti essemua facti essetis facti essent fiam fies fiet fiemus fietis fient Nono. Present, FUTURE-PERFECT, factus ero factus eiis factus 6rit facti erimus tiacti eritis facti erunt IMPERATIVE, fi fite Present, fl§ri, Future, factum iri. INFINITIVE. Perfect, factus esse, PARTICIPLES. Perfect, factus, a, um. Future, mclendue, a, um. 156 FIRST LATIN BOOK. i» 2. Fio is used as the passive of facio, / make, which is regular except that it omits -e in the 2nd singular present imperative : as, Fac, do thou; facite, do ye ox you} 3. Facio, when compounded with a preposition, changes -a to -i, and makes its passive regularly in -ficior: as, perncior (from perflcio, Jinish\ efflcior (from eflficio, effect). In other cases, the -a remains unchanged, and the passive is -fio: as, satisfacio, satisfy ; pass., satlsflo. ABLATIVE OF SOURCE OR ORIGIN. 4. The English/r^;«, expressing source, is generally expressed by the ablative with the preposition a (or ab), e (or ex) : as, Hoc audivi e meo patre, / have heard this from my father. The English/;w;z, expressing origin, (except with the names of remote ancestors) is generally expressed by the ablative without a prepo- sition : as, Ille optimis parentibus ortus est, that man is descended from very noble parents. But : Belgae a Germanis orti simt. the Belgae are descended from the Germans. Exercise. Give the principal parts of: gigno. orior, nascor, edo, facio. Translate into English : — I. Haec nullo modo fieri possunt. 2. Hie vir, nobili patre natus, consul fiet. • 3. Dixit hoc fieri posse. 4. Ne impetus in hostes fiat. 5. Utinam Cicero illo tempore consul factus esset. 6. Turn Caesar litteris certior fiebat Belgas contra populum Romanum coniurare. 7. Utinam vos ipsi amici Caesaris essetis. 8. Un- dique uno tempore impetus in hostes fiebat. 9. Helvetii de Caesaris adventu certiores facti sunt. 10. Utinam Romulus, optimo parente genitus, nunc esset rex. 1 1. Hoc Caesaris voluntate non fit. 12. Ille a populo Romano consul est factus. 13. Copias ex castri'^ due ; et contra hostes pugna. Translate into Latin : — I. Many things become easy by practice. 2. Let nothing be done without the consent of Caesar. 3. He is not able to do this iSo too dice, / »e.eoportkat .. oportX /.^ MS^i:';,t:r:,:t: "■"' '- '-^ '-^ ~-' - -^^' -'^^ Noto.-Inslcad .,f the impersonal oportet wUh the accusative the personal debeo, / 0,0 may be used : a., Hoc facere ^Z you ougkt to do tins; hoc facere deMbae .. debmat,. you Til, T * IMPERSONAr, VERBS. 163 f4>,. 1, ^ Uitcr.iijy, // IS allowed to me to do ^I,fA . 6. A predicate adjeclive after e».e (A, /„•) ^ovcrncc! bv l,o„, (H.eran.. .. :^;/;:cr:r.Tn;:*;^ "iC'-T'^'-'^t EXERCISK. Give ,i,e principal parts of: Ucet, e.pea,t, Ube, oportet, debeo Translate into English ;— I. Licet nobis belluni cum iis rgreto -, t ;^«kv •• be„a„u,.,a Latere. 3. Op„rtct n,; Zia 7„ni t'l';: "1'T'" ad mort...m d„ci oportuit. 5. Nobis n„n exped -"luL 6 Romain eo tempore ire deljuure 7 Priv„i ., ''"' "'"^'s- 6. est, ne,ue ,o„,i„s anno ren.anere'u ' i"'l c': ,^0':' TVf " iiceoit. 10. lib. Romae manere non libet i r Tr.f constat Ciceronemeloquu.,issimu„, o,,«or n ess .He?:" .tor per provinciam Romanam facere non lieu i!', c" . ontnes Romam caput orbis tcrrarun> fuisse " """ Translate into Latin :— I. You might have done this. 2 I r„„H i„ Rome all the >vinter. 3 We oulht tn hi ''f ^'■""""«d "t bravely. 4. You ou.ht .a.iZ .' o'n^' '^ o\ :f ^^ " ' '"' death. 5. O ! that it were expedient L n.. o be It ' Lr' ^ We were not permitted .0 attack the ene.,v. 7. DM not the 104 FIRST LATIN BOOK. ^'^•'^t Caesar will fi.ht with the (;auls in'the .' ' "''^"' '*>' •'^" '"•■in ,.s n,.t allowed to see his frie '''" , '^'■'"«- '2- 'i'J>c sirk ''is ^atlu-r on that day ''' '^^ "^* "^'>^''^ ^o i'ave seen I LKSSON I.XXX. e^o tlbl creco, //./L "I CVT '""'«™' ^ '"'""'-'O'™ .■ q c , * ' ^^^°^atum est. a shout was raised .ifr^o'^iirrr; '- -^-^^ -^ p— : C/,-,« ,„,„„„,,/,>, ,,„"°;°°;';'^'-e videtur, it scans tl,„, dloitur, // is said that thecitv of 21 " " *°"""° ^==« °°o/P should be noticed : Miseret {it excites pity\ poenitet {it repents), pudet (// shames), taedet {it wearies), piget (// vexes). They are used with the accusative of the person afected and the genitive of the object causing the feeling: as, Eorum nos miseret, we pity them (literally, // excttes one's pity of them) ; hos homine.s ignaviae .=,ii.;: : t:- " "-^r ■='-' of foresight in danger, q It w« nf *' ^^ '^ ■•"<=»" 'n need should repent of .Heir crhnes. o uCn.'.'tT,"""'" !'"' '"'' spared by the soldiers? „ It wts slid !, '™'"''"'' "™ •his charge by the judge. , Wc a ' ^ ' "" "'^"'"^^ °' d^y- .3. O .. that ho hfd repented on,isfo,t"' '"" " °" "^' I ■ LESSON LXXXIII PBBSo^AL PKONOHNS OP THE THIHD PEiesON. /'.■ m,s said t„ /,, „„ „,'<=«batur. e..p;e''e'rbrhl'f Lee. Uter.'°8)'' as™«^'' ""'^'''"^^'' '"^^ ■■"■^ mo vttam ,„ otto .„, /.. ^,Lv. i, /^l JlT^^^' """ " "'■ e..pres1!d 't; L :efle..:f ^'(p'" ,t, ""^■^" "' ^ ''"' "^ Of ' tbo,:;;:: 'c^::::---. :- ;:r - -^r '° ">^ ^"^- sui: as, Roa-«... .„. ...,_. '>'"'^^ '^""'^ ^^»"'se from the use of .^«A«>.///i;;.;;;.;r.:r.::rrn;;:t *- -^- '^--^ PERSONAL PH0»OWS OP THE THIRD PERSON. 169 5. /^.^, /,.;', //^, //,,,>, ^,e ^,3^,^,j expressed hv fh. • • . is: as, Dixit se eorum amicum esse T W //^ / ^^"'^'^^ ^^ expressed by su;s as Domul "'"' '" " "''^"^^^ ^^ ^ ^^^ - Note I In? ' ; '"^"^ "'"^^'' ^'^ ^^'^^^ ^"' ^'-«--- jNote I. —In a complex sentence the senhWf^ ^f • /«, etc., .„ refe. .„ .„e subject of a suJZn ^HuTif'^ T" '"' would arise from the use of suus- as ™'' ™""' '^ a'nb«uity CIS Fatri pare, o/uy your father. Exercise. C.ive the principal parts of: mitto. credo narco r«r possum, moveo. video, sentio. contemno ^^'^°°' ^^^^°^"0' curro, Translate into English :— I. Caesar duceni clarissimum contra ^^ l«^f„^ ^. Sentit animus se vi sua moverr 3 CX^Z T"^ """f"'- 4. Nonne eum flentem vidisti? 5. Credtte m sT "' ^'"• memorem esse. 6. Eos eorum cop as tLeTubet ^' p"'" du,,,sso Caesar copias suas in eius fines dtni 8 M ^^' Ou,ntus fratrcs fuerunt ; hie fortior, ille prudent^; fu'^ o^'p' " of senem et consilia eius contemnunt. ,0. o"X relt„*r ' '" 50s ,ter fecit. . ,. Dixit eum haec vidisse ,3 C ' "'"' qui id feci.? >- vmisse. 12. Nonne is sum Translate into Latin :— 1. He threw himself upon them -, H,. : cavalry he led the infantr"; into'Zr te;," "'3 TJ^lf,:': he would snare them a ni^ i,^ . ,• . ^' ^^^^^r said that "i."-' 5. He pn,:;L> h ° tt S ml 1""' '''' T"'" '^'P 6. That prison could not hold thim 7 tL M """" '^''" '"""'■ despises both himself and th«n 8 DW he 1"" l" T' "'^' "" believed? 9. Heknewthn, theywere wit T *"' ''" "^"^ saitl that some rivers ran deep , , -J^,. '' ?'^ *''"'■ '"■ "^ * Et . . . . et, both .... and. I 170 FIRST LATIN BOOK. j'f I LESSON LXXXIV. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 1. One forni of the Latin verb remains to be discussed. This is the gerund} The gerund is a verbal noun, corresponding to the English participial noun in -ing. It is inflected as follows :— FIR.ST Conjugation. Gen. amandi, of loving. Dat. &m&nAo, lo or for loving. Ace. dmandum, loving. Abl. amando, with, by, from, or in loving Third Conjugation. Gen. regendi, of nilitig. Dat. regendo, fo or for rulitig. Ace. regendum, ruling. Second Conjugation. monendi, of advising. monendo, to or for advising. monendum, advising. monendo, 7vitli, by, from or in advising. Fourth Conjugation. audiendi, of hearing. audiendo, to or for hearing. audiendum, hearing. Abl. regendo, with, by, from or audiendo, with, by, from or in in rulins. hearing. 2. The gerund has partly the nature of a noun and partly that of a verb. As a noun, it may be governed by another noun in the genitive, or by an adjective, or by a preposition. It resembles a verb in governing a case and in being limited by an adverb : as, lus vocandi senatum, l/ie right of suvimoning the seriate. (Here the gerund is governed in the genitive by ius, and governs senatum m the accusative, because vocare governs that case) ; docendo discimus, we learn by teaching; natus ad regendum, born for ruling; parcendo inimicis gloriam paravit, he won distinction by sparing Ids enemies. Note. — The nominative of the gerund is supplied by the infini- tive : as, Ambulare iucundum est. walking is delightful. GERUNDIVE. 3. Instead of the gerund with an accusative, Latin often uses a peculiar construction of its own. Thus : Born for ruling men is not often expressed by natus ad viros regGndum, but by natus ad viros 1 The word is derived from gero, carry, because, apparently, it expresses the action of the verb as being " carried on," .-V. ■7 GKRUND AND GERUNDIVE. 171 and case, and ,s called the ^^eru^dwe. So too : m epistolis scri Insm/r \f' '^-^^.'^^^"-^-^ '^ "-^ f- in scH.endoep~sTnd consi mm urbls '.apiendae (/^. ^/«;, /^^ ^,,^, ^^^ ^. . consilmm caplendi urbem. -^^' Tht'!^' gerundive has the form of the future part, passive. Ti. Conj., ftma-ndus, a, um. Present stem anci, -ndus.] ^" " °^oiie-ridus, a. um. * 3- " rege-ndus, a, um. U. " audie-ndus. 5. The ruWor turning the gerund into the gerundive is easily deduced from the above examples. I. may be stated as follow //(. «5m/ „fyc-a „f the gerund u allracted into the erne of the S-^und, ^.ich is then ,nade to agree ^ith its o,,jeet in gen Jr and 2i J''"/*^""'™ °f "'^ Serund or of the gerundive is often used ''^^'^^^^'''' -'-■-"'•' ofJor the sake of, which is written after its Exercise. Translate into English :— I. Nonneisad ludos spectandos profectus est .? 2. Hie clineus ut,l,scorpon tegendo est. 3. Eloquentia legendis poe.is a g'tur 4. Summa voluptas ex discendo capitur. 5. mj sunt consilia urb,s delendae. 6. Milites frumentandi causa in fines host um ™ss,sunt. 7. Nonoratumsedquercndicausaierunt. 8 Tcdu"" dosTbr;"'? rf "'""■ ^- '^'"""■" =?••"■""■ -d se arman-' dos dabatu. ,0. Opt.r,..n. occasionem navigandi habemus I .. Breve tempus sat.s ,on,.™ est ad bene vivendum. ,, Ea sunt USUI ad armandas naves. " Translate into Latin :— I. Water is good for drinking. 2. They formed the pinn of kill- mg the consul. 3. Was be not skilled in i^en.) guic'" the sta' e P 4. He spent much time in vvriting letters. 5. The horse is fit for canymg burdens. 6. You will have an opportunity of finisLing 172 FIIIST LATIN BOOK. I»ll the work. 7. He will send them into the territory of the enemy 10 collect corn (gcrimdivc ivith causa). 8. Have they formed the plan of crossing the river.? 9. I thought you had come for the purpose of {causa) seeing the city. 10. He said that they were coming for the purpose of making a bridge, ii. Were they ready to take up arms in the consulship of Caesar .? \2. He said that he was going into the garden to see the flowers LESSON LXXXV. THE GERUND— (Carwg cjiemies (not parcendis inimicis). ib) Where euphony would be violated : as, Amicos videndi causa, for the sake of seeing friends (not amicorum viden- dorum). {c) Where ambiguity results : as, Aliquid docendi causa,/?/- the sake of teaching something {noi alicuiua, which would mean some one). 2. The gerundive is often used to express duty or necessity : as, Hostis timendus, an enemy that ought to he., or must be.,Jeared. 3. From this use of the gerundive, a whole conjugation — called the Passive Periphrastic Conjugation — is formed of the gerundive and the verb sum, / am. Thus : — r amandus sum, / am to be loved. amandus es, thou art to be loved, etc. \ amandus eram, / wa^ to be loved. I, amandus eras, tJiou wast to be loved., etc. j amandus ero, I shall have io be loved. I amandus eris, thou wilt have to be loved, etc. Present, Imperfect, { i'uture, and so forth. <-.fi' L \ THE GERUND. 173 '/■ lio!' ^1 "^7' '' "■"■"'"' '" "'" P"=''"« Penphrastic conjuga- ^t^!^:'^;::" "^^-"^ """^ '■-'-'" ^""'' '""• >-- > i rf '''" ^"^''''''^ ^'*""'''> '"<«■'"• """' (expressing duty or necessity) ■ f as, Ex cmtate pellendi sunt, //„y must l,e baimhcd. When the verb in English is active, the oI,ject becomes the sub- ject ,n Latin, and the subject becomes the dative of tl,e a-cnt ■ Intl^y ::>.' """'^ '"• ' '■'"" "■"" -<"- (=-'- "■''■" '- . ,®- U'fansitive verbs and verh. ,h„ „„ ^ern the ,.,.n.,i„. .,,„ dafvcor the ablat.vn. n.,., b. .. ,,,i ^,L..v,.„//,;:, "lI'lLj!;!: per,pto,.,c con^^a^. as. Nobis eundun. oJt, ^ILJ^ K=n nun, oc g„nc l,y uTT; omnibus moriendum est, all must .1 ■ .mrnicB a nobis parcendum est. ... «„,, ,^,„., ,„^ '. utendum est iudieio a te, you must use your jilgmml ■ t,?"-7'^t'" •' 'T'-" "°" "'" ^"''<^™ '"^ accusative, the a^ent , .^ao avcd amb,ij„,ty) ,s expressed in the passive periphrastic con sr ei:;r' ^ ^-"^ *^ ^^'^"- ™^ ~ ^^ ;^' hcgi.es tl,em the latS to 'rJu^r t^ZZZ T'"'^^ ^> has a bridge built. ^ faciendum curat, he Exercise. Translate into English : I. Parendum est legibus. 2. Haec Caesari miranda videntur timab r •t™"'" '"P'^""-'' "■'"' ^P-'" '^-"lum esse e is! timabat. 4. Civ.bus a nobis subveniendum est. 5 CaesarTd dUectus .agendos profectus est. 6. Intellexit magnam pa ,em equaatus ab hos.ibus, aliquot dietus ante, praedani ca si tra,^ flumen esse m.ssam. ^ Ars civita is gubernandae est difficil hna 8. In Itbns tttts legend,s tres die. mult.a cum voluptate ex"gT 9. Catthna be Hum suscepit reipublicaeevertendaeca.tsa ,0 Arfo ,■■■; ■' su.o a« u-.-.apauaum oppidum contendit. n. Temous bello gerendo idoneum non erat. 12. Ad ealeis indn.nHo . dpfiMf T^ ir- •• X. , . . -^^ &^'^^s induendas tempus ^lefuit. 13. Vix ns rebus administrandis tempus dabatur. //^r//j/ or intention. It is formed from the verb sum and the future participle in -turus Thu>^ • Amaturus sum. / am going (or intend) to love; amaturus eram (orftii), I ^ms going {pv intended) to love ; and so on through all forms. So too : Moniturus sum. I intend to advise; moniturus eram / intended to advise. ' SUPINES. 2. Latin verbs have two supines, one in -turn and one in -tu They are formed by adding -tum and -tu to the present stem or to the present stem modified : as, amatu, to be loved. monitu, to be advisee'. rectu, to be ruled. auditu, to be heard. 3. The supine in -tum is used to express purpose after verbs of motion. It governs the same case as the verb from which it is derived: as, Legates mittunt rogatum auxilium. they send ambassa- dors to ask for aid; pabulatnm milites emiBifc. ke sent out soldiers to forage. S-matum, to love. monitum, to advise. rectum, to nde. audftum, to hear. S( C P w AOTrVE PEKIPIIHASTIC CONJUGATION. 170 . ''"= ""'!'":-;. '" ■'" '•" '"*«' ^f" adjectives expressinj; .(■M.-^/A-, >,.u; arMO; //,-,,„»■,, „„„■//, or ,he reverse, ,„tl ff.er ^ tlv fs C"; '"■-■ ""' <'*"*• "^'■^ (""•'"«)• -^- (-'•'*■''■ «^) . ,is, Dlfflcle est dietu. // is difficult to be mid, or it is difficiM •.nr„',!e'i;r;iI'''"nT'""' "' ™''''"' "'"'"'• •>"'= ■" ">e accusative ana one in tiie ablative. Note 2.-Thc supine in um with the pres. inf. pass, of eo 7™ (I.e. , pcoJ)h- ^ifo) to aiknsc him. Exercise. Translate into English •— 1. Amicitiamne populi Roniani est repudiaturus ? 2 Aedui legates ad Cacsarem mittunt rogatum auxilium. 3. His rebus acns, cons.hum urbis capiendae inetmt. 4. Neque obsides repeti- tur, nequc aux.hum a populo Romano imploraturi fuerunt 5 Bello confccto, legati ad Caesarem gratulatum convenerunt. 6 Omn a uno tempo,-e stint agenda : vexilluni proponendum, signum tuba dandum, ab opere revocandi milites, acies instruenda. 7 Ex 'a cTvl^s^l'T O '' ''"'^"^^^"^" ^^"^^-' iniurias sociorum questum. 8. Occasio negotn bene gerendi omittenda non est g Eo d,e imperator decimam legionem pabulatum misit. 10 Nos neque ega.>s n.ssuri neque ullarn condicionem pacis sumus accep- tun. II. Nonne pnmo vere agri agricolis arandi sunt? 12 Iter per provmcuun nostram sunt facturi hostes. n. Ante primam lucem miperator cum tribus legionibus Roma est profecturus. Translate into Latin : — I. We miist not lose this opportunity of attacking the enemv .. Ambassadors came to Rome to ask aid against t'he German ." 3. Alexander mtended to lead his army across the viranlcus 4 Anovistus IS not likely to reject my friendship. 5. We intend to set out for Rome before night 6 After all r^,i !, V , Caesar (a,L a,s.), env„,s .tere Lt^':l^t.:'T, ^^^^^^ peace. 7. Hannibal, incredible ,0 relate •reaXdAdrume"um whtch ,s a hundred miles distant from Zama, within the space "f t 17(1 nilHT LATIN linoK. "'".""" ^" '""' •"""•^ ('.X'"//0....il,.. ,H„ i.ulnv.,, ;v'\7; '''■''•''''*''••• '• ''" ■•'•'I' •><•<-. ,,,,..... \ r;M lot .ow iH|. Ficd, iM|; »»# 1 ISSON I .WW II. Ol.AHHll-'UiATlON OK' OI.AnMKS. INDIUMCT M. ,.;.,.; ...^.„. ,,.^ ,,,,, „„ ,,,.,„.^,. ,,^.,,, ,,,,, ,,,^,,„ „, „, _^,^,.^ ^_^^. '■>•"-• M<'..lMv. UK ....,...■ in //...,.;. M.;/ /..,,;/,/,/,,,■ M. /.;..,,, lu. -|. A .u>un au.,MuMd..i In an nH0MOK.Hu. ,M.MUun. .d^ - ■ ''--' -'-1 ••-• -^ 1.u,m> .'« « ..Hoi .nw.,.;»., /(.,r:,^^,,,^,J "uunuu ,xvft>rf,. ,r ;.< .v ,.;.. i, ;„;;>.„,.;.;..■ .,.^.;/ ^, .;^.,., , ,,,,^, ^,,^ Hit. .nuiQuMfnoi,»t..nruuiiuvl .|urMh.ns.N a nuMo!lou,u.,.,uMluM,UMo .ouuuon ,n,n,o,.u,vo pronouns ^js^ .ml .u,vo,l.N ,na,n. ^.u- f .uonuuinuniun. o, ,uonU>. .uno, nuom.^.tno\ ,„otu>.. .-. ,/..;; ,„anui in. .... 'l,/ 4. Jr*.-M^,.. ;>; ,n the h..ul Of an indnvn question, is nun', • as I I rNIMUKCr yUllHIION. II ''.■ilir, . .,v, I , utriin. im ; lull ,„ not i- juxjiio ijt iiidiu-. I IjllC if. lUi' hill/ I'l . f N\ Ml- •;\n( kfioir), (liibfto ( / N"i<'. \llcr iHiyltj. <(i- lii _ ./.'///'/>, Iii.-..|-|,,u, -M.{i/ is i,>i..>l„in) iiii|.|yiii,; ;,„ aKil iii;it I v<' tvhrtlirr isjuj,: .i., OoiiHtuiiMiiiii «|l<>ov NohcIo an rimlliiH piiMnnMuni pdMHiiii I w/r/ / ,i,„n /.fiow ivlirlltrr I liiii ni>t /',//<> 'v li*H}^sn(lr> iiii\. I 'K'CISK. Tl. 111. I. lie iiilo l'.M);li',li : I. Uo-.il mini Mii .;l,liii|.. MiM. :;, nnaci inuis .|ii()tics I,ic Tdcm |>r(»mis<-iil. {. I<(>;;.il.() iiiiiii is maior (iiilK sit. 4. Ku^cmiis cur is •<">!"'' I.Kc.il. s. Oiiiiics intfl!c};iini (|ii;.in aii,|a,,.s siiis. U. Hoc (luhiiim est 111,., n...,iiiiiii vcic(iin(li..i ,ii . 7. V\^ iis (|ii;ici-eiiuis <|>|";ottcn where you promised to Ko to-day.? 11. It does not concern me whether it is selliny Unv or not. \2. He is askini^ if he ouyhi to remain at Koine. 13. Ask him wkil he is doing about it. / / 12 A WW IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3j 4^0 A //A V % y fe 1.0 I.I 1.25 12^ ^^ 12.0 6" 1.8 14 11.6 V] '^^" --- Exercise. Translate into English •— Quid proximo, quid superiore nocteSe f::,:""' ,"' """"""■ *• Quid ea node cgisset nuid \^7fT ^^ '''""' ''■■""'■^'•' S- 6.vides,u™.^.„;;ri:^^::::^;r™;rf: fusae essent. ,= oj^, ua,n H " ""'■■"= " P°P"'° '^™"«"° obsidione nulli parcU m ^ ! t""" ™"'"'"'- '^^ '" hac ^ '• ■''• ■Gemini a nobis invidetur i ranslate into Latin ■ ;/Hp-:„t;:if;L^^rd:::rrn- read to .1.= people .bat tLrae, ^'eX'.h '■ ^'" ^™^"' 6. He pointed out from what classes th feces of c:-;'™" "'■•■• drawn (««>,r«). 7. He ascertiinM r "''"'' '''"'^ nature of the road to'the4„;:':;ll7 T'c ""n"-''' ""= why Ariovistus did not co„,e'to tt ZeZ. ' "f f^" '"'"d out thetr arms («« „^,.), .,„ .^^ ,„^^ came h";; .^ f '""^ "P .0. We compelled the merchanrto TeVn fr ' ? *' "™P- they came. „. It is said thn, ,",1 °'" "'"" <"s"icts his brother. ... Thl^'ld "' ' rir ^e 'rV"""'" *™ town. .3. He sold his house for ,e" talents. """' "' """' 3 IDIOMATIC USE OF THE INDIRECT QUESTION. 181 LESSON LXXXIX. IDIOMATIC USL OP THE INDIRECT QUESTION. Noun-clauses Introduced by Quod and Ut. 1. An English abstract noun is often expressed in Latin by an nidirect question : as, Dice tibi quale periculum sit, / tell you the nature of the danger; quot essent hostes rogavit, he asked the number ofthe enemy; quo eamus rogrant. they ask our destination ( = whither we are going). NOUN-CLAUSE INTRODUCED BY QUOD. 2. Quod (meaning, because, the fact that), ^ >h the indicative often introduces a noun-clause in Latin : as, Magnum est hoc, quod victor victis pepercit, this is an important matter, the fact that when victorious he spared the vanquished. NOUN-CLAUSE INTRODUCED BY UT. 3. Verbs of a^kmg, commanding, strivins^, and e^e^Qti^g, take in English an infinitive but in Latin a noun-clause introduced by ut, that, with the subjunctive : as, Ore xx hoc facias. / beg you to do this J nititur ut vincat, he strives to conquer. If there is a^^^vvith the inf., ne {that not) is used for ut non: as, Puero imperavi ne domo exiret, / ordered the boy not to go from home (impf., in accordance with the rule for sequence, p. 178). Note I.— lubeo, / order, however, and ..jSiOi^-^ >^^^^, take the nifinitive : as, lussi puerum domo non exire, I ordered the boy not to go from home J vetuit me hoc facere, he forbade me to do it. Note 2.— Statuo. constituo, decerno, I determine, take the infini- tive when the subject of the main verb and of the infinitive is the same : as, Statuit Caesar in Italiam redire. Caesar determined to return to Italy. In other cases, they take a noun-clause introduced by ut or ne: as, Statuit^ Caesar ut legiones suae in Italiam redi- rent, Caesar determined that his legions should return to Italy. 182 FIRST LATIN BOOK. I f An) : as, AcCcUt '.t ^ZTjli^^tVLT TT ^''' ""'■" ""^■ /men/. aaesset, i/ happened that no one was Exercise. Translate into English : '■ Quod Regulus rediit, mirabile videtur , r omnes ad salu.em civium inventas esse I "es ,' r '\ '"'" ea aestate cum Germanis gerere const! u!,^!p^,V^'""'' ''""""' postco die esse facturum. 5 Di"erun ^K .^""":"""=' =<= hoc ullo maleficio per provinciam iterfecere 6 R '" ■""™ ''=" ''"<^ fecti essent. 7. Caesar his H„ Rogavit quando pro- transire decreverat 8 Resm, uTd" ''"'' ^""""^"""i Rhenum tore deiigendo loquar ' q oL , ""f^.'""""^ '^'="i ^' ^pera. Rratum est. ,0. Arlovismstsooldi't" ''°'"™ '^*is.i, mihi praesidio esse. , ,. Prima luce 1h '.'"' ™. ^^P"'' """"^"i ^'^ "cie instruct,!, quid hos eTconsHir °""*"^ ™P"' ^' ^"P^^i d.e confecturum esse suscip.t. .: ^.^J^, f/^^^^- - Translate into Latin : . I atd°t:^:''p:::?oraV:hr"* ™ '^=" -^^^ - ^^o- 3. The enemy will strivT™ ca t re thT'""' °' "" S™"^'- 4. It follows that he was conri^l I r '""" "'* '"' "^ f°>-«s. 5. Explain ,0 the iud^Ts ;:; :r„i/:r"'''^'^ •'^ '■'- that the Romans had pitched ,he^c7 T"""' *' '^'■'^y ^^id know our reason for 'd c arin' "ar ™V H r ■'IT'."' '^ "" ^°" calling the people together on thaTday. q" wft^ f r"^"' assemble in the market-place ,0 J, L„ . . "^ "°* '''''^'' '» from R«„e in that year .f' Wh,, P''^""'' """ ""^ '"^ absent -; We strove to h„Th the wo^wi hTa^e': d"°"^ ^''^" ' '^""^ ^ mmed .0 set out for Gaul that winter ,a R ''t '^^ "' "•='"- .5. The fact that you betrayed ^TooZ^^^"^ ^ ^^ ADVERBIAL CLAUSES. 183 LESSON XC. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES. Final Clauses Introduced by Ut (or Ne), and Quo. 1. An adverbial clause \s one that takes the place of an adverb. Thus, in leal I hat I may live, the clause introduced by Ihal is an adverbial clause olj^ur^ose, limiting the action of the main verb An adverbial clause of purpose is called a Jlnal clause (from finis an end), because it expresses the end ov object of the verb it limits' 2. Final clauses in Latin are usually introduced by ut. thai or ne, that. . . not, lest (both with the subjunctive) : as, Edo ut viv'am / eal Inat I may live; hoc dice ne te laedam, / say this that I may not offend you ( = to avoid offending you). Note.— Ne in a final clause, may often translate the English ''to avoid,'' " to prevent:' 3. In final clauses the/r^j^;z/ subjunctive is used ^.i\^x primary tenses ; the imperfect after secondary, in accordance with the Rule for Sequence (see p. 178). Thus : Multi laudant ut laudentur. many praise that they may be praised {^v^s. after a primary tense) ■ multi laudabant ut laudarentur. many praised that they mi^ht be praised (imperfect after a secondary tense). 4 XhaLno_on^ tjiat n^_Ud].), that n^t/mtg, that never, in a final clause, are respectively jie^ui^- n7ullus;n;iu]rne un- .auam; as, Porta clausa est ne quis exiret, the gate was shut' that no one might go out; clamant ne ullum verbum audiatur. they are shouting that no word may be heard; abii ne quid viderem. / went away that I might see nothing; hoc facite ne unquam vituperent, do this that they may never revile. 5. Instead of ut in a final clause, quo (=ut eo, that by this) with the subjunctive, is used when the clause has a comparative in it : as, Putoaliquidpuerodandum esse quo sit studiosior, I think that something ought to be given to the boy that he may be more zealous: Caesar castella communit quo facilius Helvetios pro- hibere possit, Caesar erects forts that he may the more easily keep off the Helvetii. ^ 184 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Exercise. Translate into English :~ I. Non vivimus ut cdamus. 2. Hoc factum est ne quis in civi atem rest.tueretur. 3. Ad urbcm vGnin.us „t oratorem aud ^em^^ 4. Domum ..d.bo ut dor.niam. 5. Hoc feci ne cui dislsr" n 6. Hacc scr,bebam ut bono esses animo. y. Ne quis eTciv t Uc". IX'llcietur, Idem promisit. 8. Multa mentifn.nJ . tur. 9. Utinam rex ipse adesset 10 H " T '"T "''^'''^ ne omnes interficcreiitur , r T •? ^"''''' ""•""' *^^"-^'' posslmus T ZT ^'^"' '^'™"' ^'-t ^'beri esse kcerr ^^ °' '"'"'' ^"^^^'■^'^^ '"^^^^ ^"« "melius iter Translate into Latin :— .. They went into the garden that they might find the book . ni t " "V ' r '"""'"'■• '""' '"^^ '"'■''"" '-* 'he ci^tfofe ni h 3. We will go aivay in order not (use ne) to see them . r clKl tins ,„ order that I might in.iure no one. ;, We mus^'raise t shout that we may be heard by him. 6, He prLed u" „ ord^r to bepratsed by us. 7. He killed himself that he might "ever see the country overthrown. & 1,0 not buy what you do not ne d 9. In a few days we shall return to see (use ?«.) the pice beHer' a U,d you not see with what pride he answ'eredr n. We 1;. teach our cinldren m order that they n,ay be better cihZ, T, He wtshes to return home in order to'stand for th con shj LESSON XCI. PINAL ChAVSES-rCcamued). Qui Final. Quominus and Quin. Neve. 1. The relative qui (called (,«/ _/l„al) is often used with the sub junct.vc to express a /.ur^„s,- .■ as, Mlsit legatos qui paoem Iw ent. /,. .„,/ a,„/.,us,„/„rs ,„ sue lor p.acc ^qul=ut ^). used, hke the relative pronoun, to express a purposel I ^S** . PINAL CLAUSES. 185 12. \V I as, Domum ubl habitaret legrit. Ac chose a house where he might dwell (ubi =-- ut ibi, that there). ^ 2 After verbs o{ ^c^uing, a final clause is often used, intro- duced by quomlnus { = by which the less == in order that not)- as, Nihil obstat quominus scribae., nothing prevents you from writing ( = ly which you should the less write). Note -After verbs o( Pirventing^ quin (qul+ne=/^^7e/ not), may be used for quominus. if there is a negative or virtual negative w.th the mam verb : as, Vix inhiberi potuit quin aaxa iacJet. he could scarcely be prevented from throtving stones. 3. After verbs of fearing, a final clause is used, introduced bv X ut or ne: as, VerSor ne veniat. lam afraid he will come-, vereor ut veniat, / am aft aid he will not come, Note.-Here ut and ne apparently change their meaning ; ut is used for that not, and ne for that. 4. The English future after verbs oi fearing, is expressed by the subjunct.ve-the present subjunctive, if after a primary tense, the impei-fect ,f after a secondary: as, Timeo ut labores sustlneas, / am afraid that you will not endure your labors .• timebam ne ea evenirent, /7WJ afraid that these things would happen. 5. In English the infinitive is often used to denote a f>uri>ose but m Lat>n u is never so used in good prose. Such an infinitive may be expressed m Latin in various ways. asfollows"^'"''^ ^'^^^^m^^^r^ to sue for peace, may be expressed Legates misit ut pacem petSrent {\yt fnal). Legatos misit qui pacem peterent (qui/;w/) Legates misit ad pacem petendam (jjerundive ace. with ad) or c^ufaf ""* '"" ^'*'"^"' °""^^ ^^"^^""^'- g-itive with Legates misit ad pacem petendum (gerund ace. with ad) or lega^s misit pacem petendi causa (gerund genitive with i Legates misit pacem petitum (supine after verb of motion). i Legates m:sxt pacem petftores (future part, active expressing a —. ■■■_ purpose). » A word like vix, scarcelv. or a nuPsHnp ovn^t-n-r ^uTZ" ^r- \ 186 FIRST LATIN BOOK. i fi a For et ne (fdlowing ut or a previous „e\ n^.e („r „eu) i. Exercise. Translate into English :— "osque misit ne eos fruraento neve alia re iuvarent T P, concilium totius Galliae in certum die.n n ieere U, r^O,"',-'' esse, natura mon.is, nun.ios qui eognoscercn. ,i!i, . N " P.ac,„mi. qui viCeant qua.\, partes hTsL facian T .aque nnpelrat ut per fines suos Hclvetios ire patian ur , 1 1 brcven, esse oporte. quo facilius ab imperitis tene ,"' s o ' uun ,oce.„, ^o .aciii^s ttelle'"' pS^ T Zes tl ';:;;e'- :rLr:err;;rcrcapr';3 o.""^-"" ^•^''- "- qui vidarent quas in 'partes iter^caperew! " "'""" ^'■^^'™'" Translate into Latin :— ^. He hcinrpA !,;„, ,„ , ^ ^'^'"P '>"«'■ sunset. „\t J .? ^P""^ "'= "o™™ ■•'nd children . Hp ordered them to open (/a:rar,) the ranks that they mtht'.he m castly use their swords. 5. He was afraid tl at aU tl e „n ' ^otOd desert him. 6. The Romans built fort 1 k Lp baclf' .1," enemy. 7 They were afraid that .hey would be defeated 8 ? :.hit.^°tVetr;L hV- " «-- .r:.^^ tl.^ Of. 1 u ^ ^^ ^^°"^^ "ot be able to withstind the attack, he sent a despatch to Caesar i, H. '^'^f ^^"^ to avoid all wrong-doing -^^ "^ "^^'"^^ '^"^ ADVEHHIAL CILAUSES OF RESULT. 187 I I LESSON XCII. ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OP RESULT. UT CONSECUTIVE. 1. An adverbial clause is often used to express the resull of what ,s described in the main clause. Such clauses are called cofisccutivc clauses (conaequor. overtake, attain). Thus, in the sentence, Sueh fear seized alUhat the king himself Jled, the clause introduced by that is a consecutive clause. 2. A consecutive clause is usually introduced by ut with the sub- junctive (called ut-eonsecutive) : as, Tantus timer omnes occupa- vit ut rex ipse fugerit, such fear seized all that the king himself fled, tarn caecus fuit ut me non viderlt. he was so blind that he did not see me. Note i.-The rule for the sequence of tenses (p. .78) does not apply m consecutive clauses. Of course the imperfect subjunctive will be used, but only if the meaning requires it. Thus : Tantus timer exprcitum occupavit ut omnes perturbarentur, such fear seized the Kirncy that all were disturbed {xnzoxn^X^i^ continuous act). Note 2.~That. . . .not in a consecutive clause, is not ne (as in a final clause; p. 183), but ut non ; so, too, ut nemo, ut nullus ut nihil, are used for that no one, that no, and that nothing. See below. ^ a Consecutive clauses are used after demonstrative words like ^i^^^^siidU Jm^_^i.sg..^reatJ sic. ita. tam. so; adeo, to such a degree : as. Talis erat ut nemo ei crederet. he was of such a char- acter that no one believed him; tanta vis probitatis est ut earn in hosto diligamus, so great is the force of honesty that we love it even in an enemy; Tarquinius sic Servium diligebat ut is eius vulgo haberetur Alius, Tarquin so loved Servius that the latter was commonly regarded as his son; Verres Siciliam per triennium ita vexavit ut ea restltui in antiquum statum nullo modo potuerit. Verres so harried Sicily for three years that it could not in any way be restored to its original condition; tam improbus fuit at nihil eum unquam a scelere revocaverit, he was so wicked that nothing ever called him away from crime ; hoc eum adeo terruit ut i 4 18ft FIRST LATI.V BOCK. vix hodle procure audeat. thh so tcrHficd him that h^ ^carcch ventures {now) to go forth. QUI CONSECUTIVE. 4. The relative qui (c-^dy'^i.consecutjve) is often used with the subjunuive to nUroch.ce a consective clause : as, Non Is Hum qui -^»fltUacia03uy ^uu ,wt the one to do it (qui ut ego. (I^^Tl^^ 5. Qui consecutive is used in the following constructions :- (./) With certain indefmite expressions, like sunt qui (thrr. are some who\ r^«riuntur.aui i/^v.. are found who), nemo p,t . qui {there ts no one who), ^quls egt ggl^ {7vho is there who A, nihllest .miil.{^/'^re is nothing that) , ,,, sunt qui putent nihil slbl litterL opus esse, there are some who tlunk t/iat they have no need of literature ; nihil est quod dicere velim. there is nothinv- that I wish to say. {b) Mi^j^^sm^^worthy), ii,^s2^{unw„rthy\ and^idoneus or^EliiS (fit) : as Djgnus^t qui ametur^/. is WQ^mJ^ ll,[J^^ . ( = he deserves to be). (^) AftC£_quajn_2^ath^ .„^ j^^i^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ reslstl poBsit. he is too great to be resisted {^greater than to whom It can be resisted). Notc.-Possum. / ean, is used impersonally, only when joined with a passive infinitive. 6. Instead of qui non. quin with the subjunctive is often used • as, Nemo est quin sciat^/.vr is no one who does not know. So too, after dubito (doubt), nego (deny), ignoro (be ignorant), when joined with a negative or virtual ne,^ative,> /^ is expressed by qum qui ne. /,..,, ,;./) : as, Negarl non potest quin turpe sit fldem fallere. it eannot be denied that it is dishonorable to break ones word; non dubitat quin animus sit immortalis. /.. does not doubt that the soul ts immortal; num quis ignorat quin haec vera sint ? IS anyone ignorant that this is the truth '/ Note.-- Qu^sjneai^ ^ after si. nisi, ne, nu m^quo and quanto. »Words like vix, scarcely, and questions that expect the ms^No. ~ ADVEUuI.ilii CLAUSES OF HR8ULT. Exercise. 189 Translate into English : — I. Temporis tanta fuit cxiguitas hostiumque tarn paratus ad (limicandum animus ut non modo ad insignia accommodanda sed ctiain ad galeas indiiendas tempus dcfuerit. 2. Flumcn Arar in Kliodanum iiifluit incrcdibili lenitate ita ut oculis in utram partem fluat, iudicari non possit. 3. Mandat ut crehros cxploratores in Sucv'os mittant qunoque apud eos gcrantur cognoscant. 4. Non is sum qui mortis pcriculo tcrrcar. 5. Hunc Caesar idoncum iudica- verat quern cum mandatis mitteret. 6. Quis scrvus dignus fuit cui nostra salus permittcrctur? 7. Non tarn sum imperitus rcruni m hoc non sciam. 8. Sunt qui censeant una animum et corpus perire. 9. Quis potest esse tarn aversus a vcro qui hacc neget ? 10. Tanta rerum commutatio est facta ut nostri proelium redinteg- rarent. 1 1. Neque abest suspicio, ut Hchctii arbitrantur, quin ipse sibi mortem consciverit. 12. Mons altissimus impendebat ut facile pcrpauci nos prohibcre possent. 13. Illae tamen omnes dissen- sioncs crant eiusmodi quae non ad delcndam sed commutandam rempublicam pertinerent. 14. Hostes plures sunt quam qui aesti- mari possint. Translate into Latin : — I. We were not able to prevent the IJelgae from forming a league with the rest of the Gauls. 2. The enemy endeavored to hinder us from taking refuge {sc rccipcrc) in our camp. 3. Noth- ing is so obscure that it cannot be found out by enquiry. 4. There is no doubt that the Belgae are the bravest of all the Gauls. S- The storm was so great that no ship could reach the harbor. 6. He was so diligent that he lost no time in play. 7. What prevents us from seeing the gam .>s to-day.? 8. The river was so deep that the soldiers were not able to cross it on foot. 9, Men were sent to pick out a place suitable for the camp. 10. The Romans fought so fiercely that they easily defeated the forces of the enemy. I r. I do not doubt that you have spoken the truth. 1 2. There is no one but believes that he was guilty of treachery. 1 3. There were some in the army who were willing to betray their country for gold. *4- Ill?k deejds_are_jtoo_gi:eat to be tpid^ • 190 FIRST LATIN BOOK. XCIII. (j-HE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE^ verbi.t 7'^'^'°"''^^.^^"^----- contains (a) a main^ause, (l>) an ad- .^iaLclaj^e .staUn4,.tUe condition on whTch the s7a"t;mcntfr^" ^"-ili"- is..or_would be, true : as, If ,.^ says //.>, /.. ,/ 1^1,1 The clause containing the condition is called the ./-clause ^' flJt """"""" '''" "' ^'^ ^""^^^'^-^ -"^-^e are as :ONDITIONAL SExNTENCES. If-Clause. ^i. Si quis haec dicit, Jf anyone says this, Si quis haec dixit, ■^ i If anyone said this, 3^12. Si quia haec dicet (or dixerit), if any one says (literally, shall say or have said) this. "5 o Main Clause. errat, he is 7(}ro)ig. erravit, he was wrong. errabit. o (J p 3 C/2 he will be wrong. fc*ret, he would be wrong. erraret, he would be ivron^ erravisset, 'S- Si quis haec dicat, If anyone ivere to (or should) say this, Si quis haec diceret, If anyone vere saying this {now), Si quis haec dixisset. If anyone had said this (in the past) he would have bem wrong Note.-Instead of the English present, referring to the future (as m type .), Latn. uses the futnre, or-if the action of the verb in t per[:r " ""^" ^'"' ^''^"' '" "^^'^ ^^^^ ^^^•— ^^- ^""u- ^. Unless, or Jfn m me, if I do 7iot harm yuu? 4. Any, after si or nisi, is quis : as, Si quis ita fecerit, poenas dabit, if anyone does so, he will be punished (literally, shall have done so), 5. IVhelher or, introducing alternative conditions (i. e., with the force of if.... or if), is expressed by sive (seu). . . .sive (seu) : as, Sive adfuisti sive abfuisti, nihil dico, whether you were present or absent, I say nothi?ig. Note.— Sive. . .sive must be carefully distinguished from utrum. . . an (p. 1/7, 5)> introducing a dependent double question and used as the subject or object of a verb : as, Utrum velit an nolit rogo, I ask xvhether he is willing or unwilling. 6. But if, introducing a corrected condition is sin (=si+ne, if not); if not \% six minus: as, Si rogaa. respondeo ; sin nihil rogas taceo if you ask, I answer; but if you dont ask, I hold my peace; si haec fecerit, gaudebo; si minus, aequo animo feram, if he has done it, I shall be glad; if not, I shall bear it with patience. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Si rogcs, respondeam. 2. Si quid haberem, darem. 3. Sj Metelli fidci diffisus essem, iudicem eum non retinuissem. 4. Nomen huius floris si scirem, eum pluris facerem. 5. Sive bene sive male facit, odio est. 6. Si ceteris satisfaciat, sibi sati; faciat. 7. Hoc si fecit, non ita acutus fuit. 8. Hoc si sciam, dicee non audeam 9. Mihi si tu subvenies, gaudebo ; si minus, non aegre feram. 10. Nisi auxilio venisses, de nobis actum esset. 11. Hoc si verumest, impetrabis ; sin falsum, noli exspectare. 12. Frater tuus si adesset, tibi plauderet. Translate into Latin :-— I. If you had not applauded, he would have been ashamed. 2. If the harvest is large, the country will be rich. 3. If you should come to our aid, all would be well ; if not, it will be all.a:uex_wuiuis. 4. If he were unwilling, we would not go. 5. Whether he reads or writes, he wastes no time. 6. If you were to ask me that, I should 192 FIRST LATIN BOOK. answer nothmjj. ^. If, hey had no. detained n,e, I should have b e„ here sooner. S, If e country ,v,ll be safe. 9. If y„u should i« willing, he would b^ unwdhng. ,0. If he had not been a „,an of courage he would no have refused. ,,. If he leads his army over the Khine, it isTi over w,th then,. ,3. If anyone should say so, he would no be listened to by anyone. LESSON XCIV. CLASSIFICATION OP CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. Exception to the Rules. 1. The common types of the conditional sentence are easily learned wuh a little attention and practice. They are classified as Conditional sentences are divided into three classes : I. SIMPLE PRESENT AND PAST CONDITIONS. This class will be easily recognized when the second and third classes are known. It includes all conditional sentences in which ^ijn^.is unphed asjo the fulfilment of the condition. 1 1 Jaaa tlie -^^^^ii^^atmLmJ.a^ as, Pecuniae si habet, dat.l/^tl' '''Z7it ^''"''*'' '^^'''^'^'^'^ "^ ^^^^^'' ^^^^' i^!Iiere_the^ condition is regarded as unlikely to be fulfilled. - Such sentences have in English would ov should' m the main clause : as, Pecuniam si habeat. det, // /;.- should have money he would give it. ' in. CONDITIONS CONTRA RV TO f ^yx This class includes all conditional sentences in whichjhe c^^n dition is represented^ as noj fnlfiUffU Of these also there are two types : — {a) Where the condition is referred to the present. These have m English the worc^^^ ex pressed or understood) in both clauses • as, Pecuniam si haberet, daret, if he had money (now), he would ^ive it. —i?-^"?.Jh£j'^perfGct subjunctive is used in both clauses.... (^)^llSr^ihe condition i^ r^ei:i:c4LltV;lir pnst This type lias m English would have in the main clause : as, Pecuniam si habu- isset, dedisset, if he had had money, he would have given it. Note i.-In sentences of Class III., the if-clause may refer to the past, while the main clause refers to the present, or 7nce versa • as, Illi si haec fecissent. viverent, f they had done this, they would now be alive. Note 2.-The first type of Class III. is also used of past time to ^xj^x^^seontiniumsaetion: as, Haec si sentirent. sapientes essent, z/ they had held these views, they would have been ivise. /-^One important exception to tl.e regular rules for conditional «f:nience3 must be noted. It is as follows :— The in d ic Rt ivp . ^ ^ ^oJ^lJu^^mbfaidti^J^ used in the ,T.nin -^^laOiaejoljthecond^^^^^ sentence when the verb of that clause is " © 194 FIRST LATIN KOOK. (") ^-Ui.^liHiu'liii^ticx^JUt'i;.atiou active or pa ,72, 174). i./') PoB«um. /..,;/.• debeo, / ou^r/,/ , oportet. // /. ,v.vv/>/.- as, Ni .itteras misisset. agrroa relicturi erant. ;/ /,e had not sntt the Icffcr, tlu'v ,.oNld have left their lands; consilia si processiasent. mterflcieudus fuit. ,/ //,. pUns had succeeded, he would have been put to death; totus exercitus deleri potuit. si persecuti essent yicuores ///.■ ^,,,hole anny might have been destroyed, if the victors had followed up. 3. JhlcrdjkdMm^-x^ expressed b>:^dumj3y modo^or by dumraQdxv- -iULivUh^tkQ-.auUimiahii^with ne for non in negative clauVes") • as Oderint dum metuant. /./ them hate provided that they fear • veniant dum ne maneant, /./ //,.;;. come, provided that they do not remain. -^ Exercise. Translate into English :— I. Iteruni si expcriri volant, ego iterum paratus sum decertare. 2. Latilma si .n urbe mansisset, nuiiquam nos rempublicam liber- avissenuis. 3. Helvetii si Allobrogibus satisfaciant, pacem cum iis taciam. 4. Servi me. si me metuerent, domum meam relinquendam esse putai^n. 5. Manent ingenia senibus, mode permaneat in- dustna. 6. Magno me mctu liberabis, dummodo inter me atque debet 8. Mult, omn.a recta atque honesta negligunt, dummodo potentiam consequantur. 9. Si certior factus essem in quo periculo esses, ad te advolassem. 10. Galli aequo animo omnes belli pati- untur miunas, dummodo repellant periculum servitutis. 1 1 Ncque hostem sustmere poterant, ni cohortes se obiecissent. i-^ Nisi d.scedes, ego te hostem habcbo. 13. Si te interfecero, ego gratiam multis faciam. Translate into Latin : I. I shall carry on war against the Gauls, provided I can collect two legions. 2. If you should conquer the enemy in battle thev m)uld not obey you. 3. If that consul were living, he would' keep off the attack of this enemy. 4. The power of Karthage would not have fallen so easily, if we had not conquered her with our fleet 5. Provided he does not carry on war against that state, we will aid iHin with all our forces. 6. If he had been here, he would have f ■2, 174). rccdfitl : scut the sissent, i>e been essent vicio7's s): as, ■ A'^tr; do not ertare. liber- um iis sndam iat in- atque >etrare imodo Jiiciilo i pati- !^eque . Nisi atiam :olIect , they keep Id not fleet, ill aid have COMPARATIVE AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. 19.5 you .-, friend ,1 rf V , \ •'■■'"'^"' '™ ''■i'''" ™»i'ier you 1, uid. 10. If y„u had wished to Like this town, you should have colieetedtnore forces. „. The man would have d^ed if had not aided hnn, .... If ,he rest were killed, would you escape' (use actfiertphr. conjugation.) ,3. If he had been the same ai before, I could have touched his heart. LESSON XCV. COMPARATIVE AND CONOBSSIVB CLAUSES. 1. A comparative adverbial clause expresses agncment (or the ela"? *' """ '"'™''""'' ""' "' '= » ''dverbial comparative 2. Comparative clauses fall into two classes ■- ""yh'- Pected, still you should have pardoned me (in suspicionem venire = the passive of suspfcor, /suspect). 7. The following are the common concessive conjunctions, and the moods with which they are used : Quamquam (thouQ-h), and' utut (hozvever), with indicative; licet, quamvis (Ut, as you wish), ut quum (all meaning although), with subjunctive; etsi, etiamsi' tametsi (although, even if)- all compounds of si, and following the same rules for mood. Note. -Quamvis is also used as an adverb: as, Ilie, quamvis facstus, odio est, he, however witty, is hated (or whatever his wit^; (odio esse, to be for an object of hate, is the passive of odi. I hate). ' 8. The relative qui with the subjunctive is often used conces- sively. It is called ^ui concessive: as, Caesar, qui haec videret tamen aciem instruxit. though Caesar saw this, still he drew ufi his line. ! CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. 197 IS in sKs quisque cm IS, Sec. ? a mans :5mc con- i is true Eomani, Romans, nee. 2 indica- C i3ar. suspica blans, he s^enisses, sely sus- a venire 3ns, and md utut nsh\ ut, etiamsi, wing the luamvis 'is wit) ; J hate). conces- videret, Vew up Exercise. Translate into English :— I. Etsi maturae sunt hicmes, tamen in Britanniam contendit. 2. Quamquam crebro audiebat Labienum ah inimicis suis solhci- tari, tamen non credidit. 3. Senectus, quamvis non sit gravis, tamen aufert viriditatem. 4. Quamquam picmebantur, tamen omnia fortissimo sustincbant animo. 5. Nonnc impctrare debent, etiamsi adhiberi vim non possit ? 6. Quamquam Germanos diutius in Galha versari Galh voUierant, tamen popuH Romani exercitum hiemare in Gallia moleste ferebant. 7. Non igitur potestas est conservandae reipublicae, quamvis ea prematur periculo. 8. Han- nibal, ex quo die dux est declaratus, velut Italia sibi provincia decreta esset, nobis inferre bellum statuit. 9. Ilia superiora, quam- quam fercnda non fuerunt, tamen, ut potui, tuli. 10. Quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae ad Caesarem mittebantur. 11. Ut meritus est, ita poenam persolvit. 12. Senatum metus cepit velut si ad portas hostes essent. 13. Caesar, etsi prope exacta aestas erat, tamen eo exercitum duxit. 14. Tibi adero ego, licet amicus tuus absit. Translate into Latin : — I. Though the Germans were of great bravery, still they were often defeated by the Romans in battle. 2. All the citizens were terrified just as though the enemy were-at (adcsse) the gates. 3. 'Ihe battle was fought as the general had directed. 4. Whatever is disi^raceful, even though it may be concealed, can in no way be honorable. 5. Life, however short, can always be useful. 6. You speak as though the enemy would conquer. 7. Though ambition is a vice, it is often the cause of virtues. 8. Though the summer had ended, Caesar collected a large number of ships. 9. The bolder the Romans were, the more timid the enemy became. 10. Though their general did not conquer me, still his valor must be praised. 11. Though Caesar had only one legion, still he hastened to set out. 12. He acted otherwise than {alitcr quam) he ought to have done. 13. Though they were the bravest in Gaul, they were not equal to the Romans in valor. 198 FIRST LATIN BOOK. LESSON XCVI. CAUSAL CLAUSES.-QUOD. QUIA, QUONIAM (BECAUSE). ^^lAM 1. C'lnsal adverbial clauses stntn fh„ mentioned in .„e ,„,;„ Z^: ]^l:""VV'"" '""'''''''' 2. Causal clauses are usually inirodurpH I«, d;re'-7i:::trs'';e:;::;':r"'''-^r™'''= --- "-^ ;„.„. the subjunctive when' ,e ea! «" 7^°'"! ^.'"'^ "^ f""--" "^V authority of another- as PatriTL 7 ■°'''"' ^^ S'™' °" the •1- .-eason usually S^Z 7o [tTr'l'' ?"'" '"■" '"'^ *■>= speaker wouKI not vm,ch)' L^l! "" "^ "''"'^''' '"»"^>'". the the speaker vouciL fJ .U^'u'I o^^Z^l^:;: ™"" '"^''" '"^' ^^ ^7mj/. ^^- --^.^' ^^^'^°' «^ ^/"-^ /^ SO, I ^iU iuntJ^totiirdut f rsarc,:r rtr" ^"^ - -- qiUppe qui in rne incansus «>J , ' ^, "^ ""^ <'™='"» «st> "'•t/* t.Kispcrafea nota/is/ me. CAUSAL CLAUSES. 199 i 5. Qui causal is very commonly found after c.rc/awa//o;ts ■ as Me miserum. qui haec fecerim, 7i;n-/c-/i that I am for doing this / ' Note. -The accusative case is often used in exclamations. It is called tlie accusative of cxclamatiou. 6. Non quod, or non quo. with the subjunctive, is often used to introduce a rejected reason : as, Hoc laudo non quod honestum 8it. sed quod utile est. I f^raise this, not because it is lionorahlc hut because U is expedient; de consilio meo non scripsi. non quo eel- andumesset sed quia. &c., I did not write you ahout my plan , not />ecause it required to be concealed but because, &c. So too • non quin not but that : as, Non quin me ames sed quod abire cupio. not but that you love me, but because I am anxious logo. ii^XERCISE. Translate into English ;— I. Aedui, cum se defenders non possent, legatos ad Cacsarem mittunt. 2. Quae cum ita sint, vestra tecta defendite. 3 Itaquc quoniam ipse pro se dicere non posset, verba facit frater cius 4 O terram beatam, quae hunc virum excepcrit. 5. Aedui leoatos miserunt questum quod Harudes agros suos popularentur."" 6 Quoniam lam nox est, in vestra tecta discedite. 7. O praeclarum diem, cum in illud divinorum animorum concilium proficiscar 8 Caesar Aeduos frumentum flagitabat quod magna inopia u.-eba- tur. 9. Quoniam supplicatio decreta est, celebrate illos dies 10 NonneAnstidesexpulsus est patria, quod iustusesset? u Romani quia consules ad id tempus prospers gererent, minus his cladibus commovebantur. 12. Quoniam res ita se habet, in urbem rede amus. 13. Succenseo tibi, quia lucrum amicitiae anteposuisti. Translate into Latin : — I. It is a very easy matter, since we surpass all in valor, to obtain the sovereignty of all Gaul. 2. Since they were not able to with- stand our attack, they betook themselves to the baggac^e and the waggons 3. O wretched man ! inasmuch as you htv^ been ex- pel ed from your native land by unc^rateful citizen.. 4 The Helvetii sent ambassadors to him, since they knew that he had crossed the river with all his forces. ,. The soldiers were ^lad because they had retaken the camp wl they had lost a few days 200 FIRST LATIN BOOK. brfore. 6. They rejoiced because they were going to assault a town in which there was so large an amount of booty. 7. Since they had no hope that the city could be defended, they resolved to withdraw into the citadel. 8. He was always very poor though he might have been (use licet) very rich. 9. The soldiers were com- pelled to lenve their baggage on this side of the river, because the enemy were following them. 10. Since we must advance against the enemy, arouse your courage, comrades. n. The Helvctii sent ambassadors to say that they would come to the council on the next day. 12. O! wretched man, since you have lost the opportunity of saving the state. 13. Since this is so, let us arm ourselves against the enemy. LESSON XCVII. TEMPORAL CLAUSES. Postquam. Dum. Priusquam. 1. Temporal adverbial clauses define the time of the action of the main verlj : as, Haec feci dum potui, I did t ids while I could. Here the clause dum potui is temporal, limiting the main verb feci. POSTQUAM. 2. Temporal conjunctions meaning a/ler that, like postquam, simul, sJniul ac (or, before a vowel, atque), ubi, ut (primum), quum primum, are followed by the indicative : as, Simul atque haec audivit, abiit, after Jtc had Jicard tliis^ he went away. Note.-- The perfect is used after these conjunctions for the ^English pluperfect. -Eflatauamid animadvertit, copias suas Caesar in proximumcol- lem subducit, ajter he had noticed this, Caesar withdraws his forces to the nearest hill; ubi se paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida in- cendunt, when they thought they were ready., they set fire to the towns J ea res ut Helvetiis nuntiata est, eum causam dicere coegerunt, when this fact was reported to the Helvctii., they com- pelled him to plead his cause; nostri, simul in arido constiterunt, J I, a ^- TEMPORAL CLAUSES. 201 impetura fecerunt, our mm, ^9 soon as they had set foot on dry land, made an attack. DUM. 3. Temporal conjunctions meaninK '^vhile or i/^///, like dum, donee quoad, take the indicative when th.y mran while, as long as] as, Dum ea Romani parant, iam oppidum oppugnabatur. while the Ijomans were making these preparations, the town was already oeing besieged. Note—When the time expressed by the dum-clause includes the time of the action of the main verb, the present tense is used m Latin instead of the English past. 4. Dum. donee, quoad, meaning until, ^takc the indicative when -il^SlifLHE-'-^BlLtinie alone/: as. Hoc feei dummihi licuit, / ^/v/ this as long as it was allowed me; dum rediit Marcellns, silent- ium fuit, there was silence until Marcellus returned; Milo in senatu fuit eo die quoad senatus dimiasus est, Milo was in the senate on that day, until the senate was dismissed. .^-^it when they express some further idea oi J^i'/p'osT or evpecta- ^/^ they require the subjunctive: as, Dum naves eonvenirent exspectavlt. he waited till the ships should as.^'emble :ie., /// order that they might assemble); diflferant dum ira defervescat, let them tut off till their anger cools (i.e., in order that their anger may cool; impetum hostium sustinuit quoad eeteri pontem inter- rumperent, he withstood the attack of the enemy till the rest should break down the bridge (i.e., that they might break down the bridge.) PRIUSQUAM. 5. Temporal conjunctions meaning before that, like priusquam and antequam, take the indicative when they mark simple priority m tune : as, Priusquam lucet adsunt, they are here before it is light; Alios convocavit antequam mortuus est, lie called together his sons before he died. They take the subjunctive, however, when used to express some further idea of intention or of a prevented result: as, Priusquam pugrnaretur nox intervenit, night came on before the battle was fought {x^smM prevented) ; priusquam se hostes ex terrore reeiper- 20S FIRST LATIN DOOK. ent, In fines eorum exercltum duxlt, before the aruty recovered from their panic^ he led his army into their territory (intention). Note. — Antequam and priusquam arc often written in two words: as, Ante rorat quam plult, // drops he/ore it rains, 6. For dum, m^:{.x\\x\^r/>' / .aiiiia verba faciunt. maiores extollunt, when they speak they extol their ances- tors; nondum profectus erat au.um haec gerebantur. /'.- .had not yet departed when these things were taking place. In these sentences, quum is ci. relati^:e_iidYiab corresponding to a suppressed correlative turn in the main clause. 3 But when used with theimperfect or pluperfect tense, quum ^usually^takes the subjunctiYe, even., when no idea * of cause is Jlflpllfiil: as, Decessit Agesilaus quum in portum venisser^;;:" szlaus died when he had ejitered the harbor. ' Note,-auuiu.uith theJuiperfector pluperfect subiunctive. k a, ^mon suhstuute for ^.lie p_crf ^rt.activc, which is wanting ia Latm.4 as, Quum haec dixisset. abiit, ha7>inp sl>oken tl>e^^ -..v-^,. he departed 'Hiere arc, therefore, four substitutes for the perf part, active :— ^ 204 FIRST LATIN BOOK. (a) Quum + imperf. or pluperf. (b) Postquam + perf. indie, subj. (c) The ablative absolute. (d) The perf. part, of a synonj. mous deponent. Thus : Hailing spoken these words., is : — (a) Quum haec dixisset. (b) Postquam haec dixit. (c) His dictis ( - these things (d) Haec locutus. said). 4. Quum is often used for quoties, m-^qflen as, mfhcnever : as, Quum impetum fecerant, hostes cedere cogebantur, ivhenever they made a charge, the enemy were forced to retire; quum rosam vidi, turn ver esse arbitror, ivhetiever I see the rose, then / judire that it is spring. Note.- In this sense, quum takes the perfect for the P:nghsh present, and the pluperfect for the English past. 5. Quum with the subjunctive, sometimes has a concess've force, meaning a/though : as, Pylades quum sis, dices te esse Orestem. though you are Pylades, you will say you are Orestes. Note.— This meaning of quum may be used to translate the English z>/^/.v^./^.- as, Quum dicere deberet, conticuit. instead of speaJcing, he held his peace (literally, when he ought to have spoken). Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Caesari quum id nuntiatum esset, maturat ab urbe proficisci 2. Helvetii quum de eius adventu certiores facti sunt, legatos ad eum mittunt. 3. Num dubium est utrum casu an consilio fact'us sit mundus.? 4. Aedui quum se suaque ab iis defendere non possent, legatos ad Caesarcm mittunt rogatum auxilium. 5. Diu quum esset pugnatum, hostium impedinientis castrisque nostri potiti sunt. 6. Caesar iussit cos speculari num bosses ex castris exircnt. 7. Oui cjuum eum in itinera ronvonissent, srque ad pedes projecissent, pace. ; petierunt. cS. I'uori utrum legant an scribant nescio, 9. Haec quum animadvertisset, convocato concilio, vehe- TNDIRKCT (OR OBLIQUIo) NARRATION. 205 n.entcr eus incusat. lo. Utrum legat necnc ncscio. , ,. Ouuni civuas annis lus suum exsequi conarctur, Orgetorix mortuus^ est 12. Haec quu.n flens a Caesare peteret, Caesar eius dextram prendit. 13. Eo postquam Caesar pervenit, obsides, arma, servos poposcit. " ' Translate into Latin : — I. When he had enquired of (ex) the scouts what tribes were in arms he learned the truth. 2. When Caesar came to those towns he demanded arms and hostages of tliem. 3. When the ships were approaching Britain, a violent storm arose. 4. A3 soon as they recovered from their dismay, they sent envoys to-sue-for (de) peace. 5. When the enei.iy were advancing on our camp, our soldiers made a sally. 6. Scipio, fearing (pf. part.) that he would lose the town, led out his soldiers in battle ar.ay. 7. V\ hen I was trymg to expel him from the city, I had another object in view (use aUud agcrc, drive at another thing). 8. I le asked whether Caesar came to the Senate on that day or not. 9. I asked him whether he lived at Rome or Athens. ,0. It is a question (quaeritur) whether there IS one world or more. 11. While the Senate was preparing to make war on Caesar, he marched unexpectedly against them 12. Since this is so, I shall wait till you com. . 13. Caesar havinJ^ perceived that the enemy were near, led his forces to the near- est hill. LESSON XCIX. INDIRECT (OR OBLIQUE) NARRATION. 1. A statement depending on a verb o{ ^smil&UMnkijlZ A'r ^^^^evum^Mommg. or the like, is .5md_taJi£Jai>j^^2r^^ narration . ' *'^" Thus, in Dixit se civem Romanum esse, he said that he ivas a Roman citizen, the words se civem Romanum esse are in indirect narration. The actual words used were, Civis Romanus sum / am a Roman citizen; these are sa idu>be in direct narration. ' iThe term oblu^ue na,-rat!on is son.eti.nes Hnnt^T^t^y^iuTtT^^^^^ speeches. It is more convenient to use it in the wider sense. reported 200 FIRST LATIN 1500K. 1 ^ Direct. Civis Romanus sum. / am a A'oinan citizen. Civis Romanus ero. / shall be a Roma*' citizen. Civis Rcmanus eram(or fui). 2. Tlui jii.-iin v^''LL .££^ij;£C't narration becomes infinitjvg _m. ^incliroct narijijioii. and the siijjjcct of direct n.in-.iij.)!. becomes ac^ ^ Uh ii tivn hefu ic Uic infmitivii.(p. 109). 'I IieJeuiiLjjf.tiie iiifinitl\:£_ will be present, nerfccl. or futursp a£Cordink^ as the_ tense of the actual words wias present, perfect, o^'.fiLtm'e. Thus :— Indirect, Dixit se civem Romanum esse. He said that he 7vas a Rotnan citizen. Dixit se civem Romanum fu- turum esse (or fore.) He said that he should be a Roman citizen. Dixit se civem Romanum fuisse. / 7iHis (or have been) a Roman citizen. He said that he was (or had been) a Roman citizen. Note. —After verbs meaning to hope or promise, the future infini- -tivejsjusecMnstead.QlJiic English, present infinitivg.-: as, Promisit ' se venturum esse, /le promised to come. 3. To determine the tense of the infinitive in indirect narration, it is best to find the tense of the main verb in direct narration ; /he tense of the maiti zerh in direct narration is the tense of the infin- itive in indirect narration. Thus, in Caesar said that lie had written, tlie direct narration is / have written, scripsi ; the in- direct, therefore, is Caesar dixit se scripsisse; he said that he was an orator, dixit se oratorem esse (direct = orator sum). Note.— Pronouns of tJi£_isL.or 2nd person become pronouns of Jii£JHli>.9X§2iLin reporting speeches in indirect narration. 4. All adjectival and adverbia l clauses in indirect narration must ^iiave^tjie _subiun£tjvfi.; as, Dixit se eos quos cepisset domum^ misisse, he said that he had sent home those whom he had taken (direct = eos quos cepi domum misi, / have sent home those whom I have talcen) ; dixit se, quoties potuisset, rediisse Jie said that he had returned as often as he could (direct = redii quoties potui, / have returned as often as 1 could). Note I.— -In accordance with the rule for the sequence of tenses INDIRKCT (or oblique) NARRATION. 207 in- (|). 17S), llie \(i-b of the dependent ndjectiv.il (>r adverbial clause will be in the inipf. or plupf. subjunctive in indirect narration after a secondary tense. Note 2.— A subordinate clause, when inserted in a passage in indirect narration on the authority of the writer or reporter, takes the indicative : as, Certior factus est id agi ut pons, quern ills in Hellesponto fecerat, dissolveretur, he was hiformed that th.s was intended, i.e., to break down the bridge which he (Xerxes) had built over the Hellespont (here the clause quern . . . fecerat has the indicative, because the writer vouches for the truth of the statement himself). (Note.— Id agere-Z^ aitn at this). 5. The jjirgerative^of direct narration is put in the subjunctive, in indirect narration (after a secondary tense, in the impf. subjunctive) : as, Ne cunctarentur, let them not delay {he said) (direct = ne cuncta- mini, do not delay). 6- fti i '.f^ri9.n iJiiaLexpacLan.aQsweiLareDutiiLth ^ubiunrtivf^ ipV\ . i n din T f i^arration ; Jdiatori^aL^ue stiojis (exclamations and appeals), iV -ULUkS-itllmitive.: as, (Scripsit) qmd de praeda faciendum esse censerent? {he wrote) what did they think should be done with regard to the booty ? (direct -quid. . . .censetis? what do you think ^) • quid esseturpius? cur eos dubitare? what was 7nore dishonor- able? why did they hesitate? (direct -quid est turpius? cur dubi- tatis? what is jnore dishonorable ? why do you hesitate ?) 7. Afut.-£erX.indLcatjve. ijrj a dependent clause in direct narration becomes, in indirect,„£erf: ^bjuii, after a primary tense an(i£luj)^. -.iuJimii^ after a secondary : as, Dicit eum qui id fecerit, poenas daturum esse, he says tJuU the one who does (literally, shall have donc^ this, shall be punished; dixit eum qui id fecisset, poenas daturum esse, he said that the one who did that, should be punished. 8. Oblique narration is often suddenly introduced into the narrative by the historians, without the governing verb of saying being expressed : as, Regulug reddi captivos regavit es-se utile • illos enim bones duces esse, Regulus denied that it was expedient that the captives should be restored: that they were good leader.. 208 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 9. 1 say. . . .not, in Latin is nego, which, owinir to the tendency in Latin to put the negative forward in the sentence, is usually put first : as Negabat se praemium ullum accepturum, he said that he would not acapt any rnuard. (Note.— Esse with a participle is often dropped in indirect narration). Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Omnia quae iussissent parata esse scripsit. 2. Nihil tcmcre esse agendum existimabant ; quid enim levius esse quam, auctore hoste, capere consilium.? 3. Eos cur tam sero venissent ro-avit : quam diu eos servituros esse .? 4. Dixit se domum eos quibus peper- cisset dimisisse. 5. Dixit iis qui philosophiam vituperarent, satis rcsponsum esse. 6. Negabant sc eos, qui semper paravissent sedi- tionem, coercere posse. 7. Num dixit se mansurum esse dum im- peratoradveniret.? 8. Negabat se scire quo verte.etur. gClamavit se quantum potuisset, eius praecepta ob^ervaturum ; fidem praesta- ret. 10. Caesar certior factus est ex ea parte, quam Gallis conces- serat, omnes noctu discessisse. 1 1. Nuntiatum est eos omnia facere quae vellet. 12. Negavit caecos videre. Translate into Latin (using oblique ?Mrmtio?i) :— I. He said that he had given them the books they asked for, 2. He wrote that the camp rheyhad fortified was three miles from Rome. 3. Let them remember, he said, what he had told them. 4. Let them not forget the kindness they had received. When would they see such friends again ? 5. Let them n®t accept favors from an enemy. 6. Had they not enjoyed peace under Caesar's rule .? 7. He said that he had not sold his house ? 8. He said that his house had been sold for as much as he gave for it. 9. Why did they live, he said, when they could not maintain their freedom } 10. They said thai he used to groan as often as he saw his son (p. 204, 4). 1 1. Do not think I am angry with those I love. 12. I was told that he used to say that life was very short. DIRHXT INTO OBLIQUK NARRATIO.V. 209 LESSON C. SUMMARY OP RULES FOR TURNING DIRECT ^NTO OBLIQUE NARRATION ^^^^^^^ The Conditional Sentence in Oblique Narration. 1. The follow.nK is a su.n.nary of the rules ah'carly ^iven for iurm,ig direct into oblique narration :- dir^it '",:;"■' " '"""^' ■"''^^•^'™ '^-™'" '"«"-- in in. ego, nos l)ecoiiie se meus, noster " suus tu, vos " iiie, iiii tuus, vester " iniug, iHorum hie, iste '< iiie, jg (4) Adverbs oi present time becon.e (after a secondary tense) adverl)s of past time. E.g. : - ^ ' """° l)ec()niL-s iam, tunc heri r^../.^,/^;,; .. p^jdie ^,/,; aay ]>,fore ) homeOo-ciaj.) <. illodier/Wjii/iiii-,u\ as follow s : ""^'<'''- Oblique. Pecuniam si habet, dat, l)ecomes Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat, dare, Jf he has moiuy, h(\<;;wcs it. I. Pecviniam si habuit, dedit (or dabat), 1/ he had money, he gave it. 2. (a) Pecuniam si habebit (or ha- buerit), dabit, 7/ he has money, he^oillgiveit. (h) Pecuniam si habeat, det, //' he sliould have money, he 7i'0uld g/7'e it. 3. (n) Pecuniam si haberet, daret, If he had money ( no7o), he would gii'e it. He says that if he has money, he gives it. Dicit se, si pecuniam habu- erit, dedisse, lie says tJiat if he had money, he gave it, Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat (or habuerit), daturum esse. He says that if he lias money, he ivill gi7'e it. Dicit se, si pecuniam habeat, daturum esse, He says that if he should have money, he 7vould give it. Dicit se, si pecuniam ha- beret, daturum fuisse, He says that if he had money {no7v), he would give it. (b) Pecviniam si habuisset, de- " Dicit se, si pecuniam habu- disset, isset, datiirum fuisse. If he had had money, he 7vouM He says tliat if he Jiad had have given it. money, he would have given it. Note I.— The future {Jiahcbit), in the //-clause of direct narration becomes present suljjunctive {habeat) in the indirect after a primary tense. Note 2.— The present subjunctive {det\ in the main clause becomes future infinitive {liaturum esse) in indirect narration. Note 3.— The imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive in the main clause {dard and dedissct), are expressed in indirect narration by the future participle and fuisse {daturum fuisse. i.e., to have been about to give). 3. After a secondary tense the verb of the if-dause is changed DIIIRCT INTO OBLIQUR NARRATION. 211 ill accordance with the nih- for tlie se(|ucnce of tenses (p. 17S). Thus : — DiHKCT. 1. Si pecuniam habet, dat, becomes Si pecuniam habuit, dedit (or dabat), 2. (a) Si pecuniam habebit Cor habuerit), dabit, (/^) Si pecuniam habeat, det, 3. (a) Si pecuniam daret, haberet, (/.) Si pecuniam habuisset, dedisset, Dixit se, si pecuniam iiaberet, dare. Dixit se, si pecuniam tiabuisset, dedisse. Dixit se, si pecuniam haberet (or habuis- set), daturum esse. Dixit se, si pecuniam haberet, daturum esse. Dixit se, si pecuniam haberet, daturum fuisse. Dixit se, si pecuniam habuisset, daturum fuisse. Note. — The future-perfect in the //-clause of direct narration, becomes pluperfect subjunctive in obHque. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. Dicit se, si illi id fecerint, gratiam habiturum esse. 2. Pro- misit se, si adesset, locuturum esse. 3. Dixit cum, si adesset, aliter sensurum esse. 4. Negavit se, si Meielli lidci diffisus esset, iudicem eum retenturum fuisse. 5. Negavit se, si ille id rogavis- set, responsurum fuisse. 6. Dixit eos, si sibi parerent, urbem captures esse. 7. Dicebant eum, si sapientior esset, meliorem fore (futurum esse). 8. Quid diceret Cicero, si viveret ? 9. Imperatori si paruisset, viveret. 10. Dixit eum, si imperatori paruisset, vic- turum fuisse. 11. Negabat se, nisi vidisset, crediturum fuisse. 12. Dixit se eos, si conarentur, prohibiturum esse. Translate into Latin : — I. They said that if Caesar came, it would be all over with their army. 2. It is clear that if Nero had lived, they would have made war on Rome. 3. He answered that unless they withdrew then, he v/ould regard them as enemies. 4. He told them that if they wished to enjoy peace, he must be obeyed. 5. They said that it was of no 212 FIItST LATIN nOOK. importance lo ihcni whether lie stayed or went. 6. 'J hey asked ii the man had ^one to Rome. 7. It was clear that if he did it, he would be punished. cS. They said that if he were there, ],e would help them. 9. Whether you remain or go, you will be punished. 10. Don't you think that if he were here, all would be well? ir O! that I had seen what I ouyht to do. 12. He said that if//,' were general, he would give no quarter {xxsq parco). i LESSON CI. OBLIQUE N AERATION -r Cou/inued). The rules given in the Inst lesson may be applied to turning pas- sages from Caesar or Li\y from direct into indirect narration, or 7>tce "i'crsa, as is done in the following passages : — A. Hch'ctian Envoys Address Caesar. DiRFXT. Direct. Si pacem populus Romanus If the Roman people make cum llelvetiis faci.V, in eam (literally, w/// w.,/v) peace with partem \lmnt atque ibi erunt the Helvetii, the Helvctii will Helvetii, ubi tu eos constitu- go into that district, and abide eris atque esse yoXwcris ; sin in that place, where you will ap- bellopcrsequiperseveni^/.i-,remi- point (literally, ivill ha^'e ap- nisct-n' et veteris incommodi pointed), and wish them to populi Romani et pristinae vir- abide ; but if you continue to tutis Helvetiorum. Quod im- attack them in war, call to mind proviso unum pagum adortus cs, both the old disaster" of the Ro- cum ii, qui flumen transi.vv^;//, man people and the ancient suis auxilium ferre non possent, valor of the Helvetii. As to ne ob eam rem aut tuae magno- your having fallen unexpectedly pere virtuti tribu^vvV aut nos on one canton, when those who desp^aY;7.v ,• nos ita a patribus had crossed the river w ere not maioribusque 7iostris didic//;/«j, able to bear help to their com- ut magis virtute quam dolo con- rades, do not on that account I r I OBLFQUE NARRATION. 213 tendn//ius aut insidiis nhamur. Quare ne conimijt'm ut ///c locus ubi constit/w/Av ex calamitate populi Roman i cl internecionc excrcitus noincn ciipia/ aut me- nioriam pvochi/. Note. -"The italics mark the words and inflections that must be changed in passing from direct to indirect narration. Indirect. (Helvetii haec dixerunt) : Si pacem populus Romanus cum Helvctiis facerct, in cam partem ituros (esse) atque ibi futuros Helvetios, ubi cos Caesar constituissct atque esse voluisset; sin bello pcrsecjui perseveraret, reminisceretur et veteris incom- modi populi Romani et pristinae virtutis Helvctiorum. Quod im- proviso unum pagum adortus esset, quum ii, qui flumen tran- siissent, suis auxiliuni ferre non possent, ne ob eam rem aut suae magnopere virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiccret : se ita a patri- bus maioribusque suis didicisse, ut magis virtute quam dolo con- tenderent aut insidiis niterentur. Ouare ne committeret ut is locus, ubi constitissent, ex calamitate populi Romani et internecionc exercitus nomen caperet aut me- prcsume exceedingly on your valor or Io(^k down on us. We liave learned this from our fathers and ancestors, /.<•., to fight with valor rather than to fight with trickery or depend on ambuscades. Wherefore do not cause this place where we have taken our stand, to get a name, or to hand down a tradi- tion, from the overthrow of the Roman people and the destruc- tion of their army. Indirect. If the Roman people made peace with the Helvetii, the Helvetii would go into that dis- trict and abide in that place where Caesar appointed and wished them to abide ; but if he continued to attack them in war, he should (/.■/ /um) call to mind both the old disaster of the Roman people and the ancient valor of the Helvetii. As to his having unexpectedly fallen on one canton, when those who had crossed the river were not able to bear help to their comrades, he should not (let him not) on that account presume ex- ceedingly on his valor or look down on them ; that they had learned this from their fathers and ancestors, ?.<-., to fight with valor rather than to fight with lU FIHST LATIX ROOK. i i moriam proclcret. Caesar, De trickery <>,- depend on ambus- ^cU. OulL, ]}. I., ch. ,3. eades. Wherefore let him not cause tliat place, where they had taken their stand, to get a name or hand down a tradition from the overthrow of the Ro- man people and the destruction of their army. B. I^cp/y of Caesar to the Envoys. P , .^^^^^^- DIRECT. Eo miln mmus dubitationis For this reason the less hesi- cla///r c,uod eas res, quas vos tation is caused me, because I commemoraw.//., mcmoria ten- remember the events you have cv; atque eo gravius fer^, quo mentioned ; and I am the more ^^^V>unl, qui s, ahcums mmriae in accordance with the desert of s.I^ consc.us fuisset, non fu// the Roman people (/..., and my d,ffic>le cavere ; sed eo decept.. pain is all the greater because ..AquodnequecommissunKesse) they did not happen in arcord- a se mtclleg..^^/ quare timcrct, ance with the desert of the Ro neque sme causa timendum man people). For if they had ^.t. ./. Quod s. veteris con- felt conscious in their minds tunaehae obhv.sci voh, num (lit., to themselves) of any wron^:- et.am recentium iniuriarum me- doing, it was not hard to talo. .nonam deponere /....,;„ / precautions ; but they were de- ceived by this fact, i.e., that they were not aware that aught had been done by them to justify their being afraid, and that they thought they should not feel fear without reason. Rut if I am willing to forget the old affront, can I lay aside the recollection of recent injuries also } Indirect. t ^ , . , (His Caesar ita respondit :; (Caesar ,vi2'uo them as Eo sib. minus dubitationis dari, follows .) That for this reason OIJLIQUK NARRATION. 215 quod eas res, quas legati Helvetii commemorassent, memoria ten- eret, atque eo gravius fcrre, quo minus nieiito populi Romani ac- cidissent ; qui si alicuius iniuriae sibi conscius fuisset, non fuisse difficile cavere ; sedeo(cum) dc- ccptum (esse) quod neque com- missum (esse) a se intellegeret quale timeret, neque sine causa timendum putaret. Quod si veteris contumcliae oblivisci vcl- let, num etiam recentium iniuri- arum memoiiam se dcponere posse ? Note. — These passages should until the rules of oblique narration the less hesitation was caused him, because he remembered the events which the Helvetian envoys had mentioned ; and that he was the more pained, be- cause they had not happened in accordance with the desert of the [Ionian people ; for if tluy had been conscious in their minds of any wrong-doing, it would not have been hard to take precautions ; but that they were deceived by this fact, /.<-., that they were not aware that aught had been done by themto justify their being afraid, and that they thought they ought not to fear without reason. Hut if he were willing to forget the old affront, could he lay aside the recollec- tion of recent injuries also? be translated and re-translated are perfectly familiar. Exercise. Translate into English, and turn into Latin indirect narration after dixit:— I. Quis Sim, inquit, scies ex hoc ,uem ad tc misi ; cura ut vir SIS ct cogita m quem locum sis progressus ; vide quid iam tibi sit necesse et cura ut onmium tibi auxilia adiungas, etiam intimorum. 2. Veniam ipse, si potero, quamquam hodic aegroto ; si minus veniet frater qui decem nvllia passuum abest ; vincendum est nobis aut moriendum. 3. Acdui obsides non reddent neque eis bcl- lum inferent, si stipendium ([tiotannis pendent. 4. Quod si prae- lerea nemo se'|uetur, rum sola deciin.i legjone ibo. s.'Vnde venis ? quid vis? tpiid facturus es? fineui fac. 6. Mihi haec res curae erit "• volo de his rebus tecum agere. 7. Mons quem a Labieno teneri 21 r, FIUST LATIN HOOK. iir; voluoiit. .'lb hostc tenetur. 8. H„c die in eos, qui oram maritimam iiucltint, piof.Tturiis sum. y. Neqiie credo ncque credidi ncciue cifdaii). lo. Si (|ui(| a iiic viiltis, ah armis discoditc. i r. Si obsi- dcs a vobis mihi dahuntur, vobisriiin pacem fariam. 12. Helvciii a niaioribiis ita instituti bunt ut obsidcs accipcrc, nou dare, con- sucvcrint. LESSON CII. NOTES ON THE TENSES. 1. The present indicative of the Latin verb represents both the iiuicjiiiitc, the progressive, and the eiiiHuitic form of the Enghsh \erb. Thus, aiuo is either / lo7>c (indef. ), 7 am ^77>/^ (progressive), or / do love (emphatic). 2. The present indicative is used idiomatically : {) With adverbs of past time, for the Enghsh present-perfect (perfect with have) : as, Hoc iamdudum (or iampridem) facio, / have been doing this for a long time. Note. -The imperfect will, of course, be used for the English l)Iiiperfcct : as, Iampridem sperabam, I had long been hoping. (c) With dum {ichile), for the English past ; see p. 201, 3. 3. The imperfect represents an action as continued or repeated m past time : as, Scribebam, / was writing; consilium mutavit, videbat enim nihil confici posse, he altered his plan, for he saw that nothing could be done (imperfect of continuous action) ; haec pueri discebamus, we used to learn this as boys (imperfect of repealed or habitual action). Note I.— The Latin imperfect is often translated by the English used to, began to, tried to. Note 2. In the historians, the present infinitive is often used instead of tiie imperfect indicative, xvhen a series of actions is described: as, Omnes clamare, all kept crying out; Caesar quotidie I e a f a a w / NOTi:s OV TIIK TKNSRS. 217 rlish 5 eoa frumentum flagrltare. Caesar Ku-pt daily importuning them fop corn. This is called the historic injinitivc. 4. In writing letters, the Latins adapted the tenses to the time at which the letter Mould he road : as, Neque cxxxa haeo scrlbebam nesclus eram. I ant not ignorant when I write (literally, / was not ignorant^ when I was writing). FORE UT. 6. Many verbs have no supine and, therefore, no future infini- tive (active or passive), which is formed from the supine. Such verbs form their future infinitixc by means of f6re or futurum esse {to be about to be), and ut with the subjimctivc : as, Dicunt fore ut haeo poscant. they say that they will demand these things; Qlxerunt fore ut ea poscerentur, they said tJiat these things would be demanded (;\m\>iixicci, in accordance with the rule of sequence). Note.— This construction is often used (as more convenient) even with verbs that have a supine : as, Dixit fore ut rex mittere- tur, he said that the king would be sent. FUTURE SUBJUNCTIVE, ACTIVE AND PASSIVE. 0. It has been shown (p. 179, note) that the future subjunctive active (which is wantin-) is supplied in Latin by the active peri- phrastic conjugation, made up of the future participle and the verb sum. Thus : Scio quid acturus sis, / Icnow what you will do; sciebam quid acturus esses, / /cne7i' what you would do (imper- fect, after a secondary tense). The future subjunctive passive, and the future subjunctive active of verbs that have no supine,' are formed by means of the impersonal ftiturum sit (or esset) with an ut-clause. Thus :— Future Subjunctive Active. Rogo num ftiturum sit ut puer dlscat. / ask w/iether the boy will learn. Rogavi num ftiturum esset ut puer dlsceret. / asked whether the boy would learn. Future Stdjtfnciive Passive. Non dubito quin futurum sit ut puer doceatxir. / do not doubt that the boy will be taught. 918 FIRST LATIN" BOOK. Non dubitavi quin futurum esset ut puer docerettir, / did not doubt iJidt the bov luould be tanirht. Exercise. Translate into English : — I. lampridem spcrabani euni hoc facturuin. 2. Tertium iam annum hie sumus. 3. Haec dum aguntur, Hannibal castra movet. 4. Dixit se hoc iamdudiun notuin habere. 5. Pliilosophia in Graecia florebat. 6. Facies totius negotii varia fuit : pars cedere, alii insequi ; nihil consilio agi, fors omnia regere (p. 216, 3, note 2). 7. Mihi dicebat imde veniret. 8. Nescio quando futurum sit ut convalescat. 9. Speravt fore ut convalesceret. 10. Credo fore ut feriatur. 11. I>utavi fore ut urbs a nobis caperetur. 12. Rogavit quando futurum esset ut signum attolleretur. 13. Huius modi viros adolescens ndmirabar. 14. Hostes in nos saxa dcvolvebant. Translate into Latin : — I. Did I not know what you would do.? 2. i did not doubt that the king would be killed by him. 3. He said tliat these factb would soon be learned by the scholar. 4. It is uncertain whether the boy will learn. 5. It was uncertain whether the boy would be taught. 6. Who can douljt that our camp will be easily defended .? 7. Since you are ashamed of your plan, what prevents you from abandoning it .? 8. I have long been anxious to know your reason for doing it. 9. He used to promise to come every day. 10. He said that he knew what we would demand {posed). 11. Whenever they captured a town, they butchered men, women and children (p. 204, 4). LESSON cm. NOTES ON THE PARTICIPLE.— "WITHOUT" AND xi. PARTICIPIAL NOUN. Present Participle Passive. 1. The pres. part. pass, (which is wanting iii Latin) is supplied by a relative clause : as, Domut,. quae hie aediflcafei.T, iam venlit, thi house being built here, has already been sold. I NOTES OS THK PARTiniPLB. IDIOMATIC USES OF THE PARTICIPLE. 219 2. (a) Two finite verbs in English connected by ^nd are fre /nm to Rome ; angressus consedit. //. c^^tere^ and saf down. (b) The Latin perf. part. pass, with a noun, is often used to exr..ss two nonns in KngHsh : as, Bex interictus. 2 ^2 ofthcku^g; ab ..rbe cond.ta. from tl. foundation of th ctty . nuntiata clades. //,. announcement of the defeat. Enghsh-for the past participle, must be translated by the perf part, or one of its equivalents (p. 203, ? note) Thn^- 7 Iwnu h .ame to Athens^ domo profectus Athenas venit ; lunnl fnauittns, quo audito (Proflciscens would mean w/u7e eavZ audiens, ra/nVe hearing). icavmg. Op Instead of the perfect indicatiNe active, the perf part nass wuh habeo //..., i. used (chiefly with veH3s\.eaning ri^o; dm notaai, fat/t rvJueh they have long known. (e) The ablative absolute can only b. used when a new subiect land hostes se recipientes agros vastabant (not hostibua «« /and, hostibus se recipientibus. agros vastabamus. Jii^'^ ^;:'^7^trative pronoun can not be joined, as in English, qui hoc facient. poenas dabunt (not ii hoc facientes). (g) The present participle is often used in Latin to express an Enghsh abstract noun : as, Interroganti mihi respondl, i^^iZ iz:::::!;;:^ "^^^^"- '--'-- '- ^^—^ I ^ (h) The agent with the perf. part. pass, is frequently expressed by the dafve n.stead of by a (or ab) with a preposition as I * 220 FIRST LATIN noOK. 0') Jo translate properly into English the present or perfect participle, a fini'e clause is often required. This clause will be relative^ temporal, causal, concessive, ox conditional, according to the particular relation expressed by the participle. Thus : Resistentibus non parcimus, Epistola ad me scribentem venit, Caesar haec veritus suos eduxit, Hoc crimine absolutus tamen furti damnatus est, Nobis vel morientibus non Iff- nosceret, we do not spare those who resist us (relative). the letter came to me as (when, 7vhile) I "was 7f'r?V?;i!^(temporal ). hccaiise (as, since) he was afraid of this, Caesar led out his men (causal). though he 7ms acquitted of this charge, he xaas cotuie/u .:d for theft (concessive). lie would not forgive us, e^ien if rue were dying (conditional). WITHOUT. 3. The ablative of the gerund can not be joined with sine, the usual preposition for 'rmthout. Phrases, therefore, hke without in- juring himself, iviihout your perceiving it, must be paraphrased into some synonymous form of words, and this turned' into Latin. Thus : He aids others "anihout injuring himself, aliis subvenit, non sibi nocens ; / did it luithout your perceiving it, hoc feci, te non sentiente; t/uy condemn him without hearing him^ eum damnant inauditum; he cries without feeling grief , flet nee dolet; he never led out his army without examining the position of the ground, nunqviam exercitum ediixit nisi explorato locorum situ; those cannot fall without these falling with them, cadere ilia non possunt ut haec i:on concidant; to think of my going away with- out saying good-bye to anyone! mene abiisse, nullo salutatol Note.— The accusative with infinitive is used to express indigna- tion or surprise, it is called the Infinitive of Exclamation. The interrogative -ne is frequently added to the first word, as if the sentence were interrogative in form. THE PREPOSITION. 221 Exercise. Translate into English :— I. Instructos ordines in locum aequum deducit (p. 219, 2, (.^) 2. Hostes fugatos persequitur. 3. Hos transductos necat. 4' Ill'i libertatem unminutani non tulerunt. 5. Sibi quisque caesi i-gis decus expetebat. 6. Hoc e provincia dccedens mihi negavit 7. Haec dnudicare non poterinius, nisi melius ante (adverb) causam cognoverim'is. 8. Adeonc esse hominem infelicem quem- quam! 9. Videor audiie clamores gaudentium. 10. Celeriter aggressus eos ex vallo deturbavit. 11. Mendaci homini ne vera quidem dicenti credere solemus. 12. Haec omnia mutavit, me nonprobante. 13. Nonne sero ad mihi gratulandum venit ? 14 Ocisti me quum me amare debeas. 15. Operam dedit libris colligendis. Translate into Latin : — I. Nothing shall happen without my giving you notice. 2. He went away without consulting anyone. 3. 1 never visit you without commg away more learned. 4. Having taken the city, he touched nothmg belonging to the temple. 5. They came to Italy during the reign of Tarquin. 6. Seize the man and slay him. 7. Are you not ashamed of the violation of your word ? 8. \ou shall be punished for the violation of the treaty. 9. Fearing for the safety of himself and his friends, he fled to Rome. 10. Flinging themselves at his feet, they begged him to pardon them. 1 1. Manlius, having killed the Gaul, despoiled him. 12. He did not deny that he had ascer- tained this himself, r 3. I asked those standing near what the man meant. 14. To my complaint that he had broken his word, he said nothing. ' LESSON CIV. THE PREPOSITION. 1. A Latin preposition governs either the accusative or the ablative, except in. sub. super {above), and subter {beneath), which govern both. 900 FIRST LATIN BOOR. I I: Note— Gratia and causa {/or the sake of) govern the genitive \ but they are really nouns used as prepositions. 2. In, sub, super, and subter govern the ■iblative when they express rest, and the lucusatwe when they express motion: as, In urbe in the city ; in urbem, into the city; sub muro, tinder the wall; sub murum, up under the wall; super eo pendet, // hangs over him; super eum volat, it flies over him. 3. The following nine prepositions govern the ablative : A (or Q?o)y from, by; coram, ;'// presence oj ; c\xm,with; de, frofn, can- cer ni tig; Q (ex), out of; prae, in ft. ^nt of, in consequence of; pro, in front of on behalf of; sine, without; tenus, up to. 4. All other prepositions govern the accusative. A list is given for reference : Ad, towards ; adversus, opposite; ante, before; apud, beside; circum {or circa), round; cis ((^r citra), on this side of; trans, across; contra, against; erga, towards; extra, outside of; inter, among ; infra, below ; intra, within; iiixta, near; ob, on account of; penes, in the power of ; per, through; post, behind; praeter, /^c.sV / prope, near to ; propter, close to; secundum, along, after; versus, towards (written after its case) ; ultra, beyond. 5. The prepositions are widely used with nouns to form idiom- atic adverbial phrases of place^ time, and matmer. Such prepo- sitional phrases should be committed to memory as they are met with. A list is added for reference : — A or ab {frotn, by). A fronte, in front (so, a latere, in flank; a tergo, in rear) ', a senatu stat, he stands on the senate's side; a re frumentaria laborare, to be iti distress with regard to supplies; confestim a proelio, immediately after the battle. Ad {to). Ad ludos pecunia decernitur, money 2 ? voted for the games; ad fortunam felix, fortunate in point of fortune; ad Carinas, in the neighborhood of Cannae ; ad Siciliam, off Sicily ; ad aliorum arbitrium, at the beck of others. THE PREPOSITION. 223 A.pud (beside), Apud forum, near the forum ; apud me. in my house; apud me plus valet, he has more injluence with me j apud Terentlum. in the writings of Tcrenee. Cum {with). Cum gladio, wearing a sword; magna cum cura quaerlt, he seeks with great care; confer hanc pacem cum lllo bello. compare this peace with that war ; cum aliquo certare, contend with a person. De {frofn, about). De industria, on purpose; bene mereri de patrla, deserz>e well of one's country. E or ex {out of). Ex equis pugnare, fight on horseback; statua ex aere fecta. a statue made of bronze; ex consulatu, immediately after his consul- ship,- ex itinere, w/iile on the march; quaerere ex aliquo. ask from a person; ex improviso. unexpectedly; ex foedere. in accordance with the treaty; ex sententia. satisfactorily; ex parte magna, in a great measure. In {in or into). In equo, on horseback; in barbaris. amonir barbarians; in bonis ducere, reckon among blessings; in te unum se tota conver- tet civitas. ///.• whole state will turn to you alone; pietas in deos. piety to the gods; pecunia in rem militarem data, money given for jnilitary purposes; in rem tuam haec est, this is for your interest; in dies, ei^ery day ; in horas, every hour; denarius In singuloa modios. a denarius for every bushel; in posterum diem, for the next day. Inter {between^ among). Inter me et to hoc interest, there is this diference between you and me; inter se aspiciebant. they keft looking at one another ; inter aediflcandos muros. during the building of the walls. Per {through). Per vim, by violence; per specalatores. by means of spies (secondary agent) ; per me, through my instrumentality; per te $ 224 riRST LATIN nooK. stetit quominus vinceret. /V 7ms onn^tf fo you that he did noi comiucr; dierladientur per me licet, t/uy may Jiir),t a ouL as far as I am concerned. Praeter {past^ except). Praeter modum, beyond wrasure; decern --aeter «« u-n besides themselves; omnes praeter unum, all excei ' -= n-aeter naturam, outside the course of nature. Pro (before, instead of in behalf of). Pro occiso relictus. left for dead; pro meritis gratias agere, to thank for se,-vnes; pro multitudine hominum, fines angustos habent. considering- their population they have limited territory ; proelium atrocius quam pro numero pugnantium editur, a battle is fought fiercer than might have been expected from the number of combatants. Sub {under^ up to) Sub nostram aciem suocesserunt. they came right jtp to our line • quae sub sensua sunt, -what is within the range of the senses ■ sub haec dicta omnes procubuerunt, after these words all prostrated themselves; sub ipsa profectione. at the very start; sub noctem at nightfall. ' i ^ i EXKRCISE. Translate into English : I. Velim ut cogites quid agendum nobis sit super hac re 2 Satis superque dictum esse putavit. 3. Nonne paulo ultra euni locum castra transtulit? 4. Supra belli metum, id quoque acces- serat. 5. Hostes sub monte illo consedisse dixit. 6. Homo est sine re, sme fide, sine spe. 7. Omnia quae secundum {according to) naturam fiunt in bonis habenda sunt. S. Non aequum est me propter vos decipi. 9. Secundum te nihil est amicius solitudine 10. Decet, quidquid agas, agcre pro viribus. n. Haec contra legem proque lege dicta sunt. 12. Solem prae multitudine iacu- loram non videbitis. 13. Scnatus puiio post de his rebus habitus est 14. Quum et per valetudinem et per anni tempus navi-are poteris, ad nos venl. ^ THE PUKPOSITION, 225 Translate into Latin I. Next clay he descends from the mountain and pitches his camp beside the river. 2. O ! that he had not led us towards Rome. 3. This done, he threw himself upon his sword. 4. Are we never to know in whose hands the decision rests.? 5. Tell me when you intend to speak to him about it. 6. Do not speak in his behalf. 7. You will have the greatest influence with him. 8. They halted when they came within the cast of a spear. 9. Is there nut a race that dwells beneath the earth.? 10. After so many battles we are tired of war. n. You have come here after the manner of (/« modum) fugitives. 12. In whose hands does the power lie .? 13. It is a scandalous thing to take money for {ob) giving a verdict 14. Do you think they love each other.? (use ititer.) PART II. READER NEPOS AND CAESAR SELECTIONS Prescribed for Matrici'latiox in the Um\'ersity of Toronto. WITH EXKRCISES. 227 Entered acrordiiig' to Act of the Parliament of Canada, in the year one thousand niue hinidred, hy TiiK, (!oi'i', Clark Cumi'anv, Ijmitki>, Toronto, Ontario, in the Ottli^e of the Minister of Agriculture. 228 DECLENSION OP NOUNS. I.— FIRST DECLENSION. Latin nouns end in nominative in -a. Nouns in -e, -as. -es are derived from Greek. (;ender Rule: Nouns in -a", -e are feminine; those in -as, -es are masculine. Genitive endin<:f regularly, -ae. Mens a, F., a table. Singular. I'lural. Epitom e, F., an abridgvient SlNCt'LAR*. Norn mens a mens ae Nom. "SpTtom e Gen. mens ae mens arum Gen. Epitom es Dai. mens ae mens is= Dat. epitom ae Ace. mens am mens as Ace. epTtom en Voc. mens & mens ae Voc. epitom e Abl. mens a mens is Abl. epTtom e Leonid as. M., Leonidas. Pers es, M., a Persian Singular. Singular. Nom. Leonid as Nom. Pers es Gefi. Leonid ae Gen. Pers ae Dat. Leonid ae Dat. Pers ae Ace. Leonid am (-an) Ace. Pers en Voc. Leonid a Voc. Pers e (-a) Abl. Leonid a Abl. Pers e (-a) ' Nouns in -a denoting male beings are masculine ; as, Nauta, a sailor ; agricola, a farmer; poeta, a poet: also dama, n deer; talpa, a mole; Hadria, the Adriatic Sea. " The following nouns have usually -abus in the dative and ablative j>hiral : Dea, a ffoddesg; filia, a daughter; li)),;rta, a frccdwoman; muk, a xhe-mule; eciua, a mare; asina, a she-ass. ••' When nouns derived from the Greek have a plural, it is regular like the plural of mensa. 229 2.30 FIRHT LATIN BOOK. ji! II.— sp:cond declension. Katin nouns end in -us, -er, -Ir. urn. Nouns in -oa. on are derived from (ireek. (lender Rule : Nouns in -us', -er. -Ir. -oa are masculine ; those in •um, on are neuter. (ienitive ending, -I. n(5niTn us, M.^ahrd, master. SiNCUI.AK. Pi. URAL. Norn, domtn ua doniTn i' Gen. domin i domfn orum'' /W. domfn 6 donnn is Ace domin um domfn 6a Voc. domfn e- domfn i Abl. domin 6 domin is M.lgistor, M., a master, teacher. Singular. Norn, magister i'lcn. magistr i I hit. magistr 6 Atc. magistr um Voc. magister Abl. magistr 6 Plural. m;1gistr i magistr orum magistr is magistr os magistr i magistr is IHier, M. , a boy. Vir, M. , a man. Singular. 1'm;rai.. Singular. Plural. Nam. pfier piier i Nom. vTr vfr i Gen. pu6r i pii^r orum Gen. vir i vir orum Dat. piier 6 puCr is Dat. vir 6 vir is Ace. puer um pu6r OS Ace. vTr um vir OS Voc. piier piier i Voc. vir viri Abl. puer 6 puer is Abl. vTr 6 vir is 'ExceTpiiomioGem\<>r(1nd. Decl.).-The following are feminine : (1) Names of cities andislanfls: as, Cfirinthus, Comi^A; \mo%, Ddos. (2) Names of trees: as Fagus a ben-h-tree: plrus, a pear-tree. (3) Words that are feminine in Greeit : as, MethOdus method. (4)A]vu8, bellp ; cOlus, di.taff: hfrnius, pround ; vmum, rnvheat-fan] carbilsus, Ihmi (pi. carbasa). The following: are neuter : Pelagus, »ea; virus, poison; valgus, the rabble (sometimes masculine), = Nouns i.. -ius often contract the genitive singular -H into -f, and the vocative le into -i : as, Mercftrli, Merctu i ; Mercurie, Mercfiri. ■•"The following nouns have -um for -orum, in the genitive plural: Deus. a god; nununus, mmey ; faher, a workman ; vir, a man; sOcIus, a companion, ally. I)eu3, a gad, is declined: Sinf,^ Nom., deus; Oen., dOI; Dat., deo; Ace, deum • Voc. deus ; Abl., deo. Plur. Nom., del, dil, di ; Gen., deorum, dfium ; Dat., dels, dlls, dis; Ace, deos; Voc., dei, dll, dl ; Abl., dels, dlls, dis. I)K('LK>f.SION OF NOUNS. 231 Hell um, N., ivat-. SlNCIU.AR. Noni. bell um Gen. bell 1 Dat. bell 6 Ace. bell um Voc, bell um Abl. bell 6 Pm'rai,. bell& bell drum bell is bell& bell & bell is Del OS. F., Dchs. Singular'. Norn, Del OS, ds Gen. Del i Dat. Del 6 Ace. Del on, um Voc. Del S ^/^/. Del 6 Hi on. N., ///>/w or Troy. Singular. Ill on, um nil Ilf 6 IlT en, um Iir on, um Hid HI.— THIRD DECLENSION. Nominative, various endings. Genitive ending, is. Masculine-^ endings : -er. .or. -os, -es (increasing in the genitive), and -o (except do. -go, -lo). Femimnc' endings : -do. -go. io. -as, -is. -aus. -x. -es (not increasing in the genitive), -s impiire,and -U8in wordsof more than one syllable Neuter^ endings : -c, -a. t, -e. -1. -n. -ar. -ur, -as, us (in words of one syllable). Princeps, M., chief. Singular. Plural. Nom. princeps Gen. princip is Dat. princip i • Ace. princip em Voc. princep s Abl. princip e princip es princip um princip ibus princip es princip es princip ibus Trabs, F., abeam. Singular. Plural. Nom. trab s Gen. tr,ib is Dat. trab i Ace. trab em Voc. trab ^ Abl. trab 6 trab es trab um trab ibus trSb es trab es trab ibus "Greek nouns in the plural are usually regular, those in -os heing inflected like '^Exceptions to Gender (of 3rd Decl.).— (1) -er- Cadfiv-pr ..ria m « w.-j i j U^.ri.N.^.o«. papavelirU-^t;^^ uber, -ens. N., an udder; ver, vens, N., .v^^rin^, ; verber, -eris. N., a /««/*. 7/iame ; cor, cordis, N., ^/«'/i?rt>f. ' ' * (3) -es: Coinp-es, -edis, F., fetter; nierc-es, -edis, F., m^rchamlise ; merg-es, -itis, K-;r '^- •■ il"""'' ■'*"• •*" '■'*""•"'• ■'^'''«' ''•• '•'^*'' «f'&-e«- -^tis. F.. aero;,; teg-es, ttis, F.. « coiyri;;;/ ; aes, aerlK, N,, cc^^^fr. (4) -os: Cos, cutis, F. a whetstone; dos, dotis. F., dowry; 6s, ossis. N., a bone; OS, oris, N., a mouth. (5) .o:Caro, carnis, F., /e«/t; echo, echus, F.,ecAo. (Over). 232 FIUST LATIN BOOK. Hiems, F., wi filer. Singular. Plural. Norn, hieins hi em es Gen. Iii6m is hieni um Dat. hiem i hiein ibua Ace. hiem em htem es Voc. htem s hiem es Abl. higm 6 hiem ibus Pes, M., afoot. Singular. Plural. IMiles, M., a soldier. Singular. Plural. Norn, miles Gen. mllTt is DaL milit i Ace. mllit em Voc. mile s Abl. milit 6 milU es milit vma milit ibus milit es milit es milit ibus Nom. pes Gen. p6d is Dat. p6d i Ace. ped em F(;t>i(of ariver). (2) -is: Amnis, -is, M., a river; coUis, -is, M„ hill; oin-is, eris M., ashes; crln-is, -is, M.. hair; ens-is, -is, M., a sword; fascis, -is, M , bundle, iinis, -is, M. and F., end; fcllis, -is. M., bellows; fun-is, is, M. a rope; ign is, is, M., Jire ; lap-isi ■IdiF, M , a stone; niens-is, -is. M., a month; orb-is, -is, M., a circle; pan-is, ■:■;,, M., bread; pisc-is, -is, U, a fish ; post-is, is. M., apos<; pulv-is, -firis' iA..dust: spngu-is, -inis, M., blood; torr-is, -is. M., yJre-ftram/; ungu-is, -is, M., a nail; vect is, is, M., crowbar, vermis. -:s, M., a tvorm. <3) -x: Calix, -Icis, M. a crip; codex, Icis M , , book; cortex, -Icis, M., bark of a free; prex, grOsis, M, tlock; pollex. -kis, M., thumb; silex, -Icis, U.,Jlint; vertex, -Icis M., top M) es: Aclnilces, -k, M a scioiitar, |i) -8 impure : Mons, n ontiw, M. a mountain; dens, dentis, M., tooth; fons, fontis, M.. a fountain; T>ons, pontis, M., bndge; bidens, bidentis, M., a mattock', rudens, rudentis, M.. a rope. (6) -as: As, assis, M., a small coin; elephas, elephantis, M., an plej)hant ; vas, ya.sis, N. (in singular of 3rd ; plural, v:-isa, orum, of the 2nd), a vessel; fas, indecl., X., ri(/ht ; nefas, indecl., N., jcrong. *(1) -1: S.al, .^alis, ,M., salt; sol, solis, M., sun. (2) -n : LiiMi liOnis, M., spleen; ren, renis, M., kidne;/ : splen, splCnis, M., spleen; pecte-i, i-ectinis, M., cowb. (•■<) ur: Fur, ffiris, M., thief; furfur, win, AI., hran ; turtur, firis, AL, a turf- dove; vultur, -Oris, M., a vulture. (4) -us: Pecus, -ndis, P., a single head of cattle; lOpus, -Oris, M., a hare; grus, grflis, M., a crane; sus, sOis, M., a pig ; nius, muris, M., a mouse. DKCLKNSION OF NOUNS. 233 Opus, N., a work. Singular. Plural. Norn, opiis oper a Gen. opei- is oper um Dat. oper i op CM- ibus Ace. opus oper S. Voc. opiis oper a Abl. opere oper ibus R^gto, F., a district. Singular. Plural. Nam. regio rSgTon es Gen. rggion is regtdn um Dat. rggton i region ibus Ace. region em region es Voc. regfo region es Abl. region e region ibus Victor, M., a conqueror. Singular. P' URAL. Nam. victor victor 68 Gen. victor is victor um Dat. victor i victor ibus Ace. victor em victor €>_ F^f. victor victor es Abl. victor e victor ibus Consul, M., a consul. Singular. Plural. Noni. consul consul es Gen. consul is consul um Dat. consul i consul ibus Ace, consul em consul es Voc. consul consul es Abl. consul e consul ibus Corpus, N., a body. Singular. Plural. No7n. corpus corpor a Gen. corpor is corpor um Dat. corpor i corpor Ibus Ace. corpus corpor a Voc. corpus corpor a Abl. corpor 6 corpor Ibus Virgo, F., r? maiden. Singular. Plural. Nom. virgo virgin es Gen. virgm is virgin um Dat. virgin i virgin ibus Ace. virgin em virgin es Voc. virgo virgin es Abl. virgin e virgin ibus Sol, M., the sun. S ingular. Plural. Nom. sol sol es Gen. sol Is sol um Dat. sol i sol ibus Ace. sol em sol es Voc. sol sol es Abl. sol S sol ibus Passer, M., a sparrow. Singular. Plural. Nom. passer Gen. passer is Dat. passer i Ace. passer em Voc. passer Abl. passer e passer es passer um passer ibus passer es passer es passer ibus 234 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Pater, M., rt father. ludex, M., a judge. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Nom. pater patr es Nom. iudex iudio es Gen. patr is patr um Gen. iudic is iudic um Dat. patri patr ibus Dat. iudIc i iudic ibus Ace, patr em patr es Ace. iodic em iodic es Voc. pater patr es Voc. iudex iodic es AM. patr e patr ibus Abl. iudIc 6 iodic ibus Rex, M ., a king. Radix, F ., a root. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Nom. rex reg es Nom. radix radio es Gen. reg is reg um Gen. radic is radio um Dat. reg i reg ibus Dat. radic f radio ibus Ace. reg em reg es Ace. radio em radio es Voc. rex reg es Voc. radix radio es y4<5/. reg e reg Ibus Abl. radio e radio ibus Dux, M. or F. , a leader. Lex, F., a law. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Nom. dux due 68 Nom. lex leg es Gen. due is due um Gen. leg is leg um Dat. due i due ibus Dat. leg i leg ibus /4^<:. due em due es Ace. leg em leg es Voc. dux due es Voc. lex leg es ^(^/. due h due ibus Abl. leg 6 leg ibus Hostis, M. or F., an enemy. Nubes, F. , a cloud. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Nom. host is host es Nom. nubes nOb es Gen. host is host ium Gen. nub is nOb ium Dat. host i host ibus Dat. nub i nub ibus ./4^f. host em host es(-is) Ace. nub em nOb es Vac. host is host es Voc. nub es nub es Abl. host e host ibus Abl. nOb e nub ibus DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 235 Turris, F., a tower. Singular. Plural. IVom. turr Is turr es Gen. turr is turr ium'' Daf. turr i turr ibus AlC. turr em (-im)' turr ea Voc. turr is turr es Abl. turre(-i)-' turr ibus Ignis, Vi..,fire. SiNouLAR. Plural. Nom. ign Is Gen. ign is Dat. ign i Ace. ign em Voc. ign is Abl. ign e (-i) Ign es ign ium ign ibus ign es(-is) ign es ign Ibus Mare, N., the sea. Singular. Plural. Nom. mare Gen. mar is Dat. mar i Ace. mare Voc. mare Abi, mar i mar ia* mar ivim miir ibus mar lA mar ia mar ibus Animal, N., an animal. Singular. Plural. Nom. antmal animal ia Gen. animal is animal ium Dat. animal i animal ibus Ace. animal animal 14 Voc. animal animal IS, Abl, animal i animal ibus Calcar, N., a spur. Singular. Plural. Urbs, F., a city. Singular. Plural. Nom calcar calcar ia Nom urb s urb es Gen. calcar is calcar ium Gen. urb is urb xum Dat. calcar i calcar ibus Dat. urb i urb ibus Ace. calcar calcar la Ace. urb em urb es Voc. calcar calcar la Voc. utb s urb es Abl. calcar i calcar ibus Abl. urb e urb ibus ' The following' nouns have the ace. siii^. in -im • Aniussis, a carpenter's sl. neuter in -a, -en. pi. iti -uin. Adjcclivus of one termina- tion from nominative in x or s impure like audax or oriens have the nom pi in -ia and gen. pi. in -ium. Plus is the only comparative irregular in declension. w ll 246 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Singular. Masc. and Fern. Neut. Nam. milior mitius Gen. mitior is mitior is Dat. mitTor i mitior i Ace, mitior em mitius Voc. mitior mitius Abl. mitior 6 (-i> mitior e(-i) Mitior, milder. Plural. Masc. and Fern. Norn, mitior es Gen. mitior urn Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. mitior ibus mitior es mitior ea mitior ibus Plus, more. SINGULAR. Masc. and Fcm. Neut. Norn. — plus Gen. — plur is Dat. — — Ace. — plus Voc. — — Abl. — — plur e (3) Adjectives of one termination : — Audax, bold. Plural. Masc. and Fern. Norn, plur es Gen. plur ium Dat. plur ibus Ace. plur es Voc. plur es Abl. pliJr ibus Neut. mitior & mitior um mitior ibus mitior a mitior & mitior ibus Neut. plur & plur ium plur ibus plur a plur a plur ibuB Singular. Masc. and Fern. Neut. Norn, audax audax Geti. audac is audac is audac i audac i audac em audax audax audax Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. audac i (-e) audac i (-e) Felix, bold, Plural. Masc. and Fern. Nam. audac es Gen. audac ium Dat. audac ibus Ace. audac es Voc. audac es Abl. audac ibus Singular. Masc. and Fern. Norn, felix Gen. fellc is Dat. fellc i Ace. fellc em Voc. felix Abl. fellc i (-6) Neut. felix fellc is fellc i felix felix fellc i (-e) Plural Masc. and Fern. Nom. fellc es Gen. fellc ium Dat. fellc ibus Ace. fellc es Voc. fellc es Abl. felic ibus Neut. audac i& audac ium audac ibus audac i& audac i& audac ibus Neut. fellc i& felic ium fellc ibus felic ia fellc i& felic ibus NUMERALS. 247 Singular • Vetus, old. Plural. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Nom. vetus v6tus Nom. v^tSr es vetSr a Gen. veter is veter is Gen. veter um veter um Dat. v6t6r i v6ter i Dat. veter ibus veter ibus Ace. v6ter em vetus Ace. veter es veter a Voc. v6tus v6tus Voc. veter es veter a Abl. veter i (e) v6ter i (-6) Abl. vet6r ibus veter ibus Singular Oriens, rising. Plural, Masc. and Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Nom. oriens oriens Nom. orient es orient i& Gen. orient is orient is Gen. orient ium orient ium Dat. orient i orient i Dat. orient ibus orient ibus Acc> orient em oriens Ace. orient es orient ia Voc. oriens oriens Voc. orient es orient ia Abl. orient 6 (-i) 6rient e (-1) Abl. orient ibus orient ibus VIII.- -NUMERALS. For the declension of unus, see p. 244, Duo, two. Tres, three. Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. and Fem. Neut. Nom. duo du ae diio Nom. tres tr ia Gen. du orum du arum dii orum Geti. tr ium tr ium Dat. du dbu8 dii abus dij 6bu8 Dat. tr ibus tr ibus Ace. du OS (duo) du as diio Ace. ties tr ia Voc. duo du ae duo Voc. tres tr ia Abl. du obus du abus dii obus Abl. tr ibus tr ibus Mille, a thousand. In the singular indeclinable. In plural : Nojn. and Ace. Milliii or milia ; Gen. millium or milium ; Dat. and Abl. millibus or milibus. I if' ;K : *, 248 FIHST LATIN HOOK. IX.- PRONOUNS. (i) PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE I'RONOUNS. Kgo, /. Til, thou., you (sing.). SiNCUl.AK. Pl.lJKAL. Singular. PumAL. Noin. c'go nos Nom. til vds (I't/I. int'i nostrum, nostri Gen. tiTi vestruin, vestri Hat. mill nobis Ihit. tibi vobis Ace. nic nos Ace. to vos Voc. — — / 'oe. tfi vos Abl. mc nobis Ahl. to vobis Sui, of him. .v//. Singular. Plural , Nom. Wanlinj; Wanting Cicn. sui sui Ihit. sibi sIbi Ace. so sc Voe. Wanting Wanting Abl. sc sc (ii) DEMONSTRATIVE AND PERSONAL PRONOUNS. Hie, this (near the speaker). Singular. Fern. haec \ Muse. Nom. iiic Gen. huius Dat. huic Ace. hunc Ahl. hoc Nom. hi Gen. horuiii Dat. his Ace. hos .^/V. his huius huic banc hac Pl.ITRAL. hae hariim his has his Neut. hoc huius huic hoc hoc haec horum his haec his U tri PRONOUNS. Iste that (near you). Singular. Masc. Fern. Ncut. Norn. istC isa istud GcH. istiiis /hit. istI istlus istI istlus istI Ace. istuin Abl. isto istain istu istud isto 249 .■*i I Plural, ^S. Norn. istI istae ista Cicn. istdiuin istaruni istorum Ddt. istis istis istis Ace. istos istas ist& Abl. istis istis istTs I lie, that (near him, her, Singular. it). Masc. Fe»i. Neiii. Norn, ilie ilia illud Gcu. illlus illfus illius Pat. illl illl illl ^-?a-. illmn illam illud Ahl. illo ilia Plural. illo A^<^w. illl iliac ilia G>«. illorum illarum illorum Dai. iills iills illls /:?a\ illos illas ilia A/>1. illls illls illls m it 250 FIRST LATIN BOOK. Is, he., this, that. Singular. Masc. Fern. Neui. JVom. is 6a Id Gen. eius eius eius Dat. 61 61 6i Ace. 6um 6am id AbL eo ea 66 Nom. 6r (il) Gen. eorum Dat. 6rs (its'* Ace. 66s AbL 6ls (TTs) Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. AbL Masc. Idem eiusdem 6Tdem eundem 6odem Plural. 6ae 6arum 6Ts (lis) 6as 6is (lis) Idem, the same. Singular. Fern. 6adem eiusdem 6idem eandem 6adem eorum 6ls (lis) 6^ 6ls (lis) NeuL idem eiusdem eidem idem eodem ,;. r6idem Uidem Gen. eorundem DaL j^^^f "^ I lisdem Ace. eosdem y.,, 1 6lsdem Insdem Plural. 6aedem 6arundem /eisdem lltsdem easdem /6lsdem Itisdem 6adem eorundem / eisdem uisdem cadcm /6lsdem liisdem PRONOUNS. 251 Masc. Norn. ipsS Gen. ipsius Dat. ipsi Ace. ipsum yldl. ips5 Norn, ipsr Gen. ij. orum Dat. ipsis Ace. ipsos -^M ipsis Ipse, se!/, himself. Singular. Fern. ipsa ipsius ipsi ipsam ipsa Plural. ipsae ipsarum ipsis ipsas ipsis Neut. ipsum ipsius ipsi ipsum ips5 ipsa ipsorum ipsis ipsa ipsis Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Nom. Gen. Dai. Ace. Abl. (iii) RELATIVE PRONOUNS. Qui, who. Singular. Fern. quae cuius cui quam qua Masc. qui cuius cul quern quo Neut. quod cuius cul quod quo qui quorum quibus quos quibus Plural. quae quarum quibus quas quibus quae quorum quibus quae quibus "^I^^T^m'Hm'^mmmmtm 252 FIRST LATIN BOOK. (iv) INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. Quis, w/w ? Singular. Fern. Muse. Norn. quis Gen. cuius Dat. cul Ace. quern Abl. quo Norn. qui Gen. quorum Dat. quibus Ace. quos AbL quibus quae cuius GUI quam qua Plural. quae quarum quibus quas quibus Neut quid cijius cui quid quo quae quorum quibus quae quibus Principal Parts 3- X.-REGULAR VERBS. Conjugation: amo, amarg, n moneo, monere, ., rego, regere, M audio, audire, amavi, amatum. monui, monltum rexi, rectum. audlvi, audltum. ACTIVE VOICE-INDICATIVE MOOD. PRESENT. Singular. I' I. am o mon eo rego aud io 2. am as mon es reg is aud is 3- am at mon §t Plural reg it aud it I. am amus mon emus reg imus aua imus 2. am atis mon etis ^ reg itis aud itis 3- am ant mon ent reg unt aud iuiit REGULAR VERBS. 263 1. Sm abam 2. am abas 3. Jim abat IMPERFECT. Singular. mon ebam mon ebas mon ebat r6g ebam rSg ebas reg ebat audi ebam audi ebas audi ebat Plural, I. am abamus mon ebamus rSg ebamus audi etami 2. am abat's mon ebatis leg ebatis audi ebatis 3- am abant mon ebant leg ebant aud! ebr.nt FUTURE. Singular. I. am abo mon ebo r&g am audi am 2. am abis mon ebis reg es audi es 3- am abxt mon ebit Plural r6g et audi et I. am abimus mon ebimus reg emus audi emus 2. am abitis mon ebitis reg etis audi etis 3- am abunt mon ebunt leg ent audi ent PERFECT. Singular. I. amav i monu i rex i audiv i 2. amav isti monu isti rex isti audlv isti 3- amav it monu it rex it audiv it Plural I. amav imus monu imus rex imus audiv imus 2. am.^v istis monii istis rex istis audiv istis 3.- famav erunt /monii erunt Trex erunt r audiv erunt ^ lamav ere imonu ere irex ere l audiv ere Wf 254 FIRST LATIN BOOK. H I m I! 1. Smav Sram 2. aniav Sras 3. aniav 6rat 1. iimav 6ramu8 2. amav Sratis 3. amav erant 1. amav Sro 2. amav 6ri8 3. amav §rit 1. amav Srimus 2. amav 6ritis 3. amav 6rint PLUI'KKFKCT. Singular. monu 6ram monu 6ras monu 6r&t rex Sram rex firas rex 6rd.t Plural monu Sramuf: rex Sramus monu 6rati8 rex gratis monu Sraiit rex 6rant FUTURE PERFECT. Singular. monu 6ro monu eris monu erit Plural. monu Srlmus monu 6rTti8 monu firint rex ero rex 6ria rex Srit rex Srimus rex eriti8 rex erint SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. PRESENT. Singular. Plural. 1. am emus 2. am etis 3. am ent mon §amus mon 6atis mon 6ant rSg amus reg atia reg ant audiv 6ram audiv 6ra8 audiv dr&t audiv Sramus audiv 6rati8 audiv grant audiv ero audiv 6ri8 audiv erit audiv 6rimus audiv eritis audiv 6rint I. am em mon 6am reg am audi am 2. am 68 mon eaa reg as audi as 3. am et mon 6&t r6g at audi at audi amua audi atia audi ant REGULAR VKRBS. 256 1. dm arem 2. am ares 3. am arSt IMPERFECT Singular. mon erem mon eres mon er6t rfig 6rem rSg 6rea r6g 6r6t aud irem aud ires aud ir6t Plural. I. 2 3- am arena us am aretis am arent mon eremus mon eretis mon erent r^g Eremus reg 6retis rgg 6rent aud iremus aud iretis aud irent PERFECT. Singular. I. 2. 3- amav Srira amav 6ris amav erit monu 6rira monu 6ri3 monu 6rit rex erim rex 6ri8 rex 6rit audiv Srim audiv Sris audiv 6rit 1. amav erimus 2. amav eritis 3. amav erint Plural. monu firimus monu eritis monii grint rex Srimus rex 6ritis rex erint audiv Srimua audiv eritis audiv erint 1. amav issem 2. amav isses 3. amav isset PLUPERFECT. Singular. monu issem monu isses monu isset rex Issem rex isses rex isset audiv issem audiv isses audiv isset 1. amav issemua 2. amav i.ssetis 3. iimav issent Plural. monu issemus monu issetis monu issent rex isssiiius rex issetis rex issent audiv issemua audiv isaetia audiv isaent i?l 256 FIRST LATIN HOOK. ?-l IS IMi'ERATIVE MOOD. PRTSKNT. Singular. 2. am a mon e rCg 6 and I Pi, URAL. 2. am ate mon ete rey ite and ite FUTURE. • Singular. 2. am ato, you shall love. mon etc rCg Ito aucl ito 3- am ato, he shall love. mon eto PiJJRAL. iCg ito aud ito 2. am atote, you shall love. m6n_fitot»-» reg itote and itote 3- am anto, they shall love. mon ento r(5g unto aud iunto INFINITIVK MOOD. f ■* Pres. am a re mone re rgge re audi re Per/. amav isse monu isse rex isse audiv isse Put. ama turus moni turus rec turus audi turus esse esse esse esse PARTICIPLES. Pres. ama na mone ns reg ens audi ens Put. ama turus, moni turus, rec turus, audr turus -a, -um -a, -um SUPINE. -a, -um -a, -um Sma turn moni turn GERUND. rec turn audi turn Gen. ama ndi mone ndi rCg endi audi endi Dai. ama ndo mone ndo reg endo audi endo Ace. ama ndum mone ndum reg endum audi endum Abl. ama ndo mone ndo reg endo audi endo HEGLLAK VKRUS. 257 PASSIVE VOICE-IN DICATIVK MOOD. y^w .>KNT. n.Ak. I. 2. 3- amo r jama ris iama re ama tur /mone ris Imone re muiie tur I'lJ reg or /lege ris (iCge re rt'gl tur audi or /audi rls L'uidi re audi tur KAI.. I. 2. 3. ama mar ama mini Sma ntur mone mur mone mini mone ntur r^gf mur r6gi mini rCgu ntur audi mur audi mini audi untur IMPERFECT. Singular. I. 3- ama bar fama baris lama bare ama batur mone bar /mone baris (mone bare mone batur Pi.r rege bar /rfige baris ' lege bare rege batur KAI,. audi ebar /audi ebaris I audi ebaro audi ebatur 1. 2. 3- ama bamur ama bamini ama bantur mone bamur mone bamini mone bantur rege bamur regc bamini r6ge bantur audf ebamur audi ebamin audi ebantur I . ama bor /amfi beris lama bere 3. ama bitur 1. ama bimur 2. ama bimini 3. ama buntur FUTURE. Singular. mone bor f mone beria Imone bere m()ne bitur rgga r frege ris U'ege re rege tur Plukal. mone bimur re'-'^e rnrir mone bimini rege mini rege ntur mone buntur audia r faitdie ris laudie re audie tur aiKiie mur audie mini audie ntur Ji- 258 KIRflT LATIN POOK. I f IS* 1. ^mfi tu8 sum 2. ilina tu8 6a 3. aiiu'i tu8 eat 1. Smfi tl Biimus 2. am;i tl fastis 3. ama ti sunt 1. Jlma tus 6ram 2. ama tus 6ra8 3. .^ma tus 6rat 1. ama ti Sramus 2. ama ti 6ratis 3. ama ti 6rant 1. ama tus §ro 2. ama tus Sris 3. ama tus erit 1. ama ti Srimus 2. ama ti eritis 3. ama ti erunt I. am er „ fam eris lam ere 3. am etur I'KKI'KCT. *SiN(;in.AR. moni tus sum rec tus sum mnnf tus 68 rec tus 6s moiil tus est rec tus est Plural. mftnf ti siimus rec tl siSmus moni ti estis rec t! estis moni ti sunt rec: ti svmt PLUPERFECT. SlNC.ULAR. nionT tvis 6ram rec tus 6rani moni tus 6ra8 rec tus 6ra8 moni tus 6rat rec tus 6rat Plural. mont ti 6ramus rec ti 6ramus moni ti 6ratis rec ti 6ratia moni ti erant rec ti firant FUTURE-PERFECT. Singular. moni tus 6ro rec tus 6ro moni tus 6ris rec tus 6ri3 moni tus 6rit rec tus erit Plural. moni ti erimus rec ti 6rimus moni ti 6rltis rec ti 6ritis moni ti 6runt rec ti 6runt SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. PRESENT. Singular. mon6 ar reg ar audi ar fmong aria (r&g aria faudi aris Imong are Ireg are (audi are monSatur r6g atur audi atur audi tus sum audi tus 68 audi tus est audi tl siimus audi ti estis audi ti sunt audi tus 6ram audi tus 6ras audi tus 6rat audi ti eramus audi ti eratis audi ti 6rant audi tus ero audi tus 6ri8 audi tus 6rit audi ti 6rimus audi ti eriti3 audi ti 6runt I. REP.ULAn VRRBS. 259 1. am #mur 2. Am emini 3. iim entur I. .Ima rer ^ f ama reris lama rere 3. ama retur 1. ama remur 2. ama remini 3. ama rentur 1. lima tus Sim 2. ama tus sis 3. ama tua sit 1. Sma ti simua 2. ama ti sitis 3. ama ti sint Pi. KRAI.. rnfin^ Amur rC^r amiir monC amini rc^ amlni monC' antur rv^ antur IMPEKKIX r. SiNdUI.AR. mfine rer rCgC rer rmone reris fregd reris imoiiO rere l\&^(i rere monc retur rCge retur ri.URAL. mone remur r2ge remur monc remini rC'g& rominl mono rentur rege rentur PERFFXT. Singular. n-oni tus Sim rec tus sim moni tus sis rec tus sis moni tus sit rec tus sit Plural. mont ti simus rec ti simus moni ti sitis rec ti sitis moni ti sint rec ti sint aiulf amur audi amlni audi autur audi rer /audi reris laudi rere audi retur audi remur audi remini audi rentur audi tus Sim audi tus sis audi tus sit audi ti simus audi ti sitis audi ti sint 1 . ama 2. ama 3. ama 1 . ama 2. ama 3. ama tus essem moni tus esses moni tus esset moni ti essemus mont ti essetis moni ti essent moni ^c>-^ PLUPERFECT. Singular. tus essem rec tus essem audi tus essem tus esses rec tus esses audi tus esses tua esset rec tus esset audi tus esset Plural. ti esaemuH rer ti sssemna audi ti essemus ti essetis rec ti essetis audi ti essetis ti essent rec ti essent audi ti essent 260 FIUST LATIN BOOK. 2. am are 2. am amini 2. am ator, you shall be loi'CiL 3. am ator, he shall be hyvcd. 3. am antor, they shall be lo7>ed. IMPERATIVE MOOD. rRKSKNT. Singular. mon ere rci^ 6re aiul ire l'l.(IR.\I.. mon emini n'u imlnl and imini FU'IURK. SlN(;ill,AR. 11) on etor xXig itor and itor mon etor rcg itor aiul itor Pl.l'RAI.. mon entor rcg untor ami iuntor INFINITIVE MOOD. Pres. am ari Perf. ama tus esse Flit. ama turn iri mon en rey i audi ri moni tus esse lei: tua esse audi tus esst monl turn iri icc turn iri av.tli turn iri rARTICIl'LKS. Perf. ama tus tut, am andus ama tii monT tus mon eiidus rec tus leg endus SUP INK. moni til rec tu aucif tus audi endus audi til XI.-IRRBGULAR VERBS. Sum, I am. Possum, 1 am able, I can. Prosum, I help, I benefit. I' sum, fill, esse. Principal partsl possum, potuu posse. (prosum, profui, prodjsse. lltHKCULAK VKwna. 261 ri u'ft. I. sum 2, V t'S 3- est I. suimis n est is 3" sunt 1 . (5 ram 2. oras 3. eiat I. cramus 2. I'latis 3. crant I. oro •^ oris 3- Crit I. onmus 2. tMitis 3. Grunt INDICATIVK MOOD. rKKSI'.NT. SiNC.UI.AR. possum j)otes potest ri.UKAi,. possiumis potestis possunt IMl'KKKKC r. SiNC.UI.AK. pot e ram potrras poterat ri.HKAI.. potcirauuis poleratis poterant 1-UrURE. SlNGi;i-AR. potCMO potcris potcrit ri.URAI,, potCrTmus potcrit is poterunt PERFECT. Singular. potui potiiisti potiiit prosum ])ro(lcs prodest ])rosunuis prodfstis prosunt p rode ram prodrras proilerat })r6derauuis proderatis proderant prddGro proderis proderit prdderTmus pnxleritis prdderunt prdfui prdfuisti" I)rofuit 262 FIIJST LATIN HOOK. 1. fiifimis 2. fuistis rfucnint * IfCiere 1. fufrani 2. fiiGias 3. fiiCrat 1. fii^ramus 2. fuciatis 3. fuerant 1. fu6ro 2. fugris 3. fuGrit 1. fiiSiTinus 2. fueiTtis 3. fiit^rint I. Sim 2. SIS 3. sit I. simus 2 sit is ■;. sint Plural. pfitiilnuis potuistis /potuerunt Ipotucre PLUPKRFECT. Singular. potuSram potuSras potuCiat Pi-uraf,. l)otudranius potiienltis potiierant FUTUKl-: PERFECT. Sl.\(;ULAR. potiieio potueris potiiSrit Plural. potueiTmus potuerUis potufiiint SURJUNCTIVE MOOD. PRESENT. JjINGULAR. possim possLs possit Plural. possTmus possitis possint prdiTiiimis piofuistis {profucriint profiiC'ie I)rofuCram ])r()frieras piofuerat profuc^rannis piofueratis piofCierant profu^ro profueris profufirit profuerinius profueritis prdfuerini prosim prdsis prosit proslmuf prositi'!' prosint IKUEGULAR VKRBS. 263 1. essem 2. esses 3. esset r. essemus 2. essetis 3. essent 1. fuSrim 2. fueris 3. fiierit 1. fuSLnus 2. fueritib 3. fuSrint 1. fiiisseui 2. fuisses 3. fuisset 1. fuissemus 2. fiiissetis 3. fuissent 2. 6s 2. est6 IMPERFECT. Singular. possem posses posset Plural. possC'iiius possetis possent PERFECT. Singular. p6tu6rim potuSris p6tu6rit Plural. potuenmiis potufiritis potiierint PLUPERFECT. Singular. potiiissem potuisses potiiisset Plural. potiiissenius potiiissetis potuisscnt IMPERATIVE MOOD. PRESENT. Singular. None. Plural. None. prodesseni prodesscs piodesset prodesseni us prodcssetis piodessent proffiCiim profueris i)rofueiit profuenniub profueritis profuerint profCiissem prdfuisses profuisset prdfuisscmus profuisset is profiiissent 'li ^' prodes prodeste .ill 1^' l1 li * U 264 2. esto, thou shall he. 3. esto. he shall be. 2. c^idie^ ye shall he. 3. sunto, they shall he. FIRST LATIN BOOK. FUTURE. Singular. None. None. Plural. None. None. INFINITIVE MOOD. Present, esse Perfect, fuisse Future, fiiturus esse Present. — Future, fiiturus, -a, -uni posse potuisse PARTICIPLES. potens prod esto prodesto prodestote prosunto prodesse profuisse profiiturus esse profuturus, -a. -um Defective Verbs. meniTni, coepi, odi, novi. nieminisse, / reniemher. coepisse, I dei!^//i^ or I began. odisse, / hate. novisse, I know. INDICATIVE MOOD. Perfect. meniinl, -istt, etc. coepi odi novl Plupcrf. nieininCram, -eras, etc. coeperani oderam noveram Fut. Pf. meniinero, -eris, etc. coepero odero novero SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Perfect. meminerim, -eris coeperim oderim Plupcrf. nieniinissein, -isses coepissem odissem IMPERATIVE MOOD. Piifny, /2- Sing, memento Wanting. Vt^'anting. Wanting, \2. Plu. mementote w w w novernn novissem I. 2. 3- I. 2. 3. IRREGULAR VERBS. 265 Perfect. Future. memtnisse Wanting. Wanting. Wanting. INFINITIVE MOOD. odisse osurus esse coepisse coepturus esse PARTICIPLES, coeptus osus coeptQrus osurus novisse Wanting. notus Wanting. Irregular Verbs— v6lo. nolo, malo. rvolo, velle, voluT, J will^ T wish, I am willmg. Principal Parts\wb\o, nolle, nolul, I am unwilling. Miialo, malle, malui, I prefer. INDICATIVE MOOD. PRESENT. Singular. I. volo nolo male 2. vis non vis mavis 3- vult non vult Pi^L'RAL. mavult I. volumus noliimus malumus 2. vultis non vultis mavultis 3- volunt nolunt • IMPERFECT. Singular. malunt 1. volebam nolebam malebam 2. volcbas nolcbas malebas 3- volebat nolebat Plural. malebat I. volebamus nolebamus malebamus 2. volebatis no'.cbfitis niaiebatis 3- volebant nolebant malebant M 266 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 1 . vdlam 2. voles 3. v6Iet 1 . vSlemus 2. v6Ictis 3. volent 1. volul 2. voluisti 3. voluit 1 . voluTmus 2. voluistis voliienmt •{ voluere 1 . volueram 2. v61u6ras 3. voluCrat 1. v61u6ramus 2. voluSratis 3. voluerant I . v61u6ro 2, vOiuens 3. v61u6rit FUTDKE. Singular. nolam nolcs nolet Plural. nolcmus noletis nolent PERKECT. Singular. noluT nolCiistl noliiit Plural. noluimus noluistis fn 61 lie runt Inoliiere PLUPERFECT. Singular. nolueram nolueras nolueiat • Plural. noluCramus ndlueratis noliierant FUTURE PERFECT. Singular. nolu^rv') iioliicris noluSrit null am males malet mfilcmus nialetis malent nialul maluisti maluit maluTmus maluistis fmaluerunt \ nialuere maliieram malCieras maliierat malueramus nialiieratis maluerant maliiero malueris maliierit T 2 3 I, 2, 3- IRREOULAn VERBS. 267 Plural. 1. vftluCrrmus 2. volugrltis 3. v61u6rint noluSrlmus noluSrltis nolugrint SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. . PRESENT. Singular. malu6rTmus maluCrltis malu6rint I. v61im 2. veils 3. velit nolim noils nolit Plural. malim malls malit 1. veiimus 2. vglTtis 3. vglint nollmus nolTtis nolint IMPERFECT. Singular. mallmus malitis malint 1. vellem 2. velles 3. vellet nollem nolles nollet PlUKAL, mallem malles mallet 1. vellemus 2. velletis 3. vellent nollemus nollefis nollent PERFECT. Singular. mallemus malletis mallent 1. voliierim 2. volueris 3. voluerit noluerim nolu^ris aoluerit Plural. malu^rim malueris maluSrit I. volderTmus noluSrimus malugrtmus 2. voliieritis 3. voluerint nolueritis noluerint malugrltis maliierint tU 268 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 1. voluissem 2. voluisses 3. voluisset 1. voluisscmus 2. voluissctis 3. volCiissent 2. None. 2. None. Present, velle Perfect. voluisse PLUPERFECT. S:n'3lilar. noliiissem nolCiisscs noluisset Plural. noliiissemus noliiissetis noluisscnt IMPERATIVE MOOD. PRESENT. Singular. noli Plural. nolite INP^INITIVE MOOD. nolle noluisse PARTICIPLES. maliiissem nialiiisscs maluisset nialuisscmus niaU"iissetis maluissent None. None. malle maliiisse Present, volens (used as an nolens (used as an None, adj . ==^ willing. ) ad j . = unwilling. ) Fero, I carry. Principal Parts — Foro, ferre, tiill, latum. ^^^K ACTIVE. ^H INDIC. SUHJ 1 I . fgro feram ^^■H :: 2. lers 3. fert feras Hi ferat IH| PRESENT. PASSIVE. Indic. Surj. Singular. feror ferar rns /feraris le uerare fertur feratur fferri I fen I IRREOULAR VERBS. 261^ PlurtiL I. fgrlfmus ffiranius ferdmir feraniur 2. fertis feriltis ft^rlniTni fCramtnl 3- ferunt f6rant fgruntur fSrantur IMPERFECT. ACTIVE. PASSIVE. IndiC. SUBJ. INDIC. Sitigtdar. SUBJ. I. ftnebam feirem fgrebar ferrer 2. ferebas ferrcs /fgrcbaris Uerebare fferreris vferrere 3- ferebat ferret ferebat ur Plural. ferretur I. fSrebamus ferrtMiius ferebamur ferremur 2. ferebatis ferretis fgrGbrmiTnl ferreniini 3- f^rebant ferrent fgrebantur ferrentur ACTIVE. PERFECT. PASSIVE. INDIC. SUBJ. INDIC. Singular. SUBJ. I. tuli tularin! latus sum hitus sim 2. tulisti tuleris latus es Ifitus sis 3- tulit tulerit latus est Plural latus sit I. tulTmus tulSrtmus latl siimus latl sTmus 2. tulistis tuleritis latl estis lati sitis 3- jtulerunt tulerint latl sunt latl sint Uulere PLUPERFECT. ACTIVE. PASSIVE. INDIC. SUBJ. INOIC. Singular. SUBJ. I. tuleram tiilissem latus eram latus essem 2. tuleras tulisses latus eras latus esses 3. tulerat tulisset latus erat latus esset 270 FIRST LATIN DOOK. riuml. I. tiil6rainus tulisscinub lati gratiius laii esscnius il 2. tulfiratis tulissctis Ifiti Gratis lati essetis i| 3. tuldrant tulissent lati Grant lati essent 1 ACTIVE. FUTURE. PASSIVE. ^ INDIC. SUHJ. In Die. Singular. SUBJ. ; 1 I. ftirain None. fSrar None. 2. f6res fferC'ris \ fere re 3- f(5ret fGretur Plural. I. f^remus None. fGreniur None. 2, ftretis fCremini 3- fgrent fgrentur 1 i 1 FUTURE PERFECT. 1 j ACTIVE. PASSIVE. ! INDIC. SUHJ. In Die. SUBJ. 1 1 Singular. 1 I. 2. tulCro tuleris None. latus ero latus eris None. 1 3- tul6rit latus erit Plural. B I. tulertmus None. lati erimus None. I 2. tuleritis lati eritis I 3- tul6rint lati erunt B IMPERATIVE. 1 ACTIVE. 2. fer PRESENT. Singular. PASSIVE, ferre ■■1 2. ferte Plural. feruTiTnl I. 2. 3- I. 2. FUTURE. ACTIVK PASSIVE. Singular. 2. fcito, 1 ^' rry. fertor 3- ferto, Ml carry. Plural. fertor fertote, ye shall carry. Wanting. 3- fCrunto, they shall carry. INFINITIVE. fgruntor ACTIVE. PASSIVE. Present . ferre ferri Perfect. tulisse latus esse Future. laturus, a, urn, esse PARTICIPLES. latum Irl Present fSrens Wanting. Perfect. Wanting. latus, -a, -um Future. laturus, -a, -um fSrendus, -a, -um SUPINE. Actk'e. latum. Passive, latu. Fio, I become. Principal Parts — Flo, ftSrl, factus sum. PRESENT PERFECT. INDIC. SUBJ. Indic. Singular. SUBJ. I. flo ffam factus sum factus sim 2. fls ffas factus ^s factus sis 3- fit flat factus est Plural. factus sit I. fimus fiamus facti sumus facti simus 2. fitis flatis facti estis facti sitis 3- flunt flant facti sunt facti sint IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) S^, 1.0 I.I 1125 ill 1.4 riiUlUgidpillL Sciences Corporation [ 2.2 IIIM 1.6 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 1458C (716) 872-4503 ^ # \^^ iV \ :\ ^9) .V <> ^"^^ <^. n> \. %<'^ ■■e t^ fA t'. '^ 272 FIRST LATIN BOOK. IMPERFECT. Indic. Subj. PLUPERFECT. Indic Singular. I. flebam fl^rein 2, flebas flares 3. flebat fiSiet I. fiebamus fiCremus 2. fiebatis flgretis 3. fiebant figrent FUTURE • I. flam None. 2. fies 3- fiet 1 . f lemus 2. fletis 3. flent factus 6rain factus eras factus 6rat Plural. facti gramus facti eratis facti erani SUBj. factus essem factus esses factus esset facti essenius facti essctis facti essent FUTURE PERFECT. Singular. factus ero None, factus eris factus grit Plural. facti ^rTmus facti eritis facti erunt. IMPERATIVE. 6 ffte INFINITIVE. Present, fieri Perfect factus esse Future, factum Iri PARTICIPLES. Per/eci. factus, -a, -um Future, faclendus, -a, -urn SUPINE, factu essem esses isset emus etis ent 1 in um IRREOULAR VKUBS. Eo, I go. 273 Principal Parts — Eo, Ire, IvI or n, Itum. PRESENT. PERFECT. I. 2. 3- iNDiC. eo Is it Sub;. eani £as 6at Indic. Singular. IvI or TI Ivisti or listi Ivit or lit Plural. SuBj. iv6rim or lerim Iveris or ieris Iveiit or lerit I. 2. 3- Irnns Itis eunt fiamus 6atis 6ant ivTmus or niiius Ivistis or iistis /iveriint or lerunt livere or lere ivenimis ^rlSrlmus iveritis or lerltis ivSiint or lerint IMPER .FECT. PLUPERFECT. • Indic. SUBJ. Indic. Singular. SUBJ. 1. Tbam Irem 2. Ibas Ires 3. Ibat net 1. Ibamus iremus 2. Ibatis Iretis 3. ibant irent Ivissem or lissem Ivisses ^riisses Ivisset or lisset ivSram or lerain Iveras or leras Iverat or lerat Plural, Iveranuis or leranius Ivissenius or tissemus Ivenitis or leriitis Ivissetis or lissetis Iverant or lerant Ivissent or lissent FUI URE. FUTURE PERFECT. Indic. SUBJ, Indic. Singular. Sub;. I. ibo None. ivero or lero None. 2. ibis Iveris or Ieris 3- Ibit Iverit or lerit Pluril. I. Ibimus Iverimus or Terimus 2. Ibitis Iveritis or leritis 3- Ibunt Iverint or lerint J > I 274 Pres. Per/. Fut. Sitigiilar. 2. i 2. Ito 3- ito INFINITIVE. Ire ivisse or lisse Iturus, -a, -urn, esse FIRST LATIN BOOK. IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. Plural, 2. Ite FUTURE. 2. itote 3. Sunto PARTICIPLES. Pres. Act. iens (gen. 6untis) Fut. Act. Iturus, -a, -um Fut. Pass, fundus, -a, -um SUPINES. Active, itum. Edo, I eat. Principal Parts— Edo, 6dere, PRESENT. I. 2. 3- I. Indic. Mo €dis, es edit, est ^dtmus Sdltis, estis iJdunt SUBJ. Sdam edas Cdat edamus ^datis edant Passive. Itu edr, esum. PERFECT. Singular. Plural. Indic. edr edisti edit edimus edistis federunt ledere SUBJ, edSrini ed^ris edgrit edfirlmus edgrltis edSrint IMPERFECT. I. 2. 3. I. 2. Indic. Sdebam edebas edebat fidebamus edebat is Sdebant SUBJ. Singular. SdSrem or essem edSres or esses ederet or esset Plural. edSremus or essemus ederotis or essetis edgrent or essent PLUPERFECT. Indic. edfiram ederas edSrat ed^ramus ederatis ed^rant SUBJ. edissem edisses edisset edissemus edissetis edissent IRRFOULAR VERBS. 275 FUTURE. Indic. 1. ddam 2. edes 3. 6det 1. Sdemus 2. ^detis 3« Sdent SUBJ. None. None, Singular. FUTURE PERFECT. Indic. Subj. Plural. edSro ed6ris edSrit ed^rlmus cdeniis ederint None. None. Singular. 2. ed6 Singular. 2. 6dTto 3. gdlto INFINITIVE. Pres, SdSre or esse Perf. edisse Fut. esurus, a, um, esse IMPERATIVE MOOD. PRESENT. FUTURE. Plural. edite Plural. editote edunto PARTICIPLES. Pres. edens Fut. esurus, a, um Aio, I say, o^ I affirm. INDICATIVE. Pres. alo, ais, ait, Impf. aiebani, afebas, aiebat, Perf. — _ ait — alunt atebamus, aiebatis, alebant Pres. — Pres. I SUBJUNCTIVE, atat — PARTICIPLE. — alant aiens 276 FIRST LATIN BOOK. RULES OP SYNTAX. ACCUSATIVE. 1. The direct object of a transitive verb is put in the accusative : as, Puella rosam laudat, The girl praises the rose. 2. Many verbs that are intransitive in English are transitive in Latin, especially verbs of emotion, taste and smell : as, Sequani Ariovisti crudelitatem horrebant, The Sequani shuddered at the cruelty of Ariovistus. Haec oratio antiquitatem olet, This speech snuicks of antiquity. Piscis mare sapit, The fsh tastes of the sea. 3. Verbs of making, choosing, calling, naming, regarding and showing, take two accusatives in the active : as, Populus Romanus Ciceronem consulem creavit, The Roman people elected Cicero con- sul. Here Ciceronem is the direct object and consulem is a part of the predicate, and is called ihe predicate accusative. In the passive these verbs take \\\ > nominatives : the direct object becomes the subject nominative, and the predicate accu- sative becomes the predicate nominative : as, Cicero consul a populo Romano creatus est, Cicero 7c>as elected consul by the Koman people. 4. Verbs of asking,^ teaching, and concealing, take two accusa- tives in the active, one of the person and another of the thing : as, Pater fllium musicam docuit, The father taught his son music. In the passive the accusative of the person becomes the subject and the accusative of the thing is retained : as, Pilius musicam a patre doctus est, The son was 4aught music by his father. 5. Many verbs are followed by an accusative of kindred origin or w.Qumn^ (cognate accusatiTc) : as, Turpissimara vitam vWit, He lives a very base life. Mirum somnium somniavit. He dreamed a wotulerful dream. Proelium pugnat, He fights a battle. «Peto, / ask, and postulo, / demand, take the accusative of the thin-? and ablrtiveof the person with a or ab, //(mi ; as, Pacem a Romanis petiverunt, They asked peace from the liomanti, or The;/ asked the Romans for peace. Librum ab amicis postulavit, lie demanded a book from his friends. Quaero / ask takes an accusative of the thinf,' and an ablative of the \ rson with a (or ab), e (or ex),' de : as, Causam e vlro quaesivit, Ue asked a reason from the man (or, lie asked the man for a reason). RULES OP SYNTAX. 277 6. The accusative neuter of a pronoun or of a numeral adjective, is sometimes joined to an intransitive verb to denote, not the proper object, but the compass and extent of the action : as, Idem prloriatur. He makes the same boast. Id laetor, / rejoice at this. 7. Many intransitive verbs, especially those that express motion, compounded with the prepositions ad (/y fitiher. This j,'enitive may be used to express our task., duty., custom., charactcrislit\ mi>rk\ token : as, ludlcls est verum sequl, // is the duty of a judge to follow the truth (literally, To follow the trulh is oj a Juili^e). Hoc est praeceptoris, /'///.r is the task of an instructor. Saplentis est res adversas a'^^iuo anlmo ferre, // is the characteristic of a wise man to bear adx'ersity with resignation (literally, 7i>ith an even mind).^ 3. The [,'cnitive expresses the whole of which a part is taken : as. Pars militum, ./ part of the soldiers. Unus militum, One of the soldiers. Decern raillia passuum, Ten thousand paces {=^ ten I\'oman miles). Decern vestrum, Ten of you. Quinqvie nostrum, /srVvcy/zj. This is called the partitiTe genitive. (Do not use nostri and vestrl in partitive genitive. See p. 104, note.) 4. A noun in the j^enitive (called the geniti7/e of quality) is often added to another noun to denote a quality : as, Vir est summae fortitudinis, lie is a man of the highest courage. The word in the genitive expressing the quality has invariably an adjective with it. Thus, A man of 7visdom is not Vir sapientiae, but Vir sapiens. When a word expressing quality is without an adjective and cannot be turned as in the last example, praeditus {endowed with) is used with the al)lative : as. Homo virtnte praeditus, A man of valout (literally, A man endowed with valour). 5. When the price for which a thing is bought or sold is not stated definitely, price is usually expressed by the genitive, especially with the words mag-ni {at a great price), maximi {at a very great price), parvi {at a low price), pluris {at a greater price), minoris {at a less price), tanti {at so great a price), quahti {at as high a price or at how high a price)', as, Hortos tanti quanti tu emit, He bought gardens at as high a price as you. Frumentum pluris vendo, / sell corn at a higher price !^ 6. The genitive is used with nouns derived from verbs to denote the subject of the verb implied in the governing noun : as, Morsus • With possessive pronouns this f?enitivo is not used, but the neuter of the corres- ponding possessive ajc-c/ire franttve. 7. The genitive is also used with nouns derived from verbs fo • moitls. n,c huu- of death. Here mortis is the ol^icrt of thJ "-plK-l u,„et, /„. /..,„.. This is calie,! .l.e olJcCil 7^^:^ ' "" ,. ■ f .*'"-'""'™ '' "•■'=" ••"'''«' '" """llier noun lo .lefine nn,l li„,!t • ^/.v;/,;^*"r'' '■"," ^""""■"' ''>■ ■•' ««"!'!>"= -h--'" "-ey express /^"/i', T.w/,/, or ,l,e opposite: as, Plenus hoetlum. /W/ J /!! -////«//. /„;,.. ial;o, ,n the active, the accasative of the person and d.t on s aocusaverunt, T/.c dihem .ucmed him oflrcadmy. ImrtetaMiTh '7' !'"'" ""^"•"<="<"- "«"■"'= respectively, Tu ab me 13. Mlseret C'/ <■-.«•/,■. ///_,-;, poenltet (i, ,„.Ur. rc/,e,„X pudet sonally u,th the accusative of the person affected and the geni ive ii 282 FIRST LATIV no.)K. of tlu; object caiisinjr the fe-clin^' : as, Eorum noH niiHeret, U'r /'//> //i('//i (litcially, It pities us of thciii). 14. The inipcrsonals Interest and refert, // /»• of iiiiportiVht\ take tho },'cnitivc of the person to whom llie matter is of impoit ance : as, Clodli Intererat Mllonem perlre, // 7,vrv of iinportancc to Clodius that Milo should die. But if tlic pei son is represented in Knglish by a personal pronoun, the abhitive sinKuIar feminine of the possessive pronoun is used in Latin : as, Id mea Interest, This is of iiiiportiVice to tiw. Tiic de^^ree of importance is expressed cither ))y an adverb (multum, plurimum, imuli, very iiiuclt\ or b>' the genitive of price (as, magni, paivl, phiris, etc.): as, Multum mea interest, // is of great importance to nu\ Magni tua intereat, It is of great importance to you. ABLATIVE. 1. The ablative expresses separation or motion from ; hence it is used with verbs signifying to desist from, relieve from, deprive of , need,^ be without, free from ; as, Conatu destltit, He desisted from the attempt. Leva me hoc onere, Relieve nie of this burden. Se oculis pi ivavit, He deprived himself of his eyes. Non egeo medicina, / do not want medicine. Cibo caret, lie is without food. 2. Adjectives signifying 7C'ant or freedom from take the ablative : as, Animus liber cura, A mind free from care. Puer est experri- metu, I'he boy is without fear. Urbs est nuda praesidio, The city is destitute of defence. 3. The ablative of origin is used with verbs (chiefly participles like natus, satus, born from; editus, genitus, descended from; ortus, sprung from) with the preposition a (or ab), e (or ex), de when implying remote ancestry, or with the simple ablative for immediate ancestry: as, Belgae a Germanis orti sunt. The Belgae are descended from the Germans. Ille optimis parentibua ortus est. He is born of very noble parents. 4. The agent after a passive verb is regularly expressed by the ablative with a or ab : as, Vir a sociis laudatur, The man is praised by his comrades. 'Egeo and indigeo K-ovem also the penitive. (See p. ''81 10.) 'Thia governs the genitive also. (See p. 281, 9.) RULKS OP SYNTAX. 283 'ibhti^ ■;."■'■' """"' '"'' '"^'''-'"''^^ are denoted hy the ablatue unhcut a preposition : as, Puer pallidus Ira ft.lt 'll Z -.• /.A. .vM ..,v (a,.,, of cause ; not of.en used whh ' a /^i T MH.no «etu Caeaaren. cant. r,uy Mv./. Ousa. um ^,2^1 '''.C(.>bl. of manner ; not often us,>d without an ndi ^ a , / .v.«W.-r //« wolf/urar than flit Jog. aestlmo, Note ,l,.-,t quam ^nn only be o.nU.cd wl,e„ ,l,e won! .-.fte,- i, would be ,„ ,l,c „.„„ina,ivc or accusative, if ,„am „c,e expressed 7. The ablative is used with the con,|.a,:.tivc of the adjective to express the au,o,u,t of diftercce : as. Puer u„o anno set^Ir year) „,an hs l.roll,er. This is called the .Native .^llifferelr ablattve when the price is definitely stated: as, Vlglnti taL ! una,, orattonenr vendldlt Isocrates. /,„„•„/« sM o^\TTa, >u.cn,y taUnts. Mu.to sanguine haeo victoria nobts stat T,,,, tory costs us ,.„u/. M../ (literally, Sf.„„/s f„ „s at ,„uch h,J') 9 The following adjectives govern the ablative: Dlgnua(7,w//,v) es //„ s,Mer ,s ,j,oMy „f a cow,,. Puer est Ineen.o praedUul T/ie boy is endowed with ,Mli/y. """"a, 10. The deponents utor ( / „sc), ft-uor (/ e„joy). fungor (1 d,\- ehar,re). potior (I ol,tai„), veseor (, eat), govern the :d,h,ive a Phmmis rebus frulmur et utlmur. Wc enjoy a„d use „.a„y tMirJ veT.^ "'r^T "''"!"'• ^'' "'"'"'"•■'' ''•'-■'^' """'y- Lacte et car™ vescebantur, T/uy used to live on ,„ilk and flesh. 11. Opus est and usus est (there is need) are generally used i,n- personal y w.th the ./„//.. of the person to whom there is need, and /;.';/'"■ ""'" "''"''='' ■■ "'' ^""^ »•'" OPUS e.t, f/Ze need 0/ food (ht^mWy, There is need lo ,ne with food) 284 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 12. An ablative (called the ahl. of quality) is often used, like the j^enitive,^ to express quality, especially when external qualities of dress or appearance are mentioned : as, Homo magno capite, ore rubicundo. rnagnis pedibus, A man icnth a big head, red face, and big feet. Caesar erat excelsa statura, Caesar ivas of Ufty stature. The abl. of quality should not be used without an adjective. 13. An ablative (called the abl. of respect) is used to express that in respect to which a statement is true : as, Pauci numero erant, They •ii>crefciv in number. Est Medtis g'enere, He is a ^Ied^ by birth. ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 14. The ablatii>c absolute is a phrase consisting,'' of a noun in the ablative case with apartic'^ile, adjective, or noiui in agreement with it : as, Coniuratio facta est Tarquinio regnante, A conspiracy was fort) ted in the reign of Tarquin. His rebus dictis rediit, He returned after saying t)u\sc tilings. Consule Planoo, /;; the consul- ship of Plaucus. RULES FOR EXPRESSINCi TIME. 1. A point of time is ex])ressed by the ablative: as, Hieme' noctes sunt longae, /;/ ivinter the nights are long. 2. Within a per'od of time is expressed either by the simple ablative or by the accusative with inter or intra : as, Faucis diebus, inter paucos dies, intra paucos dies, [l 7////;/ a fe7V days. 3. Many years after is multis annis (abl.)post,2 or post'' multos annos ; many years before is multis annis (abl.) ante,- or ante-' multos annos : as, Mviltis annis post urbs expugnata est, The city was taken nuiny years after. 4. Duration of time is expressed by the accusative : as, Romulus septem et triginta annos regnavit. Romulus re/gned for thirty- sci'cn years. Often per, through, is used if definite duration is to be ex|)ressed : as, Per totam noctem dormiebat, ffe slept the liTc-long night. 5. Ago is expressed by abhinc, followed by the woids expressing time in the accusative or ablaiive : as, Abhinc decem dies (or >See Genitive (p. 280,4). "In tliese ciiscs post and ante are adverbs. Hn these oases post and ante are prejiositiong, RULKS OF SYNTAX. 285 -::;:r:i;.'*"=' ^^^-^^ ^^^'^^ "-"■ ^- ""-■ ■'.?" c-— as Homo eat tHc^ir^f ^'^^riy ytats), or without natua, lo iiuiuo est tng-inta annorum (u ^Sn A '\t. j? ., ■ KULES FOR EXPRESSING PLACE ^-"" islands: as, A. o^ia'^LTJtrir'^'rr^ io GauL to fhe ri/v wuu .1 . contendit, //t' /iasfc';/s preposition ^ as, Romam, Corinthum K-or.fv.o„- also domum (/„„„,.) ,„. J' ,],, ' ^'""•"■''''< "^'X'""- So preoosition . Z ' .«««/'7), are used without a ' ,«° Id T' ""• -"' *'"''"■"'■ '''''• ""'«'^ '""-. 'o „c 2Zse t^cIT ""^^°"" ^'"''"■^' "■""'<' -n ^^ -«■. '■' .he%™:^;fra"af ■' "'"""'^ "''"^"" '^^ ""= "'*"-e «i,h me prepositions, a, ab, e, ex, or de, unless before the n-ime^ nffr. Conntho, Karthaglne, Ae^ma, contendit, d A„s,.;,s fr,„ /W Gw./^, C„-//,„,v, >,,,„•„,, .So also: Do^o, /.„„ L ■ t^ from the couniry. "^ "it , lure, wi^; .he r"'"' f "■' "' ''"'"'''' " P'<=P'-i'i<"' is..ec,ui,od, unK.. -A case which became obsolete in later Latin \% 28G FIRST LATIN HOOK. case is used. This case has the form of (ti) tlie genitive, if the noun is of the (iist or second declension singular ; {/>) the ablative, if tin- noun is of the third declension singular cr if the noun is plural : as, Romae, a/ Rome; Corinthi, at Corinih ; Karthagine, at Carthage ; Athenis, ai Athens (from Athenae, nom. pi.) ; Delphis, at Delphi (Delphi, nom. pi.) ; Curibus, at Cures (Cures, nom. pi.). So also: "DoxcA, at hovie ; t^yxvcA, on the ground ; tt&WxJn^var ; ruri, in the country ; militiae, on military service, abroad. 4. When iirbs or oppidum is used in apposition *o the name of a town, the preposition should be expressed : as, Ad urbem Romam contendit, He set out for the city of Rome. Ex urbe Roma proper- avit, He hastened from the city of Rome. In urbe Roma vixit, He lived in the city of Rome. (Note.— The City of Rome is Urbs Roma, not Urbs Romae.) EXTENT OF SPACE. 1. Space over ivhich motion takes place is expressed by the accusative : as, Tria millia passuum ambulavit, He walked three miles. 2. Space of measurement answering to the questions, How high ? how deep? how broad? hoTV long? may be expressed by the ace. or gen. Thus : A tree a hundred feet high, Arbor alta centum pedes (ace. of extent of space) or Arbor centum pedum (gen. of qua!.). 3. Space which lies between is expressed by the accusative or ablative : as, Abest decern millia passuum, // is ten miles off. Quinque millibus passuum distat, It is Jive miles distant (lit. by five ?niles). INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. 1. Is the soldier here? is Adestne miles? Is not the soldier here? is Nonne miles adest? I he soldier is not here, is he? is Num miles adest? Questions not introduced by interrogative pronouns or adverbs are usually introduced by one of the interrogative particles -ne, nonne, num. -Ne simply asks for information ; nonne expects the answer Yes, and num the answer No. 2. Questions introduced by interrogative pronouns or adverbs do RULES OF SYNTAX. 287 nc^ recmire an interrogative nartirlp- iQ tj^/.„ Quid rides? I!'/, Pauicle. as, JP/,j, are you laughing'^ ^juid Ides? // l„re are you coming from ? Unde venis? k'S L T" " ''" question: as, A //.. ../.^V. /....«,' ^^-r(A^). Adestne miles? Adeat (Non adest). //!/'' '/ f '" "'""^ ''' introduce a rhetorical question • as I^a.eyou ,ou,is of tfu.r Honor? An de eorum fide ^^Z ' ' '^^''^^^'"''^^''^/^^^^'^"^''^^'^^/•^Utrumvenietannon? b 7>// ;;,. ,,.//.; you are is Die mihi quis sis. / 7^/// «./, /,,>,, .^^^.Z //. .. rea^/ing, Rogabo eum quid legat. i^/.../. ^ w Hie an independent question is called a .//.../ ,...//.,, 7^///^/// r / .,;;, /,;-,v/, Rogat num fessus sim. IV/ie/Her or nnf in an ,ndn-ect question is Utrum . . necne- as T/ / " " ' iT he will rmtjp n^^^i -^ ^ ■ ■ necne . as, As/c mm whether ne will come or not, Roga eum utrum venturus sit necne. COMMANDS AND PROHIBITIONS. 1. Commands are expressed by the imperative mood • as Con suit for yourselves, Vos vobis consulite. ' ' 2. Prohibitions (addressed to individuals) are expressed most usually by noli or nolite with the infinitive, or by n. wi h he ne fee subHmct.ve as, Do.t scoM, Naii obiur.ar'e (Noli is e i - puat. of nco, /.,,;, unwilling). Don^t d. tt, Ne hoc feceris NOTE.-Ne with the imperat. or with the pres. subjunc is com men m poetry and in general prohibitions : as, Be no wr^l ^t priestess Ne saevi. ma^na sacerdos. Do not learn many)^ but much, Ne multa discas sed multum. "^ ' SUBJUNCTIVE IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. tne .../'sl'^""'"" " ""^ '" exhortations : as, Let us always be me same. Semper ndem simus. 1. Th 288 FIKST LATIN HOOK. ! f if ! 2. Tlie subjunc. is used in commands : a^,, /.,/ ///;// Ciwie tO- W(>fj(>7.\ Cras veniat. (See last section.) 3. The subjunc. is used where a question is asked in dcnibt : as, ]l 'hat shall I say ? Quid dicam ? What should I have said / Quid dicerem? Tliis is called the deliberative subjunctive, 4. The subjunc. is used to soften an assertion: as, You -u'ould ask me i, ^^''~''''' ^^^'t se civeni Romanum es.e (dnect ==/...;/ ., Roman cifhcn, Civis Romanus sum). 4. Verbs meaning A; Z.../., promise, undertake, have in Latin the Spe'f a.Kl not as in En.hsh the pros. : a. lie hopes to ^V^ ", '^ bperat se dm v cturum. / -ht-nmi^.^J /. "- '"'.s' Note that ll,c proper pronoun n,ust be expressed l>ef.,re the h,f. Clfi-t f „,:'"" """ '" '"'""'' "•" '•"""■ - ''««-" - venturun. (n'o. Note that the /,. of the //^/-clause, when referring to the subiert of the prtnapal clause, is «e : referring to soute one else, it v. SUPINE. (;erundi\'e. 1. The supine in -um is used to express purpose, but only with verbs of motion : as, Ludos visum ierunt, 'Jhey u'ent to see the games. Questum iniurias eo, / am o;oing to complain of.orono; 2. The gerundive of verbs that govern tiu. ac:c. is to be "used instead of the gerund with an object : as, Consilium in.bant urbis delHr' ^'^-^"""''^ '' ^^""-^'^ -straying the city (not urbem Rut the gerund is used if the verb does not govern the ace • as Magrnam grloriam victis parcendo paravit. //. ,,on <^reat glory / ' sparing t/te vanquished. ^' J y 290 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 3. To express ditty, obligation, or ftccessity use tlie gerundive + 8um {/>assi7'i' /x'rip/irastii) '. as, Urbs defendenda est, 77ie city must Iw defendt'ii. Est mihi ambulandum, / tiiiisf -auilk (agent usually in dat.). Nonne inimieia a nobis parcendum est? Ought ivc not to sp(tre our enemies ? (agent expressed by a or ab to avoid ambiguity). PARTICIPLES. 1. Use the pres. participle, only of an action simultaneous with that of the main verb : as, Haec moriens dixit, This he said ivliile dying. 2. The fut. part. act. is used to express x\ purpose : as, Venio agTos visurus, / am coming to see the lands. 3. Use the fut. ])art. act. + sum to express I ain about to, intend to : as. Die mihi quid facturus sis, Tell me what you intend to do [active periphrastic). 4. For the perf. part. act. (which is wanting) use {a) abl. absolute ox{b) cum + subjunc. or (r) postquam + perf. ind. : as. Having killed his enemy he spoke thus, Hoste mterfecto {or Hostem cum inter- fecisset or Hostem postquam interfecit), haec locutus est. Note. - He killed and stripped his e?iemy, is Hostem interfectum spoliavit (not Hoste interfecto eum spoliavit). SEQUENCE OF TENSES. 1. Latin tenses are divided into Primary and Secondary (or Historical), as follows : — Primary Tenses. Secondary (or Historical) Tenses. Pres., Perfect, Future, Future Perf. j Iniperf., - Perfect, [Pluperf, amat, he loves. amavit, he bias loved. amabit, be will love. amaverit, be will have loved. amabat, he rvas loving. amiavit, he loved. amaverat, he bad loved. 2. A primary tense in the principal clause is followed by a primary tense in the dependent clause ; a secondary tense in the principal clause is followed by a secondaiy tense in the dependent clause : as, Venio ut urbem videam, / am coming that I may see RULES OF SYNTAX. 291 ///'• r//r (primary sequence). Venlebam ut urbem viderem /-,,c when";';,':': 'T' '" ^ "'''■ '"'■• ■• ■' " ^'''"'"^ « INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 1. A clause joined to a principal verb by an interrogative pronoun or c,„j„ ,,„ ,^,|^^, ^^ .^^^.^^^^ ^^^^ an in.lirec °Z ..on l,as ,ts verb ,n the subjunctive : as, Quaes.vlt cur haec feeisll^ Jie tn^umd luliy I l„,d done this. reoissem, nnff' 1°' "'" ^"'' '"''■'""'• ""■ '" •''" '"''""<-■" question, use the fut pa t. + 8um: as, Solo quid facturtts sit, 1 k,„»„ ,,1,.,/,^ J/ldo Sc.eban.,u,dracturuse.set, / ,,„. „,;„, ;,. ,„,, ,^ ^'^^^ scLr:u:r:^::r:,f:r;3Tee::rzi;'; '- t"/-'- ''^• m,-d «o^averu„t«uandofu urumtTetltl'l""" '^ "^ '" '"" '" seme'r"" ^"^"'°' "" <=""• ^°'- -'"' ■" - -'errogative 4. /r/„.//,„. in a„ j^^;^^^, question is num or fr-.relv^ B.c mini num eadem quae ego aentla^ r,.// „ ,'^' "°^ ' '■"' //.. ...... «A'-w «. /. Quaes^, eXu'ne :lr;f i""' '""" }',m were safe. ' ^ "'- but „. not ,s „ee„e in inCre:" ^Z^^::^'-^^ " '-'^'S> ■ I kno7v 7vhether this is true f or false, Scio ^^^^^^ hoc verum an falaum sit, , , ^ ' (.verumne sit an falsum. / ask 7vhether he znfends lo xro or not Rno-^ . neene. ' A^ ^^ not, Rogro utrum Iturus sit 6. Tell me if he is ^u^ell is Die mihi num (not si) valeat. fi n *. *' w FIIiST LATIV nOOK. !^i ■ 7. I told ihew li'/iii/ lit' iHiolil to (/() IS Eis dixl quid (not quod) ei faciendum esset, l)(r;nise tlu- (Icpendt-iit c l;uisc(quid ei faciendum e8set)iinj)li('s in direct narration the (lucstion, U'/iy ut is used as the subject „f .n impersonal verb like accidit m // /, j,a . ^''^J^ i or an ,.,.'. ... , '"^^ aeciait, fit, // happens ; futurum est, ilie n. /t .v// /., accedit, // /. ../.,,,, eequitur. proximmn est / fol/ou^s; flen (non) potest. // /. (,;,) ^,,,,-^;,^. ^eHquum est restat ,/ re>nau. tantum abest (see p. 297,7) : as, Accidit ut nemo abesset. // happened //../ ,;. ,„e ..as absent. Ad Appi ciaudi senectute accedebat ut caecus esset. There ..as aM^ ^H/ Tes 7;^^;" r: ''"^"' ''"' '' '''"' '^'"' ««^"^^- "t eires, ItfolUnvs that you are wron^r »Uh the i„iave ih. .same aim (literally, 7aish fhe same thino) Sucb nouns -Z ■ ADVERBIAL CLAUSES. A. FIxNAL CLAUSES. tive' if u^d^'i !l-''!"^ '"^''^'"^^^ '^^ -^ -• - -ith the subjunc- / ... Hoc dico ne te laedam. / say thts not to offend you Such clauses of purpose are calledy?.../ clauses. ^ 2. In final clauses the nrrspnf .v- .'.o 1 r. in.perfect after secondary "00 h > "^^"' P'"""'>' ^^"^^^' ^'^^ // ./ / V, ^ '^^' °^°^^^^i<^ t'Ortas ut hostes excludat //f shuts the eates to ke^^ o"* fh^ ^„^,„., ( • " ^^^^^'^aat, Occlusit nnrf^.. f u ^^^-^ (prnnary seciuence). w 294 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 3. For Th'it no one^ that uo^ that nothin^^ that ucTcr^ use Ne quia, ne iillus, ne quid, ne unquam : as, Porta clauaa est ne quia exiret, The i^a/c ii.uci .shut that no one niij^ht i^o out. Clatnant ne uUiim verbum audiatur. They are shouting that no ivord may be heard. Abii no quid viderem, / ivent away that I might sec nothing. Hoc facite ne unquam vituperent, Do this that they may never revile. 4. Quo is used for ut when there is a comparative in the final cl.uise: as, Puto aliquid puero dandum esse quo sit studioaior, / thin/c that something shou/d he given to the hoy that he may he more cea/ous. Caesar caatella communit quo facillua Helvetica pro- hibere possit. Caesar ereets forts tJiat he may the more easily keep haek the Helvciii. 5. The relative qui (called qui final) is used with the subjunc. to express a purpose: as, Mlsit legatos qui pacem peterent, He sent ambassadors to sue for peace ■ ''^ expicsscl .-.s 0) Legratos mislt ut pacem peterent (pc tlna!) 3 Legates tnislt qui pacem peterent (qui final). (3) Legates misit ad pacem petendam (ad with 'iccuv.ti.n r ^eiuiulivc). ^ 'iccus.itive of (4) Legates mislt pacis petendae causa (causa ui,l, .1,. • • of germulive). ^ '^'' ^^^^ genitive (5) Legates misit ad pacem petendum (ad with .cnind) (6) Legates misit pacem petendi causa (causa wifl v . gerund). (.causa with genitive of (7) Legates misit pacem petftum Csiinino nff„ , r (8) Legates misit pacem petltures Cnf \ "' '"'""^■ pressing a purpose) ^ '"" P''^''^'"'^'^ ''^^''-^ -- 10. For et ne in a scrnnr? r>io.,o-. c (p. 292,4). ''-'"'" "^ P"'-?"-^^ ^'^e neu or neve n. CONSF.CUTIVE CLAUSES. 1. An adverbial clause is offf>n iic«,> * is descnbed in .he ,„..,i„ cL: " s d^r: "" '.ff "' ""•" .ive Causes, o. Causes of cnsec,,.: ..".'^rt t'^T^"- omnes occupavlt ut rex Ipse flieerit 9„ v !^ ' " '""°'" kin., MnnelfJ,.,. Tam eaC tt uf ml ■^■"'' "'""'' "" '""' "" Hind „,al ;,e did not see me. "°" '"'''"'^'- "' »" "' 2. The nrle for the sequence of tenses i„ , the same as in En«Iisi, e.cen tuT(Z ''"' '^'■'"'^" '' the in,petfect subjunctive is ' Led of " """'"■^ "="^=' Tantus ttaor omnes occupavlt ut plrturb:tiT;"c""; /" ^ ■'••'' M Ihat „,ey ,,cre fianie stricken Jiut T, '^"''' f""' ^"^cd Romanos saepe eluderet, He was ,„ ,l',r /-? "^ ""^^ ™ the Romans. '" ""V"' """ ''"' '//«/ einded .-, ut „,.., ut nun,uam, ate used for m:;22^Z': Z ■S3I 29G FIUST LATIN HOOK. net>ct\ that nothiui^ : as, TallH erat ut nemo el crederet, He nvns of stiih a chitrnctcr t/inf )io one bclic'ed him. Verres Slcilljim per triennlum itn vexavit iit ea restltul In antiquum statum nullo modo potuerit, / rrtcs so Jun ricd Sicily for time years lit, it il coiilti not in any way In' restored to its orii^inal condition. Ita Improbua fuit ut nihil eum a scelere revocaverlt. Uc "auis so 'ii'ic/ced that nothini^ ei'cr called him (rn'ay J'ram crime. 4. Consecutive clauses arc often used after demonstrative words like tails, stnh; tantus. so j^'-reat ; sic, Ita, tarn, s,> ,- adeo, to such a dci^ree : as, Tanta vis probitatis est ut etlam In hoste dlligamus, .SV) y^reat is ilie force of honesty tliaf 7oe Idtc it cren in an enemy. Tarquinius sic Servium dllig-ebat ut Is eius vulg'o haberetur Alius, Tarquin so loi>ed Servius that the latter loas commonly regarded as his son. Hoc eum adeo terruit ut vlx hodle prodire audeat, 7'his so terrified him that he scarcely tww ventures to go forth. 5. The relative qui (called qui consecutiTc) is often used with the sul)jimctive to introduce a consecutive clause : as, Non is sum qui hoc faciam, / am not the one to do this (qui ut ego). 'Flic conse- cutive relative is found in the following constructions : {a) With certain indefinite expressions like sunt qui (JJwrc are some '•iOho); reperiuntur qui {there are found those -toho) : as. Sunt qiii putent nihil sibi litteris opus esse, There are some loho think that they Itare no need of literature. Nihil est quod dicere velim, 7//orthy^, and idoneus or aptus (fit) ; as, Dignus est qui ametur, he is worthy to be loi'cd. (c) After quam with a comparative: as, Maior est quam cui resisti possit, //(• is too great to he resisted ( ^-oreater tJian to who/.n it can be resisted). [Possum is used impersonally only when an infinitive passive is joined lo it.] 6. Instead of qtii non, quin is often used when the veil) in the principal clause has a negative or virtual negative': as, Nemo est quin sciat, There is /'" ooi but knows. Negai'i non potest quin fcurpe sit fidem falibr^^ // ..?/.•,. d be denied that it is dishonorable to 1 Words like vix, scairrl;/, and iiuestiori forms tliat exjiect the answer 'No.' HULKS OP 8Y.VTAX. 297 an dublto quin vir summo ingenlo «lt / / / . '• ' AV/,«/. Non •'■■•' he is a man ^JL :;rr;::n:„:,';;r: t^"- •"^-^""^ "■■ ""^ '■"■■- Demosthenes. .SV, /,„■„,„ /T / "° ' "°" «'"»''>'<^'at lP8e C. CAUSAI, CLAUSES ■>■ (-aiisiil ,ulvcri)i,il clauses -ii-,.,. ,1 ■•"e f„ll,nvceh,st„.,a„v„t,i„ f,.:i'h'r,;.hf:frxrj™""' ""'" •"^" ' Quis IS a»»/ after si, nisi mim Z^T"! ~ ' — ' — '•^/o-O. doleo dorie^e)] ^^^^^^^'^ -'"^'^-'0. laudo r/ vra,.e), g-audeo r/ p' 298 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 5. Tlie relative qui (called t/ut causal) is often used with the subjunctive lo introduce a causal clause : as, Pec^sse videor qui a te decesserim, // seems that I have done wrong since I have departed from yon [qui-cum ego]. Qui is ofteii stren<,nhencd by quippe, utpote, indeed, as being : as, Multa de me questus est, quippe qui a me inconsus ess°it, He complained at length of me, inasmuch as he had been exasperated by me. Qui causal is often used after exclamations: as, Me miserum qui haec fecerim, Wretched that I am for doing this. 6. Non quod, non quo with tlie subjunctive ,ire often used to introduce a rejected reason : as, Hoc laudo non quod honestum sit, sed quod utile est, / praise this not because it is honorable, but because it is expedient. So, De consilio meo non scripsi, non quo celandum esset, sed quia, etc.. / did not ivrite to you about my plan, not because it required to be concealed, but because, etc So, too, non quin, not but that: as, Non quin me ames sed quod abire cupio, Not but that you love me, but because I wish to go. D. TEMPORAL CLAUSES. 1. Temporal adverbial clauses define the time of the action of the main verb : as, Haec feci dum potui, / did this 7vhile I could. 2. The temporal conjunctions ubi, ut {when), postquam or posteaquam (after), simul ac (or simul atque before a ^•owel or //), ut primum, quum primum {as soon as), are followed by the indicative (usually the perfect or historical present). The Eng- lish commonly requires the pluperfect: as, Simul atque haec audivit, abiit, As soon as he had heard this, he went away. Post- quam id animadvertit, Caesar in proximum collem copias subducit, After he had noticed this, Caesar withdraws his forces to the nearest hill. Ubi se paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida incendunt, JVhen they thought they were ready, they set fire to the towns. Ea res ut Helvetiis nuntiata est, eum causam dicere coegerunt, niien this fact was reported to the Helvetii, they compelled him to plead his cause. Nostri simul in arido constiterunt, impetum fecerunt, Our men, as soon as they had set foot on dry (ground, made an attack. 3. Dum, dou' ?, quamdiu, quoad, meaning 7*'///^, as long as take the indicative: as, Dum vivo, spero, While I live, I hope, vixit, RULES OF SYNTAX. 299 Quoad potuit, dum vixit, bene. He lived we// n>/u7e J, ^ r / rnafifif ir 1 , , "^cu, ix'/uie He iix>ed. rest.tit. //. neld out, as /o,jg as /w cou/d 4. Dum (not donee, quoad, or Quamdin\ • r P'-esent indicative instead of the Fn^HO^ ".''^''" "'"^ ''''^' ^ ^ ^'^e I^um ea Ronaan. parint am o ' H "'"" "' ^'^ "^''^'■" ^ '^ -^ -' ^->,.../. -^ '" /--/--./.../., //.. tou>n was a/ready 5. Dum, donee, quoad, meaning ,,.,/// t,ke fh. • a- ■ they express //w^ alone • as Hoo t ? indicative, uhen /-'^ - // .... .//.,,J -J' ^°; '^":'!^"^ -'^i ^-uit. jduit/us as n-i '^"i<.ia 7ne. Dum rediit MarpAnna i^ ^ ''"''"■•"'"'"'' I'll MarcM,,returnr^ 7?^°^"™' ='I™tium fult. Quoad senatus dimissus ^, V ■ "' ° '" ^™'"" f"" ^ die ////'/ ..w. ,/™;iw. """' '" "''' *■'""'' "« 'I'^t .lay topetum hostlum sustulfl f^ ''"'"■ ""•'.'■'■'• ^«"'' d'^rpose). (Purpose). '"^^ "" "" shouhi break .io,u„ ,„e bridge ^€^« // is L, m"',^""'""™ '"™'' '"^-■>'. riuy are here battle ..as j.„,,,, (r„„„ ^„,^ZX' PU '"""' "" ''^'"-^ "" terrore reclperent in fln.. 1 '' ^""^l"™ se hostes ex '■"v« (Intention) """-'' """ "'"'"■ '■"■'■'■- NOTK.-Anteqnam and priuaquan, are often „■,;„ • as, .„te rorat quau. p,„it. // .1,,.^, /„;;:, t;f;'x; '" '"" '"'""'■■ 300 FIRST LATIN BOOK. 9. Quum (cum) takes tlie tndicafn'e {a) Wlicn (le.iotin},^ contcmpflrancous time : as, Quum Caesar in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, When Ce fulfilled • as (3) Conditions contrary to fart Ti-,;e ^u f,- I - to jaci. inis class contains nil rnnri; («) When the condition is not fulfilled in the present • as Pecuniam si haberet rinroi- n t, 1 j ^ F'^^'cnt . as, (now). ^ ^'"^ '^'"'''-^ <"^^^>' ^'^' ^-"^'/^/i^"'^ // (-^O When the condition was not fulfilled in the past • as Pecumam Si habuisset, dedisset. If /. t.ui ,u.i nLy (in ^ ..s.) /. would have given it (in the past). ' ^' Often (.^) and {h) are combined : as Si id teci^t. viveret. If ,e had done tkis (in the past), l...ouU I. living 3. The indicative, not the subjunctive, must be used in the main ctXot:!-:,;::'-:™" -'- "-- '"= p^cipa, ™." ■:;;;: li'll i" ''■f P"ipl"astic conjugation, active or passive (p ,72 174) . as. W facturuB fult, ^i adtUlssot. He u.ouj/.a.e J'. /'''> 302 FIRST LATIN BOOK. lie had been here. Nisi litteras mislsset, agros relicturi erant, If iic Juid not sent the letter, they ivould have left their lands. Consilia si processissent, interflciendiis fuit, If the plans had sue- it'eded, he must fuii'e been put to deatJi. {b) Possum (/tv?;/), Aebeo {I ought), oportet {It Is tieedftil): as, Totus exercitus deleri potuit, si persecuti essent victores, The -whole army might have been destroyed, if the victors had followed up. 4. Sive . . . sive(seu . . . seu) are used for alternative conditions : as, Seu credis seu non credis, verum est, Whether you believe it or not, it is true. Caution. -Distinguish whether . . . or'm alternative questions, and whether . . . or in aliei native conditions. Thus : Utrum credam necne, tu nescis. Whether I believe or not, you do not know (noun clause, object of nescis). But : Sive credo, sive non credo, tu quidem credis. Whethe;- I believe or not, you at least believe (alternative adverbial conditions). 5. Nisi negatives a whole clause, si non, some particular word : as. Nemo saltat sobrius, nisi forte insanit, No one dances when he is sober unless perchance he is insane. Si manebit, laudabo ; si non manebit, culpabo. If he stays, I shall praise him ; if he does md stay, I shall blame him. 6. A second conditional clause of contrary meaning to the first is introduced, if affirmative, by sin (but if); if negative, by si non. with a verb, or with si mtnus (if not) without a verb : as. Si manebit. laudabo ; sin abibit, culpabo, If he stays I will praise him; but, if he goes, I will blame him. Si manebit, laudabo ; si non manebit, culpabo. Si manebit, laudabo ; si minus, culpabo, // he stays I will praise him; if not, I will blame him. 7. Provided that is expressed !)y dum, modo. or dummodo, with the subjunctive (with ne, not, in negative clauses) : as, Oderint, dum metuant. Let them hate provided that they fear. Veniant dum- modo ne maneant. Let them come, provided they do not stay F. CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. 1. Concessive clauses are those that make some concession in spue of which the statement of the main clause is true. They are RULES OP SYNTAX. 303 usually Introduced in English by ihougJ,. These clauses m.y be tlivKJed into those which state ^'-luses may be {a) An admitted fact. These are introduced by quamquam u-ith P r^tr'^y ^'^ — ;; -amquan. proelio Lsi e Jnt Ta^'en procedunt, 7/. uwians, although they were 7,eary with jMuin. r^theless aci.auce. Caesar, quamquam eorum consUiat.no:' emt. ta„,en susplcabatur. Caesar, though he had not yet iLZd their plans, was nevertheless suspicious. ^ (/') A mere supposition. These are introduced by licet ut :rr::::rzr ^^^'''°' "^''^^^^^ '^"''''' '-^^ ^^--^- -^^^-^^ ^ ^2.^ Etsi. etiamsi. tametsi follow the rules for si. (See p. 300- f^^^^ ::^ ^^ "'^" ^" ^^^^'^^'-^ ^- ^ -, Quamvis ''"^' tnat odio ease ,s used for the passive of odisse. /. hate oL us^i ™r :';;:^ z ^"^^'"^. ^^^"^^ ^^^^ -^--^^) ^^ '> • '^^^' ^a^sar, qui haec videret f-nrr.c.« inst,.u.,t, 7-/„„^„-, c„«„. s.,u, //,/., /.. ,/,,,^ „; "rrr^" ''°-''» S^Quum with ,hc subjunc. so,„e.in,es has a concessive force- as, Quum dicas te esse Graecum es Eomn„„. ri ' Iha, you area Greek, you are a RoZ,T "'"' ""' '"^ G. COMPARATIVE CLAUSES 1. A comparative adverbial lause expresses agreement for ^ '""M'lteraJlj j-/m// 2. There are two classes of comparative sentences :- {a) When the comparison is stated is n fn / t^.7v /.c../^ra/V. (which they arc not). ^ '-^ "^^"^ ;ll ^•*" 304 FIRST LATI.V HOOK. Those of till' (a) type take the iiuhcativc, those of the (/;) tyi)c, tlie siil)juii(;H\e, 3. '1 lie f()llo\vin. 301, to that of 3 {a), p. 301. 4. The . . . the Ijcfore comparatives is expressed by (a) Quo . . . co, or by quanto , . . tanto : as, Quo (or quanto) quisque est melior, eo (or tanto) difflcihus suspicatur, 7 he /setter a iitaii is, the wore difi- culty he has in suspecting, or by (/;) Ut quisque . . . ita, with superhi- tives : as, Ut quisque vir optimus est, ita diffloillime suspicatur. Tliis may also be rendered, /// proportion to a man's goodness, he hits dijjiculty in suspecting. 5. Distinguish the use of ^^^ in the following : He did as he 7i'as told, Ut imperatum est, sic fecit. Eadt m ac t u peto, I have the same object as you (comparative clause). He is not so mad as to think this, Non tarn insanus est ut hoc putet (consecutive clause). He ran fast so as to he in time, Celeriter cucurrit ut tempori veniret (ut final). He collected as many forces as possible (or as he cou/f • ., • , narration. Thus : /^/'/VmV or rVV/^//^,' DriiKCT. figo civis Romanus sum. Divit «o • """"''''• lam a Roman cilhm 7. ^"'^^"^ Romanum esse. Romulus, inquit. urbem condidit n >"'/"' ''' ' " ^' '^ ''""'"' "'"'"• //? .w./ that Romultis had founded a city. Note.— If the actual words of -i mm-,i-o. they are introduced bv inquit /. '7 "'' "'''''' '''' '!""^^^'' the first word. If , he 2"^ s"^/'" ": f" ""'' ""*''">' '^'""^^''"^^ ciioit,dixit,oraitis."ed. '^""'"^ "^ '"'""^^ "™-'' DlKKCT. A„.,;/v -./, . • .; , . advenire dixit. ^ "• ^''<^' ^/ (^'^ Persians, 7oas a/^ proaching. Ill 306 FIKST LATIN lU)OK. (For tense ofadvenire see p. 289, 3, note, .ind for tense of esset see ]). 290, 2.) NoTK.— The fuiiirc-perf. ind. of direct becomes plupf. subjunc. in indirect after a past tense : as, Dixit eum, qui id fecisset, poenas dHturum, //^ saiti that the man who did that, ivould he punished (direct = qui id fecerit, the man loho does that^ see p. 301, 2, (2), {a). 3. Indirect commands are in the subjunctive (usually the imper- fect ; but sometimes the present takes the place of the imperative of the direct connnand) : as, '>"<'-(^'l'- iNDIkKCT. Ite, inquit, create consules. Irent, crearent consviles. " Go, ' ' saj's he, ' ' e/r,/ eo/isn/s." He ordered ihem to i^-o and eleet eoiisu/s. 4. Indirect questions askinj,^ for information (and representing the second person in dnect), are usually in the subjunctive (the im- perfect or pluperfect when the principal verb is secondary) : as, I>iRi'<^T. Indirect. Quid agis? inquit ; cur non antea (Dixit) quid ageret? cur non pugnam commisisti? antea pugnam commisisset? ''IVhat are you about.'-" say'! he. {He asked) 7ohat was he about? Why "II 'hy have you not. l)egun the battle had he not l>Ci^un the InUlle before ? before ? " 5. Indirect rhetorical questions representing the first or third person in dnect are generally expressed by the accusative and infinitive : as, I'^'HKCT. Indirect. Num Romam repulsi ibimus ? Num se Romam repulses esse ituros ? Shad ive if repulsed };o to Rome ? IVould tliey if repulsed go to Rome ? 6. Pronouns of the first and second persons are usually changed to those of the third person. Thus : ego, nos liecome se meus, noster " suus tu, vos " iiie, illi tuus, vester, " illius, illorum hie. iste <' iiie, is lU'LES OP SYNTAX. 307 7. Advcrl.s of present time hecome after a secornlary tense adverbs of past time : as, nunc (//^7.-) l,econu:s lam. tunc (//;>■„) hen (yesArJay) « p^die (//,, ,/„,, /,./,,,,. hodie(W.y/) .' ilIodIe(/^././„jO. eras {/o.mor,o7v) - postridie (M. ,/.,,v .A,;.). Difi'ti'^rf' '" "T' ''''^' «^^-^---d«- (!'• 30.) becomes Dixit se daturum. si haberet. Si haberem. darem becomes Dixit Be daturum misse. si haberet. Si mansissem. 1,^0^1 rrsse't"""^ ''''''' '" "^^^^' ^"^^^^""^ ^"^-^ - interflceretur:; It may also be noted that Debellatum erit. 7/u^ war will then he over, becomes Dixit debellatum fore. a Se and suus in indirect usually refer to the subject of the prnic.pal verb, is or ille to some one different from that subject • as Caesar catoni dixit verba eius sibi displiCre. G.... /.A/ L;//;.; his {Gilo's) 7oo?ds displeased him {Caesar). 10. If a pronoun is required in indirect to refer to the subject of a subordHKUe clause, ipse may be used : as, Rogavit eos ut d.derent :i;.T/r "^^^"' ''- -''"''- ^^^ ~^- - -^^ ^- _ 11. The subjunctive is used in a subordinate clause when -,n ambulabat quod somnum capere non posset. //. ,,sed to wall- about at n^^rht because he could not sleep (as wl epor^ f El, qui primus conscendisset, praemium proposuit //, ^"^'^'''f^- re^^ard to the one who should first scale tl^Zr ^^""' '' NOTK.-Such a use of the subjunctive is called virtual obli.ue 12 Induect nanation is often used in a principal clause without a verb of saymg : as, Rhenum transiit: Gallos enim sibi hi — e.^^_, ^, ,,,,,,.. ^,^,^,^. said,th:z.^:r:Ze noLl^^l '"""""^ "'''^'■"" ''' ^'^ '"'^^ -' >"^i'-ct may be {a) Certior factus est id a^ ut pons, quern ille in Hellesponto 30S FIIiST LATIN IKxiK. feceml,, disnolveretur. He {Xfr.xrs) 7c;,x fnhf iluil tli,' intention was to I'nak' doivn t/ic ioi<(^,' 7. '/// by thr historian.) {li) Exirttimavit te dlcere quae sentiebaH, lie su/^posed you said ivluit you nally t/ioiti^hf. (Here the quae sentieba^ is rejiarded as the statement of sometliing known to all, the force of which vvouUl be weakened if the direct form of expression were changed.) So, too: Quaero e vobis ut haec pauca, quae restant. audiatls, / ask of yon to hiuir t/u'/nu 7i'ords that remain. Dlco me copias. quas mecum Irnbeo, missurum. / say that I icill send the troops whiJi I have 7i>ith me. Rogro cur nuntius, quern misi, nondum redierit, / ask ivhy the mcs.u'ni^er -whom I sent has not yet returned. {e) Dixit hoc nuntiatum esse duni haec greruntur, He said thai 7oord of it -a) Laniando hostem exspiravit, //e expired manglin^n his enemy (abl. of gerund used for prcs. part.). {c) Quod omnibus notum esse dixit, And that t/iis fnatter {he said) was known to all (the relative as a connective ( = et id) in indirect does not take a finite verb). {d) Adeo territi erant ut non pugnaturi essent, Tliey were so terrified that they 7c>ould not /ight {hii. subjunc, secondary sequence). {f) Non dubitavi quin urbem capturus fuerit, / did iwt doubt that he would have taken //z^' r/Zj (conditional in consecutive clause : double dependence). So : Rogo te quid facturus fueris, I ask you what you li'ould have done. (/) Laetemur potius quam queramur, Let us rcjoiec rather than complain. Addit se prius occisum iri quam me violatum iri, lie adds that he %viU he killed sooner than /hat J s/iall be harmed. FIRST LATIN RI'ADl.R. f' cornm-:lius nicpos. 'IIIEMISTOCLKS. I. Thcinistoclcs, Neoclis filiiis, Atlicnicnsis. Iluius vitia ineuntis .'idulcsrcntiae niagnis sunt cniendata vii tu- tibus, adco iit anleferatur huic nemo, pauci pares putcntiir. Sed ab initio est ordienduni. Tatereius Neocles gcnero- sns fuit. Is uxorem Halicnrnassiam civem duxit, ex qua » . n^fi's est Theniistoclcs. Qui cum minus csset |m)batjji ^liv^' parentibus, quod et libcjius vivebat et rem familianin neglegebat, a patre exheredatus est. Quae contumelia non fregit eum, scd erexit. Nam cum iudicasset sine summa industria non posse earn cxstingui, totum se dedidit rei pul)li(ac, diligentius amicis famaeque serviens. Multum in iudiciis privatis v§j;§^)^a,tjuc, saepe in contionem populi prodibat ; nulla res maior sine co gcrebatur, cele- riter quae opus erant reperiebat, facile eadem oratione explicabat. Neciue minus in rebus gerendis promptus ([uam excogitandis erat, quod et de instantjbus, ut ait Thucydides, verissime iudicabat et de futuris callidissime coniciebat. Quo factum est ut brevi tempore illustraretur. II. Primus autem gradus fuit capessendae rei publicac bello Corcyraeo : ad c|uod gerendum praetor a populo factus non solum praescnti bello, sed etiam reliquo ten.- pore ferociorem reddidit civitatem. Nam qum pccunia publica, quae ex metallis redibat, largitione magistratuum quotannis interii-et, ille persuasit populo ut ea pecunia classis centum navium aedificaretur. Qua celeriter effecta, primum Corcyraeos fregit, deinde maritimos prae- dones consectando mare ttitum reddidit. In quo cum divitiis ornavit, turn etiam peritissimos belli navalis fecit Athenienses. 309 The iiirlv lift' of Thi'iiiiH- tdClcN. The Athen- ians Imiltl a fleet. 15. U. 481. 310 .XcrxcH inviuliH Uroi'(!f. {■■ I Ni Th('rin()|iy liif; Anc- iniHiiini, li.V. 4iHl. v' FIRST LATIN READKR. hi quantae sali.ti fuerit iiniversae Graeciae, hello coe. "'^""1 est I'crsic:,,. Na.n cnn Xerxes er mori et terra '^••"'■Mi unn'ersae inferret Knropac cnn tantis co,,iis. ciuantas necjue ante nee postca h.- huit (,uisc,„a.n : luiius cniin classis mille et duceiUarum naviu.n Icngarum fuit mnes mtenerunt. At classis commimis Graeciae tre- centarum navnnn, in qua ducentae erant Athcniensitun, pnmum apud Artemis-V.m inter Euboeam continentemque terram cum class.ari.s regiis conflixit : angustias enim rhcm.stocles quaerebat, ne multitudine circumiretur. Hie etsi par, proel.o discesserant, tamen eodem loco non sunt ausi manere, quod erat periculum, ne, si pars navium adversariomm Kuboeam superasset, ancipiti premercntur penculo. Qiia factum est ut ab Artemisio discedercnt et exadversum Athenas a^tul Salamina classcm suam const ituerent. - . u.uii iV. At Xerxes; Thermopylis expugnaiis protinus ac- cessu astu uique nullis defendentibus, interfectis saccr- ll C0RNKLIU8 NEPOS. cog terra i 311 :nj)iis, iiiiiiis J dotih.is quos in arce invenerat, incendio ddevit. Cuius Th. cr-.k^ flainiua perterriti classiarii c.un manere non au.UnxMit et nZIIT'*' F)lurinii hortarentur, ut donios suas disccderent nioeni- "•^'- •««**• Inisque se defenderent, 'Ihcmistocles unus lestitit el un.versos pares esse j.osse aicbat, dispcrsos testabatur perituros, idque Kurybiadi, rexi Lacedacinonioruin, (|ui turn suinmae imperii pruceiat, fore affinnabat. gucn. cum minus ;,quain vellet moveret, nortu de servis suis qucm habuit f.delissimum ad rc^em n.isit, ut ei nuntiaret suis verbis, adversarios eius in fu^a esse :.qui si disces- sisscnt, maiore cum labore et lonKJntiuiore tempore bellum confccturum, cum singulos consectari cogeretur ; quos SI statim aKKMcderctur, brevi universos oppiessurum. Hoc eo valebat, ut ingratiis ad dcpugnamlum omncs cogerentur. Hac re audita barbarus, niliil d„li subesse ciedens, postridie alienissimo sibi loco, contra oppoitu- nissimo hostilnis, adco angusto marl conflixit, ut eius multitudo navium explicari non potuerit. Victus ergo est magis etiam consilio Thcmistoclis quam arniis (iraeciae. V. Hie ctsi male rem gesscrat, tamcn tantas habebat xcrxes reliquias copiarum, ut etiam tum iis opprimerc posset '''^^''^ \ hostes. Itrriiin -ib eodcni gwiu depnlMi. est. Nam Themistocles, vciens ne bellare perseveraret, certiorem • eum fecit id agi ut pons, quem ille in Hellesponto fccerat, dissolveretur ac reditu in Asiam excluderetur ; idque ei p persuasit. Itaque qua sex mensibus iter fecerat, eadem minus diebus triginta in Asiam reversus est scque a Themistocle non superatum, sed conservatum iudicavit. Sic unius viri prudentia Graecia liberata est Furopaeque succubuit Asia. Haec est altera victoria, quae cum Marathonio possit comparari tropaeo. Nam pari modo apud Salamina parvo numero navium ma/cima post hominum mcmoriam classis est devicta. t'8 ce. ..^. VI. Magnus hoc bello Themistocles fuit neque minor I'iraeus m pace. Cum eniin Phalerico portu necpie m.igno neque SiJ';,V,.f bono Athenienscs utcrentur, huius consilio triplex Piraei Athen!* '"" portus coiistitutus e.t iisque moenibus cinumdatus, ut lUUTs-.T- ipsam urbem dignitate aequiperaret, militate superaret. 312 .'i4 Tlie Spar- tans oiitw ted l)v Thuniis- toclfs. FIRST LATIV RKADEU. Idem muros Atheniensiuni restitnit praecipiio suo peri- cul.,. Nanique Lacedaemonii causam idoncam nacti propter l.arbarorum excuisi„„es, qua negaient oportere extra Peloponnesum ullam iirbcni muros habere, ne essent loca nnmita quae hostes possiderent, Athenicnses ao.lihcantes prohibcre sum conati. Pl(,c ionoe alio spec- ie' 'it aupie viclcri ^(,lcbant. Athenicnses enim duabus victonis, Marathonia ct Salaminia, tantam gloriam apud omnes geutes erant consecuti, ut intellegerent Lace- daenioun de princiMatu sibi cum iis certamen fore QiNire cos quam iniiruiissimos esse volebant. Postquam autcu, audiorunt uun-os strui, legatos Athonns miserunt c|Ui 1.! hen veta.cnt. His praesentibus desicrunt^ac se de ea re Ic-atos a! cos inissuros dixerunt. Hanc legationem suscep.tThemistocleset sc!us primo profectus est : reliqui Ic-ati ut turn exirent, cum satis aiti tuendo muri exstructi viderentur, praecepit : interim omnes, scrvi atque hberi oin.s facerent neque ulli loco parcerent, sive sacer sive pnvatus csset sive pubHcus, et undique, quod idoneum ad muniendum putarent, congerercnt Quo ^factum est iJt Atheniensium muri ex saceliis sepulchrisque constarent. .^ VII. Themistocles autem, m Lacedaemonem venit achre ad magistratus noluit et dedit operam, ut quani IcMigissune tempus duceret, causam interponens se col- legas exspectare. Cum Lacedaemonii quererentur opus nihilo mums fieri eumque in ea re conari fallere, interim rehqui Icgati sunt consecuti. A quibus cum nudisset non ■ nultum supercsse munitionis, ad ephoros Lacedaemoni- oium accessit, penes quos summum crat imperium, atque apud eos contencht fnlsa iis esse delata : quare aequum esse >llos vu-os bonos nobilesque mittere, quibus fides, habcretur, qui rem cxplorarcnt : interea se obsidem retnicrent. (icsM-s est ci mos, tresque legati functi sum- mis honoribus Athenas missi sunt. Cum liis collegas suos Ihemistocles iussit proficisci iisquc praedixii, ut ne I)rius I.acedaemoniorum Icgatos dimitterent quam ipse esset remissus. Hos postquam Athenas pcrv-caisse ratus CORNELIUS NEPOS. 313 es.., ad mag.stratus senatumque Lacedaemoniorum adiit et apud eos lihcrrime professus est : Athenienses suo cons.l.o, quod com.nuni iure gentium faceie possent, deos pubhcos suosque patrios ac penates, quo facilius ab hoste possent defendere, nuiris saepsisse, neque in eo quod ■nufle esset Graeciae fecisse. Nam illonun urbem ut propugnaculum oppositum esse barbaris, apud quam iam classes reg.as fecisse naufragium. Lacedaemonios auten male et n.uste facere, qui id potius intuerentur quod ipsorum dominationi quam quod universae Graeciae utile esset. Quare, si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas m.serant, se renmterent, cum aliter illos nunquam in patriam essent recepturi. VIII. Tamen non effugit civium suorum invidiam, xhen.is- Namque ob eundem timorem, quo damnatus erat Mil-*-'" . t.ades, testularum suffragiis e civitate eiectus Argos B^C-^^'A:"' liab.tatum concessit. Hie cum propter multas virtutes magna cum dignitate vivcret, Lacedaemonii legatos Athenas m.serunt, qui eum absentem accusarent, quod soc.etatem cum rege Perse ad Graeciam opprimendam teasset. Hoc cr.mine absens proditionis damnatus est. Id ut aud.v.t, quod non satis tutum se Argis videbat Corcyrau. demigravit. Ibi cum eius principes animad- verusset tunere, ne propter se bellum iis Lacedaemoni', withdraws et Athemenses md,cerent,ad Admetum, Molossum re^em '^CorcJ^a' cum quo ei hospitium erat, confugit. Hue cum venisset' Eptu^ et u. praesent.a rex abesset, quo maiore religione se ''■''• '"^ rcceptnm tueretur, filiam eius parvulam arripuit et cum ea se m sacranum, quod summa colebatur caerimonia comecit. Inde non prius egressus est, quam rex eum' data dextra in fidem recipere., quam praestitit. Nam cum ab Atheniensibus et Laccdaemoniis exposceretur pubhce, supphcem non prodidit monuitque ut consuleret s.bi: difficile enim esse in tam propinquo loco tuto eum versan. Itaque l>ydnam eum deduci iussit et quod satis cset praesKlii dedit. Hie in navem omnibus ignotus nautis escendit. Quae cum tempestate maxima Naxum ferretur, ub. turn Atheniensium erat exercitus, sensit 314 i rheiiiis- tocles at the .^ourt of Artaxerxes, B.C. 4(i5. The Persian king re- ceives him liiiidly and assigns Mm three cities for his support. FIUST LATIN KliADEU. Themistocles, si co pervenisset, sibi esse pereunlum. Hac necessitate coactiis domino navis, quis sit, aperit. nuilta pollicens, si se conservasset. At ille clarissinii vii i capitis niisciicordia diem nocteinque procul ab insula in sajj^^iavem tenuit in ancoris necpie qiiem(|iiam ex ca exire piassus est. Inde Epliesmn pervenit ihi(|uc 'lliemistoclem exponit : ctii ille pro mentis postea gratiam rettulit. IX. Scio plerosque ita scripsisse, Thcmistoclen Xerxe rcRnante in Asiam transisse. Sed e-o potissimimv.A 'riiucydidi credo, quod et aetate proximus do iis, qui illorum tcmporum historiam reliqucrunt, et eiusdem civitatis fuit. Is autem ait ad Artaxcrxen euni venisse atqiiehis verbis epistulani misisse : " Themistocles veni ad te, qui plurima mala omnium Craioruni in donumi tuam intuli, quam diii mihi necesse fuit adversum p.rrem tuum bellare patriamque meam defendere. Idem multo plura bona feci, postquam in tuto ipse et ille in periculo esse coepit. Nam cum in Asiam revcrti vellct, proelio apud Salamma facto, litteris eum certiorem feci, id agi ut pons, qu. ' ^^X'^^'M fiiit Athenicnsium apiul Pl.itaeas in proelio, quo bar- baiormii oxercitus fusiis Manloniusque interfectus est. ^ Nequc aliud est ullum luiiiis in re militari illustre factum i^*'^ quani huius imperii memoria, iustitiae vero ct aednitatis,^^ '^ et imioceadae-multa : in primis, quod eius aecjuitate factum est, cum in communi classe esset Ciracciae simul cum Pausania, quo duce Alardonius erat fugatus, ut summa imperii inaritimi ab Lacedaemoniis transferretur ad Athenienses : namque ante id tempus et mari et terra * ^y duces erant Lacedacmonii. Tum autem et intemperantia^^ Pausaniae et iustitia factum est Aristidis, ut omnes fere civitates Graeciae ad Ailirniensium societatem se appli- carent et adversus barbaros hos duces deligerent sibi. Chosen to I^. Ouos quo facilius rcpellerent, si forte bellum upfflp fill-* tribute to i.e ^^enovare conarentur, ad classes aedificandas exercitusque aines^'**"" comparandos quantum pecuniae quaeque civitas daret, Aristides delectus est qui constitueret, eiusque arbitrio quadringena et sexagena talenta quotannis Delum sum collata : id enim commune aerarium esse voluerunt. Quae omnis pecunia postero tempore Athenas translata est. Hie qua fuerit abstinentia nullum est certius indi- cium, c[uam quod, cum tantis rebus praefuisset, in tanta paupertate decessit, ut qui efferretur vix reliquerit. Quo factum est ut filiae eius publice alerentur et de communi aerario dotibus datis collocarentur. i:)ecessit autem fere post annum ciuartum, quam Themistocles Athenis erat expulsus. RC. 477. IIJH death, B.C. 4G8. 2e 1 1 HANNIBAL. I. Hannibal, Hamilcaris filius, Karthaginiensis. If^'innni-'' ^' '''-''■"'" "^' '1^'"^' "^"^" dubitat, ut populus Romanus omnes gentes virtuie superarit, non est intitianduni Han- nibalem tanto praestitisse ceteros imperatores prudentia, quanto populus Romanus antecedat fortitudine cunctas nationes. Nam quotienscumque cum eo congressus est in Italia, semper discessit superior. Quod nisi domi avium suorum invidia debilitatus esset, Romanos videtur tary coiii- nianders. ^ -* ;st.. mil , ate mil ut tur 2re )li. im [lie et, lio iiu nt. ita di- ita LlO ini lie at us n- as :st ni 11 r n / .•■-/-» C(>RNELU'S NKI'OS. 317 siipeiare potiiissc. Sed niiiltoniin obtrectatio dcvicit uniiis \ irtutciu Jioine. 1 A' k2(} Hic autem vclut bfiteditatc-jxlicumi odium pateinum rontinuos , J» erga Romanos sic conseivavit, ut piius aniniam qua.n icLei^K'^ol^'^ deposucnt, qui quidem, cum patria pulsus asset et alien- "" arum opum indigeret, numquam destiterit animo bellare cum Romanis. II. Nam ut omittam Philippum, quem absens.hostem reddidit Romanis, omnium lis temporibus potentissimus rex Aniiochus fuit. liunc tanta cupiditate inccndit bel- andi, ut usque a rubro mari ai4ra conatus sit inftfre Itahae. Ad quem cum legati venissent Romani, qui de 4-eius voluntate explorarent darentque operam consiliis clandestmis, ui: Jlapnibalem in suspicionem regi adduce- reat, tamquam ab ipsis conu^tjim alia atcjiie anlea. -"^t --.S£niire,jieque id frustra fecissent, idque Hannibal com- ^ pensset seque ab interioribus consiliis segregari vidisset tempore dato adiit ad regem, eique cum multa de fide sua et odio m Romanos commemorasget, hoc adiunxit : no'n amrr "'"'" '"'"'' " """'''"' ^"^"^'° "^^' "^P"^« «-- -'- non ampl.us novem annos nato, in Hispaniam imperator "f' "^tre.i f profiascens Karthagine, lovi optimo maximo hostias ''eforTrhe ^: .^^^^^ mimolav.t ; quae di.ina res dum conhciebati.r, quaSvit "'"' ' ' a me vellemne secum in castra proficisci. Id cum liben- ter accepissem atque ab eo petere coepissem ne dubitaret ducere, tum ille, 'Faciam,' inquit, 'si mihi fidem quam postulo dederis.' Simul me ad aiam adduxit, apiid quam sacnficai-e mstituerat, eamquej ceteris remotis;-fenentem uirare lussit, numquam me in amicitia cum Romanis fore Idegoius.urandum patri datum usque ad banc aetatem ita conservavi, ut nemini dubium esse debeat, quin reliquo tempore eadem mente sim futurus. Quare si quid amice de Romanis cogitabis, non imprudenter feceris, si me celaris : cum quidem bellum parabis, te ipsum frustra- beris, si i^on me in eo principem posueris." III. HW igitur qua diximus ^ate cum patre in Hispamam profectus est : cuius post obitum, Hasdrubale 318 FIRST LATIV HKADKIl. |'...Mma,Mi..r nnpcratoie suffecto, ec|uitntiii onini praefuit. H.k c|uoauc K('. ■>^^]■ intcifccto exnritiis siimmain imperii ad emn dctulit. Id iuviS.'"' '^'Htlia-incui delatuin puhlice compiobatum est. Sic Hannibal minus quinque et viginti annis natus iniperator factiis proximo tiiennio omnes gentes Hispaniae hello subegit : Saguntum, foederatam civitatem, vi expiignavit, tres exercitus maximos comparavit '.■■ bis nnum in Africammisit,alterumcumHasdruban ' in Hispania reliquit, tcitium in Italiam secuni duxit. "h'ei^'cnees ''^'''/"'" ^X''^"'^^"'" ^ransiit ; quacumque iter fecit, cum an|i Alps. "innibus mcolis conflixit ; neminem nisi victum dimisit. !«• Ad Alpes posteaquam venit, quae Italiam ab (Pallia seiungunt, quas nemo umquam cum exercitu ante cum praeter Herculem Graiuni transierat (quo facto is hodie saltus Grains appcllatur), Alpicos conantes prohibere .,i ., ; , , ^'■''^?^'^" concidit, loca patefecit, itinera muniit, effecit ut '• ■ ; ^■, f ea dephantus or_natii§, ire posset, qua antea unus homo mermis vix poterat repere. Hac copias traduxit in Italiamque pervenit. IV. Conflixerat apud Rhodanum cum P. Cornelio . .... ..o '^cipione consule eumque pepulerat. Cum hoc eodem ^■7^" Tn^mulue" ^'^^^^»^" ^P"^ P'^^um decernit sauciumque inde ac fuga- ' • .^ .... turn dnmtut, Tertio idem Scipio cum collega Tiberio Longo apud Trebiam adversus eum venit. Cum lis ma- num conseruit : utrosque profligavit. Inde per Ligures Appenninum transiit, petens Etruriam. Hoc itinere adeo gravi morbo adficitur oculorum, ut postea numquam dextro aeque bene usus sit. Qua valetudine cum eti- amtum premeretur lecticaque ferretur, C. Flaminium consulem apud Trasumenum cum exercitu insidiis cir cumventum occidit, neque multo oost C. Centenium praetorem cum delecta manu saltus occupantem. Hinc in Apuliam pervenit. Ibi obviam ei venerunt duo con- sules, C. Terentius et L. Aemilius. Utriusque exercitus uno proeho fugavit. Paulum consulem occidit et ahquoi praeterea consulares, in iis Cn. Servilium Geminum, qui superiore anno fuerat consul. Tioimis and Trebia, B.C. -218 Lake, H.C. 217 • and of ("annae, J{.C. 216. 0^ I COHNKLIL'S NEPOS. 319 y. ]\:\r. nii}j[n;i i)ii' . . , . . —^ Whicli he H-esiblculc. In propincims uibi niontihus nioialus est. escaped Cum alitiuot ibi dies castra habiiissct ct Capiiam rcverte- lu vJ",!.''""' ^letur, (). Fabius Maxinuis, dictator Roinaiuis, in agro — *|Kalein() ci se obiccit. Hie clausus locoriim angustiis ^yiioctu sine iil!o dctriniento exeicitus sc expedivit Fabio- (pie, rallidissiuio iniperatori, dedit verba. NanujuA ()b(hicta nocte sarmenta in cornibiis iuvencorum deligatJ iiirenilit eius(pic generis nuiltitiidineni niagnani dispalatanji inmiisit. Quo repcntino obiecto visa tantuni tcrroren'i iniccit excrcitui Ronianorum, ut egredi extra vallum nemcK sit ausus. I Hanc post rem gcstam non iia multis diebus M. Minu-ji'»t''LT cium Rufum, magistium equitum i)ari ac dictatoremr"^"^'^' iniperio, dolo productum in proelium fugavit. Tiberium? Sempvonium (iiacchum, itcrum consulem, in Lucanis absens in insidias inductum sustulit. M. Claudium Marccllum, quincpiies consulenv apud Vcnusiam pari mode interfecit. Longum est omnia enumcrare proelia. Quare hoc unum satis crit dictum, ex quo intellcgi possit, quantus ille fuerit : quamdiu in Italia fuit, nemo ei in acie restitit, nemo adversus eum post Cannensem pugnam in campo castra posuit. VI.^ Hinc invictus patriam defensum revocatus bellum His recall to gesfs'it adversus P. Scipionem, fdium cius Scipionis, queni n.c^'^m. ipse primo apud Rhodanum, itcrum apud Padum, tertio S^''g"'202. apud 'Jrebiam fugarat. Cum hoc exhaustis iam patriae facultatibus cupivit inpraesentiarum bellum componere, quo valcntior postea congrederetur. In collo(|uium con- venit : condiciones non convenerunt. Post id factum paucis diebus apud Zamam cum eodem conflixit : pulsus (incredibile dictu) biduo et duabus noctibus Hadrumetum pervenit, quod abest ab Zama circitcr millia passuum tre- centa. In hac fuga Numidae, qui simul cum eo ex acie excesserant, insidiati sunt ci : quos non solum cffugit, sed etiam ipsos oppressit. Hadrumcti reliquos e fuga col- legit : novis dilectibus paucis diebus multos contraxit. I 320 HediHtiti- (,'ui8he8hiiii- Hflf in a civil eapacitv. B.C. 200. FIRST LATI.V HKADKIJ. His sur- render demanded He escapes, B.C. IOC. Hannibal and Antiochus. B.C. 193. VII. Cum in apparando accnime esset occiipatus, Karthaginicnses belluin cum Homanis composuerunt. Ille nihilo sec ius exercitui postea praefuit iesy the KhodiaiiH, H.C. 191. Ilariiiibal in Crete preserves his treasure Uy a strataj^eni. Ilaiinihal at the court of I'rusias, kinj,'- of Bitiiyiiia, B.C. 188-183 I'MtST LATm RKADKH. •MiikcH War on KimifiieH lit I'cruaiiiirs I'l' col loot 8 Sllilkl'S to "i'lK orr tJi I'llt'lllv'.'S deckM. Ifow he discovered tho king's shij). Eiiiiienes retires. His fleet defeated. HHionnn. c.^ J li " I'l'', """"^i-"'"'" '^'1-" i"iit ai...„r n.vi,„n „ u ,e Z "'"" ''"■'•''■'•■""'•• '"""■ i""Liiuin, cJassiarios convor-if ;;c- "'nncs lit in mrun P. convocat usque piaecipit, fore. "-"^c.Ment, m.ngno „s p„ilicetur pra.mio qua,,, sij;,,,,,,, pug„,,e d„e?u H T, ""'"""••>- I'nus- -"■», facturus erat que praecipit, rant navem, a III illos facile autcm in qmi quem si aut :etur praemio is ab utrisqiie stituta, prius- ;ja)am faceret » in scaph.i :iversariorum '^rofessus est quod nemo 11 in. Tabel- 2rat egressus il in ca rep- ent. Cuius ^n proelium n concursu n\ Eumenis . fiiga salu- i intra sua itore erant idversarios de quibus nt. Quae I iacta initio risum pu},'nantibus concitarun', nc(|uo (|uare 1(1 (icM-et poterat intcliegi. I'()sf(|iiam auteni naves suas oppletas conspexerunt serpentibus, nova re perterriti, cum, quid potissimum vitarcnt, non vidercnt, puppes . verterunt seque ad sua castra nautica rettuierunt. Sic Hannibal consilio arma I*e^K^'lmcnorum superavit, necpie tuiii solum, sed saepe alias pedestribus cojjiis pari prudentia pepulit adversarios. XII. Quae dum in Asia Kcruntur, accidit i^iu ut legati The Kon.ang I'rusiae Romac apud T. Quintium Flaminirfum consul- LuiZlr!' arem cenarent, atque ibi de H^nnibalc mentionc facta ex, oisjuuiij. diceret cuA*;ih'Prusiae regno esse. Id postero die Fiamininus senalui dctulit. Patres conscripti, qui Hannibale vivo numquam se sine insidiis futuros existi- marent, legates in Bithyniam miserunt,in iis Flamininum, qui ab rege peterent, ne inimicissimum suum secum habe- ret sibique dederet. His Prusias negare ausus non est : illud recusavit, ne id a se fieri postularent, quod adversus lus liospitii csset : ipsi, si possent, comprehenderent : locum, ubi esset, facile inventuros. Hannibal enim uno loco se tenebat in castello, quod nis death, ei a rege datum erat niuneri, idquc sic aedificarat, ut in onmibus partibus aedificii exitus haberct, scilicet verens ne usu veniret, quod accidit. Hue cum legati Roman- orum venissent ac multitudine domum eius circumdedis- sent, puer ab ianua prospiciens Hannibali dixit plures praeter consuetudinem armatos apparere. Qui imperavit ei, ut omncs fores aedificii circumiret ac propere sibi nuntiaret, num eodem modo undique obsideretur. Puer cum celeriter, quid esset, renuntiasset omnesque exitus occupatos ostendisset, sensit id non tprtufto, factum, sed se pp t i neque sibi diutius vitam esse retinendam. Quam ne .alifiiLCLarUilxkLdimitteret, memor pristinarum virtutum venenum, quod semper secum habere consuerat, sumpsit. XIII. Sic vir fortissimus, multis variisque perfunctus laboribus, anno acquievit septuagesimo. Quibus con- sulibus interierit, non convenit. Namque Atticus M. 324 UltST LATIV UKADKR. n'm'S'iH' .^"'•'•"'i" ^^-'I'^-^lloO. Fahio Labconc consulihus .nortuiiin .imthin.- Ill aiinali siio scriptmn ic-Ii(|iiit, at I'olyhius L. Armilio H.c' !«;{. •'"'iilo Cn. Hai'hio Tampliilii, Sulpiciiis aiilcin Mlitho V. !«'-'. or 181. Cornclio Cetlu-o M. Haehio TaiMphil.,. At(|iicliic tanlus vir tantisque bcllis tiistricUis lu.ni.iliil teinporis tribuit litteris. Nanique aliquot ciiis libri sunt, (haeco sennone confecti, in lis ad Hhodios dc Cn. Manlii Vul- sonis in Asia rebus gestis. ihiius belli gesia nuilti memoriae prodiderunt, sod ex his duo, qui cum eo in castris fiierunt siniuique vixerunt, (|iianuliu fortuna passa est, Silcnus et Sosikis Lacedaenionius. Atopic lioc Sosilo Hannibal litterarum Graccaruni usus est doctore. CAESAR, DE HELLO (JALLICO, B. IV, R V, Ch. 1-23. INTRODUCTORY NO IK. In the following selections from Caesar's great work on the con quest of (iaul, he narrates : 0) The story of his successful attempt to prevent the German tribes, who held the right bank of the Rhine, from crossin<^ the river and settling upon the left or (Gallic bank. (2) The story of his First Invasion of Britain in the end of August, B.C. 55. (3) The story of his Second Invasion of Britain on July -^otli B.C. 54. J J' ~ I", „ d^^t^'^ i c lULi caf:saris COMMKNTARIORUM DE bi<:ll() gall I CO LIBER QUARTUS. I. Ea, quae secuta est, hiemc, qui fuit annus Gneio Usipetpsand Pompeio, Marco Crasso consulibus, Usipetcs C.ermani et n,'jjjrite t^ item Tencteri nia<;na cuin nuiltitudine hominum flunien "''"'• iji ^ • 1 . pressed by Rhenum transierunt, non longe a man, quo Rhenus theSuebi influit. Causa transcundi fuit, quod ab Suebis complures annos exaj^itati bello prenieljantur et agricultuia prohibe- « bantur. Sueborum gens est longe maxima et bellicosis- sima Germanoium omnium. Hi centum pa.^os habere Customs of dicuntur, ex quibus quotannis singula millia armatorum '****^"''^'* bcllandi causa ex fmibus educunt. Reliciui, qui domi ^<^^rA(vv",l^anserunt, se atque illos alunt. Hi rursus invicem anno post in armis sunt; illi domi remanent. Sic neque agri- cultura ncc ratio atque usus belli intermittitur. Sed privati ac separaii agri apud eos nihil est, neque longius nnno remanere uno in loco incolendi causa licet. Neque multum frumento, sed maximam partem lacte atque pecorc vivunt multumque sunt in venationibus ; quae res et cibi "^^'^^ '''^ '^ gencre et cotidiana exercitatione et libertate vitae, quod a pueris nullo officio aut disciplina assuefacti nihil omnino contra voluntatem faciant, et vires alit' et^ inimani corpo- rum magnitudine homines efficit. Atque in eam se con- suetudinem adduxerunt, ut locis frigidissimis neque vesti- tus praeter pclles habercnt quicquam. quarum propter exiguitatem magna est corporis pars aperta, et lavarentur in fluminibus. H. Mercatoribus est ad eos aditus magis eo, ut, quae bello cepcrint, quibus vendant, habeant, quani quo ullam rem ad se importari desidcrent. Quin etiam iumentis, 325 ^-ata*-tfcj 326 FIRST LATIN READER. :f:;l i! The Siiebi reduce the I'hii to ci trihutiuy state. quibus maxiine Galli delectantur quaeque impenso parant pretio, (jdinani iniportatis non utuntur, sed quae sunt apud COS nata, prava atqiie deformia, hacc cotidiana cxercitatione summi ut sint laboris efficiunt. Equestiibus proeliis saepe ex equis desiliunt ac pedibus proeliantur, equosque eodcm reinanere vesti<;io assuefecerunt, ad quos se celeriter, cum usus est, recipiunt ; neque eoium mori- bus turpius quicquam aut inertius habetur quani ephippiis uti. Itaciue ad qucnwis numerum epliippiatorum equitum (liiainvis pauci adire audent. Vinum ad se omnino iniportari non sinunt, quod ea re ad laborem ferendum remollescere homines atque effcminari arbitrantur. III. Pul)lice maximam putant esse laudem, quam latis- sinie a suis finibus vacare agios : hac re significaii mag- num numerum civitatum suam vim sustinere non posse. Itaquc una ex parte a Suebis circiter millia passuum sexcenta agi i vacare dicuntur. Ad alteram partem suc- cedunt Ubii, quorum fuit civitas ampla atque florens, ut est captus Gcrmanorum, et paulo qunm sunt eiusdem generis ceteri hunianiores, propterea quod Rhenum attin- gunt, multum(|ue ad eos mercatores ventitant, et ipsi l)ropter propinquitatem Gallicis sunt moribus assuefacti. Hos cum Si^ebi multis saepe bellis experti propter am- plitudincm gravitatemque civitatis finibus expellere non potuissent, tamen vectigales sibi fecerunt ac multo humi- liores infirmioresque redegerunt. ar^etuJTrfseil ^^ ' ^" eadem causa fuerunt Usipetes et Tencteri, by the Slid- quos supra dixinuis, qui complures annes Sueborum vim den attack , • , ... of the sustmueruni ; acl extremum tamen agris expulsi et multis Germans. (iermaniae locis triennium vagati ad Rhenum pervcne- runt. Ouas regiones Menapii incolebant et ad utramque ripam fluminis agros, aedificia vicosque habebant ; sed tantae multitudinis aditu perterriti ex his aediticiis, quae trans flumen habuerant, demigraverunt et cis Rhenum^ dispositis praesidiis^(]ermanos transire prohibebant. Illi omnia ex[)erti, cum neque vi contendere propter inopiam navium neque clam transire propter custodias Menapi- orum possent, reverti sc in suas sedes regionesque suaul- •h Ql }Qft lULI CAESARIS DE BELLO GALLICO, B. IV. 327 averunt et tridui viam progressi rursus reverteriint atque omni hoc itinera una nocte equitatu confecto inscios ' Jnopinantesque Menapios oppresserunt, qui de German- 'orumdiscessu per exploratores ce.aores facti sine nietu trans Rhenum in suos vicos remigraverant. His inter- fectis navibusque eorum occupatis, priusquam ea pars Menapiorum, quae citra Rhenum erat, certior fieret, -■' flumen transierunt atque omnibus eorum aedificiis occu- ' patis rehquam partem hiemis se eorum copiis akierunt. V. His de rebus Caesar certior factus et infirmitatem TheHckie Gallorum veritus, quod sunt in consiliis capiendiajuobiles tfc^'S-."' et novis plerumque rebus student, nihil his committendunv I'i^ •^"'' existimavit. Est enim hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti ' Aet viatores etiam invitos consistere cogant et, quod r/'Vjuisque eorum de quaque re audieril aut cognoverit, quaerant, et mercatores in oppidis vulgus circumsistat quibusque ex regionibus veniant quasque il^i res cog- noverint, pronuntiare cogant. His rumoribus atque audi- tionibus permoti de summis saepe rebus consilia ineunt, quorum eoi e vestigio poenitere necesse est, cum incertis rumoribus serviant, et plerique ad voluntatem eorum ficta respondeant. VI. Qua consuetudine cognita Caesar, ne graviori bello Caesar dis- occurreret, maturius, quam consuerat, ad exercitum pro- i'Sues hciscitur. Eo cum venisset, ea, quae fore suspicatusj',':^^^" [*'« ( erat, facta cognovit : mis as legationes a nonnuUis civita- «ennans*; 1 (r/ tilDus ad Germanos invitatosque eos, uti ab Rheno disco- S'o^'iT^' derent, omniaque, quae postulassent, ab se fore parata. ?,;a''4ts'''''^ Qua spe adducti Germani latius iam vagabantur et in *''•?•«■ 'i''l fines Eburonum et Condrusorum, qui sunt Trevirorum f/lnllaU!'^ chentes, pervenerant. Principibus Galliae evocatis Caesar en, quae cognoverat, dissimulanda sibi existimavit eorumque animis pcrmulsis et confirmatis equltatuque imperato bellumcum (iermanis gerere constituit. VII. Re frumentaria comparata equitibusciue delectis The German iter in ea loca facerecoepit,quibus in h)cis esse Gernianos llSo'Vi'i^h audiebat. A quibus cum paucorum dierum iter abcsset, <^aesar, '^■L 328 FinsT LATIN READP:R. who refuses to allow them to remain in Gaul. legati ab his veneriint, quorum haec fuitoratio : Germanos neque priores populo Romano helium inferre neque tamen rccusare, si lacessantur, quin aimis contendant, quod Ger- manorum consuetudo haec sit a maioribus tradita, qui- cumque belhun inferant, resistere neque deprecari. Haec tamen dicere, venisse invitos, eiectos domo ; si suam gratiam Romani velint, posse iis utiles esse amicos : vel sibi agros atttibuant vel patiantur eos tenere, quos armis possederint ; sese unis Suebis concedere, quibus ne dii quidcm immortales pares esse possint : reliquum quidem in terris esse neminem, quem non superare possint. VIII. Ad haec Caesar quae visum est respondit ; sed exitus fuit orationis : Sibi nullam cum his amicitiam esse posse, si in Gallia remanerent ; neque verum esse, qui suos fines tueri non potuerint, alienos occupare ; neque ullos in Gallia vacare agros, qui dari tantae praesertim multitudini sine iniuria possint ; sed hcere, si velint, in Ubiorum fmibus considere, quorum sint legati apud se et de Sueborum iniuriis querantur et a se auxilium petant : hoc se Ubiis imperaturum. .u «.-.„.,. l'^" ^^^S'lti haec se ad suos relaturos dixerunt et re an answer in deliberata post diem tertium ad Caesarem reversuros • three davs ; • , ■ and ask him '"^^''^'1 ^16 propius se castia moveret, petierunt. Ne id vaiee.but q^'^^em Caesar ab se impetrari posse dixit. Cognoverat he refuses, enim magnam partem equitatus ab iis aliquot diebus ante praedandi frumentandique causa ad Ambivaritos trans i Mosam missam : hos exspectari equites atque eius rei causa moram interponi arbitrabatur. oUheMe^use ."'^" *^^°^'' '"'"^"'^ ^"^ "'""^^ Vosego, qui est in finibus an V. J \' n 332 FIRST LATIN READER. magnopeie orabant, ut sibi auxilium ferret, quod graviter ab Suebis premerentur ; vel, si id facere occupationibus reipul)licae prohiberetur, exercitum modo Rhenum trans- portaret ; id sibi ad auxilium spemque rcliqui teniporis satis futurum. Tantum esse nomen atque opinionem eius exercitus, Ariovisto pulso et hoc novissimo proelio facto ctiam ad ultimas Germanorum nationes, uti opinione et amicitia populi Romani tuti esse possint. Navium mag- nam copiam ad transportandum exercitum pollicebantur. In ten days XVIII. Diebus decem, quibus materia coepta erat fl/,\'J,'",'j'*''*'''^comportari, omni opere effecto, exercitus transducitur. and Caesar Caesar ad utramque partem pontis firmo praesidio relicto in fines Sugambroruin conteudit. Interim a compluribus civitatibus ad eum legati veniunt ; quibus pacem atque ' amicitiam petentibus liberaliter respondit obsidesque ad se adduci iubet. At Sugambri, ex eo tempore, quo pons institui coeptus est, fuga comparata hortantibus lis, quos ex Tencteris atque Usipetibus apud se habebant, finibus suis excesscrant suacjue omnia exportaverant seque in solitudinem ac silvas abdiderant. After laying XIX. Caesar paucos dies in eorum finibus moratus lands of \he ""^"''^"^ vicis aedificiisque incensis frumentisque succisis Oernians, he se in fines Ubioruni recepit atque iis auxilium suum returns to ,i •. • i o i • i , •• (Jaui and poUicitus, si ab bucbis premerentur, haec ab ns cognovit : briber ^^^ Sucbos, posteaquam per exploratores pontem fieri com- perissent, more suo concilio habito, nuntios in omnes partes dimisisse, uti de oppidis demigrarent, liberos, uxores, suaque omnia in silvis deponerent, atque omnes, qui arnia ferre possent, unum in locum convenirent : hunc esse delectum medimn fere regionum earum, quas Suebi obtinerent : hie Romanorum adventum exspectare atque ibi decertare constkuisse. Quod ubi Caesar comperit, omnibus iis rebus confectis, quarum reruin causa trans- ducere exercitum constituerat, ut Germanis metum in- iceret, ut Sugambros ulcisceretur, ut Ubios obsidione liberaret, diebus omnino decem et octo trans Rhenum consumptis, satis et ad laudem et ad utilitatem profectiiir. arbitratus, se in Galliam recepit pontemque rcscidit. v,./- />-. lULI CAESAlilS DE liELLO GALLICO, B. IV. , ■ XX. Exigua parte acstatis rcliqua Caesar, etsi in his locis, quod oinnis (iallia ad septcntriones vergit nia- turae sunt h>emes, tamcn in JJritanniam proficisci conten- dit, quod omnibus fere Gallicis bellis ho.stil)us nostris inde subministrata auxilia intellegebat ct, si tempus anni ad bellum gerendum deficeret, tanifen magno sibi usui fore arbitrabatur, si modo insulam adisset et genus honiinum perspexisset, loca, portul, aditus cognovisset : quae omnia fere GaUis erant incognita. Neque enim temere praeter mercatores illo adit quisquam, neque iis ipsis quicquam praeter oram maritimam atque eas regiones, quae sunt contra Gallias, notum est. Ita-ue vocatis ad se undique mercatonbus, neque quanta csset insulae magnitudo, neque quae aut quantae nationes incolerent, neque quem usum belli haberent aut quibus institutis uterentur, neque qui essent ad maiorum navium multitudinem idonei pon^ reperire poterat. XXI. Ad haec cognoscenda, priusquam periculum faceret, idoneum esse arbitratus Gaium Volusenum cum navi longa praemittit. Huic mandat, ut exploratis om- nibus rebus ad se quam primum revertatur. Ipse cum omnibus copiis in Morinos proficiscitur, quod inde erat brevissimus in Britanniam traiectus. Hue naves un- dique ex finitimis regionibus et quam superioie aestate ad Veneticum bellum effecerat classem iubet convenire Interim consilio eius cognito et per mercatores perlato ad Britannos a compluribus eius insulae civitatibus ad eum legati veniunt, qui polliceantur obsides dare atque imperio popuh Romani obtemperare. Quibus-auditis, liberaliter pollicitus hortatusquc, ut in ea sententia permanerent eos domum remittit et cum iis una Commiuin, quem 'ipse Atrebatibus.superalis regem ibi constituerat, cuius et virtutem et consilium probabat et quem sibi f.delem arbitrabatur, cuiusque auctoritas in iis regionibus magni habebatur, mittit. Huic imperat,:quas pussit adcat civi- tates horteturque, ut populi Romani fidem sequantur seque celenter eo venturum nuntiet. V'olusenus per- spectis regionibus omnibus, quantum ei facultatis (lari 333 Cae8.ir de- termines to invade Bri- tain ; his reasons for croasiiiy. Sends Volii- seniLs, who returns and reports to hiui. V^ to 334 FIRST LATIN UEADKH. it: nil / Cv l)otiiit, qui navl egrcdi ac se barharis ronimittcro non .uuleret, (luinto die ad Caesan-in revertitur .Quod ubi Caesar animadvertit, naves longas, Caesar's quarum et species erat barbaris inusitatior et motus ad jJ^aSn- of usum expeditior, paulum removeri ab onerariis navibus ^^e standard et remis mcitari et ad latus apertum hostium constitui loth lejrion; atque inde fundis, sagittis, tormentis hostes propelli ac idvance. summoveri iussit ; quae res magno usui nostris fuit. Nam()vvfv^ et navium figura et remorum motu et inusitato genere tormentorum permoii barljari constiterunt ac paulum ' modo pedem retulerunt. Atque nostris militibus cunc- ' tantibus, maxinie propter aititudinem maris, qui decimae legionis aquilam ferebat, contestatus deos, ut ea res legioni feliciter evcniret : "Desilite," inquit, "commili- tones, nisi vultis aquilam hcstibus prodere : ego certe .tt^AAj ':~t^ M aSf) FIRST LATIN RKADEH. ^■■^^JlA Rout of the enemy. Several states submit to Caesar. mcuiu reipublicao uIc|iil' impeiatori olTiciuin pracstiteio." Hoc ctiin iniij^iiii voce dixissct, ex navi sc proiccit atque in lioslcs aqiiilain fcrie coepil. 'luin nostri cohortati inter sc, ne tantuni dedQcus admitteiclur, universi ex navi desiliicrunt. Hos item ex proximis navibus cum conspexissent, siibsecuti hostibus appropinquaiimt. T?'— -> XXV'iH^^ignatum cstabutiisqueacriter. Nostri tamen, quod nequL ordines scrvaie ncque finniter insistere necjue signa subsequi potcrant, atque alius alia ex navi, quibuscumquc signis occurrerat, se aggregabat, mugno opere pertuibabantur. Hostes vero notis omnibus vadis, JAbi ex litoie aliquos singulares ex navi egredientes con- spexeiTint, incitatis equis impcditos adoricbantur, plures '^■^•- paucos circumsistebant, alii ab latere aperto in univer- ses tela conicicbant.J(^ Quod cum animadvertisset Caesar, scaphas longarum naviuni, item speculatoiia navigia militibus complen iussit et, quos laborantes conspexerat, lis subsidia submittebat. Nostri, simul in aridoconstiter- unt, "suis omnibus consecutis in hostes impetum feceiunt atque eos in fugam dederunt ncque longius prosequi potuerunt, quod equites cursum tenere atque insulam capere non pot lerant. Hoc unum ad pristinam fortunam Caesari defuit. XXVII. Hostes proelio superati, simul atque se ex fuga receperunt, statim ad Caesarem legatos de pace miserunt, obsides daturos quaeque imperassct sese fac- turos polliciti sunt. Una cum his legatis Commius Atrebas venit, quern supra demonstraveram a Caesare in Britanniam praemissum. Hunc illi e navi egressum, cum ad eos oratoris modo imperatoris mandata de- ferret, comprehenderant atque in vincula coniecerant : tum, proelio facto, remiserunt et . \ pctenda pace eius rei culpnm in multitudincm contulerunt et propter impru- dentiam ut ignosceretur, petiverunt. Caesar questus, quod, cum ultro in continentem legatis missis pacem ab se petissent, bellum sine causa intulissent, ignoscere im- prudentiae dixit obsidesque imperavit ; quorum illi partem statim dederunt, partem ex longinquiohbus locis arces- lULI CAKSAltIS DE BKLLO GALLICO, H. IV. 337 sitam \y.a\c\s diebus sesc daturos dixerunt. Iiitereu siios rcniigrare in agros iussciunt, principi-scnic undititie convenii-o ct sc civitatesciuo suus Cac^ari coinincndare coepL'iunt. XXVIII. His rebus pace confirmata post diem qiiar- Patcof the tiiin, quain est in iJritanniam ventum, naves octodeciiii, •''«''• •-''^^» , ., , ' 'cavalry cle quibus supra demonstratuni est, quae e(|uites sustule- troopships. rant, ex superiore portu leni vento solverunt. Quae cum appropincpiarent liritanniae et ex castris vidcrentur, tanta temjK'^tas subito coorta est, ut nulla earum cursum tenere [xjsset, sod aliae eodem, unde eiant profectae, refcncntur ; aliae ad iiifeiiorem partem insulac, quae est propius solis occasum, magno sui cum periculo deice- rentur : quae tamen, ancoris iactis, cum fluctibus cora- plerentur, neccssario adversa nocte in altum provectae continentem petierunt. XXIX. Eadem nocte accidit, ut esset luna plena, qui a storm and dies maritimos aestus maximos in Oceano efficere con- '^'*''^/''**'*' wreck suevit, nostrisque id erat mcognitum. Ita uno tempore '^'it'sar's et longas naves, quibus Caesar exercitum transportandum *'^'""'^'°'^^' curavcrat quascjue in ariduni subduxerat, aestus comple- verat, et onerarias, quae ad ancoras erant deligatae, ten.pestas afflictabat, neque ulla nostris facultas aut administrandi aut auxiliandi dabatur.-V^^ompluribus navibus fractis reliquae cum assent funibus, ancoris reliquisque armamentis amissis ad navigandum inutiles, magna, id quod necesse erat accidere, trtius exercitus perturbatio facta cst,-Jii.i\ii.ii, ()|)tiiiiiiiu l.itiii esse ilii\enim ii'lu'llioiu' 1. 1. 1. 1 ItiiiMtMiio ctmuiKMiiitnu- iiii^h..-, pioliilinc <•! itMM III liiiiMciii luoiliit cir, (iiiitil lis hnpn.iiis .ml ictlitti intfivliiMs n.iuinnn p.^ic.i lu-lli inlrrcmli ciiiis.i in Iliii.iimi.iiM tr.iM^itimiin < ouiiilfh.mt. It.Hnu' imsii!, lOimii.ititMif fail. I |).iiilatiin cv «Msliis disccdcic ;n: siios il.mi r\ a^iis ik-ihiiiri- i ocpci iiiu. ■ , WXl. At C ar^.ii, ftsi iioiultiin roriiin i-onsilia co^- fI!lm>I'7.i.'nH ''*''*■'•''• '•""''" '"^ *"^ vvviuu iMviuin Mianim v[ rx co, mvunJiiiKb qiKxl (.hsidcs dare intcmiisnanl, lore iil, (jikhI ace idit, siis|)iial)atur. It.u|iu> ail (»miu>s cjisiTs siib^idii i niii p;iral)at. Nam ft liiiuuMiliiin fx :\^ns lotidic in «a>.tia roiiliMi'hat ri (|ii.ir j^iavissimc altliitaf <-iant navos, eariim maioiia at(|iii; am- ad rclicnias ivliriondas utcbatur ct (piai- ad (MS n-s iMaiU iisiii ex coiitiiicnti coinporiari iul)tl)al. Itaquc, cum id siimmo studio a militihiis administiaivtiir, diiodi'ciin navihiis amissis, rcliipiis ul navigari coiunodc posset, ctTecit. aumk'I.ftht- >^'^-'^l I. Dum LM j^tMiiMtur, U>Kioiu' ox consuctiidiiU! una British. Iiiimomalum iiiissa, cpiao a|)|)c'llal)atui si-ptima, nnpu; ulla ad ill tcmpus Indli^suspicione iiiliTj)()sita, cum pars hominum in .li^ris rcMuancict, pars cliam in castra veuti- taict, ii, ipii i)ro |)ortis castrorum in stationc crani, Cacsari rciumtiarunt, i)ulvcrcin niaiorcni, (|uain consuctudo forrrt, in ca parte videri, (piain in partem Icj^io iter fee isset. Caesar id, ipiod erat, suspicatus, alicpiid novi a harharis iiutum consilii, cohortes, (piac in stationihus erant, secum m eam partem prolicisci, duas ex reliipiis in staiiouem succedere, rclitpi;is armari et confestim sese subsequi iussit. Cum pauIo km^ins a castris |)r()cessisset, suos ab hostibus picmi atipie acyre sustinere et conferta loL;ione ex omnibus partibus tela conici animadvertit. Nam quod ouim ex reliquis partil)us dcmesso frumento pars una erat rcliqua, suspicati liustes hue nostros esse venturos noctu in silvis delituerant ; tuin dispersos depositis armis inmeteiulo occupatos subito adorti, panels ¥ W ^.^t^ II'll r.M.MAItlM UK MKI.I.O OAll.lro, |i. IV, XW) 4 iuUMliM li' , itlii|iuis iiiM'ili', (Miliiiiliiis pri im Imvii.uiI , •'\\\n\\ f(|iiil;ilii .iti|iii' i'S'.ttlis ( lit iiliulrili i;iiil. X.Will. ( iriiii^ lioi rst CN ••sscdis |Mij.;ii.M'. riiimipn omiits |i. litis |i(-iri|uit;iii( v{ (il.i < miii iiiiil, .it(|iic ipsii triiuM' fi|iiiiiiiiii ct slir|iilii iiii.ii inn, oidinrs pin iiin<|ur |»'"iiilt,iiii ; v\ ( mil sc iiiin <'i|uiliiiii tnini.i!. iir.nni ;i\cinnl, r\ j-sscdis «lt Mliiint /-' "^civitate et familiaritate Cingetorigis adducti et adventu v»r nostri exercitus perterriti ad Caesarem venerunt et de suis privatim rebus ab eo petere coeperunt, quoniam civitati consulerc non possenl, veritus, ne ab omnibus desereretur, Indutiomarus legatos ad Caesarem mittit : Sese idcirco ab suis discedere atque ad eum venire noluissc, quo facilius civitatcm in officio contineret, ne omnis nobilitatis discessu plebs ^jropter imprudentiam >- ) n K''-\^ i^ ANv.W ^^ ry-rfQ^r^s \ ^ .v^ Da lULI CAESARIS DE BELLO GALLICO, B. V. 343 - laber£tur : itaque esse civitatem in sua potcstate, seseque, si Caesar perniitteret, ad euni in castia venturuni, suas civitatisque fortunas eius fidei permissurum A/^ IV. Caesar, etsi intellegebat, qua de causa ea dice-cinsjetorix rentur quaeque eum res ab institute consilio deterreret, '"•''o/^'f' . ' and Indu- tanien, ne aestatem in Treveris consuniere cogcretur tionmniH omnibus ad Britannicum bellum rebus coniparatis, Indutiomarum ad se cum ducentis obsidibus venire iussit. His adductis, in iis filio propinquisquc eius omnibus, quos nominatim evocaverat, consolatus Indutiomarum hortatusque est, uti in officio maneret ; uihilo tamen ■vsedus. principibus Treverorum ad se convocatis hos singillatim Cingetorigi conciliavit, quod cum merito eius a se fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabaturX eius auctoritatem inter suos quam plurimum valere, " cuius tam egregiam in se voluntatem perspexisset. Id tulit factum graviter Indutiomarus, suam gratiam inter suos minui, et, qui iam ante inimico in nos animo fuisset, multo gravius hoc dolore exarsit. V. His rebus constitutis Caesar ad portum Itium cum Caesar legionibus pervenit. Ibi cognoscit quadraginta naves, [03^ quae in Meldis factae erant, tempestate reiectas cursum tcnere non potuisse atque eodem, unde erant profectae, revertisse ; reliquas paratas ad navigandum atque omnibus rebus instructas invenit. Eodem equitatus totius Galliae convenit numero millium quattuor principesque ex omnibus civitatibus, ex quibus perpaucos, quorum in se fidem perspexerat, relinquere in Gallia, reliquos obsidum loco secum ducere decreverat, quod, cum ipse abesset, motum Galliae verebatur. VI. Erat una cum ceteris Dumnorix Aeduus, de quo Dumnorix ante ab nobis dictum est. Hunc secum habere in primis frouble. constituerat, quod eum cupidum rerum novarum, cupidum imperii, magni animi, magnae inter Gallos auctoritatis cognoverat. Accedebat hue, quod in roncjlio Aeduorum Dumnorix dixerat sibi a Caesare regnum civitatis deferri ; quod dictum Aedui graviter ferebant, neque recusandi aut deprccandi causa legates ad Caesarem mittere nudebant. Mi 344 FIRST LATIN READER. Death of Dumiiorix. vemt. 11 Id factum ex siiis hospitibus Caesar cognoverat. ' llle omnibus piimo prccibus petere contendit, ut in Gallia relinquerctiu-, partim quod insuetus navigandi mare timcret, partim quod religionibus impediri sese diceret. Posteaquam id obstinate sibi negari vidit, omni spe impetrandi adempta principes Cialliae sollicitare, sevocare singulos hortarique cg fcpit , uti in continelntT'remanerent ; metu territare : non smc causa fieri, ut Gallia omni nobilitate spoliaretur ; id esse consilium Caesaris, ut, quos in conspectu Galliae interficere vercretur, hosomnes in Ijritanniam traductos necarct ; fidem reliquis inter- ponere, iusiurandum poscere, ut, quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, comnumi consilio administrarent. j Haec a compluribus ad Caesarem deferebantur. -'? \ VII. Qua re cognita Caesar, quod tantum civitati Aeduae dignitatis tribucbat, coercendum atque deter- rendum, quibuscumque rebus posset, Dumnorigem statuebat ; quod longius eius amentiam progredi videbat, prospiciendum, ne quid sibi ac reipublicae nocere posset. Itaque dies circiter viginti quinque in eo loco commoratus, quod Corus ventus navigationem impediebat, qui magnam partem omnis temporis in his locis flare consuevit, dabat operam, ut in officio Dumnorigem contineret, nihilo tamen secius onmia eius consilia cognosceret; tandem idoneam nactus tempestatem milites equitesque conscendere in naves iubet. At omnium impeditis animis Dumnorix cum equitibus Aeduorum a castris insciente Caesare domum discedere cocpit. Qua re nuntiata Caesar intermissa profectione atque omnibus rebus postpositis magnam partem equitatus ad eum insequendum mittit retrahique imperat ; si vim faciat neque pareat, interfici iubet, nihil hunc se absente pro sano facturum arbitratus, qui praesentis imperium neglexisset. Ille enim revocatus resistere ac se manu defendere suorumque fidem implo- rare coepit saepe clamitans, liberum se liberaeque esse civitalis. Ilii, uL erat imperatum, circumsistunt hominem atcjue interficiunt; at equites Aedui ad Caesarem omnes revertuntur. [lie .-./ \ lULI CAESARIS DK BELLO GALLICO, B. V. 345 VIII. His rebus gestis Labieno in continentc cum Caesar's r/j i/i *,.:k,,^ 1 • -i . '-"uiuiciiiu cum Caesar's tnbus legion.bus ct equitum miliibus duobus relicto ut TT' portus tueretur et rem numentariam provideret qtuxcouc SS"" in Galha gcrerentur cognosccret consiliumque pro ''"''■ tempore et pro re caperet^^psc cum quinque legionibus et pan numero ecjuitum, quern in continenti reliquerat, ad SO..S occasum naves solvit et leni Africo provectus media urciter nocte venio intermisso cursum non tent;it et onguKs delatns aestu orta luce sub sinistra r>ritanniam lelictam con.pex.t. Turn rursus aestus commutationem secutus rem.s contendit, ut earn partem insulac caperet qua optmuun esse egressum superiore aestate cognoverat' Uua m re ad.nodum fuit niilitum virtus laudanda qui vectorns gravibusque navigiis non intermisso, remigandi labore longarum naviun, cursum adaec|uarunt;pjfe:<:cessum est ad l.ntanman. omnibus navibus meridiano fere tempore, neque in eo loco hostis est visus ; sed, ut postea Caesar ex captivis cognovit, cum magnae manus eo conven.ssent, multitudine navium perterritae, cnaae cum annotmis p.ivatisque, quas sui quisque co.nmodi fecerat amphus octingentae uno erant visae tempore, a litore disce^erant ac se in superiora loca abdiderant. ^ IX. Caesar exposito exercitu et loco castris idoneoTh. r. V capto, ubi ex captivis cognovit, quo in loco hostium ^^^ cop.ae consedissent, cohortibus dccem ad mare relictisiS. et equu.bus tr^centis, qui praesidio navibus essent dc tenia y.gdia ad hostes contendit eo minus veritus navibus quod m htore molli atc,ue aperto deligatas ad ancoran^ relmquebat, et praesidio navibusque Quintum Atrium praefcc.t. Ipse noctu progressus millia passuum circitcr duodecmi hostium copias conspicatus est. Illi equitatu atque essedis ad ilumen progressi ex loco superiore nostros proh.bere et proclium committere coeperunt. Repuisi ab equitatu se in silvas abdiderunt l<,cum nacti eoreoie et natura et opere munitum. quem domestic! heUi ut vuiebnntur, causa iam ante praeparaveran, : nam crebris arboribus succisis omncs introitus erant praeclusi. Ipsi ex silvis ran propugnabant nostrosque intra munitiones i./ Ml H I - 346 FIRST LATIN READER. ingredi prohibebant. At milites legionis septimae testu- dine facta et aggere ad iminitioncs adiecto locum ccperunt eosque ex silvis expulerunt panels vulneribus acceptis. Sed cos fiigientes longius Caesar proscciui vetuit, et quod loci naturani ignorabat, et quod magna parte , diei consumpta munitioni castrorum tempus relinqui volebat. Bad news of X. Postridie eius dici mane tripertito milites equitescjue in expeditionem misit, ut eos, qui fugerant, persequeientur. His aliquantum itineris progressis, cum iam extremi essent in prospectu, equites a Ouinto Atrio ad Cacsarem venerunt, qui nuntiarent superiore nocte maxima cooita tempestate nrope cmnes naves afflictas atcjue in litoie eiectas esse, quod neque ancorae funesque subsistercnt neque nautae gubeinatoresque vim pati tempestatis possent : itaque c\ eo concursu navium magnum esse incomir.sdum acceptum. r/Cjtaque ex legionibus fabros dcligit et ex continenti alios arcessi iubet ; Labieno scribit, ut, quam plurimas posset, iis legionibus, quae sunt apud eum, naves instituat. Ipse, etsi res erat multae operae ac laboris, tamen commodissimum esse statuit omnes naves subduci et cum castris una munitione coniungi. In his rebus circitcr dies decern consumit ne noCturnis quidem temporibus ad laborem militum intermissis. Subductis navibus castrisque egregie munitis easdem copias, quas ante, praesidio navibus reliquit, ipse eodem, unde redierat, proficiscitur. Eo cum venisset, maiores iam undique in eum locum copiae Hritannorum convenerant summa imperii bellique administrandi communi consilio porniissa Cassivellauno; cuius fines a maritimis civitatibus Humen dividit, quod appeiiatur Tamesis, a mari circitcr millia passuum octoginta. Huic superiore tempore cum reliquis civitatibus continentia bella intercesserant ; sed nostro Labienus builds new ships. Oassivel- launus. ij lULI CAESARIS DR BRLLO GALLICO, R V. 347 adventu pcimoti Britanni hunc toti bcllo imperioque praefecerant. _ XTi^^Ilritanniac pars interior ab iis incolitur, quos natos The people in insula ipsi menioria proditiun diciun, marilima pars ^^^ ^^ ^^"'''^• lis, qui pracdae ac belli inferendi causa ex Uclgis trans- lerant (qui omnes fere iis nominibus civitalum appellantur, quibus orti ex civitatibus eo pervenerunt) et bello i'lato ibi permanserunt atque agros colore coeperunt.S(Honu- num est infinita multitudo creberrimaque aediScia fere (.alhcis consimilia, peconnn nia-nus nunierus. Utuntur aut aere aut taleis fenc s ad certum pondus examinatis pro nummo. Nascitur tbi plumbum album in mediter- lancis regionibus, in maritimis ferrum, scd eius exigua est copia; aeie utuntur importato. Materia cuiusque generis, ut in Gallia, est praeter fagum atque rbietem. Leporem et gallinam ct Jmserem gustare fas non putant ; haec tamcn alunt animi voluptatisque causa. Loca sunt temperatiora quam in Gallia remissioribus frigoribus. CollnVT'^ "'i!""' ';■"'"'''"' '"'"' """"^ '^^"^ estTheisland. cont.a Galham. Hums lateris alter angulus, qui est ad Cantium, quo fere omnes ex Gallia naves appelluntur, ; ad orientem solem, inferior ad meridiem spectat. Hoc pertinet circiter millia passuum quingenta. Alterum vergit ad Hispaniam atque occidentem solem; qua ex parte est Hibernia, dimidio minor, ut existimatur,\,uam Britannia, sed pari spatio transmissus atque ex Gallia est in Britanniam. In hoc medio cursu est insula quae appellatur Mona ; complures praeterea minores subiectae insulae existimantur; de quibus insulis nonnulli scripse- runt dies continuos triginta sub bruma esse noctem. Nos nihil de eo percontationibus reperiebamus, nisi certis ex aqua mensuris breviores esse quam in continenti noctes videbamus. Huius est longitudo lateris, ut fert illorum opinio, septingentorum millium. Tcrtium est contra scp- tentriones ; rui parti nulla est obiecta terra, sed eius angulus lateris maxime ad Germaniam spectat. Hoc millia passuum octingenta in longitudinem esse existi- 348 FIRST LATIN READER. il i'i Kaiincrs and cuaton»8. matiir. Ita oniiiis insula est in circiiitu vicies centum niiilium passiuini. XIV. Ex his omniljus longc sunt humiinissinii, qui Cantiuni incolunt, quae rej,M() e.-,t niaiitinia oninis, ncque multuni a (iallica ditTerunt consuetudine. Intcriores pleiiciue frumenta non seiunt, sed lacte et carne vivunt pcllibusque sunt vestiti. Onincs vcro se Britanni vitro inficiunt, quod caeiulcum .ifficit colorcm, atque hoc hor- ridiore sunt in puj^na r. ectu ; capilloque sunt promisso atcjue onini parte corporis rasa practcr caput et hibrum superius. Uxores habent deni duudcnique inter se coin- niuncs et maxinie fratres cunr fratribus parentesque cum liberis; sed si qui sunt ex his nati, ecrum liabentur hberi, quo i)rimuni virgo quaeque deducta est. Morefi'ht- ^^'- E^^'ites hostium essedariique acriter proeho cum ill!,'; a»»iir- eciuitatu nostro in itincre conflixerunt, tamen ut nostri prise; death ' , ., . r • . . • i of a tribunu. omnibus partibus superiores fuermt atque eos m sil- vas collesque compulcrint ; sed compkn-ibus interfectis cupidius insecuti nonnullos ex suis amiserunt. At illi intermisso sjKitio imprudentibus nostris atque occupatis in munitione castrorum subito se ex silvis eiecerunt im- petuque ':i cos facto, qui erant in statione pro castris coUocati, acriter pugnaverunt, duabusque missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare atque his primis legionum duarum, cumhae pei-exiguo intermisso loci spatio inter se constitis- sent, novo genere pugnae pcrterritis nostris per medios audacissime perruperunt seque inde incolumes recepe- runt. Eo die ()uintus Labcrius iJurus tribunus militum intcrficitur. Illi pluribus submissis cohortibus repelluntur. British "\ XVl. Toto hoc in genere pugnae, cum sub oculis mode of omniun\ ac pro castris dimicaretur, intelleclum est, nos- tros propter gravitatem armorum, quod neque insequi cedentes possent ncque ab signis discedere auderent, minus aptos esse ad huius generis hostem, equites autem magno cum periculo proelio dimicare, propterea quod illi etiam consuiio plerumque cederent et, cum paulum ab leyionibus nostros removissent, ex essedis desilirent et fif^htiiiK- lULI CAESAinS DR BKLLO GALLICO, 15. V. 349 pcdibiis dispnri proelio contcndcMcnt. luiiiestris autem proclii nitio ct ccdcMitibus et insequentihus par atque idem pericuhiin inferebat. Accedebat hue, ut nunquain confeiti, sed rari maKniscjue intcMvallis proeliarentur stationesquc dispositas haberent, atque alios alii deinccps exciperent intcgrique et recentes dcfati-atis succedcrent. y^ XVII. Pobtcro die procul a castiis hostes in collil)us Tb. mitcns constiterunt ranque se ostcndere et lenius quain pridic *■'■'"'''"'• nostros e(iuites pioelio lacesserc coeperunt. Sed meridie, cum Caesar pabulandi causa tres leyioiies at(|ue onineni ecfuitatum cum Caio Trebonio legato misisset, repentc ex omnibus partibus ad pabulatores advolaverunt, sic uti alj signis Icgionibusque non absisterent. Nostri acriter in eos impetu facto icpulerunt neciue finem sequendi feccr- unt, quoad subsidio confisi equites, cum post se legiones viderent, praecipites hostes egerunt, magnoque eorum numero interfecto neque sui colligendi neque consistendi aut ex essedis desiliendi facultatem dederunt. Ex hac fuga protinus, quae undique convenerant auxilia dis- cesserunt, neque post id tempus unquam summis nobis- cum copiis hostes contenderunt. XVIII. Caesar cognito consilio eorum ad flumen Caesar Tamesun in Hnes Cassivellauni exercitum duxit ; quod Tir'^^^'s^^'' flumen iino onmino loco pedibus, atque hoc aegre, transiri potest. Eo cum venisset, animadvcrtit ad alteram flumi- nis ripam magnas esse copias hostium instructas. Ripa autem erat acutis sudibus praefixis munita, eiusdemque generis sub aqua defixae sudes flumine tegebantur. His rebus cognitis a captivis perfugisque Caesar praemisso equitatu confestim legiones subsequi iussit. Sed ea celeritate atque eo impetu milites ierunt, cum capitc solo ex aqua extarent ut hostes impetum legionum atque equitum sustinere non possent ripasque dimitterent ac se fugae mandarent. XIX. Cassivellaunus, ut supra demonstravimus, omni Tactics of deposita spe coiitentionis dimissis amplioribus copiis, J^'lfnuj'' minibus circitcr quattuor essedariorum relictis, itinera ''""""" nostra servabat paulumque ex via excedebat locisque 350 FIRST LATIN UKADKU. lit -^ The Triiio- baiitt'H sub- mit til Caesar. iinpcdili-. iic silvestribus bcsc occtiltahiit atiiiic iis region - bill, ((uibiis iios •tor f.ii^turos (o^'noverat, pcrvia ati|i v. hoiuincs ex agris in silvas cnmpcllebat it, cum 0(|iiilat .s noster liberius piaedaadi vastandi<|ue causa sc in agr^s fMeccrat, oninibu-, viis scmitisqu.e essedarios ex silvis emu- telMt _'t niagno cum pciiculo nostrorum eciuitum cum ) 's C()nHi<4L'bat atque Iioc metu latius vagari prohibebav. 'yl.I'^t-'lincjucbaiur, ut neque lons^ius ab aj^^iiiino lcyi()nu)\'. ' disced! Caesar paleretur, ct tantum in agris vastand),.; inccniliisc|ue faciendis hostibus noceietur, (juantum hi bore atque itineie Icgionarii niilitcs efficcre poterant. ^_ XX. Intciim Trinobantes, picjpe firmissinia caium regionum civitas, ex ([ua Mandubiacius adulescens Caesaris tidem secutus ad cum in continentem (iaUiam venerat, cuius pater in ea civitate regnum obtinucrat intcrfectusque eiat a Cassivellauno, ipse fuga mortem vitaverat, legatos ad Caesaiem mittunt pollicenturque sese ei dedituros atque impciata facturos ; pctunt, ui Mandubracium ab iniuria Cassivellauni dcfendat atque in civitatem mittat, qui piaesit imperiumque obtineat. His Caesar imperat obsides quadraginta frumcntumque exercitui Mandubraciumque ad eos mittit. I Hi imperata celeriter fccerunt, obsides ad numerum frumcntumque miserunt. So do other tribes. A British "town." XXI. Trino1)antibus defensis atque ab omni militum iniuria pro, bitis, Cenimagni, Segontiaci, Ancalites, Uibroci, Cassi legationibus missis sese Caesari dedunt. Ab liis cognoscit non longe ex eo loco oppidum Cassivel- launi abesse silvis paludibusc|ue munituin, quo satis magnus hominum pecorisque numcrus convenerit. Oppi- dum autem liritanni vocant, cum silvas impediias vallo atque fo^sa munierunt, quo incursioni^ hostium vitandae causa convenire consucrunt. Eo proficiscitur cum legioni- bus; locum reperit cgregie natura atque opere munitum ; tamen h .iC duabus ex pai;il:)us o[jpugnare coniendit. Hostes paulisper morati militum nostrorum impctum non tulcrunt seseque alia ex parte oppidi cieccrunt. IL'Ll CAKSAHIS DE UKLLO GALLICO, B. V. m Magnus ibi min.crus pccoris rcpertus, multique in fuga sunt coinprehensi ntque interfccti. XXII. Dum haec in his locis geruntur, Cassivel- KourKent- launus ad Cantium, quod esse ad marc supra demon- j|'^,'''"*f« stravimus, quibus rcgionibus quattuor reges praeerant, Cingetorix, Carvilius, Taximagulus, Segovax, nuntios mittit at(iue his impcrat, uti coactis omnil)ns copiis Castra navalia de iinproviso adoriantur atque oppugnent. li cum ad castra venissent, nostri eruptionc facta multis eoium interftctis, capto etiam nobili duce Lugotorige suos incolumcs reduxerunt. Cassivellaunus hoc proelio nuntiato, tot detrimentis acceptis, vastatis finibus, maxime Cassiveiiau. eti.un permotn. defectione civitatum, legates per Atrc CS' batem Comin.uin de deditione ad Caesarem mittit. Caesar, cum constituisset hieinare in continenti propter repentinos Galliae motus, neque multum aestatis super- esset, atque id facile extrahi posse intcllcgeret, obsides imperat et, ([Uid in annos singulos vectigalis populo Romano I^ritannia penderet, constituit; intcrdicit atque imperat Cassivellauno, ne Mandubracioneu Trinobantibus noceat. XXIII. OhsidiLus acceptis exercitum reducit ad mare, Cuesar naves invenit refectas. H is deductis, quod et captivorum ST' *° magnum numerum habebat et nonnullae temnestate de- perierant naves, duobus commcatibus exerciti. n reportare instituit. Ac sic accidit, uti ex tanto naviuai numero tot navigationibus neciue hoc neque superioie anno ulla omnino iiavis, quae milites portaret dcsideraretur ; at ex ns, quae inai^ s ex continenti ad eum remitterentur et prions commcatus ^xpositis militibus et quas postea Labienus faciendas curaverat numero scxaginta, per- paucae locum caperent, relic|uae fere omnLs reicercntur. Quas cum aliquamdiu Caesar frustra expectasset, ne anni tempore a navigatione excluderetur, quod aequinoctium subcrat, necessario angustius milites coilocavit ac sum- ma tranquillitate consccuta, secunda inita cum solvisset vigilia, prima luce terram attigit omnesque incolumes naves perduxit. Nori^S ON NM'.POS. 'iiii:Misi()t i.i;s. Chapter I. - Huius . . . adulescentiae : " TIio Auilis of tin, hkih', imi ly youili. ' Adulescentia : dom 17 10 ;<) yens of ;il;i-. Aiiteferatur : lor the mood and tense see p. 295, I!. :; : " -o tliat no one is superior to him," i.e., even of the present day. Est Ordiendlim : s( il., nobis : "we iiuist lief^m, "/.(•., (h'scnl)e iiis life : p. 17,1,*). Halicarnasslam : '• ol ilalieai- iKissii-;," a city of Caiia, in Asia Minor.— Qui cum . parentibus : "and since he was displeadii^ to liis parents." Note that a Latin srniiiicr often begins with cum and a relative pmnonii. In Kiii^lish the lel.itive pioiioim is best tian^lated by a deinonstiative and a coiniective. Parentibus : dative. See Vocal). un,'., often ~ "too."— Quae ... contumelia : "but this slij^ht." Avoid l)e<;iiniinj; an l'',n<.;lisli principal seiileme with a rela- tive pronoun : see note above on Qui cum ... parentibus. Cum ... iudicavisset : i>. 297, 4. ~ Eam : i.e., contumeliam. Diligentius : "very iliiii^eitt ly " : conipar. (le_t,^ = "very," *' r.uher." — Quae opus erant: note thai opus est is generally u-ed iniper.sonally. Wiiat is the construction? p. 28^, ii. The thiui,' neetled, may. hoM'ever, be the .sub- ject; as, Dux nobis opus est, " We have need of a K'aihr." — ExCOgi- tandis, i.e., in rebus excogitandis. Verissinie iudicabat : see X'ocalm- lary under vere. Quo factum est ut : "and, therefore, the result was that" : note th.u the relative adverb quo = et eo = "and therefore." See note on quae contumelia above. Chapter II.— Gradus capessendae rei publicae : see Vocab. under gradus : "His first position in the administration of public affairs." — iello Corcyraeo : "In the war with Corcyra " : there was no war w ith Corcyia at this tin\e. Athens was, however, involved in a war with Aej^ina which lasted 488-481 H.c. — Ad quod gerendum : express this in various ways : ]\ 295, 9. For the translation of quod see note on quae contumelia, Cliap. I.- Praetor, properly praeitor, "the one who i;oes before," hence, " conunander." — Metallis redibat : see Vocab. under redeo. Nepos refers to tlie silver niiucs of Laurium on the promontory of Sunium. — Largitione magistratuum : see Vocab. under largitio : for subjective genUive, ]). 2S0, 6. Nepos is thinkiuL,^ of the distribution of coin and money by the Roman magistrates to obtain po|nilarity. — Interiret : dependinj; on cum causal : p. 297, 4. — Maritimos praedones: the Aegean sea lias always been infested with jjiiates from eailydays to tlie ]n-esent. — In quo: "and in doing this": see note on quae contumelia, Chat). I.— Cum . . turn : "both . . and." — Divitiis ornavit : see Vocal). " under orno. Saluti . . . Graeciae : for ilic tw;) datives, sec ji. 279, 12. For the mood of fuerit, see p. 291, I. — Bello . Persico: p. 284, i. The Second Persian War (480 n.c.) is meaiU. Herodotus (vii, 144) says that the l)uilding of the ships for the war against Aegina proved the salvation NOTKS ON NK1>0S. 3r)3 ["■"I'll-. Nam cum All,. ,.i:.,„ ,vn,- aiiiipollcl to LctumL' a ,„;„iii„,„ mari ..f l.rr, i I""'!!"'"" ■ 'I"- -nl,n,v is l,fi m.lim.lu.l. Et convince," /> ,a\c.s ,t. aff Sitr ; ,^?.;u:^Z^:^":1Z 'TX' '■" ""t of luKe. -. Eum , . ligneum : hcM., Themistodes dix • 'f,,; ■X new snhierf cp^f '^.^r.~At : a |.:ir|,cle of (tMnsui„n intn,° .V, p ?o , " '^i"' ' superasse : p 301, (3), (/,). Two hun) : "for denying": —Quae . . . possiderent : final : "for their enemy to ac()uire" : p. 294, 5. — Alio . . . atque : "!;;id a different object than they wished to appear: note the force of atque (ac) after words expressing siiiiilarity and ^//.v- jm//«;//)'.— Principatu : "the first place" (hegemony) in Greece. The Spartans had held chis before the Persian war?;.— Qui . . . vetarent : p. 294, V -Des.erunt: i.i , the Athenians, — Reliqui , praecepit ; construe (Themistocles) praecepit ut reliqui legati tum ex- rent . . . interim (praecepit ut) servi, etc. - Satis aiti tuendo : " high enough to NOTES ON NKPOS. 355 Iiarl Chapter VII. Dedit oparam ducerpf."f 7 tlie time." Note tint lonp-^r<5 ,ri«n^— '"'^ ^■'^''^ ^*' «P'» ""t fond of ,„-.?„, panici ts ct;. "^iud^f,"'^^ = ^'^'^'^"'^ '^ Sunt consecut ^ adUnerunt ' ' - ill ' 7^''' ?"'^ ^^terposita. - ofSprata; potestas ''cfwiT;u..,A '''^'f T?' '>'-'^".^^'-''l to the ki„^'^'^ ent: direct na,Tktion^meremS ^^ ^^ '''^' '^' ('')-Se remitter- tiiio^refn'^V^onJT^"^ '■•'•' '" ^P'^^"*"^'" »>i^ »ccessc-s._Obeundem (n.C. 47.), on the d'u^^^if talt/ S :; 'n^ ;: S ^' 'J:;;-"-tocles t.on of ostracism was one of the .Sl.n^o^^Z^r^' AH "•"'?"■ piovuhid ilint "at any n,,h"ti,-il ,-,;;. '>-"-'; \"<-"^^- . ' lie Athenian law at which the people ild'dlili,. ' ^^^^ i^^!;;?^ li:^';^^ T " '^ ^f ^^^' md.vKlual was prejudicial to the in.ere of tl e state " ^^"''7^''^''''^, citizens voted, l.y writin-r the name J \,?!r ?•',''•, '^ -"'^ thoiisan.j (testula, CdJ/4.»>or^-^tha ,c l\ e?^-^ t" "^ ^'^ "^ ^"^' required to withdi'uv from tl e b n i-^' i ' f An?' '' t""^''^-''' > ^^'''^'^ for ten years, or until recalle, If llV ^i. '"''' '""^ ''''"''''" '" ^xile or propertv/.-Aros wlm T'' ^?'''"'"''' ^"'^^ '^is cili.-nship causd, see )• -^07 4 n , i " ^li^nfc "T'T^""^. " ' " V^^^^^et : for cum Quod'. . . fici^t ;^is^ ■ •. -^^^^T^j::.^' 'rl\ "^ •'; ^^-^' >- p. 397. 3^ Ul.at wouid fecerat ^lu^ar^ ^^ Pet^-'^e^^;:"'"'"^ " or reg-e Pers co. - Hoc criminp • .1, .-.1 ^ ^erse -rege Persarum set Vroditionis : p 'J, . " " Ound '"' .q"od societatem . . . fecis- dicativeimpiv? n 20 ' . Eh,;."?^?. ' ' ' ""'"^S^^ ^ "''^'^ '"'^^^^ '''^^ "'" p. 294, 8.iAdi:etu;n^cunf q,fo V'^.^"?:^?; H,,^^^^^ • • indicerent : Admetushad been ihwarted ' v nuMui^locle H- • "''-'''''^'^^ <'' '^^^ Athens, so that the statement ^^^^T;:::^!:^:i;u:::;^^ 181 i '; .,-1 ll, . 356 TMEMISTOCLES. m-: 'fe " . m\. f ' 1] i; see Vocal), under praesentia. -Quo : p. 294, 4. — Religione ; "rever- ence." — Ileceptum : " wIrh ivciive i.'" -In fidem reciperet : '' promised liim liis proleciiuii" : ]>. 299, S. Quam : -^^ et eam, scil. fidem : "and this pledge he redeemed" : see note on quae contumelia, Cliap. 1. — Publice : "in tlie name of tlie state." — Consuleret sibi : see Vocab. under con- sulo. Enim : scil. dixit.— Propinquo : /'.(' , so near (Jnece. — Quod . . . esset: tlie sufficiency of tlie guard is not vouched for by Ne[)os: p. 297, 3: probably the opinion of Admetus stated by the author. — Hic : /'.(•., at I'ydna. Escendit; others have ascendit. Caesar usually has conscen- dit. — Naxum : tins island was in revolt against the confederacy of I )elos. It was reduced by the Athenians to the position of a tributary state.— Quis sit: ]'. 291, I. -Pervenisset, conservasset: ol)Ii(iue, p. 306, nc^te. — Viri ... misericordia : "pity for so illu-liious a man": obiective genitive: p. 281, 7.--Ephesum: at that lime under the rule of I'ersiii. — Exponit : historic present. -Gratiam rettulit : see Vocab. under gratia. Chapter IX. Xerxe regnante : as Xerxes reigned 4S5-465 ]!.('. and Artaxerxes 405-425 i;.('., ami as the ilight of 'riiennstocles was probably in 460 15. c, his withdrawal to A>ia was in the reign of Artaxerxes, not of Xerxes. — Aetate proximus de iis : "the nearest in point of time of those" : for the use of de see note on de servis suis, Chajx IV. -Eiusdem civitatis : i.e., of Athens.- Epistulam : Thucydules (l, 137) gives the letter which is substantially the same as given by Nepos. — Veili : "I am come." — Graiorum : ])artitive genitive after qui: ]>. 280, 3. -Idem : "I, however": often idem introduces a contrast. -Ipse : scil. coepi from the coepit following. — Litteris : the statement from nam cum to liberatus does not occur in Thucydides. Herodotus (viii, no) says that the message sent to Xerxes by .'-^icinnus was verbal, not written. — Id agi : see note on id agi, Chap. V. — Quam . . . adeptus : see note on quae contumelia (Chap.. I): for the indicative, p. 307, 13, ((z).— Quas-de quibus. — Annuum . . . tempus, not "annual" but "a year's time." Chapter X. - Huius: does not agree with animt. — Admirans cupiens- que : here e(|uivalent io causal clauses: "because he admired his mag- nanimity and wished." — Veniam: "permission." — Commodius . . . verba fecisse : "to have spoken with greater facility." In Perside : scd. terra. — Cum_. . esset poliicitus: for cum causal, see ]). 297, 4. Illud : "the fol- lowing," referring to the clause ilium . oppressurum. - Asiam : i.r., as if to the Roman province of Asia, which comprised Caria, Lydia, Mysia, and I'hrygia except Lycaonia. — Magnesiae : this v/as Magnesia on the Maeander, in Caria, Another Magnesia was in Northern I.ydia, near Sardis. called Magnesia ad Sipylum. — Donarat: -donaverat. -Quae . . . praeberet : for quae final, see ]\ ^94- 5 : '-o unde . . . sumeret and ex qua . . .haberet.- Oppidum : i.e., Magnesia. — In quo : scil. sepulchre. Thucydiiles (l, 138) says that the remains of Themistocles, accjuling to his wish, were buried secretly in Attica. In the time of Pausanias the tomb of Themistocles was pointed out near the harbotu' 01 Piraeus. — Potissimum : adverb: "above all others." — Neque neglt : "yet ad- mits," "without denying": literally, "but he does not deny." — Venenum : the common report wms that his death was caused by drinking bull's blood. Thucydides (i, 13S) says that he committed suicide. — Quoniam . . . concederetur : virtual oblique: p. 3U7, 11, note. NOTES ON NKPOS. ARISTIDES. 357 Chapter I. — Themistocli : i;enitive with aequalis, "a contompornry." — De principatu : " for tlie fiiNt position in the state." — Obtrectarunt- obtrectaverunt : see Vocal) under obtrecto.— In his: "in tiie case of tliese men." — Quanto . . . innocentiae : "how nuicli eloquence out\vei<^lis integrity": for the niooi! of antestaret : ]->. 291, I: for the case of inno- centiae, p. 27S, 7.— Quamquam. . .excellebat: j). 302. i, (^?).— Quern. . . audierimus : "at least of those whonii we have lieard of." Qui consecutive is often used to express limitation; as, quod sciam, " As far as I know." — CoUabefactus : according to Orote, the rivalry arose from the fact thnt Aristides was opposed to the policy of Themistocles, which aimed at making Athens a sea-power.— Testula ilia : note ilia, "tliat well-known": see note on testularum suffragiis (Them., viii). — Qui quidem cum intelle- geret: ''and when he observed." Note the intensive force of quidem after a relative = ;^in Oreek: for qui cum see note on qui Cum . . . parentibus (Them., I). — Cedens : "as he was retiring from the struggle. "— Scriben- tem : " a^ lie w:is writing" : ?.t?., the name of Aristides on the tablet. No name was officially proposed for ostracism, and tlie voter could write any name he wishech I'lutarch tells the story that the man could not write, and asked Aristides to write his own name, wliich he did. — Quod... laborasset: sell. Aristides: for the subjunctive see j). 307, il, note: see Vocal), under laboro. Postquam . . . quam : quam is regularly used for postquam wbr;n post or postquam lias just preceded. Tlie pluperfect is used with posvquam when a delinite time is stated (as here, sexto anno) ; otherwise, the pcifcci indicative is used. Aristides was Ijanished 484 i;.c'., and recalled 480 K.C., about the time of the battle of Salamis. — Populi scito : "a decree of the people" = i/''/0'ar;/} or, general. Contrary to usage Aristides wa.-, made solo cominandei of the Atlienians at I'lataeae, thougli Pausanias led the united (Jreeks. — Huius imperii memoria : "the record f)f this com- mand." — Multa: sell, sunt illustria facta, from the illustre factum before: "there are many striking instances." — Factum est: join with ut summa ... Athenienses: the treasury of the Confederacy of Delos was at Delos; but after the first ten years of tlie league (about 466 li.c.) it was transferred to Atliens. Chapter III. Quos et eos : quo : y. 294. 4. — Ad. . . constitueret : the order is : Aristides delectus est qui constitueret quantum pecuniae quaeque civitas daret ad classes aedificandas exercitusque com- parandos. Constitueret : p. 294, 5— Quantum pecuniae : p. 280, 3. — Daret: ]>. 291, i . - -Qua . . . abstinentia : abl. of ([uality: p. 284, 12. — Quam quod : "than the fact that," a quod-claii^e used in api)()sition tothe subject: p. 293, 2, top of page. -Cum . . . praefecisset : on cum (though) concessive, see p. 303, 5.— Qui efferretur : " wherewith to be buried." — |(k " 358 HANNIBAL. Qui: an old al)!alive foi?ii used in quicum -quocum. I'or tlie .'■u])juiictive see ]). 2r4, 5.-- Reliquerit : p. 295. i Ut . . . collocarentur : nccordinj^ to riutarcli they received each 3,000 dracliinis (al (ml $530 ol our money). jili ' it HANNIBAL. Chapter I. -Verumest . . .ut . . . superarit : the construction of verum est ut with the sul)junctive (instead of ace. with inf.) is en the analogy of ut lifter impersonal verbs an-ee note on alio . . . atque (Them., Chap. VT). — Neque ... fecissent : supply cum from the }'re- ceding: "and when they were succssful in their scheme, and wlien ILtniiib.al discoveredjt and found him-elf excluded from the kmgT'privy'' councils, tlun he went to the king at a time appointed."— De fide sua: scil. erga regem Antiochum : "of his loyalty to King An-iochus.'"— Puerulo me: abl. abs. : p. 2S4, i4.^Iovi optimo tnaximo : i\e|)os substitutes "Jove, the l)e-t and ihegieatest" for J;aal, the supreme deity of the Carthaginians.— "Vellemne : "whether I would like": dependent question: y. 291. i.— Ab eo peteri . . . nedubitaret: p. 306. 3. Note that dubito in the sense ofy/(\v,7,//t' takes the intiniiive : in the sense o'i dot/l>f, if negative, it takes quin with subjunctive: p. 296, 6.— Tenentem: scil. me: "while I held my liand ufion it." It was customary when taking a solenm oath to lay one's hands on the horns of the altar or, at least,''to touch some pan of ii. — In amicitia . . . fore : amicum esse futurum : "that I would never be friendly." - Conservavi : a pres. jierfect, "I have kept."--Reliquo tempore: "for the rest of my life."— Eadem mente: abl. of quaity: p. 2S4. 12.— Celaris = celaveris : fut, perf. : p. 301, .", (2), (a)', so also posueris. Chapter III.-Hac . . . aetate: abl. of quality depending on Hannibal undcriitoGd: p. 2S4, 12. Qua diximus : = ■• which we have .said"': abl. -.^A-'r NOTES ON NEPOS. 359 qiial.— Suffecto : a inaujistrate was called suffectus wlio was elected to complete tlie unexpired term of another mngi^tiate wlio had died or been deposed. — Hoc : Hasdrubal. He was assas.Miiated by u Spaniard whose master had been killed by Hasdrubal. — Delatun. : " reported."— Annis : m<)re counnoiily annos : seep. 285, 0. -Proximo triennio : p. 284, 2.— Foederatam: the Carthat,nnians held tiie part of Spain souih of the Ebro ; the Romans occupied the part north of the Ebro. S:i<;uutum was south of the river, but was in alliance with Rome, wiiich ,:,niaran:eed her uide- pendeiice. — Comparavit : Hannibal rather divided 'his army into three parts. — Saltum. either "pass," or "chain," near the coast.— Nemo unquam: this is not correct, as we know that theCiauls often made inroads into the Roman territory througli the Alpine passes. Accordinsr to Polybius, Hannibal crossed by the Little St. liernard I'ass ( Alpes Graiae), but Livy says he crossed by Mt. Genevre (Alpes Cottiae). Alpicos : •'Alpine tribes." The mountain villagers annoyed Hannibal in his ascent, but there was no pitched battle, as'Nepos would linve us believe.— Concidit : distintjuish this in meaning and derivation from COilCidit.— Itinera muniit : note the expression, "^iter munire, "to build a military roa:iys it was five -.lays' march wi-st of C'ariha^rc. Others say that Hadrnmetuni and /ama weie ai)out one hiindicii miles ap.art. - Bldlio : scil. spatio. Oppressit: ".rushed." Panels diebus : p. JS4, 2. Chapter VII.-Nihilo secius ; see Vocab. under nihilo. Resque . . .gessit: "and he carried 011 the war." Consules : the Romans marked their \t,ir bv (he 11:11;. es of the consuls. These were in oflice n.c. 200. His magistratibus : either abl. of time7f',//,v/, or abl. absolulp. QuL agerent- p. 294, 5. Quod . . . fecissent . . . donarent . . , peterent : the subjunctives show that tlie woid- ol the ambassadors were iisr.i : p. 2()7, \ Note that we say either donare coronam homini or donare corona homineiii. Cum iis secum : so obsides eoruin obsides sui. Ut. Fregellis essent : " mi_L;hi be allowed to live at iMei^elhie." Ex seiiatus consulto: ihe presidinj^r^ m,ii;istiate was said senatum consulere, hence ".111 order of the senate" was called senatus consultum. Rogarent . . . foret . . . haberent: subjuuclive of de|)endent clauses of obli(|ue iiarraticin ': p. 305, 2. — Rex: two magistrates c.dled Suffetes were elected at Cartha.^e for a hxed p riod. The word Suffetes is connected with the Hebrew word Shophetim, '' judi^es. " Nepos translates it by reges. VectigaU- bus : the vectigalia were la.'ces raised from comjuered laiuis, crown lands, iiiip<«rts and e\|.ort-. Quae. . . penderetur : \>. 296, 5 ; so also reponere- tur. Senatus daretur: dare senatum, " lo tyrant a liearint^nn the senate"; for subjunciiv(>, p. 291). S. Quae comprehenderent : p. 21^4, 5. Si possent COnsequi : virtual oblicpie nariation: j). 307, 1 1. — PubUcariint : - publicaverunt : ali monevs ivrdized from ooods^-onriseated became a iiart of ihr slate treasury (publicum aerarium). Chapter VIII. ConsuHbus : 193 i!.c.--Africam accessit ; "landed in .\frica in the teiritorv of tlieCyiciiaeans. Si. . . inducerentur : "in the liojie tliiit they iip^dit," etc.: virtual obiiipie nanntion : p. :;o7, 11. Antiochi spe fiduciaqiie: objective i;eiiitive, p. 281,7: ""by their hope ill, aii CynMie. Desperatis rebus: see Vucab. 'under N(>ri':S (»N NKl'OH. 361 despcrarc. Mcmoria : " tr.\iliiiin\ " : tin* usual iu-ioiinl is (Imt lie was wouii.lcil III 20i, li ( , ill Cisalpiiif (laiil, and tliat lie iliid cil' his wouiul uii his rciiirn toAliuM. Iiiterfectum : note tlu' u-i/^'/mi : "he pciishid l.y shipwn-rk aiui was assussiiiati'ii i>y his shivos." Propiiis Tibcri : propc is iiol iiMial with a dalivc in i^dod Latin, the icmiiai toiisinu liun Ix-iiij; the ai-i-iis.itivc or the al'lativc with ab : as. taiii propo iirbem, ni nburbe, "".o near llirciiv." So aKo propitisand pioxime. 'riierinopylis : Aiiiiothiis was di'tcaicd tlicic iiy Ihc Uoiuaii^(l<)i i;.c.). lie tiuii w itiidu-w to Asia, and was in tiio following; year . J7S, 7. Usque: sdl. iiavibus : ahl. o( ill iiimii hi : p .-S^, v Quo ... superior : /.<^., ipse fuit superior in co cornu in quo rem gessit. Chapter IX. Fugato : at MuiMusia {kio n.c.). Vcrens ne dedere- tur : p. Ji)|, S. Si , . , potestateni : "if hi- (I lannii.al) had given them power ovei iiiin" : /.,■.. " it lie jjad (alien into their hand >" : p. >oi . ( ;), (A). Quo . . . coaferret : p. joi, i. Nisi quid providisset : quid aliquid : " unless lu' look some piciaiition " : ]>. V'*'. note. Illoruni . . . his : hoih pioiioiins refer to the ( ioityni. Statuas apneas : perhaps hollow with niovalile heads. Douii : p ^S5, 3. Chapter X. Suis rebus: " Ids piopeilv." Pocnus : /./•., Ilannihal. Apudqueni: "at whose eomi." Eodein animo : p jS.|, u. Minus... robustuin : "not str,,nL;('noii:;li." Minus I ad |. " not. " Utrobique ; terra niarique. Queni si reniovisset : scil, Ilannilial: \>. ; >(), note. - Erant decrcturi: "theyliad mlendi'd to decide the Iliattei " : p. 290, ^, niiddle ol" |ML;e. Iniperavit coUigi : the intmitive passive is sonieliinl-s Used wiili inipero. What is ihe leinilar const 1 net ion .-^ p. 2<)J, I. Cum effec'sset: 'when he had colleeti-d": p. ^oo, kj. A Ceteris . . . defend- er t : "to he eontent only to defend themselves from the olhei,." \o| in ( iieek. - -Id . . . COnseCUturoS : scil. essC dixit In qua . . . veheretur : p. 291, 1. Magno iis . . . pracmio : p. 279, 12. Fore id futurum esse. Chapter XI. Deducitur : see Vocal), under deduco. Quarum : scil. classium. Priusquam . . . daretur : p. 299, 7. Caduceo : a herald's stall w 1-. 01 iiMiially an oli ve 1 m audi t wined with t^ai lands. A fterwaids the J4arlaiiils weie changed to serpents. Hermes (Mereiiiy) as tin; messenger of tile gods i, represented wilh a caduceus. Mittit : historic present: hence (he iinpeiiecl siil)jiiiict ive faceret: p. 2i)(', 2, fool of page.- Qiiod . , . dubitabat : p 207, .^. Quin . . esset scriptum : i>. 296, 6. Soluta: an ordinaiv lethr would consist of two wax lahlel:, fastened together wilh a siring. Quae, pertinerent: consecutive relative : p. 296, 5. Posset: p. 297, 4. Conici coepta sunt: the- passive of coepi is used when (he (hpendent inf. is pasMve. Nova re. ''by liio novelty of the attack." — Consiho : " hy stratagem." Chapter XII. Dum. . .geruntur. p 29(), 4. Patres conscripti : "the Senators" : so called because the Senati; ])rol)al)ly consisted originally of the heads of families making up the citizen, of Rome: conscripti " enrf)lle I in llic li.si ufciii/.eii.s." Qui. . . existiniarent : quicansai : j). 29^, j. — Qui . . . \l m I-" 'f HANNIBAL. . ..peterent: qui f"^ ': p. 294, s—Dederet : siii)ply ut l)ef()ie dederet from tlie preceding ne — Ipsi... comprehenderent : fur imperat. of direct : = vos, si potestis, v mprehendite. Inventuros : scil. dixit eos esse. muneri 79. 12. Ne usu veniret: literally, "lest it should come in actual experience": USU is an ablative of niamur, or, if an old form for USui, a dative of purpose.— Puer ab ianua : "the door-hoy," " the slave at the doo." : cp. Horace, Oil. I, 29, 7; puer ex aula, "the hall-boy," "the waiur." — Consuerat = consueverat. Chapter XIII.- Acquievit : a euphemism for mortuus est.- Septua- g^esimo : Hanniba. vas born in 247 U.c, and would have been 6^, 64, 65 years tf age at ther" dates, accordinjr as the consuls mentioned held office 183, 182, 181 respectively. — Annali suo: scil. libro: "in his chronicle." — Nonnihil temporis : partitive genitive: "some time."— Ad Rhodios : "addressed to the 1 hodians." — Huius:* Hannibal. NOTES ON CAESAR. BOOK IV. leptua- 64, 65 1 1 (jffice ■uit annus: " Which was the year of the consulship i: ahl. ofqiiahty: literally, "of J'oninty and Crassus Chapter I.— Out fuit annus: of," etc. — ConsuTibus: consuls "-Quo: "into vvhicl.:" - Quod : "'the fact that/ exnlamintr causa transeundi: p. 293, 2.-Complures annos: \x 284, 4. — Bello- ahl of instr.: p. 2S3, 5 • ~ Agricultura : p. 2. 69, 8, (a).— Qm . . . manserunt . . alunt: the perfect combined with the present denotes repetition : " I'lie rest who remain at home, maintain "— Domi : p. 286 top of pa.t,'e^— Anno post : p. 284, 3. -Ratio atque usus ■ see \ocab under ratio. -Agn . nihil : p. 280, 3. The ager privatus was "the land l)elon<^mg to the individual," as ojiposed to tiic ager pub- hcus, "the land belonging to the state": ager separatus was "land marked out by boundaries."— Longius = diutius (see note on dedit operam, Nepos. rhem. VH). longe may be said of space, hut not of time: though longms, and longissime may be said of both.— Frumento • "on corn": vivo hke Vescor takes the abl. of means : p. 283, 10 — Maxi- mam partem: adverbial ace— Multum sunt: see Vocal), uiidir mul- tum.— Apuens: "from i)oyhood"': cp. i« 7ra»W.— NuUo. . .assuefacti • ".as they are trained to no systematic performance of duty"- literally "trained to no set duty or system." Caesar refers to the restraints of cu-ilized society, education, etc.: assuefacio is used also with the dative — Quod . . . faciant : virtual obIi(|ue narration: "because, as they sav' they do so."— Immani ... magnitudine: p. 284, 12.— In earn adl duxerunt: "they have brought themselves up to such hardy habits"'- the imperfect subjunclive in haberent . . . lavarentur is irregular ; we should expect the pres.: p. 295, 2.— Locis frigidissimis : see Vocab. under loca — Vestitus : 1^. 280, 3. f.JrK^P^^^"-^;^^'^! ^°"''"^ ■ • ■ ^^^^^"t ■■ ^^'^ <^onstruction is, merca- toribus est aditus ad eos (; ... Germanos) magis eo (consSo) ut habean (eos) qui bus vendant (ea) quae ceperint bello : eo : " f r tlds reason. -Quibus : hnal = ut eis : p. 294, 5 -Quae ... ceperint -talia qualiaceperunt: p. 296, 5:-Quam quotq^m^eo quod 'Tan For t"^ reason that : for subjunctive desiderent: p. 297, 3.-.Quin etiam • see Summ . ._labons: p. 280 4.- Equestribus proeliis: "in cavalry engage- vis; ^o-^;;. ' k''"' '• ' '" i"' ~ ^°^^"^ • • • ^^^^gio = see Voc..b. under vestigium. -Eorum monbus: "accordinr to their notions": abl of cause. -Inertius: ''more indolent" or "more unsk-'ful."_Quamvis pauci: "however {qw,'' V"«*"*vis Chaptei;IIL-Publice: "as a nation" opposed to privatim. "as an indivdunl.'-Quamlatxssime: p. 14,. note -A suis Libus : " on the side of their territories " : so below a Suebis. - Hoc . posse 363 36t NOTKS ON CAKSAR. — BOOK IV. i lu'V Rtipp<)>>(') i< sli()\\ n llio fnrf that n i^rcnt JuinibtT of states i .mnot with- Iiuiil tiK'ir power" : tiio siilijcct ol sig^nificciri arc tlie woids magnum. . . osse. Agri : suliiect of dicuntur : note llu> pt-rsoiial use: see ndtfon iAai-itr- l\.... II,. ....),., I (I,,., I\ Ciimpli' quod takes tlie indic.iiivc wlicn statini; facis; p. 297,3. Moribus assui'facti : "made familiar with (lallic liaiiils": see note on nullo . . . assuefacti (Cai-s,, H. IV, ( iiaj). I). Cum: " altlioMi;!)," an^wiTed jiy tamen : p. .^o^, 5. — Ac . . . redegerunt : " nml tlicy reduced tliem to a slali; ol far less import- ance and slicnt;ih," I'.t:, tiiau tliey ori.i;inally had. Tiie distinction hclween multum and multo is this : the formi-r is n^vd with veihs, and iho latter wilh compai.ilivc a Ijeclives and advt ihs. Chapter IV. Causa: "condition. " Multis . locis : in is omitti'd Willi locus when ipialilied witii an adjeclive. Vi contendere : "todispnte a ])assa^e Ient is necessary."- Plerique : scil. viatores. -Ficta respondeant : depending on cum: see Vocah. under fictus. Chapter VI.— Qua . . cognita: the relative .sc:-ve.s as the connecting link of the two chapters : "now as he knew this custom " : see note on quae contumelia (.\'epos, Ihem., Chap. I).--Ne . . . occurreret . proficisci- tur: note that proficiscitur is a historic ])resent, and has the force of a secondary tense ni se(iuep.ee : ]i. 290, 2, foot of iiage.— Ea . . . facta: scil. fuisse. — Uti . . . discederent . . . quae postulassent : p. 305, 2. — Fore parata : fore whh a peif. ])art. jiass. in indirect represents a fut. jierf. in direct. Qua spe : "and by hopeOf this": cp. hoc metu (Caes., 1>. V, Chap. XIX).- Clientes . "dependents" on certain persons be- longing to patrician families of Rome who acted as patroni or counsellors in the law courts for the clientes. Hence ])erhaps our present meaning. Caesar means *hat the Treveri were the protectors of the Eburones and NOTES ON CAR8AR. — HOOK IV. ^05 Coiidii Ea quae co^noverat : tin- icluiivi.- is inoi<-Iy i-xplanaiiny »<> Cf ''J iK'l :i I'.ni i>f ( 'ifsar's tlunif^lils ; hence, llie imlicitivf : p. y)7, I 0, (/') Iniperato: "I- i Ill upero ? nlil. alisoliitc. Wliiit two iiu iniiij's Chapter VII.— Quibus '■-• lon''^ 'ics.ir ofii-u ri'iu-als the antccedont in tlieiehili'L- clause — H.T- \>> wliat coiiu-s afloi : "as follouN." -Neque priores . . inferrc . .1 duvet s| ; a hesh reason: "which can be ^'ranted rightly, ;uul that too, to so vast a horde." Chapter IX. Post diem tertium : "the thinl day from tliattime": "the next day but one," a^ the Komans reckoned inclusively. Propius se : see note on propius Tiberi ^N'ejios, Hannibal, Chap. VI 11). - Ne . . . quidem : i.e., no more than their other demands. — Aliquot diebus ante: abl. of ihlTerence : so also with post: p. 283, 7; 2S4, 3. Interponi : " was introduced "_: interponere means, " to throw an obstacle in the way " : cf. hoc decreto interpositO: "this decree haviii},' put an end to tlie discussion." Chapter X. Mosa . . . influit : the reading in the text is Kraiur's suggestion. At i)resent both the Meuse and the Rhine flow into the German (Ji can, and are connected by the Waal. The Meuse can be said to flow into tlie Rhine only by regarding the Meuse when joining the Wa-d as "flowing into the Rhine."— Insulam. . . Batavorum : the word Batavi still exists in the form Betuwe (meaning "good meadow"), a name applied to one of the islands in the Rhine. — Ex Leopontiis : "in the country of the Leopontii " : the name of the peo])le is jnit here, as we often find in Caesar, for the country. The source of the Rhine is in Mount St. Got hard. —LongO spatio : "after a long distance": abl. abs.— Citatus fertur: "fhms with a swift stream."- Sunt qui. . existimantur: note the indicative with sunt qui, referring to a dcfnulc antecedent:. iJistinguish in m I I i .11 * ! f '" IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V /. fl^^^dA / fA 1.0 I.I 1.25 ■- ill^ |50 """■= us «, . » 1^ 2.5 IIIW iA 11 1.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation "«i^ 23 WZST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ^ } 4^0 Q" <^.r \ l\ ■^ >> [ 366 NOTES ON CAESAR.— BOOK IV. i^. IV. Cl.p. iK-CapitibusT'fJ'-clpu Is"' ^e™ other wnteis use it i„ the sense of " the source/' " "^'''" = (nuntios) ad eo^ eqS tes q"i l^^^^^^^^^^ uti praemitteret "'^v be either a ,n^pose relative cSTtur^c;.- ^ ^"' ''"'"' relative cause ^:) 2q6 -^ P„«-r.o « i--u' T ^' 5)» or a consefiueiice them assurance": no'e thifthe v. H. pIh ^ ^"^ feasset : "woukl give live or the express n ScoerJrL^''^^^ equivalent to i r^cHSt', .."igTat- Set^r^l^t T]"]'' '' P-.307, 'l.-DaretiequivalenttoimnerativedainHf r '•'' '''''"!"'' = 3— Eodem illo pertinere • " ■ oin f, n,^^ '-ect narration : p. 306, under pertineo -Eod^m '.•llJ «Irf • ^*' '"""^ direction " : see Vocab. convemte of tiie direct : p. 7o6 2 -M\tHt.^;--^?^'„ r^°''''^"'''^"*= '"•■icai present as seen in tl^^nuenc. of ,h ? ' """t^OS : note the his- f^K.t of pa-^e.-Qui nun arenrp 1 c p^^^^ '^- ^^o, 2, p. 306, note. ^ ^^' — yuoad . . . accessisset : prS*%.^298l^*buorum' "" ^- ^^^^P^'.?-"-. Chap. III).-Ubi bus. or as an enipliarion I ndut is d J / '""' of tinienti- Rursus resistentibus : scil nostris irmifforLf 1 ^^^'*" ^P^"' = nihil temporis : pass a battle day" "^/^ ffTv" J^e Vlf'^ f'T^- "' .<^°ns"i° = " »ot .0 let Notes on caesar.— book iv. 367 triH!;T!••'^',Y■^^,'^*"''"" »=«'»to: •■ drawing „p his men in a vals of the f.rst line vvere coverecrbv theTecfnd TU I IT ^^""^ '"'*^'- of four cohorts, tl>e second of three a^ the hird of t ree' ''"^^^^f ^'^^ was e(iua to the front of n roh,..-f t .^- ^^'^^ interval -Ubi lO 8 Cohorts I, 2, 3, 4 would first engaee the enemv ar.A if tu r -i i tnecl. S, 6 7 would advance ihnfuVh tlfe im^eClf fnd taC'^^ while the first line would reform and get LeTh tSp th^-h l' "'" ^^'fj in reserve and only brouHit into ac on f .hrfi . /'^^ ^ird line was held cessful.-Millium • sci nassuum nn ^^e first two lines proved unsuc- and only usc Cicero uses desperare fue-am • C^^^.J.] the Meuse.-Fuga desperata : tiie ablativeabSe eI tanti be H^^^^^ ^^ fuga except in serious a war" ; or ^onfe^sive <' n.J T V,"''f ^'''''' the alarm of so bcen.''--Quadrinffento^^^^^ Jm±^"''-^' 'h ''^''\'''" «^ ^'^^ ^''^•- J'^d :in castris: '-with him. Chapter XVI. -lustissima : •namely that."— Suis . . . voluit; most valid. "-Quod explains ilia • he wished theia to have fears for lb ine ¥ mmm 368 NOTES ON CAESAR.— noOK IV. ', r i safety of their owiidomiiiions as well "—Timf>rf» m ,v. ..,1 . , i . r i fMiio.,»««. f , ■ .' -^^' 2.— yui. . . postularent : p. 2fu ; —In- make merely a n.iliiary ^^ a U.JlZ ^''iZ .he'„ni;;;,aW '.1!',';,'" ' ' '" .o£!'u^*rbefo,?-|,a,!eT''ksl'"difr? "'l' <'«"7«' " ^ " wa, now he „ ea of .v/.,,;,, contained.^,, „„5J^i^. diSs'eT"' e h lij" ?, "I! rendezvous. Usually it meTs .!\kvv " M^H? ''" ''"':""" " ''"'''■•" =" lies almost in the cLreTL AiZa,7^,aT^-,'1«T:^"'A ""''■" renim causa: "for which "K„ eh' rlt,! r ,' '"-'I''- -Q™™™ i1h- relative -Ut liberarrf • H , ""I"""'"'} °' "'<: antecedent with rebus his.-Satis;;'to?ecLr:cf?Sssr''Mli;r'''"'','","T,'''"^ successfully accomplislicd " ' "'"' "'°"='' ''■«' ''«'=n NOTKS ON- OAESAR. — I500K IV. ,369 le," i.e.. Chapter XX.— Exigua . . . reliqua : ai,I. abs. : "wlu-n I.nt little .,f »l,f^ sun^ner was left." --Ad septentrioSes vergit : see Vc;c':b u;;;.-, vergo - Quod . mtellegebat : p. 297, 3— Si . . . deficeret : so adisset, per- t wo lid oe of great a-lvantajje to h,m merely to have visite.l the islau.l" : the clans.s si, adisset, perspexisset, cognovisset are subjects of fore.- Sibi USUI: p. ^79, i2.--Quisquam...quicquam: i>. 1^2, s- Contra Sit ^^f U ' ''rT\ "^i^t '' ?^'^^^"' ^^'^^•^^' Aquitaniaf-Incoler- enc . p. 291, I. So also haberent, uterentur, essent. Chapter XXI.-Priusquam . . . faceret : "before he made the attempt. " mX Viii^ o'"-^- \,.-^"^.e= thecomUryoftheMorini: see Vucab. n 1,-^, ;r^"' polhceantur: ,,. 294, S.~Dare: there is usually a future mfin. with an aceusalive of a noun or j.ronoun with verbs of /;..;././,;,., m?,VJ'" ?, ^' t~, • -permanerent: "to a.liiere to that policy. "-Com- mium: the Atrebales were defeated at the Sauibre (B. II, 2:;) Some fr^ir/ ?; ' m''-' ''\ ^^^^'•'^^'^i'-^- Commius was p-obably selected owing to the fact that bemg km- on the continent he would have more innuence over his countrymen m Britain. -Magni . . . habebatur : ],. 280, s -Huic /^H.-riw ..' •'"■■^'''' '^^'"Pe'-at ;. X (ut) adeat civitates quas possit gdire) : for the omission of ut, see note on dederent, IJ. I V, Chai) XVI - t^OSSlt: virtual ol)lique.—Fidem sequantur : "be loyal to"- literailv support the protection of (/..., given by) the Roman people. "-Quan- as^itr^r""^? f^\r') ''^"V^'r P""ive=-as much of opporfunity as, etc. I lanslate : "as far as he had an opnortunitv. ' -Qui auderet • catisal : "inasmuch as he did not dare": p. 29S, S • -Revertitur .' . .renun- tiat : his orical presents, as seen by the sequence in perspexisset : p. 290, 2, at foot of page. *- r i j ^ n S.^^^^" ^ll'~ ^"i" ■ • "^0''^^"^= P- 299. 4— Qui . . excusarent : p. 294, 5.-Superioris tempons: p. 280, 4. -Quod, fecissent : virtual oblique : p. 307, 1 1.-Populo Romano : dative, "against the Roman people": probably m mutation of the Greek uax^a^Hi rn-^ -Seque . . pollicerentur • f^'rlrf legatique venerunt qui polHcerentur se facturos (esse) ea quae imperasset: the pluperfect of the indirect en e>pon,ls to the fut pe.f of the^direct narration : "whatever you shall have onlere.l us to do, we will — "as occupationes : "this business consisting of such trifles"- p. 281, 8.-Bntanniae:-bello Britannico : "to his expediii.m against Britain. -Quibus R-fers to the hostages: eos to t!ie Morini.-In fidem : see Vocab. under fides. -Quod ... existimabat : "which amount he supposed was enough": we should have ex|,e^ted quas, but quod is at- tracted into the gender .-ind number of satis, used here as an indeclinable noun.-Quod habebat : "all the war ships he had": partitive geni- tive. -Ab milhbus passuum octo : "eight miles off": distance i, ex- presserl in Caesar bv accusative, ablative, or ablative with ab as here — Quominus:=ut eo minus: p. 294, 6. Chapter XXin.-Tempestatem: "weather," good or bad, according to the context -Tertia vigiha : the night was divided into ^»;- watches? Caesar started (with the infantry) from Port ffiu^, which some say was Boulogne; others, Wissant. The portus suoenor was Ambleteuse He w I J!!l 370 NOTKS OV CAKSAIl. HOOK IV. lamK-.! onilu. 27.1, of An.nist. pruhnhly .t I Val. -Solvit : scil. navcs t Mtsit s;i,l. -Cum essetadministratum: "si.ia- this was som.wli.u slowly c:in 10 1 out. Id nias to tl.c tinharkation of tlu« cavalry - Hora diei circiter quarta : al,.,„t 9.45 a.m.. as the Cust hour at tlii's sc-mmm. iWrnUnc" 'uo •""' '"';'■' '! \ Expositas: here for collocatas, mstructas. Ita jo,,. w.il. continebatur : "was so closely l.n.nulc.l 1,,^ p.x-c.pit.ni. monnlams. In litus: "to the In-ach," "to the w.-.fr's e-lre '' navibus. fordi>oi,il.arkm-.' Duin . . . convenirent ; i.ira of.vA,/,/. //,'// IS nn,|lu'.l : ,>. 2;,.,, 6. Monuitqiie . . . administrarentiir : the first a .1 sero,„l ut "a, : the tnn.l is closdy cotinecte.! uuh quae ; l,e,ue ut quae qmppe quae, so th.t ut must l,e un.ierstoo.l witl. administra- rentur: an.i he eujomed uiu.i, them that everythintj .should he earrir.i -ul at the sl-K.tcst h.nt a.ul at the ri,L;ht time, as the mode of warfare, :"u , most of all the nnrme service re(|uired, sul.jeet as it was to su.l.len and uncertain chau^.s : for the ouiission of ut see note o,» dederent vig-ilia " Aperto ac piano htore : .see note al>ove on tertia Chapter XXIV. At: seenoteon TlKMn.,Chap. III.-Qiio g-enere- scil mihtutn : p. .S,. 10. Ta.i.us ( A,r. ,.;. l.owevlr, savs : T„ pe^d'tfrobur : quaedam nationes in curru proeliantur. - Prohibebant : a .onanW im- perfect : t.ird to prevent. - (^;uod . . . poterant : p. 297, r - Militibus • lomwuhdisihendumerat: "the soldiers had to leap dmv„." Autem •" the o.der of the clau^.s ,s inverted ; cum illi, " whereas they (the Ihitons)" slmul.l come first at.d should l.c answered hy militibus autem : "the sohliersontheotherhan.l.". Ignotislocis,impeditismanibus: al.!. al.s- ^^ in i-norance of tlie locality, and with hands eucund.ered." - -Ex arido • from the dry land "standing on dry i,M-ound."- ^Omnino : with imperitii ^^tohdym,pract.se.inUh,s kind ,.f warfare": p. 281,9. -Non. . .utebantur: d d not show the same spirit and ea-erness as they had l.een accustomed o disp.ay in cn.<;a.i,rements with foot soldiers." The Romans had not before tli.s f)een trained to fight while wading in the water or against warriors mountecf on chariots. PvnS^r-^:?^-| 1""^'*^^'°''= "somewhat novel. "-Motus ad usum exped tior: ;md their nunvment in actual .service less difficult " zc ll'an iho.e of the merchanl.nen. The war ship (navis longa) 'though longer than the merchantman (naviS oneraria) was not so wide, and c;ould be more easily handled lu'cause it was of litrj.ter burden. It was fitted with oars as M-ell as sails.-Adlatusapertum: "on the right flank of the enemy : the sh.ehl protected the left si.le. -Usui nostris : p. 279, i-'.-Paulummodo: "only a little. "-Atque at the beginning of a new sentence is r.ire. and usually makes a strong contrast between what follows and what precedes: "and then.»-Qi,i. . .aquilam ferebat : = aquilifer : the eagle bearer. I he eagle (aquila) was the standard of the Roman legion, as the signa and vexilla were the standards of the cohorts and centuries -Nisi vultis- SI non vultis. Praestitero : "T intend to l»>.form =(qmdqiiid accidet), praestitero : "(whatever happens) I shall have performed. "-Inter se : "each other," the Latins have no recipr<>^a pronoun corresponding to the Greek a?? >}hn,c. -Ros . . . conspexissent : and when those on board the nearest ships had been the first to see NOTKS OV TAKHAIt.- HOOK IV. nn I)'-. ; ilioi.,;;: will, ex iiavibus, op. ex eqius piiKimre : "i., r.,.I,t „„ i.orsc- Imik, Chapter jiXVI. Nostri tainen . . . hostes vero : il.,> daiisrs :..<• ..m..tc.l: seenoUM.nautem. K IV. CIki,,. \\IV. Atque alius alia ex mvi: afUT atque supply quod hum tl,e picvi..,is clan,,.: " an I IiiiiIk-i u'c.us... M.M.e li.Hu one slnp an,| s,„„c (,.„„ anod,.., . " Aliquos sillRU- lares: sun.e isolatcl uim." Ubi . . . conspexerant : '• wh,„cv,r ih,v saw : in //^;v,//;r action, il„; pu-s., impcil., an.l liiiu.c of ll.c p,i„n|..il cause l.av..rfs|.cc.,v.-lyll,e pcf.. pinpf., an,l („l. pn(. inl lu: snlloi-linair c ai.s,. N..1C 11k- foic- of tl,r in.pn (,cts. Ab latere aporto: sf.; (Jai-sai, H. l\, ( h.p. \\V, Mou; on ad latus apertum. Plures : a^r,,.,-s with nostesaii.l 111 oiitiMsi I., paucos. Quos conspexerat : " wliomcvcr lie saw : sec note aljovr on ubi coiispexerant Submittebat • t-ivc tlie .oiCL- of iiiipf. SuiS copiis COnsccutis: ";uhI uhr.i all llinr toinia.Ics lia.! come up t<) tluni Neque . . . potuerunt: " ;uHi y.t w.-ie not al.le " Hoc . . . defuit : "tins was [he only tiling' that. (Vsar hickci (.. niainlani Iiis ])revioiis j^'ood foiiune." Chapter XXVII.- Simul atque. . . receperunt: p, ;'(>S i» Ex fujra- after the nu;lit." Obsidcs daturos : s(il. se esse. Imperasset • p. 305, 2. Siipra: s.e 1!. IV. ( iMptn-XXI. Denionstra/eram : i.trf" more iiMial. Praemissuiii : seil.. fuisse. Cum . . . deferret : "since he was beariii},' ih..- commands of Caesar in the clnracl.r of anil.assa.lor " • !'• 2()7, 4. -Ut ignosceretur : sell, multitudini ab eo : "that the coiiiinon people would be pardoned by him": p. 27S. 4 Ouod mtuhssent : "of tlunr liaviii-r wa-ed war against him " : ' vn'iual oMi.'iue nana.ion: l-. 307, , ,. - -UltrO : "of their own accord." -Arcessitam : as they had lo be broiii^ht. ' Chapter XXVIII. His rebus: *'on these terms." or "by tiiese means " ---Post diem quartum quam : post is n-anled as f^overnin.r diem but really belom-s to quam. forming postquam. The regular conslriictioi'i won <1 be quarto die postquam. -Superioreportu : pioliably Ambl-ieiiM- north froni H.Milognc. Leni vento: abl. abs. -^Solverunt : s, il. ancoras' sc-t sail -Sm . . periculo : " peril to iheinsrlves." - Cum comple-' rentur: when they were nevertheless ^'ettiiitr filled with water in spite of n.e fact tliat they (iroppe.l their anchors."— Tamen oppiwes ancoris lactis. Adversa nocte : "in the face of niyht." ^ Chapter XXIX. Nocte: uv^hi of Au-ust sotli, 55' i!.c. Qui dies- reuulaily the conslruclion would be: quo die 'luna COnsuevit, etc the' iiii^'hest or_spnn<,r tides occur a day after new nio.,n and a day alter full inooii — Incogmtum : in the Mediterranean there are no ti.lcs or v.-ry sli.dit ones at certain ])oiuis. One would suppose th.at ( 'aesar's soldiers woiiKl have ob- served the tide on the wes- coa.t of Fiance, the previous vear, whenth.-y were fi-htm- the Veneti. -Exercitum transportandum curaverat : see Vocab under CUro.-Quae . . . deligatae: "which were rKlin-at anchor."- Funil bus. amissis: "owiii« to the loss of their ropes, anclu.rs, and the icst„f their tacklini,' : causal abl. absolute. The abl. absolute is often c(iuivalent lo a causal clause. -Id quod . . . accidere : "as was uiiavoid- ¥ tin ill i $ 372 NOTES ON CAKSAR. — HOOK IV. able " Quod : ace. snl.jrct of accidere : the jOuaM- quod accidere ■s sul.jca oi necesse est. Quibus possent : - ut eis possent ' . n -Usui: p. 279, 12. -Omnibus constabat : '• u was norce.l l,v all'-- (laiuv .;f in.li.rct ohjcHi. \Vc also ImhI inter omnes constare.-HiemarJ 7Zlu'''' "'"''' ''"' '" ''' l"''^^'^t lunj,r to do was to renew the war, to keep our mei. from corn supplies and to prolo..- the can,pa,.;n to the winter."-Factu : p. 175.--H1S suoer- atis...intercusis: conditional al.l. ahsohne: -if^he.sc^ve" lefe^u'l essenr'RpHfn M ••';^"'"''^<' = Si superati essent .si interclusi ^?n? r.i • '""i ; "f ^^1'^'?'"^^" : i^- 2S2, i.-Suos . . . deducere: "i.. call hack their men from tlie interior to the sea-coast. from the accident to 1 us Chapter XXXI. Ex eventu navium : ?'nnn';'t'/,t"';^''''^'^""^'''''U'- ^f^.^Ex eo, quod^: - fmnrthe fac'; (namely) that : p. 293, 2.-Quod accidit : " which actually did oeenr "• for the indicative see p. 307 ,3 (a). - Subsidia : " resources. "- Cotidie • said of daily repetition : in dies, m dies singulos, in diem, said of ,ia>lN' increase or decrease -Quae . . . naves earum^earum navium quae': a ecedent expressed m relative clause.-Cum . . . administrarltur : either impersonal or with res understood as sui/iect.-Reliquis . effecit ■ uerally : he so arrani^ed that it might be suitably sailed with the rest " \ he made sailing possible with the rest. "- Navigan : impersonal. n?sW^''r^^^V"7^w"?---^^r""^"'= I^- ^^^9, 4.-Frumentatum: p. 2^9, I. Caesar had with him in Uritam the 7th and loth le"ions -Inter- posita: havinj; arisen. '-Hominum : " inlial.itants."-- Ventitaret • frequentative: " xyere cominj; to and fro."-Portis : what were fie name; ol the -ales of a Roman camp?-In statione : "on sentry duty."-Ouam consuetude ferret: "than was usual": ut consecutive is^ometimS omitted after quam : p. 296, 5 (c).-Ineaparte . . . quam in partem : the antecedent repeated ,n the relative clause.-Id quod erat : " the t.uth " what really was the fact." See note, Chap. XXXI, on quod accidit - Ahquid novi. . .consihi: "some new design": partitive genitive: p. 280 . -Cohortes: with mssit.-In stationibus: s.e in statione above.-hi stationemsuccedere: see Vocab. under statio.- Nam quod: "for since"- nfh'JIc" "Vi" '•'^''^•\7'.f'i delituerant and quod wUh erat -Incertis ordi- nibus: al)^.al,s.: "since their lines were broken": see ordo in Vocab — Circumdederant : scil. nostros. • > ucao. Chapter XXXI 1 1. -Ex essedis : "on war chariots": cp. ex eauo pugnare --Pugnae: =pugnandi.-Per omnes partes: ...., up and cZu between the two armies.-Ipso terrore equo um : "by the very tenor hoZJ'^ ^'''■'^"'"•' •= subjective genitive: p. 280. 6^- Or diners : .scil. hostmm.— Cum . . . insinuaverunt : " whenever they work their wav " • ChnV V V vr''''i^''' *'^ ''""' V'""' "'^^^ ^" "^^ • • • conspexerant, 15. 'IV,* Chap. XXVI.-Turmas: refers to tl,e divisions of the British horse — NOTES OV CAKSAR. — BOOK IV. 373 lesl declivi ac praecipiti loco ; sinco Ulie veil) esse Ills (al)l. f-piep.) is used for it. nil : the warriors, tlioutjh some talvo it to mean tlie retainers (clientes) • cp. l;u:itus(A.r. \2): Auriga honestior : clientes propugnant. - Iii '■ wlnM ihc gioiirul is slo|im": no pros. pait. the pie|)osiiif)iiaI ahl. alw. Brevi : scil. tempore : " in an instant." Chapter XXXIV. -Quibus rebus: eitlier (i) causal ablative, "owin- to thc.i; facts," " wIk.mcIoi e" ; (2) ablativj (^f means witli perturbatis : " iH our men confiise-l hy these attacks from the fact that the mode of (i.d.tin- w.isiH-\v. ^-Namque-rGreek h,n y',,,-. "and (this was evi.lent) fo,?' etc" —guo facto: o.iice.Mve ahl. ahs. : " though this happened." Ad laces- sendum: scd. hostes: "for skirmisiliI.^r with the enemy." Quae continerent: consecutive relative: p. 296; 5. -Quanta . daretur: "wl'ia't a spleiKhil opi)ortuinty was i)resented of securing booty and of freein.r themselves for ever." -Liberandi : sin<,r., though sui is pi ur.— Daretur"^ subjunctive: p 291, 1, and p. .^07, I i.-His rebus : " by these representai tion.s, referred to in the jMevious sentence. Chapter XXXV. -Idem : subject of fore and explained by the clause Ut.. effugerent: "that they (the Ihitons) would escape owing to their speed. 1 hey had greater mobility than the Romans. —Diutius : join this with non: "they could no longer withstand."- Quos tanto spatio potuerunt: "and pursuing them so far as their stren-th and speed allowed. Quos = eteos. -Cursu et viribus: abl. of instrument: ]> 283 c — Occiderunt: scil. nostri milites. Distinguish in meaning occiderunt. Chapt^er XXXVI. - ^ Numerum obsidum duplicavit : = duplicem numer- um obsidum imperavit : lience his is a dative.— Quern . . . imperaverat • see Hook IV, Chai.. XXVII.— Propinqua die aequinoctii: causal abl. abs* 1 he date of the ecpimox was .Sei)tember 24th. As Caesar landed August 27th and left about September 24th, we can see how stubborn! v the Uritons must have fought, as he got no further than the shore.- Infirmis navibus • a causal abl. abs.— Hiemi . . . subiciendam : scil. esse : " that his voya-e might not be exposed to a storm. "—Eosdem . . portus : see note on tertiavigilia(H. IV, Chap. XXII). Chapter XXXVII.— Ex navibus: refers to the duae onerariae le- ferred to at the end of Chap. XXXVI.— Proficiscens : "in the act of setting out =cum proficisceretur.— Non ita magno : "with not so very large a number" : this u.e of ita is confined to negative sentences.~Si nollent: dependent clause of oblique narration aft^M" iusserunt: p. 307, II*. Orbe facto : in cases of extrene danger the Romans formed a circle with then- baggage in the cent.e while the soldiers faced the enemy. We should say "forming a square."— Suis auxilio : p. 279, 12.— Amplius horis: the ordinary c(;nstructioii would be horas : see note on amolius . . . milhbus, 15. IV, Chap. XI. ^ Chapter XXXVIII.— Siccitates: the plural may refer to successive periods or to the dryness in different localities.— Quo se reciperent non haberent : "did not know where to retreat" : with this meaning of habeo con_)|iare that of the Greek tx^-> '• oiiK el^ov b~nt TprmoivTo. Note that quo se reciperent would be a deliberative subjunctive in direct = quo nos re- cipiamus? "to what place are we to retreat?"— Quo perfugio . . . .^74 NOTES ON CAESAR. — BOOK V. (i.e. Ex fuerant usi: auo is attracted into the case ..f perfugio : "which .e swa.nps) x\.y had use.l as a refu^..."_Omnino : "in all."-^x.« ttens : in ncconlancc with Caesar's .l.-s,,atcli." - Supplicatio : cither a 'alloSSst^;: ""'^^""' "-'''- - '-' - ^ '^y '' U.n.n.^>:\: HOOK V. noM^n^,*f..^: ^1 V^a"am:^in Galliam Cisalpinam: Italy Proper did he oft n J" '/-'f ""•„'"/'"' '''""^^""' ''^'"' ^^O'nnJ., tho.i.h as tre t often vyas applu-cl to all the country south of the Alps. ( a.-sa^ usually sp.ni his wnitcrs n^ I.ucca or Ravenna. -Coniuerat •- consu- fl^n.'-.^T''^* ^"'^ ^"'■^'■^"'^ """-' ^''^ i'istoiTc it'ent'Tmperat .own hy tiK- sequence ol tense.- Possent: virtual ohli.,ue nanalion : p. 307, II. Quam quibus: = quam(eas naves) quibus.- In nostromari- • on^'"i'S;;"r"ih ""'^"^ '^'- ^"'- '"^^*- P^'P*^^ cretras commuS: tiones. lefeis to the varym- currents -n the channel.- Ad onera • scil transportatida from the transportandam followinf^.- In rSis Zis"%c ua i'i'i"'" ''"" "' "" '}'-'i^-•'-'eaM^^en,^uH?:^va'io•u; n if'TlM, iT " '"'i'lrr '''"''^'' ""'^ thatimpero can lake an "202 hL,-'^ '"'■'• ^Vhat would he the let^ular construction? p. 292, l.^ Usui: p 279, 12.-ConventibuS: Caesar as proconsul held Hnrplf '■ '"""' "^ •^o-^'"^' •" ^'"-' '^'''^f ^'"'^'^ °f Northern Italv.-Q doceant : p 294, 5 - Paratos satisfacere : .. paratos ad satisfaciendum "^aratos U'r V'^^°' I' "' '"'^ '-^-'"^'y "^ velle, which is ecpnvTu to paratos esse. Fecennt : virtual oblique narration : p. cioT 11 - c^hi ina'l hw'fs''?^^"' • • • ^°"^tituant : ,>. 294, 5 = Htis aestimatio' in ;e;rha!r;; ;;;!" ""^""^"^ "^ ^"^ ^-"""' °^ ^'--^^ - —ted Chapter II. -Citeriorem Galliam: otherwise called Gallia Cisabina -Adexercium: wintering in Belgium (IJook IV, Chap \ XX V^^^^^^^ Smguan mihtum studio: abl. abs. -Cuius : att;ac.e"'"^l'^^^-'; ^^'^ •^''-'^' -P-^ Ut instead o qum. p. 293, I A.— Deduci : see Vocal), under deduco. - Huic rei • "for nidS"^ -t tl„s object,;' .•..., collecting the lleet at /'../"/"'" 1 Ex- pedltis: "infighting trim," ^V., without heavy bagga.re -Ad concilir- M;;»^)."""'''^ "' '"• ^''^"" "''"^ "'^''-^'^ Caesa^-^held at S^nrobdva Chapter 1 1 1. -Alter: "the latter." le., Cingetori.x. -In officio : see Xlfi;^ n " r"' °«^^'"n^--i Ab amicitia . . . defecturos : see Vocab under deficio.-Gererentur: dep. clause in oblique narration: p. .oc 2 - Cogere : depent wouM l,c |. Ii ,0 In.lutiomams.~ConsoIatus: "reassured him" in ret;ar • '"f '°'-'''; r - Se: Caesar. - Magni interesse : I ; '4-7Q"^---fi"SSet: .subjunctive of causal relalive: n -oN 5 ; ami of ol,l„iue narration : p. 305, 2 : "and since he had already heeil unfnemilydisp.,sed towards us."--Inimico . . . animo : abl. of Jali y p. 284, 12.-H0C dolore : "at this grievance." ^ ^ M.^i^^^^'n T^''"'***"^^,*'^^ ""'''"'y ^^■''^> ^^'"'^'l as cav.nlry.- nT-JHnn; t ''T''^ '• '" 2^'^4. i3.-Perspexerat : " he had observed." — ObJidum loco : " as liostages." Ar^»H?Sf 7^' ~^/^"<' *"!'"'' ""^^"^^^ • auctoritatis : p. 280, 4.-- Accedebat hue quod : " to this was a.hle.l the fact that," " there was the further consideration that": p. 29.3, 2.-Huc : = ad hoc. . neque recusandi aut deprecandi causa: see Vocal,, under deprecor: "and they did not dare to send envoys t,. Caesar to contradict tins or to be- for me.cy at his (Caesars) hands. -Omnibus . . . precibus : " by all kinds of entreaties " — ISIavigandl: objective genitive depen.ling on insuetus : i>. 281 7 — limeret . . . diceret : the reasons given by Dun.norix were not ...rar-led bv Caesar as real reasons: p. 297^3. -Quod ■ • • diceret- quod relfe-ionibus impediretur, ut dtcebat: "because (as he said) he vvas pi'vS by religious scruples. Perhaps because Britain was the centre of Dmidism -Temtare: historical inf.-Non . . . fieri : dixit omitted before oblique narration.- 1 he clause ut . . . spoliaretur is the subject of fieri : so also in the next part of the sentence the clause ut . . . necaret is in apposition to consihum— Interponere: the historical inf.— Ex usu: see Vocab consiHum^~ "^'"""^ consilio: cf. pub'tco consilio : see Vocab. under Chapter VI I. -Caesar: subject of statuebat. Quod . . . tribuebat: so quod . videbat below: p. 297, 3- -Quibuscumque rebus posset: virtual oblique : p 307, ir.-Longius: "too far.'- Prospiciendum : scih statuebat : "he ma.Ie up his mind that he should adopt measures." — lemporis = anni.-Dabat operam : see Vocab. under opera, -Milites pedltesque:=pedltes equitesque : ihc cavalry in a legion numbered 300. the infantry 4, 200. -Omnium impeditis animis : "wh,,n the attention of all was takenup with the embarkation. -Retrahique imperat : see note on actuanas (T5. V, Chap. I) -Si vim faciat neque pareat : virtual oblique: p. 307, 1 1. -Pro sano : "as a sane mam'-Oui neglexisset : see note on qui. . .fuisset (B. V, Chap. IV). ^ • ' • 370 NOTKS ON CAKSAH.— HOOK V. I Chapter VIII. Portus: see ii..te on tertia vigilia (1!. IV, ("Imp. X \ 1 1 1 ) - Pro tempore et pro re : ''as tiim- .mkI cisciim 4ai)i:< s finn.uulcd." — Pari numero . . queni . reliqucrat: iiisie.ul (i( quern we sliould h.ive cxinclcd atqiie or ac : "wali iIk- .siimc luimher of cavnliy as he had It'll"; Ciioar look half of his whole f<»rce of cav.ilry with him. — Aestu : the chl) tidi; cMii>iii.; ill.- >hi),s (i(.m the shore.— Earn partem insulae : see note oiiapertoac piano littore(l!. IV, Chap. Will). Annotinis : "those of ihe year lufore" : in c:Ikii). I he calls tlieni veteres. Sui commodi : eilher a phrase },'overned hy causa niiderstoo<|, "lor the sal.r of his own lOMVenieiice," or a descriplivc genitive depending; on quas — Quisque : t.r., niciiliiiiiis or the liKe. Ampliiis octingentae : note that ampHus, plus, minus have no inlliii'iui' on llie coii>triuiion : sec on amplius . millibus, I;. IV, Chap. XI.- Superiora : " Lmher up the idimiiy." Chapter IX. Consedissent: \\ 291,1. Qui essent: p. 294, 5.- - Praesidio navibus : p. 279, 12 -De tertia vigilia: de with a word of /////,' oii^inally nu'ims. "slariint,' from" u point: hence "after the third w.ilch was set."- Navibus : "for his ships," dative of remote ol.jict wiih metuo, timeo. Quod . . relinquebat: p. 2(^7, i,.- Ut videbantur: "ap- paieiiily": noi.' tlie perMniai u\(- of videor.- Testudine facta: see Vocal) under testudo. Fugientes : ace alter prosequi : eos ^^overncd l>y vetuit. Quod . . ignorabat . . volebat : p. 297, ,?. Munition! cas- trorum: "lor liie consuuciion of the camp": cf. castra munire, "to encamp." Chapter X. Postridie eius diei : literally, " on the day followini,' that day " : postridie -posteri die. a locative of time : eius diei : t;eiiitTve of description: (see note, 1! IV, Chap. X III).— Aliquantum' itineris : ]). 2S0, 3.— Extremi : "tin rear of the enemy." Others take it to mean "the rear of the expeditionnr> force" of Caesar. In that case iam in conspectu nuans "still in si-lit of Caesar," who remained behind in the camp,— Qui nuntiarent: ]). 294, 5.- Subsisterent . . possent : subjunc- tives of de[). chiiise of oblique narration : p. 305, 2. Chapter XI. - Resistere : "halt."- Coram perspicit : "he in ])erson sees." Sic ut: literally, "to the extent that " : cf. use of tantum — Magno negotio: " with i^reat trouble."— Fabros : "ship carpenters"; a corps of fabri, " w rights," skilled in mechanical arts, was attached to each leii'um, under a praefectus fabrum.-Quam plurimas posset: vir- tual ol)H(iue: as many as l.abienus thou_<,dit he could build : p. 307, li. lis legionibus : " w ith the aid of those" legions " : abl. of instrument : p. 2!^3> 5- - Quae sunt apud eum: not an intetjral clause of oblique narration : P; 307. '3. (''>• Multae operae ac laboris : p. 280, 4.— Subduci : see Vocab. under subduco. --Ne. . .intermissis : "not even the nii;ht time innki!!;; any interruption in the continuance of the labor of the soldiers." Eodem : " lo thesame position," i.e., to the camp by the river. — Summa administrandi : _ " the supreme command in, and conduct of, the war." Communi consilio : " by common consent " : cf publico consilio. Circiter octoginta : /.<•., from near Deal, where he probably landed. Chapter XII. Quos :-et eos : the subject of proditum (esse) is the clause quos natos (esse) in insula : "and they state that the tradition is NOTES ON CAKSAR.— noOK V. 377 that they were in.njjenous." literally, " l.orn \n t!.e island itself Par. ,lifr,.L , f, ,', 1 '■ " "I'niiize," a mixture of o.i.ii.t iiinl nil nn,l Loca : sec noic ui, locis frigidissimis (I). IV, Clia|i. I). l'"'''^'"'" - peiKl ..«<„, pari spatio. al,l, of ,iesc,l^„io„ i"'™?, -Mona' ih= l' N whose house." Translate «M,y whom •'-Deduci est • ' w 'i i, ° as a bride " : cf. ducere uxorem in matrimo^um ' ^ '"' '^""^'^ Chapter XV. — Ut: consecutive: "with the resnU thot » m f .i . the per ect subjunctive expresses a sin-de fac , ^q- 2 rnmni "k ^- '"' tlien jruard. — In statione: see note on n statione 15 IV Chan \VY T -Subsidio: "as a reinforcement": p 270 12 Hiinr.W ' 3;trir^^ • ^-s:^;;;,^;;!;/-- eaciA^av- -r^~ ,io^!'pP*o7^y.^;ir?"?'^ • • • Possent . . . auderent : virtual obliciue narra- cSnt' LiSrlnf ^'"T'^ '^^ insequi.-IUi: /..., the Britons.- 1.30^^1 :Dtoarin;nph°n^^^^^^ "''■^"•'^' "'^'■■^"'^ narration: 1 JO/, 1 1. Uispan . . . proeho : " m an unequal mode of fighting" • when 378 NOTES ON CAKSAH. — HOOK V. and no more." — llioiigh tlicy liad p. 283, 7. II « i the Roman ranks were broken, the Britons were more effect i-.e soldiers owing to their },Meater niol)iiity :-cf. note on novo genere pugnae (B. V, Chap. XV}. — Eqiiestris ... ratio: "whereas when the hijlitin^ was l)etween cavahy, the danj,'er was e(|uah/eetween the detachments. "— Exciperent : ' ' relieved. "— Integri et recentes : "the un wounded and fresh." Chapter XVII.— Leaius : "with less energy."— Sic uti . . non ab- sisterent: "so vehemently that they did not abstain fiom altackinij the coniiJanies and lei;ions " — Subsidio : ablative: p. 27S, luDt nate.— Prae- cipites . . . egerunt : "drove in headlong Ibi^dit."— Sui colligendi : "of recovering themselves," "of rallying. "--Ex "hac fuga : "after this rout." — Summis . . . copiis : " with their full strength." Chapter XVIII.— Uno omnino loco: "at one for Alteram : * jppo-,ite."— Cum capite . . . exstarent : only their heads above water. "—Capite : abl. of difference Chapter XIX. — Contentionis : "of rivalry."— Itinera nostra serva- bat: "dogged our march."— Ex via: 'from the hii^li road " ; the imper- fects express rep(^n.ted action.— Magno periculo liostrorurn equitum : subjective genitive: p. 280, 6.— Hocmetu: see note on quaspe(I!. IV, Chap, ^yi).— Relinquebatur ut : " the only thing left to do was tiiat Caesar": p. 293, i, top of page.— Neque. . . disced! . . .pateretur : "should neither allow any wide departure from the main column of tlie legions." Disced! : an impersonal infinitive.— Et tantum. . .noceretur: "and that so much injury should b?. 'Mflicted upon the army by way of devastating the fi>.lds and causing conflagration." Note the impersonal use of nocere- tur : p. 278, 4.— Quantum., .poterant: "as the legionary soldiers were able to effect by their exertions W_ili£-maJ-ch,'MUet: KxKRnsK Xlir. Themistocles, Chapter VIII. I. TIu>y coiKlenined liiin for treachery in his absence. 2. Aml)aRsaclors were sent to accuse him of treachery. 3. Tiiey will take refuj^e at the court of the king as he is our friend. 4. The kin- received them under liis protection l)ecause he had heen liiniself a suijpiianl. 5. He promised to give the captain of the sliip a -ift when he reached ICpliesus. 6. Tiie captain did not allow anyone to disembark till he had landed 'riiemis* . es. 7. After he had ordered 'riiemistocles to consult for liis own safety, he landed him at Ephesus. 8. ile knew that it was unsafe to land at' the island of Naxos, as there was an Athenian army there. 9. As you haA'e made me this promise, I will tell you who I am. 10. If you save me from my enemies. I will show my gratitude. 11. When they reached the house the king had lied. E.XKRcisi-: XIV. Themistocles, Chapter IX. I. He said that lie had done much harm to the king. 2. He had informed the king that the bridge would be destroyed. 3. The object of the enemy is to destroy the britlge. 4. He was informed that the enemy intended to surround him. 5. My object in doing this is to free you from fear. 6. He will tell the king to receive you as a friend. 7. Do you know that you will have in me a good friend of your king? 8. Every- body knows that I have been driven from Greece because 1 am a friend of- the king. 9. He talked over the matter with me after he learned that I had returned home. 10. When you come here, stay at my house. EXERCISK XV. Themistocles, Chapter X. I. He will devote himself to literature for a year. 2. It is said that he was so learned in the Persian tongue that he spoke it more readily than many a Persian. 3. It will be said that he received presents from the king. 4. The king promised to give him a city from which he might ol)tain bread. 5. Another city was given him to supply him with wine. 6. There are some who say that he died of poison. 7. Did he take poison because he could not make good the promises he had made to the king? 8. If you are willing to adopt my plans, I will supply you with forces to crush the Creeks. 9. As I have made this promise to you, I will make it good. 10. There are some who say that he was buried in Attica. 11. Others say i.?f EXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE. 385 tliat it was not lawful to Lury any one accused of treason in Attica, and that he was Inirieil at Magnesia. EXERCisK XVr. Aristides, Chapter I. I. Why do you consider nic worthy of inmishnient ? 2. I asked hini why he considered me worthy of punislinieiil. 3. Aithoii}4h he was the only man among liiem surnamed the Just, he was condemned to exile. 4. Tlie citizens restored him to his native land six years after lie was expelled. 5. We can easily see how nuich 'nieniistt)cles surpasseil him in al)ility. 6. It is said that Aristides asked a citizen why he was beinj,' condemned to exile. 7. When they were asked wiiat crime Aristides had connnitted, they replied that he was surnamed the Just. S. I am not pleased witii this man because he is calle.l the Just. 9. The punishment for such a crime was exile for ten years. 10. lie knew that he could not check an excited populace. KXKRCISK XVII. Aristides, Chapter II. I. The battle was fought before he returned. 2. We .shall all partici- pate in the battle. 3. 15efore the supreme command was transferre.l to Aristides, the Athenians defeated a large army of the barbarians. 4. The result will be that the supreme command will be transferred (use /«/«;7^/// m^ K/) to the Athenians. 5. He performed many illustrious acts in that war, Init none was more illustrious than this. 6. In conse(iucnce of the victory, the Athenians became the leaders of the (Jreeks. 7. The result of this was that he was defeated by us. 8. Almost all the states (,f Oreece joined the Athenian alliance. 9. When the battle was fought, they selected him as general. 10. liefore that time the supreme power was in the hands of the Lacedaemonians. 1 ■ EXERCISK XVIII. Aristides, Chapters II, III. I. This man was chosen to repel the barbarians. 2. 'J'hey asked him to determine how many ships each state sIkhiIcI contribute. 3. The allies contributed yearly a large amount of money to the common treasury. 4. What place do you wish to be the treasury? 5. They afterwards trans- ferred it from Delos to Athens. 6. His jioverty was so great that he left no money to his children. 7. Though he was in charge of important 386 EXEIICISKS IN LATIN PROSE. liil' business he died in poverty. 8. How many ships have you built? 9. His daughters will l)e maintained at the public expense. 10. Must we choose such a one as leader ? 1 1. Order them to raise two hundred talents. Exercise XIX. Hannibal, Chapter I. I. Hannibal surpassed all other commanders in valor as much as the Romans surpassed all other nations. 2. He was vanquished by the envy of his own countrymen. 3. We do not doubt that he almost vanquished Rome. 4. Even after his countrymen exiled him, he never ceased to hate us. 5. If he h.id not been a great leader he would not have defeated you so often. 6. Does he not need help from others? 7. His hatred against the Romans was so great that it never left him. 8. Though he fought for fifteen years in Italy, he was never defeated by us. 9. Will you drive a man of such valor from the country, my countrymen ? Exercise XX. Hannibal, Chapter II. I. No one doubted that he was a powerful king. 2. Do not conceal it from them. 3. Tell him that you have bribed Hannibal to be our friend. 4. They had been sent by the Romans to discover the disposition of the ltew.) Caesar, B. IV, Chapters I-V. I. The people of this tribe were eager for hunting. 2. They live on flesh and milk, are clothed (vestio) with skins, and even in winter bathe in their rivers. 3. They do not allow the merchants to bring wine into the 392 EXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE. country because I hey believe it enfeebles tlieconstitu'.ion. 4. Thehorsesthat the (lermans employ are small. 5. We Imy them at a high price. 6. After devastating the lands of their neigiihors they ma.ot defeat your enemies in battle. 6. Caesar decided to cross the Rhine in order that the Germans, who had come into Gaul, might fear for their own interests. 7. On the arrival of the deputies, they said that they did not think that Caesar had any right to claim authority across the Rhine. 8. They thought that the friendship of Caesar would be of great help to them in future, if they couhl obtain it. Exercise L. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XVIII. I. Caesar led his army across the Rhine on the eighteenth day after he began to build the bridge. 2. When he had completed the bridge, he left soldiers at both ends to protect it. 3. When the ambassadors of the enemy asked him to grant them peace, he ordered them to bring hostages to him. 4. He urged the l)arbarians to hide themselves in the woods. 5. When the enemy asked for peace, he told them that they must obey liim. 6. After leaving all their lands, they hid tliemselves in the woods, to which EXKRCISES IN LATIN PROSE. 397 they had carried all il.eir ...ods. ^. When he hn<] led his army across the nver amhassadors can.c- fro,,, the cen.y ,o ask hi,,. f..r peace. 8. When llLX" """' '■"'" "^'^^'^ ""^^' '^ ^""'"'^^^ ^''^'" ''^^^^ -^^^ EXJ-.KCISK LI. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XIX. I. When the enemy hea.d that the l,ridgc had been built over the river hey sent n.essengers in every di,ection to order their fricn.ls to move every! hn,g from he towns. 2. When he ha.l delayed a fe. days in this .listrict. he found out that the enemy had depa.ted to their homes on learning tha i.e Romans had bu.lt a bridge. 3. When this was clone, those who could l)ear arms met together in the ter,-itory occupied by the Suebi. and there awaued the return of the Romans. 4. When the bridge was built, the enemy urged the women and chikhen to take refuge in the woods, c He afterwards went into the territory of the Ubii, whom he had p-cnisLd to free from the oppression of the Suebi. 6. The place selected by then, was about the centre of the dis„.ict which the enemy held. 7. Caesar thought that he had fully accomplished the objects of his expedition, when he had inspired the Germa.>s with fear and p,-otectcd the Ubii from w,ong. 8. After taking vengeance on the Sugambri and spending in all eighteen days across the Rhine, he returned to Gaul. Exercise LII. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XX. I. Since Caesar was not able to find out from the Gallic traders the nature and extent of the island, he decided to visit it in person. 2 If he reached the coast of Britain, he would be able to discover the harbors that were suitable for mooring his war vessels. 3. The Gallic trades who a one were accusto ..ed to go tliere, had not been able to tell him anything about the inhabitants of the island. 4. He therefoie decided to go to the island personally to get a knowledge of the customs and institutions of the people. 5. He decided to go to B,itain to prevent the inhabitants from sending aid to the Gauls. 6. Can the merchants tell us anything about this district ? •' fa Exercise lAU. —{Review.) Caesar, B, IV, Chapters XV=XX. r. As he learned that the Germans could easily ],e induced to enter Gau , he decided to bridge the Rhine and car.y on war against them. 2. W iien the deputies of the Germa.is came to our caaip, they told Caesar i I 398 EXERCISKS IN LATIN PK08E. that tliey did not tliiuk that he had any jurisdiction across the Rliine. 3. After the completion of the bridge many deputies came .Torn the states bordering on tlie Rhine, asking him to make peace witli them. 4. After tarrying a few days in that district, to cut down the grain, lie advanced against the Ubii. 5. In ahiiostall the Gallic wars, the Uritons had supplied aid to the Gauls. 6. Knowing nothing personally of the extent of the island, he resolved, even if little of the summer remained, to go and find out what manner of people dwelt on it. Exercise LIV. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XXI. I. Before he set out for Britain, he ordered his lieutenant to cross the channel in a war ship. 2. He instructed his lieutenant to explore the sea coast of Britain, and to report to him the character and size of its harbors. 3. The lieutenant soon returned since he did not dare to entrust himself to the savages. 4. When he advised the ambassadors of the enemy to give hostages and obey the commands of the Roman people, they said that they would execute all his orders. 5. When he was assembling his fleet with the intention of crossing the channel, the inhabitants of Britain, learning of his design through traders, sent deputies to him. 6. After five days the lieutenant returned to Caesar and told him all he had learned of the sea coast of the island. Exercise LV. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XXII. I. The Morini excused themselves for making war on the Romans on the ground that they were savages. 2 Very opportunely deputies c ime to Caesar from the Morini, while he was collecting his ships to convey his troops, 3. They said that they had made war on the Roman people because they were unacquainted wilh our custom. 4. Caesar promised to take them under his protection. 5. Caesar had no desire to carry on war against the Gau's, for he wished to cross as quickly as possible to Britain. 6. The wind prevented the eighteen ships, in which the cavalry •were being transjiorted, from reaching the harbor. 7. When they had promised to execute all his orders, and had collected a large force of cavalry, Caesar set sail with the seventh and tenth legions and a fieet of eiglity ships. 8. After giving his lieutenant an army to lead against the enemy, he decided to hold the port with a sufificit'nt garrison. EXERCISES l\ LATIV PROSE. 399 Exercise LVI. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XXIII. 1. He waited nt anchor till he obtained weather suitable for sailing. 2. He decided to wait at anclior till the other ships, which had set sail from ll)e iipi^er port, sliould arrive. 3. He advised his soldiers to carry out all his instructions jironxptly and accordintj to command. 4. We must wait till the weather is favorable for embarkation. 5. When he had obtained a place suitable for disembarkation, he moored his ships alonjj the shore. 6. When the cavalry had embarked on the vessels that he had collected in the harbor, Caesar gave the signal for sailing. 7. Finding the enemy ready to hurl their weapons from the steep cliffs upon him as he landed, he decided that lie must wait till the rest of the army arrived. 8. Then he weighed anchor, and with favorable wind and tide he proceeded to a more open place on the coast. Exercise LVH. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XXIV. I. Tiie barbarians sent their cavalry ahead to prevent our men from dis- embarking. 2. We could not land because the water was so shallow that the ships could not approach the shore. 3. We were compelled to form our line among the waves because the ships had to be brought to in deep water. 4. When we lepped down from the vessels into the water, the enemy spurred on their horses down to the shore, and hurled their darts at us. 5. Our men were so terrified by the enemy that they did not show the same spirit that they were accustomed to exhibit in battles. 6. When the savages heard of Caesar's plan, they sent their cavalry and charioteers ahead to prevent his landing. 7. The enemy, who were thoroughly familiar with the ground, advanced into the water to meet us. Exercise LVH I. Caesar, B, IV, Chapter XXV. I. The war ships advancing a short distance from the transports were moored on the right of the enemy. 2. When the enemy were dislodged by the arrows of our men, they withdrew from their position. 3. The eagle-bearer ordered the men to leap down from the ships into tiie water if they did not wish to let the eagle fall into the hands of the enemy. 4. Do not permit such a disgrace, my comrades. 5. The form and appearance of the Roman galleys were so unusual to the barbarians that they fell back in lit til h s 'I h\: 400 KXKKCISES IX LATIN PUOSK. ■1 1 ^^^B n Hr 1 1 ' 1 '• : ^^3^~^mBH J I ^ 1 111 alarm when Caesar moored liis vessels on tlieir ri^lit tl.ink. 6. When (he standard hearer saw tliat the soldiers weie hesitating, he charged them not to betray the eagle to the enemy. J. With a loud voice, he declared that he at any rate would (U) his duty to his country, and leaping into the water he advanced against the enemy. P2XKRCISE LIX. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XXVI. I. As our men disembarked singly, they rallied round any standard they met. 2. When we saw that our men were disconcerted, we sent assist- ance to them. 3. We were unable to overtake the retreating enemy for we had no cavalry in the army. 4. The enemy, as they knew the ground, could attack our men efi masse as they disembarked singly from their ships. 5. We were not able to follow the enemy very far, for the cavalry had been prevented from crossing by the wind. 6. As soon as the men who had taken up their position on shore formed in line, they made a fierce attack on the enemy. Exercise LX. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter I. In this tribe no one is allowed by law to remain longer than a year on his own land, and private property is, therefore, a thing unknown amongst them. One half of the population till the land, and the other half serve in the army. Those who remain at home this year to till the land, serve in the field next year. In this way systematic training in v/ar is never relaxed. The inhabitants of this state are of gigantic stature, live on flesh and milk, and are clothed /ith the skins of the animals they capture in the chase— a sport in which they spend a great portion of their time. Every day the young men are trained [exerceo) in exercises which render them so hardy that even in the deinh of winter they wear only the scanty covering of skins, and bathe in the rivers. To such a pitch of bodily strength have they brought themselves that they are regarded the most warlike of all the Germans. Exercise LXI. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter II. The inhabitants of this state prohibit i)y law the importation of wine, because they believe ii weakens tiie body and renders men elTeminate. Traders, in fact, are seldom permitted to enter their boundaries, and then rather to pureliase the booiy captured from the enemy than to sell any- EXEUCISES IN LATIN PliOSE. 401 thill},' to the natives. Tliey do not take pride in the expensive horses of whicli the Gauls are so fond, Init liie native liorscs, tiioii^h small and unshapely, are still capable of great exertions, owing to their daily training. All the inhabitants ride without saddles, (juickly dismount to fight on foot, while the horses stand still and afford a ready refuge in case their riders an- hard pressed by the enemy. In this way the cavalry often escape from the field in safety, and owing to their superior training they exhibit great daring * even against great odds. KXKRCISE LXII. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter III. The inhabitants of those states of Germany bordering on the Rhine are more civilized than those of the other states of that nation, owing to the fact that they trade with the merchants and conform to the habits of the Gauls, who dwell on the opposite bank of the river. Most of the states are sn)all, but that of the Ubii is larger and more highly civilized than the others. The Suebi made repeated attempts to dispossess the Ubii of their lands, but though they were unsuccessful in this, they merely made them weaker than they were before, while permitting them to retain possession of their own lands. All the Germans consider it a mark of the greatest distinction to have extensive tracts of waste lands on the side of their neighbors, for they fancy in this way they can protect their lands against their enemies. Exercise LXIII. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter IV. Although the Usipetes withstood the attack of the Suebi for several years, they were finally driven from their lands by their enemies. Wander- ing about Germany for the space of three years, they came to a district inhabited by the Menapii, who occupied lands on both sides of the Rhine. In consternation at the approach of such a host, the Menapii posted a guard on the east side of the river to prevent the Usipetes from crossing. The Usipetes tried by every possible means to cross the river, but were una! lie to do so owing to the scarcity of boats and the vigilance of the Menapii, who had sentinels stationed along the river. The Usipetes had, therefore, recourse to the following stratagem. Pretending to return home, they advanced three days in that direction ; then turning suddenly round, they surprised the Menapii, who were caught napping, cut them to pieces, cajitured the ships of the latter, crossed the river and seized their property before the rest of their countrymen could come to the aid of the Menapii. In this way, they maintained themselves in this district during the rest of the winter. •fl :A: 402 EXKKCISKS IN LATIN PROSE. m ii<: KxKKcisK ^xIv^ Caesar, B. IV, Chapter V. Wlicn our soldiers came to a town of the (iaiils, the inhabitants often compelled them to stop, even against their will, and to tell all the news they had heard from the people through whose lands they had i)asse(l. • Often, too, when merchants came into the towns of the Gauls, the common folk surrounded them and asked them such questions as the following: "Where do you come from?" "What news do you bring?" "Have you heard anything of the enemy?" After leceiving replies on these points, the Gauls formed their plans, but such slaves were they to idle rumours that they often changed their plans as soon as they had formed them: so fickle are they in disposition. Often the merchants told them things without any foundation, for every one knows that the Gauls can be entrusted with no secret, Caesar, therefore, gave instructions to the merchants to tell nothing that was transpiring in the Roman camp, for he was well aware that if this were done, the enemy would quickly mass their forces. Exercise l.XW. — {A'evu7v.) Caesar, B. IV, Chapters I-V. Of all the German tribes, the Suebi are the most warlike, for they have adopted the following custom in regard to war. Every year they put into the field a hundred thousand men, who are maintained by those that remain at home. Those that serve in the field this year, remain at home next year. In this way neither the tillage of the soil nor the practise of war was interfered with. The people have no private land, live on flesh and milk, are clothed with skins, and spend the greater part of their time in the chase. By this daily exercise they become hardy, and even in the dead of winter they are accustomed to bathe in the rivers. They prohibit the importation of wine, for, as they maintain, the constitution is weakened and the people are rendered effeminate by its use. Rarely do they allow even the traders to come into their country, and then only to sell them the spoil they have taken in war. When travellers come to a town of this people, everybody crowds around them and asks them all sorts of questions, l)ut travellers invent answers, for they never entrust a secret to the Gauls, who are so fickle that they often undertake important enterprises on the vaguest rumors. Exercise LXVI. Caesar, B. iV, Chapter VI. Caesar had the suspicion that the Gauls would follow their usual practise, and he ascertained, on his arrival at headquarters, that his suspicions were EXERCISES IN LATIN PHOSE. 403 well founded. The Gauls had sent delegations to the several states ..f the (iermans, and everything was ready for a war against the Romans. Anxious to avoid facing two powerful enemies at one time, he sunnnoned a council of Die (Gallic chiefs, addressed them in kind words, and assured them that he was their friend. Tliough he had found out from his soldiers that the (iauls had acceded to all the demands of the Germans, and that the Germans had been induce.l l.y them to leave the Rhine and to enter Gaul to liberate It from the power of Rome, he concealed these facts from the deputies that were sent to him. At once he raised a detachment of cavalry and made preparations for war against the Germans. EXKRCISK LXVir. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter VII. At once Caesar selected his cavalry, and be-an his march to the spot where he had heard the Germans were encamped. After marching several dnys, he met the enemy, who sent an embassy to him. One of the ambassadors spoke as follows : "We have not been the aggressors in this war, and we have always followed tlie traditions of our ancestors, never to attack a nation unless it first attacks us; if, however, we are attacked we never shrink from battle, and we never ask our foes for quarter. We came into Gaul on the invitation of the Gauls themselves. To you, Romans, we can be of service, but you ought to allow us either to retain the lands we have obtained by right of conquest, or to assign us other lands in Gaul. The Suebi alone are a match for us in arms, for there is no other people in the world whom we cannot defeat." Exercise LXVIII. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter VIII. It is not fair that you should seize the lands of others since you are not able to protect your own borders. There are no unoccupied lands in Gaul, and, therefore, it would be impossible to give lands to so large a number of people without doing wrong to others. So long as you remain on this side of the Rhine you anci I cannot be friends, for it would not be right that my friends, the Gauls, should be without protection against the wrongs committed by the Germans. You may, if you wish, settle in the lands of the Ubii, whose ambassadors are in my camp complaining of the wrongs done by the Suebi. They have asked my aid in this war against the Suebi. Exercise LXIX. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter IX. The ambassadors of the Germans who came to the Roman camp re- quested that a delay of three days be given them to discuss the proposali !'!' !( ! I 11 401 KXKHriSKS IV I.ATIN PUOSK. «.f tl.f U..,„a„ c.nnun.loi . -I'lu-y (,,1.1 Cavs.xv (1,;u all Iiis proposals I.n.l l.f 1....I luforo llKir propl... If ,l,is |i,„e „n.. ^.vni for .lisa.ssinK I proposals, tlK.y xvouKl rclun. to his lu'.ui.,n.iitors, aihl tluy r.-.|ucsu..l theiutMniniH-, tl,.u I,.- u.uiM ,,..1 a.lv.Mico any fuitlur into li.eir teiiiio, Caosar knew wdl the reason why this .Iday was a.ki-.l fur. Th.- cmcii l.a.l few cavalry will, thnn. for the greater part of the horse ha.l her., so across the Meuse for the purpose of oLlainint; f«'-, nn.l they wr waitintj for its arrival. On its arrival, there was no ,I..ul.i hm that tl Cern.ans wouM attack the Konun camp. This was the reason why tl delay was asked for l)y the Romans. to he in >• ly nt le H' le 1:xi:k("isi.: I.XX. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter X. The Rhine is a river of (lermany, which takes its rise in the Alps, and for a lonK distance it flows with a rapid current through the lauds of several stales. It divides, as it approaches the sea. into several l.ranclus, and forms larye islands which are i.d.al.ited l.y - (umcc and l.a.l.arous people who live chietly on Hsh and the e^-s ofl.ixis. It receives a tributary called the Meuse, which has its cradle in the Vosyes Mountains, an.l (lows into the Khiue about ei-hty miles from the sea. 'I"he Waal, also is a tributary of the Rhine. 'I'he island of the Hatavi is formed by ihe junction Ol the Meuse .and Rhine. The Vosjres Mountains be^in in the territory of the Gauls, but extend to the frontiers of CJermany, and in these mountains several rivers take their rise. EXKRCISK LXXI. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XI. After these davs, according,' to .agreement, the amb.ass.adors met Caesar on his arrival at a place about twelve miles from their own encampment. When Caesar did not grant their demamls, they earnestly beggetl him that he would not advance further into their lands. They also entreated him to send some of his oOicers in advance, to keep his soldiers in check and to prevent them from making an attack against their people. They further requested him to allow them an .opportunity to send andxiss.adors to their neighbors, for they said that if their neighbors would accede to their demands they also themselves would accept the proposals Caesar made Caesar knew well that the objeet <.f this proposal wa^ fo gain time until the cavalry, which the enemy had been waiting for, should arrive. He told the envoys that he should advance four miles further to get water, KXKRCISI-S I\ LATIN IMMlHi;, 4 or) and l)iule as many as |..)smI>1,- ,>n ilu- next dny l<. asscmhif nt Iifa.l.ninrffrs, hut lu; sent oiilcrs to his ndviiui'il j>iiai.l iml to atiaik tin* nuiiiy till he should Ik' on the lu'ld in pcisoii. KXI'.KCISK I.XXII. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XII. The iMicmy, as wi- have sal.!, ha.l sent iiiosi of ihoir lavaiiy across the Mciisc, and tlusc |,;„1 not y.i rciiirncd. 'jhcy, thficlori-, had iiol more iIkiii «iKlil IhiikIiv.I cavahy in cam|., while our nifii iminhtMcd live ihousaml. Wlun our iiini wcw least of all exprctiiii,' it, tlie enemy made a vigorous attack oil them, and at once thiew oiir lanks into toiilusioii. Aeeoldill^; to tlieir cuMoiii ihcy disinoiinled, stahhed our lioisos, unhorsed the riders, • Irove the rest in lli^^ht and nuide such havoc thai iheadv.iiued ^;uald of our cavalry did not sloj) till they came up with the main body of the infantry. Ainonj,' those who fell in this skirmish was IMmi, a man most valiant. He met his de;ilh in an attempt to rescue his brother, who had l)een smionnded by the enemy. EXKHCISK I.XXII I. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XIII. At the very time when the (Jcrnians were sendiii}; ambassadors and suing for peace, they treacherously, without i)rovocati()n, made an adack on the Roman lines. iMom what Claesar knew of the fickleness of the Cauls, he realized what the elfett of defeat would be. He considered it wcmld be the heiiiht of folly to wait till the enemy were reinforce.l by the ariival of tlieir cavalry, and he thouKht it wise to allow the enemy no time to perfect their i)lans. Callinj; a council of war, he ^;ave orders to his oflicers to bring on the battle early next day. Even then the Cermans exhibited the same treacherous spirit .as they had on the day before, for they came in numbers to the Roman camp for the purpose, as they alle^jed, of clcarini; themselves of the cliar{j;e of beginning a battle. ( "aesar, ordering ihc arrest of all the deputies, then left the camj), and commanded his cavalry to follow closely the main body of the infantry. Exi-.Kcisi'; I.XXIV. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XIV XV. Caesar, by the rapidity of his march, gave no time to the enemy to form their plans, f(;r he covered the distance of eight miles, which lay between his canii! an'f Jii 406 EXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE. inci.gnaut at the treachery the enen,y had displayed the day previous Caesar ordered the sol.liers to make a general attack on the canip of the Germans. When once the Romans entered the camp, they hega.i an indis- cnmn.ate massacre of the enemy. So.ne of the latter retreated to the baggage waggons, where they held out a short time ; others took to flidu and n, their haste they threw away their arms and military standards.' Many of the Germans did not stop in their flight till they reached the river Kh.ne and m their attempts to swim across perished in the stream. Our men, however, returned to the camp without much loss. Exercise LXXV. Caesar, B. IV, Chapter XVI. When Caesar noticed that the Germans were easily induced by the Gauls to cross the Rhine and to make war on the Roman people, he resolved to lead h,s forces across the river to make the Germans understand the extent of the power of the Roman army. Another reason was this, that a part of the Germans who had as yet refrained from taking part in the war, had for,ne"oops. —Junior Matriculation, Toronto University, jSgj. Exercise XC. Before the task was completed, a deputation of chiefs arrived, bringing word that their warriors were encamped in good numbers about eight miles distant, and desiring our general to appoint the time and place for a council. He ordered them to meet him on the next day near his camp. In the morning the little army moved in battle order to the place of council, and at the appointed hour the depulation appeared. The orator declared that the war had arisen without any fault of theirs ; they desired that there should be peace between us and his people ; and 10 show their good will, at once delivered eighteen prisoners whom they had brought with them, promising that we should receive the rest as soon as they could collect them. ^Junior Matriculation, Toronto University, iSg"/. I! ^ .{ !i 1* i ' If ?t,1 VOCABUV M^Y. LATIN-ENGLISH, AH15KKVIA1 lO.XS. Tho rofort'iu'es i.i the Vorahulary an; to the pajres and sections of this book thi' chapters of Nc|.os and- t'ai-sar. Thus:8->, n-pa^'e 82, § f. ; N. t. .S Thclni^tliir. . . plural. prep ]>reposition. jiro pronoun. rel relative. sc sc-licet (one may sing singular. sup superlative. tr transitive. \ verb. under- [stand). The (luantity of vowels lonu' or short by position and of dii)hthong8 (win long) and of final short syllables, is not given. are all *:U VOCAIUJLARY. A. a, ab, l>i-i'p. with al)l. (a only l)oforo ronsoimiits ; tib hcforc vowels iiiid coii- soiiants); from (8"), -J. ; ir.f!, 4 ; I'lS, 2) ; hy (71, •!)■, pner aianua, ihodoorktu'iH-r, l)ortti(N. II. IJ); apueris, from l)ovhoo(l (civ, 1); a suis nnibus, on thi- side of their torrifoiii's (( . iv, ;f); a StiebiS, on the side of the Siiel)i (c. iv, ;i); ab milli- bus passLium octo, ei^^ht miles off (c. iv, •^•>)•, ab aperto latere, on the ex|)ose(i tiank (the rinht side) (('. iv, 2(1); a Pirustis, on the side of the Pinistae (l!. V, I). ab-do, -d6re, -didi, -ditum, v. tr., liide. ab-duco, -ducere, -duxi, -duct- Um, v.tr., lend away, withdraw. ab-eo, -ire, -ivi(-n), -itum, v.intr.. |j:o away. ab-hinc, adv., aan ; abhinc decern annos or abhinc decern annis, ten years aj;o (82, 5). ab-icio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum, v.tr., throw away. ab-ies, -ietis, F., a firtrec, simieo. abs-cedo, -cedere, cessi, -ces- sum, v.intr., <;o away, leave off. absen-s, -tis(pres. part, of absum), adj., absent. ab-sisto, -sistere, -stiti. v.intr., desist; ab signis legionibiisque non absistere, not to stop short of the standards of the leyions (c. v, 17). ab-solvo. -solvere, -solvi, -solu- tum, v.tr., aeciuit. abs-tinentia, -ae, F., disinterested- ness. Pb-sum, -esse, -fui, v.intr., bo ab- sent, distant from ; abesse a bello, to take no part in war ; abesse decern millia passuam, to be ten miles olT; neque multum abesse quin, tc be not far from (c. v, 2). ac (used before consonants) ; another form of atque (used before vowels), which see. ac-cedo, -cedere, -cessi, ces- SUm, v.intr.. tro towards, reaeh : acces- sum est ad Britanniam omnibus navibus, all the ships reached Britain (c. v, 8); impels., accedit, -cedere, ■cesspit, it is added ; accessit etiam qnod, there was also adiled the fact that (c. iv, i(>) ; accedebat hue ut, to this was added the fact that (c. v, 1(>). accelero, -celerare, -celoravi, v. ii'tr., hasten towards. aC-ceptUS, -a, •um,(perf. part. pas;. of accipio, used as an) adj., aj,^rceal)le to. accerso, see arcesso. ac-cido, -cidore, -cidi, happen ; usually iinpers. ; accidit, accidere, accidlt, it hapiHiis ; opportunis- sime res accidit, an opportuniiv most favorably was presented d, iv, l;i) ; opportune accidisse arbitratuy, thinkiii),' that this had haiipened fortu- nately (c. iv,22); accidit ut, it happened that (c. iv, 2!»). ac-cido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, v. tr., cnit into. ac-cipio, -cipere, cepi, ceptum, v.tr., receive; id accipere, to liear this(N'. n. 2). ac-commodo, -commodare, -commodavi, -commodatum, v. tr., tit to. ac-ciirate, adv., carefully. ac-ciirat-us, -a, -um, (jierf. part, of accuro, used as an) adj., caitful. ac-curro, -currere, -curri, -cur- sum, V. intr., run to. ac-ciiso, -cusare. -cusavi, -cui-a- turn, V. tr., accuse, blame. ac-er, -rls, -re, adj., keen, sharji, severe (comp., acrior ; sup., aceri'i- mus). acT-eS, -ei, F., edi,'e, line of battle; aciom instruere, to dinw up a line of battle; aciem consLituere. to draw tip a line (of shi,is) (n. n. 11). ac-quiesco, -quiescere, quievT, -quietum, v. intr., rejiose in death, sleep one's last sleeji. acrlter, adv., fiercely, keeidy (comii., acrius; sup., acerrime) ; acriter pugnatuni est, a keen i)attle was fou^dit; acerrime o; cupari, to be very actively emjiloyed (n. ii. 7). actuari-us, -a, -um, adj., impelled by Oai'^j, fiirnisl.cd with oars. ac-ns, -tTis, F., a needle, pin. ac-utus, -uta, -utum, adj., sharp, keen. ■s|! ml m 413 414 VOCADULAIIY. &d, prop, (with aec), to, atjainst, towiinln, iii'ar to, at, hesiden ; ad vol- Untatem, lo suit their wislu's ; ad laborem ferendum, as i(!,'ar(lM cii- (hiriiiK' faliKiic (c iv, "2); ad extre- mvirn, at last, (c. iv, 4) ; ad haec, in rei)i.v to liiis (<•. iv, 8); ad pri.-itinam fortunani, to coinidete liis former (,'00(1 fortune (c. iv, •Hi); ad diem, on the ritrhtday |>uiictuall.v (c. v, 1); ad Can- tium, ojiiKJsite Kent (c. v. l.J); ad solirf occasixm, at sun.set (c. v, 8) ; ad hunc modum, in this way. ad-aeqiio, aequare, -aequavi, ■aequatum, v.tr., nial«e eiiual. ad-do, dere, -didi, -ditum, v.tr., add. ad duco, ducere, duxi, -duc- tum, v.lr., lead to, hriiiy to (of i)crsuns), induce ; in svispicionem re^i ad- dvicere, to lirinij under the suspicion of the kinj,' (n. ii. 2). adeo, ire,-ivi(-il), -itum, v.tr. and intr. , apjiroacli, vi^^it, reacli. fi,de6, adv., to this jioint, so, such, to that dej;ree. ad-ficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectiim, v.tr., treat, visit with; morbo adfec- tUS, attacked with disease; supplicio (poena) adflcere, punish. ad-fligo, -fligere, -flixi, -flictitm, v.tr.,dasii down, daniaf,'e ; navein ad- flig-ere, to damage a vessel (c. iv, 31). ad-hibeo, -hibere, -hibili, -hibi- tuni, v.tr., siunmoM, call in, admit; adhibitis principibvis maioribvis- que natu, summoning the chiefs and elders (c. iv, i:{). ad -hue, adv., to this place, thus far, as yet. ad-Tcio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum, v. tr., throw to, throw \ip ; in litus telum adici poterat, a dart could be thrown to the water's edye (c. iv, '2;0; agger- em ad munitiones adicere, to throw up a mound against the fortifica- tions (0. v, 9). ad-igo, -Tgere, -egi, -actum, v.tr., drive in, hurl to. ad imo, imere, -emi, -eiiiptum, v.tr., take away, deprive of. ad-ipiscor, -ipisci, ept^is sum, v.tr. den., attain to, acquire, obtain. ad-iUas, -itus, -M., approac-h, liMiding- place; mercatoribus est aditus, merchants go there (v. iv, 2). ad-iungo. -iungere. -iunxi, -iunctum, v.tr., join to, add. ad-iuvo, -iuvare, -iuvi, iutum, v.tr., aid, help, assist. Admetus, -i, M. Admotus, king of the Moliissi, a people of Thrace. He i)ro- teclcd Themisiorlcs when a sii|iiiliaiit. Thucydidcs (i, Lit)) says that Tin niistocles look the son of Admetus in his arms and seated himself iis a sup)iliaiit at the hearlh, adding' that the step he ailoptcd was tlie strongest mode of entreaty known in the count r,\. The historian also adds that A;iHH 111.' winter ; gratJHrt agere, to return tiiaiiltH; id agltur, this is the oi>j((t (N. T. Ti); est actum de nobis, it is all over with \\h. iigricol a, -ae, M., a farmer. agrlcultura, ae, \\, ttjjricnKnre. aio, V. Ir, defective. Hay ves, aasert. Hay (see pa^e '27 h). aluc er, -ris, -re, adj., active, iiuick, impetuous. alacrit-as, -atis, F., dash, haste; alacritate uti, to show dash (c. iv, •:!4). alb-US, a, -um, adj., white ; album plumbum, tin (c. v, 12). alc-es, is, F., the elk. Alexander, -ri, M., Alexander, tlie (irear, kini; of Macedonia; horn anc ii.c, I lied :iL';{ H.c. alias, adv., at another time, el.'.ie- where ; alias. . .alias, at one time. . . at another i iine. aiien-us, -a, -um, adj., helonf,nn>j: to another; anollier's; Htran,!,'e, forei^rn, hostile; aes alienum, deiit (another's money); ulieno loco, on unfavorahle ffroinid; alienum tempus, an un- favor;il)le time (c. i , ;i4). &lio, adv., elsewhere. ftliquar.K. 1, adv., for some time; for ;•- while. r:liquando, adv., at some sime or other; oecasionally, at las'. aliquanto, adv., somewhat, consider- ably, 1. it her. alTqviant-us, -a, -um, adj., eon- siderahle, some; aliquantum itin- eris, SOUie distance (c. v, 10). aliqui, quae, -quod, indef. pro., some one, any one. ali-quis, -qua, quid, indep. pro., Home one, any one ; aliquid temporis, .some time. aliquot, indef. indeclinahleprc, some, sevenil. 61lter, .adv. nthrr'-viso. ali-US, -a, -ud (for declension see p. 27), iM'o., another, other, different ; alius ...alius, one.. .other; alii.. .alii, some. . . oOiers; aliuH alia ex navi, one from one ship, aiiolher from anolher((;. iv, M). Allobrogi's, -imi, pi. .M., the Alio. hmnes, a triiie of <;aul. alo, alero, alui, iilitum or altum, V. tr., rear, nouiish ; pul)licH alero, to maintain at the public evpeiiHc. Alp-es, -ium, pi. I'., the Alps. Alnic lis, -a, -um, adj., Alpine; in 1)1. Alplci, -orum, .\lpine tribes. alter, era. onun.adj.. oneof two; alter., alter, the one. . .the other; al- terl.. .alterl, the one party., .tin' other party. altitiid-o, -inl.s, V., hei^rhth, depth. alt us, -il, -um, adj., high, deep; in alto, on the deep. ama ns. -ntis, adj., lovini; ; as a noun: a lover. Ambian i, -orum, ))1. M., ihe.Vmbi- ani, a tribe of northeastern (iaiil, from which the modern town, Amiens, takes its name. amb-io, -ire. -iviC-ii), -itum, v. tr., go around, canva.sa. Ambivarit-i, -orum, pi. M., the Ambivarili, a tribe on the .Mosa {Mntsc). amb-o, ae, -o, adj., iiotli. ambul o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. intr., walk. amentia, ae, v., madness, folly. amice, adv., friendly. amiciti a, -ae, F., friendship: ami- citiam facere, to form an alliani^e (c. iv, l(i). amic US, -a, -um, .adj., friendly. amicus, -i, M., a friend. a-mitto, -mittere, -misi, -mi -J sum, V. tr., lose. Amo, -are, -avi, -atum, v. ti love. amoen-us, -a, -um, adj., beautiful (of scenery) amphora, -ae, F. [Gk. .ifxtjopd fr. (i/ui/n, . tin, iiilerio-ativc parti' iiik-, wlii'lhi-r, or(i). -JDI, f,). AncAliteH, -Turn, i«I. M., the An- nililfs. a Itiitinh triliu in lit'ikwliire and Oxford-hire. anceps, -ciplti.s, adj., twofold; ancepa perioulum, a r(c. i\, 2H); ad anooras naves deligare, to ridt; at anclior (c. v, !(). ancill-a.ae, !■'., alian). annon, interrotr. paiticlc, or not (in the second ineniher of a direct (iut:stion, p. VM, '■). annotin-us, -a, -um, adj., of the ye..r l)efore. ann-us, -i, M., a year. annu-us, -a, -um, adj., a vcar's; an- nuum tempus, .. year's tim'e (n. t. »). ans-er, -eris, M., apoose. ante, (l' adv., previouslv, before ; paucis ante diebus, a few days he- fore; (p. ISL', ;^)- (•2)i.rei). with acc."onlv ; hefort, in front of, in advance of. For ante quam see antequam. antes,, adv., previous.y, before, once. ante-cedo, -cedere, -cessi. -ces siun, v. tr, precede, surpas; ag-men anteceder o'lc- ' the ]ine(c. iv, ii). ante-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, V. tr., excel, prefer. antn iiotio.ponfiro. -poaui, poal tuiu, v.ir., preter. antoquam, cc.nj., hefore(p. -idi, r,^, nnUiHio, -Htiiro, -.stiti, no sup. V. Ir. and intr., he preferreil to. Antlochiis, -i, M., Antiochiis, .Mnr- named the (ireat, kiny of Syria, reigned H.c. 'J:!;i ii.c. 1,S7. After compieririj,' the t'nater part of WeHtern Asia, he was induced hy Maniiilial lo cross o\er to Mmope, hut wasdefeated at Thermopvlae l!tl It.C, hy the |{,,iMaiis Next yei^r he wasilefeated near .Mau-iiesia, in l,\dia, ami was coiiijielled l.y the i.'umaiis lu i.av a yearly trilmte of •J.diiOtal. Ileim,' uiiahje to pay this sum, he attempted lo plunder the temple of Il.lns, in Susiaiia, which so incensed the inhahilaiits that Ihev killed him and his followi is, ls7 k.c. antiquitaa. -atis, v., old times; anli(piiiy. antiqu-us, -a, um, adj., old, ancient, antrum, -i, N., a cave. Ap. -Appius, a Uonian ]iraonompn (see nomen). aper-io, -ire -ui, tum, v. tr., open, show, reveal. aperte, adv., o|>enly. fipert-us, -a, -vim, adj., oiton, px- liosed, undefended ; Joca aperta, op.n country; ab latere aperto, on the exposed l'"Mk (on the ri;dit.sireparai ions for, jirox idc for. appcllo, -are, -avi -atum, v.tr., call. appello, -pellere, -puli. -pul- SUni, v. ir., hrint,"- to land (of ships); in passive, call at, touch at. Appennin-vis, -i, M., the Apennines. applico, see adplico. AppTus, a Roman iiraenomen (see nomen). ap porto, are, -avi, atum, v. tr., to hrinj,', carry to (a place). appropinqa o, -are, -avi, -atum (wilh dat.), V. intr., approach, come near. aptUS, -a, -um, adj., tit, suitable apud, \nc]t. (with ri'cusritive) ; near, at, !T...:id,^ : apud urbera, near the city ; apud Artemisium, ai Arte- misimn (n. t. ;i) ; apud Caesarem, at the head(|iiarteis of Caesar; apud eos, before them (n. t. 7). I -' I 418 VOCABULAHV. pm ApnlT a. -ae, F., Apulin, ftily used in nom. and ace. sing.), N., see Argi. argvi-o, -ere, i. argutum, v. tr., accuse of, chage with. arid-vis, -a, -urn, adj., dry. As a sulistantive, aridum, dry laud ; ex arido, on the shore (c. i\ , 24). Arl-es, -etis, M., a battering ram. Ariovist-US, -i, M., Ariovistua, a king of the (Jermanswlio invaded tJaul, conqv;ered the greater i>art of the coun- try, and subjected the inhabitants to the most cruel treatment. Caesar marched against him and defeated him, 58 li.c. Arlstid-es, ae. M., Ariatides, an Ather.ianstatesmixi, rival of Themistocles. arra-A, -orurn, pi. N., arms ; in armls esse, to liear armn (c, v, :\) ; ab artuis UlHCedere, to lay ilo«n arniH armAment-um, -i, N,, tackle (of n vessel). armHtiir a, ae, F., armor ; lovin armatiirao mllites, light armed boI- dier8(p. I. to, 7), armat-us. A, -Um, adj., armed. armlg er, -6rA, -erum, adj., armor- bearer. armo, -Are, -avi, -atiim, v. tr., arm ; regem armtire, to excite a king to arms (n. ii. in); passixe, arniari, to put on arnu^r ; ad armaiidas naven, for the e<|uipment ol the vessels (c. v, I). Aro, -are, -avi, atum, v. tr., l>lough. ar-ripio, ripSre, rlpiLli, reptum, V. tr., seize upon, devote oneself eagerly to. ar-s, -tls, F., art, pursuit, stratagem. Artaxerx-es, is. M., Artaxerxes, king of I'ersia ii.c. 4«.'') ii.c. J-J.l. lie was a son of .Xerxes. During his reign Them- istocles fled from (ireece and took up his ahovcn, and (nI r<>iii,'fr lliiiri ttt) ; par atqim, ili<- HuimaH; aliter at- quo, (liiicrciii tlmn; (!ontra atque, oihtTM isi' t.hiiii. Atr6b as, •iitla, adj., Alrel)atian. Atrobat-es, Turn. M., ilif AtnliatiH. a piM.plf of Itflu'ic (Jiiiil in the niodtin Arloisor Arraa {l-'litiiish Alirc/it). Atrl US, i. M . (jiiinliiH AtriiiH. an otilci r in ('lU'Miir's arni> , wUn was left on the Moiilli vmm of Uritain to look aflcr the fifct, while CacMar marchrd inhind on his HciorHl expedition ii.c. Tit. atrox, -cis, adj., ihirk, terrihle. Attir a, -ae, I'., Attica, a (list riot of thesonth enNtern part-of Northern (ireeee ill which AtheiiH was Hitiiated. Attic US. -f, M., Titus I'oinponiuj Atticiis, a friend of Cicero. at-tingro, ting^re, -tlgri, -tactum, V. Ir, trxich on, honler upon, reach; Rheniira attingrunt, thev border on the Khine (c. iv, .{); terram attln- gere, reach land (c. v, 2;}). at-tollo, -tollere, v. tr., raise, attribuo, nr.> udtrlbuo. auctor, -OILS, M., adviser, lielixr; me auctore, at my sn>,'j,'estion. auctorJt-as, atis, F., authority, in- fhieiu^e, power, i)re8iit,a'. auctumn lis (or autumnua), -i, M., autumn. audaci a, -ae, F., holdness, darin^r audaciter, adv., holdly. audacter, same as audaciter. aud-ax, -acis, adj., hold, daring. aud-eo, -ere, ausus sum, semi- dcp. v.tr. and ititr., dare, lie hold. aud-io, -ire, -ivi, -itum, v.tr., hear. auditi-o, -onia, F., hearintr, listen- injjf ; pi., auditiones, tales, rumors. aufero, auferre, abstuli, abla- tum, v.tr., ('any away, remove (p. ];"ij). aiigeo, aug-ere, auxi, auctum, v.tr., increase. aula, ae, F., a hall. Aureli-us, -i, M., Cains Aurclius Cottn, a I'omnii conHtil, H.c -JOO. aureus, -fi,, -um, adj., golden, of gold. aurig-a, -ae, M., a ('harioteer, driver. aurlB, -Is, F.,an ., ca!- lidius; suj)., callidissime ; de futiiris callidissime coniciebat, he was most skilful in forecasting the future (\. r. 1). calliditas, -atis, F., skill, sag-acity. callid-us, -a, -um, adj., skilful. Camill-us, -i, M., Camillus, the de- liverer of Rome from the Gauls in :W9 H.c. camp-US, -1, M., plain. Held ; camp- us Martius, a plain between the walls of Rome and the Til>er, where the elec- tions were held and all kinds of athletic s))orts were practised. can-is, -is, M. or F., a dog. Cannens is, -e, adj., of, or belonging to Cannae, a village of Ajtulia, where the Romans wtre .inf,'. cantus, -us, M., sonj.:. cap-er, ri, M., a hoj;oat. cap-esso, -essere, -essivi, -essi- tum, \'. tr. , nndertiiko the iiianajroMU'iit of ; capessere rempublicana, to take part in the administration of the state (N. T. 'J). capill-us, -i, M., hair; esse pro- misso capillo, to wiar lonn' luiir. capio, capere, cepi, captum, v. tr., take ; captus misericordia, o\ ir- come with i)i;.y (n. t. 8); capere "jon- silium, to form a plan (\. n. 0); port- uni capere, to make tlie liari)or(c. i\, :i(i) ; so insulam capere (c i\ , •_'(; ; V. 8). capr-a, -ae, v., ashe-proat. CaptiV-US, -i, M., a captive, prisoner. capt-US, -a, -um (perf. jiart. i)a.ss. of capio), taken, captured, cliarmed, inllu- enci'd. capt-US, -us, M., capacity, idea; ut est captus Germaiioruiii, accordintr to lierman ideas (c. iv, 3). Capu-a, -ae, F., C'ai>ua, tlie chief city of ( 'ampania, near the present villa},^e of Sdntd Maria. caput, -itis, N., head; cliief city; mouth of - river (c. iv, 10). carc-er, -eris, M., a prison ; in phir., barriei's in a race-course. care, adv., dearly, with affection. carina, -ae, F., liull of a vessel, keel. carni-en, ■nis, N., sonj;-. caro, nis, r ., flesh ; carnt vivere, to live on flesh (c. v, 14). carp o, -ere, -si, -turn, v.tr., i>luck. carr-us, -i, M., a wajiyon, cart. Carthaginiens-is, -e, adj., of or be!onf,''in!;- to Cartliaye, Carthaginian. Carthag"-0, -Tnis, F., Carlhajre, or Karthaye, a city of Northern Africa which carried on war with Rome almost contimiously from 'iiit li.c. to 140 k.c. car-US, -a, -um, ament on the shore for protect itig the fleet and the troojis while landin.tr ; sometimes con- nected with the ships drawn up on land ;c. V, 22). casii, (abl. of casus, tised as an) adv., by chance. casus, -us, M., chance, accident. eaten a, -ae, F., a chain. Catilin a, -ae, M., I.ucitis Sergius Catiline, an ambitious and ]irolligale Roman of Cicero's time. causa, -ae, F., cause, reason, ])re- text ; causam interponens, alleging as an excuse (.v. T. 7); in eadem causa, in the sanu! jio-ition (c. iv, 4) : multis de causis, for many reasons (c. iv, 1(1). causa, adv. (really abl. of causa, Willi the notui dei)ending on it in ilie gen.), for the sake of, on account of; mea causa, for my sake ; frigoris depellendi causa, for the purpose of warding olY the cold. caveo, cavere, cavi. cautum, V. tr. and intr., take precaution ; ali- qviem cavere, to avoid any one; in aliquetn cavere, to take means against one ; alicui Cavere, to take means for due's safety. cav-um, -i, N., a cave. cedo, cedSre, cessT, cessum, v. intr., go, yield ; insequi cedentes, to overtake the retreating foe (c. \ , 1(1). celebro, -are, avi, -atum, v. tr., celebrate. nel-er, -6"is, -ere, adj., swift ; conip., celerior; sup., celerrimus. celerit-as, -atis, F., swiftness, speed. cSleriter, adv., e to which he belonged ; the cognomen or faTuily name. Caius (praenomen), Julius (nomen), Caesar (cognomen); an agnomen was often added for honor or character, as AfVlcanus (o Scipio. or lustUS to Aristldes ; hence cog- nomine (n. a. i) =:. agnomine. cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, COgnitum, V. tr., know, learn, ascertain (p. 145, 2). cogo, cogere, coegi, coactnm, V. tr. collect, compel, oblige ; equita- tum cogere, to collect cavalry (c. v, 3). c6hor-s, -tis, F., a cohort, the tenth part of a legion (see legio). cohortor, -ari, -atus sum, v. tr. dep., exhort, encourage animate, urge. collabefactus, a, -um, porf. part. of collabefio. collabe-fio, -fieri, -factus sum, V. pass., be supplanted. coUaudo, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., praise, extol. colleg-a, -ae, M., colleague, part- ner in office. col-ligo, -liggre, -legi, lectum, V. tr., collect, assemble. coll-is, -is. M., a hill. col-loco, -locare, -locavi, -loca- tum, V. tr., station ; in matrimo- mum collocare, or collocare alone, to give in marriage (n. a. 3) ; in Stations COllOCati, stationed on guard (c. v, 15). col-l6qui-um, -i, N., conversation, conference. colo, colere, colui, cultum, v. tr., till, cultivate; honor, wcr-ship. c6l6ni-a, -ae, F., settlement, colony. col -or, -oris, M., color. c6m-a, -ae, F., hair. c6m-es, itis, M., companion (on a journey). comitor, -ari, -atus stom, v.tr. dep., attend, be a com|ianion to. commeat-us, -us, M., a coming and going; supplies; duobus comme- atibus, by two relays (c. v, 23). commemor-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.tr., make mention of, recall to mind, relate. com-mendo, -mendare, -men- da vi, -mendatum, v. tr., commit to protection, entrust. commilit-o, -onis, M., fellow-soldier, comrade. com-mitto, -mittere, misi, -mis- sum, v. tr. enirage : committprfi proelium cum hostibus, to engage in battle with the enemy ; in Nep. A. 1, commit a crime; nihil his com- mittere, to entrust nothing to these (c. iv, 6). ii hi I jMB« ■il; If, 424 VOCABULARY. ^h^?^!?'"';'^' }' ^^■' ConiiniuH, a Gaul, Chief of tliL' Alruhates. commode, adv., correct! v, profit- ably ; commodius verba' dicere. to Hpeak more correct 1,\ (n. t. 10). com-modum, -modi, N., conveni- ence pn.iit ; quas sui quisque com- modl fecerat, whid. eac^h had made for his own convenience (c. v, 8). corn-modus, -moda, -modum, adj., convement, favorable, fit, easy. com-moror, -raoran, -moratus Bum, v. dep. intr., delay, stay, remain. com-moveo, -movero. -movi •motum, v.tr., disturb, atritate, alarm. ' communic-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.tr., share wiih, connniinicate, impart. commun-io, ire, -ivi, -itum, v.tr., fortify St ioii;ly of corn (c. iv, 7). compar-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.tr.. compare. ' com-pello, -pellere, -puli, -pul- SUm, v.tr., drive in a body. ^ com-perio, -perire, -peri, -per- tum, v.tr., fliifl out, discover. - com-pleo. -pi -re, -pl-^vi, -pletum, v.tr., fiicomiiietely ; iiaves militibus complere, to man sliips with soldiers (0. IV, •_>(■.). com-plures, -plura, adj. pi., very many, several. j f > j com-pono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- tum, v.tr., settle ; bellum compon- ere, to make peace, to put an end to the war (\. ji. ti). comport-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v.tr., brinj;- t..j,--etlier, collect. com prehendo. -prehendere, -prehendi, -preliensum, v.tr., seize, arrest. ' com-probo, -are, -avi, -atum, v.tr., approve of, ratify. conat-um, -i, \., attempt. c6nat-us, -us, M., atemi)t. con-cedo, c^dere, -cessi, -ces- sum, v. tr., yield, grant, allow; Arf?os concessit, he withdrew to Ariros fN T. 8). f' \ • con-cldo, -cidere, -cidi, no sup., V. intr., fall completely, fall together. con-cido, -cidere, -cidi. cisum, V. tr., cut to pieces, rout utterly. concili-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., win over, gain, reconcile. COncili-um, -i, N., a meeting, as- sembly; habere concilium, to hold a meeting (c. iv, 19). con-cit-o. -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr.. urge forward, arouse; risum conci- tare, to excite laughter (.N. ii. 11). . con clamo, are, -avi, -atum, v. intr., shout, or cry out together. concurro, -currere, curri, cur- sum, V. intr., run together, rush; eo COllCUrsum est, a rush was made to that point ; m navem concurrere. to charge a vessel (x. ii. 10). con-curs-us, -us, M., assembly, at- tack ; ex eo concursu, from that col- lision (c. v, 10). con demn-o, -are, -avi, -atum, V. tr., condemn, sentence. con-dici-o, -onis, F., terms. conditio, same as condicio. condit-or, -oris, M., founder of a city. con-do, -dere, -didi, -ditum, v.tr., found, establish, build. con don-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., forgive, pardon. Condrus-i, -orum, pi. M., theCon- arusi, a people of north-eastern (!aul, on the right bank of the Jlosa (Mnise) in the district of the modern Natmir'and conduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, V. tr., bring together, hire. con-fercio, -fercire, -fersi, -fer- tum, V. tr., pack together; to cause to take close order; legione conferta owing to the legioji being in closi' order (c. IV, :V2). con-fero, -ferre, -tuli, coUatum, V. tr liring together, gather, colle,'e ; inter se congredi, to chartfc each other. con icio icere. -iecT, -iectum, v. tr., throw to^^ethcr (at a point); in fu- gam conicere, to jnit to flif^^ht ; se m fngam conicere, to betake one- self to fiijiht (c. iv, Pi) ; culpam in ali- quern conicere. to cast the blame on some one (c. v, 27) ; in vincuJa coni- cere, to throw into prison (c. iv 27)- de f uturis callidissime conicere, to toreciist the future most skilfully (n. t. 1). con-iunctim, adv., jointly in com- mon. "^ . con-iungo, -iungere, -iunxi, -luncium, v. tr., unite, join. coniurati-o, -onis, F., league; fa- cere coniurationem, to form a leaf,nie (c. iv, 80). coniur-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., lorm a leag'ue. c6n-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. tr. dep., attempt ; Conor vit faciam, I attempt to do (p. 292, 1). ' con -quire, -quirere, -quisivi, ■quisitum, V. tr., seek after. con scendo, -scendere, scendi, ;Scensum, v. tr., eml)ark in, mount; in navem conscendere, to embark on a vessel (c. v, 7); in equum con- scendere, to mount a horse. con-scienti-a, -ae, F., conscious- ness, knowledare, feeling. oqn-scisco, sciscere, -scivi (scii), SCltum, V. intr., unite, agree. ■a; -um, adj., conscious, consci us, accessory to. con-scribo, -scribere, scripsi. -SCnptum, v. fr., enrol, levy troops conscript us. -a, -um (perf. part, pass, of conscribo), usuallv in the phrase Patres COnscripti, Conscript Fathers, i.e., the Roman Senators, so called because their names were entered on the roll of the Senators. con secr-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., consecrate. con sector, -ari, -atus sum, v. tr., dep., follow after, pursue vigorously, consedissent, see consido. consensus, -us, M., consent, agree- ment. '^ consentio, -sentire, -sens!, -sen- sum, V. intr., agree, consi)ire. con^sequor, sequi, secutusCor sequutus) sum, v. tr. dep., follow overtake, irain, articular. con-sisto. -sistere, -stiti. stitum, V. intr, stand, halt; consist of ; con- sistit in carne, it consists of flesh ; in fluctibus est consistendum, they had to keep their footing among the waves (c. iv, 24). con-s61-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. tr. deji., console, comfort, cheer. conspectus, -iis, M., sight, appear- ance. conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, V. tr., observe, see, perceive. con-spic-or, -ari, atus sum, v. tr. dep., see, get a sight of, espy. 426 VOCABULARY. constanter, adv., steadily, reso- lutely, uiiitoniily. constant! a, -ae, F., Hrninc.ss, con- stancy, resolution. con-8terno, -sternere, -stravi, ■stratum, v.tr., cover with, cover over. con-stituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitutum, v. tr., draw up, aciem COnstituere, to draw uji a line of battle; classem, navem, const!- tuere, to move a Heet, a ship ; die COnstituta, on a set day ; porta s Constitutus est, a port" was made (N.T. 0); domlcilium constituere, to fix his abode (n. t. 10) ; his rebus con- Stitutis, when this was arranged (c. v, fi). consto, -stare, -stiti, -statum, V. intr., be formed ; inipers. constat, it is admitted, it is certain (p. 102). consuerunt = consueverunt. consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, -suetum, V. intr., become accustomed ; in pass., be accustomed. con-svietud-o, -inis, F., custom, habit; ex consuetudine, according to custom (c. iv, 3'2). consueverant, see consuesco. consul, -ulis, M., a consul, one of the two chief magistrates chosen annually at Rome. consul-aris, -are, adj., of, orbelong- in;; to a consul, consular. consul-aris, -aris, M., one of con- sular rank, one who had been consul. consulat-us, -us, M., the consulship, the otiioc of consul. consul-o, ere. -ui, ultum, v. tr., deliberate, plan ; alicui consulere, to consult for one's beiietit ; aliquem consulere, to ask one's advice ; in aliquem consulere, to take measures ajrainst one ; consulere sibi, to look after himself (n. t. 8) ; civitati con- sulere, to take measures for the interest of the state (c. v, 3). consulto, adv., on purpose, design- edly ; often de consulto ; consulto cedere, to purposely retreat (c. v, 10). consult-um, i, N., decree, resolu- tion, decision. con-sumo, -sumere, -sumpsi, -sumptum, V. tr., sjiend, waste; tempus consumere, to waste time ; aestatem consumere, to spend the sununer (c. v, 4) ; magna parte diei OOnsumpta, after :i gre.at part of the day had been spent (c. v, 9). con-surgo, surgere, -surrexi, •S'.rrectuni, v. intr., rise in a body, anse. con-tagl-o, onis, v., contact. con temno, temnere, tempsl, -temptum, v.tr., despise, hold in con- tenij)t. contemptus, i>erf. part. i)as8. of contemno. contendo, tendere, tendi.-ten- tum, v. intr., strive for, hasten to, push forward, fight ; apud eos contendit, he maintained before them (s. r. 7); in fines Sugambrorum contendit, ho marches into the territories of the Sugambri (c. iv, 18). contenti-o, onis, R, struggling ; gaining a battle. con-tent-US, -a, um, adj. (with abl., 1). 04, 4), content with. con-test-or, -ari, atus sum, v. tr., invoke. con-texo, -texere, texui, -tex- tum, V. tr., weave, bind together. con-ticesco, -ticescere, -ticui, no sup. ; v. intr., be silent. contine-ns, -ntis (properly pres. part, of contineo, n.sed as an) adj., with terra understood ; literally, the unin- terrupted land, the continetit. COntinenter, adv., constantly, con- tinually. continenti-a, -ae, F., self-restraint. contineo, -tinere, -tinui,- -ten- turn, V. tr., hold together, bound, restrain, hem in ; se continere, to keep themselves together; civitatem in officio continere, to keeji the state loyal (c. V, 3); in officio continere, to keep him loyal (c. v, 7). con-tingo, tingere, -tigi, -tac- tum, V. tr., touch, extend to, reach; inipers., contingit (p. 182), it happens. continuo, adv., immediately. continuus, -a, -um, adj. ,cont I nuous. con-tio, -tionis, F., assembly; in contionem populi prodire, to aj)- pear before an assembly of the people (N. T. 1). contra, prep, (with ace. only), against, opposite to ; conti'a Gallias. facing the divisions of (Jaul (c. iv, 20). contra, adv., contrary to; contra atque esset dicturn, contrary to what has been said(c. iv, 13). con-traho.-trahere, -traxi, -trac- tum, y. tr., draw together, collect. contrari-us, -a, -um, adj., opposite, contrary. conti'6versi-a, ae, F., dispute. con-tumeli-a, -ae, F., slight. IIm :S'"iJ VOCABULARY. 427 of con-vaiesco, -vaiescSre, -vaivii, no sup. ; V. iiitr., fiiow strong, recover. con-vallis, -is, h\, valley. conveho, -vehere, vexi, -vec- tum, V. tr., carry together, convey. con venio, -venire, -veni, -ven- turn, V. tr. ,'ind intr., come together iisseniMe ; with ace, interview, meet '; concliciones non convenerunt, the terms were not agreed to (n. ii. «). convenit, imi)prs. v. intr. (witli dat.) it hecomes. con-ventus, -venttis, M., an assem- i)i.\ , assize ; conventum peragere to hold an assize (c. v, 1). ' con-verto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- SUm, v.tr., turn, tnriiabont; infugam convertere, to turn flight. con-vinco, -vincere, -vici, -vie- turn, v. tr., con(iuer com[)letely ; i)rove guilty, convict. con-voco, -vocare, -vocavi, -v6- catum, V. tr., summon, assemhle. coorior, -oriri, -ortus sum, v. intr. dell., of a storm ; arise, spring up. C6pi-a, -ae, F., abundance, plentv, quantity; pi., copiae, forces, supplies ; summis copiis, with all his forces (c. V, 17); copias instruere, to draw up troo)(s(c. V, 18). copies us, -a, -um, adj., well sup- plied, rich, wealthy. coquo, coquere, coxi, coctum, V. intr., cook. cor, cordis, N., heart. coram, prep, (with ahl.), face to face with, in presence of; coram populo, in presence of the people ; coram per- spicit, he sees in person (c. v, 11). Corcyr-a, -ae, F;, Corcvra (now Corja), 0113 of the Ionian islands on the coast of Epirus and Acarnania. Corcyraeus, -a, -um, adj., of or belonging to Corcyra, Corcyraean. Corinth US, -i, F., Corinth, the chief town of Achaia, a district on the northern part of the Peloponnesus. Cornelius, -i, M., Cornelius, (1) Publius Cornelius Scipio, consul 218 B.C., killed in Spain -ill b.c. (-2) Publius Cor- nelius Scipio Africanus (son of No. 1), horn about 234 B.C., died 183 li.c. He conquered Hannibal, at Zama, 202 li.c. (3) Lucius Cornelius Scipio Asiaticus (brotlu-r of iVo. 2), consul I9i) k.c, defeated Ar.tiochus. (4) Cains Cornelius Ccfhegus, consul 197 B c, when Philip V. of Mace- don was defeated bv FlamininusatCvnos- cephalae. (h) Put)lius Cornelius Cethegus, consul 181 B.C. corn-u, -u.s, N., horn, wing of an corona, -ae, F., crown, corpus, -oris, N., body. f ,f.S^ *'''P''°' ."Ppre, -ripiii, rep- lum, v. tr., seize violently, carry o(T. corrumpo, rumpere, -ninf ru"&'(v';^ir'^"'"'^'--^-^'S^: N.^w.^'S.^"' Caurus), -i, jr.. the cotidian-us, -a, -tim, adj., daily. cotidie, adv., daily. Cott-a, -ae, .M., see Aurunculeius. eras, adv., to-morrow. crass-US, -a, -um, adj., thick, coarse. Crass-US, -i, M., Marcus I.icinius Crassus, surnamed Dives (the Rich) was a member o. the First, Triumvirate He fell at Carrhae, 53 B.C., in a war against the Parthians. cratis, -is, F., wicker-work, a hurdle creb-er, -ra, -rum, adj., thick numerous, frerpient. ' cre-do, -dere -didi, -ditum, v. tr. (p 104) ■' ' ''• **"'"''' '"I*l"'««^ V. tJ'^imrn' '^^^'^' "^avi, -matum, creo, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr make, elect, choose, appoint (p. IKI, -J). . cre-sco, scere, -vi, -turn, v. intr.. increase, grow, grow up. Cret-a, -ae, F., Crete (now Candin) an island m the Mediterranean, south of Greece. Cretens-is, -e, adj., of or belonging to Crete; in the i)lural, Cretenses, Cretans. cri-men, -minis, N., charge. cri-nis, -nis, F., hair. Cl'ucia-tus, -tus, M., torture. cru del-is, -e, adj., cruel, hard- hearted. crudel-itas, -itatis, !•'., cruelty, barbarity. crudel-iter, adv., cruelly. crus, cruris, N., leg. cubil-e, -is, N., a bed. cuius, gen. sing, of quis or qui cuiusque, gen. sing, of quisque (p. 132). cuiusvis, gen. sing, of quivis (p. 132). .i! 423 VOCABULARY. cul-men, -minis, N., hrij^ht, smn- mit, top. culpa, ae, F., hliinip, fault ; cul- pam inicere, to throw the Mame uiiiiii (c. iv, 2); culpam conicere, to throw the lilaiiif (c. iv, 27). culpo, -are, -avi, atum, v. tr., MiuiR', Inid fiiiilt with. cultura, -ae, K., culture; agri culturaor agrici;ltnra, a;;ricMilt\iru. cult-US, -us, .M., I'uhivatioii, luode of life, civilization. cum, ])r('i). (with al)l.), with, alon;,' with ; cncliiii' with me, te, se, nobis, vobis, quiburi, as nieciim, tecvtm, secum, nobiscum, vobiscum,qui- buscum (p. Ki.'i, 8). cum (also written quum), adv., wlieii, after, since, althou'^h(p. '203, 2!)7, 4 ; :m>, 9, 10): cum. . .tum, both. . .and ; cum (or quum) primum, as soon as (1). 2!W, 2). cunctati-O, -onis, K., delay. cunct-of, -ari, atus sum, v. dep., delay, hesitate, doubt. cunct-us, -a, -um, adj., all, alto- },'elher. ciTipide, adj., eagerly. cupiditas, -atis, F., ea,i,'cnicss. cupid-us, -a, -um, adj., desirous of (will) genitive, il 2M, !>) ; cupidus rer- um novarum, an.Kions for a change of jfovernnient (f. v, 0). cup-io, ere. -ivi (-ii), -itum, v.tr., lontr for, wish, desire. ctir, adv., why ?, for what purpose ? cur-a, -ae, F., care, anxiety. Cur-es, -ium, pi. F., Cures, a town near Rome. curi-a, -ae, F., Senate house. Curi-US, -i, M., Curius, a Roman name. cur o. -are, -avi, -atum, v.tr., care for; in Ca(.'sar always with aco. of ob- ieet and yerundive jiart. ; exercitum transportandum curare, to cause the army to be transportiil (c. iv, 29); naves ' aediflcandas curare, to have shii>s built (c. v, 1). curro, currere, cucurri, cur- Stim. \ . intr., run ; curritur, they ran (p. Ir. diMmim, a.h., lit l.iiKili, iit liiHt. iliMiiifi UH. i, M., (IciiMiiiis, 11 Uoimm fdiii worth iiliiiiii iwi'iilv t'tiifs, dt>n-i, -He, -ii, distrili. innn. adj., ton i;ull, till ii|iic(C, \\\ lens. dt'niqii«'>, ;i.lv., i<\ last, tliiull.v ; in a word, ill shorl. den 8, -lis, M., toutl). dens ua, -u, -uni, adj., tliiok, <'loH('ly I>arind. crowdi'd. do nimtio. ai-o, fivi, -atiiin, v. tr., aniiDuiict', dcclaif, I liifalcii, (udcr. de polio, -polh^ro. piili, pulHinn. V. tr., dri\t' a\\a\, dlsiodm', turn asidi' ; abeodoni j^nidu depulHiiH HHt, lie wasdriviii tnun lii,«i footlmld liv llifsanio out' (\. T. 5). do poroo, -poriro, prMMvi ( porli), no .sup., \. iiiir., In- lo.st, ))crisli. d,> pono, ponoro, -poHui, -postt- lini, V. Ir., lav asidi', CMst awav ; animani deponero, to niiiKiniNii I'lis litv ; sptnn cioponere, to rim- up hope (c. V, liO. dopopul or. -ari, atua aum, v. (r. dt'p., lav wa.sti', iilnndcr. do port o, -are. -avi, -atuni, v. tr., carry olT, rcinovc deproo-or, -an. atna sum, v ir. di'p., Ix'i,'' fir iiicicy ; noqiie lecu- aandi aiu. doprecimdi causa, for llu- iMirposf ot noitlii'r dcnyiiii,^ llir fact nor of lK'i,'vnii^- liiiii for nurc'y (c. v, (i). de pug-n-o. are, avi, -fitum, v. tr., linlil lotlic List, tisrlil a jiilclicd liatllc. de i-og-o, -are, -fivi, -atum, v. tr., witlidraw , taUo away from, weaken, deacendo, soendere, -.^cendi, •SCenaum, v. tr., diinhdown, descend ; in Graeciam deacendere, to att.ck r«itia, «lispairlnj{ of Mucei'SH(N, ii. doHplcU). aploore, ajjoxi. apec- tuiu, \ . Ii , look (low II upon, despise. do Mpondoo, .Mpoiuloro, apondi, •ai)()nsuin, \. tr., pronuMe in niarriaifi'. Let roth. ' dostrlnsro, alrliiM-ore. -atrinxi, -atrictum, \. tr, draw a sword, un. sheath. do-atun. eaae. -fi'ii, v. intr, he \>antniK, fail, tie lackill^f. do sfipor, adv., from iihovc. dotor for, -loria, adj., comp. (posj. five wanlitmV inferior, worse ; snperlii- live, deterriiuiia. d«Vterreo, terrore, -ternli, -ter- riMnn, v. tr, fri^litcii, friKlilen olV, pre- Nciit; deterroro no or quin (p. l.sf>, do-ttnoo, -tTntn-o. -tinui, -ten- tuni, V. tr, keep liack, stop, delav, hinder detriment r. in, i, N., injurv, lo:s, llailKlLJC. doturbo, are. avi, ati.ni, v. tr, cast, down, ilrivc away. d«"> ua, -i. .M. (for declension, p. 1;!, i>), a >,'ra or dextra (with manna nnderstood), adj., the ri-ht hand. Dii'in a, -ae, V., Diana, the goddess of ar(-hery and liuntiiiLr. dico, -are. -avi, -attmi, v. tr, dedicate, devote, ofTer. dico, diceiP, dlxi, dictum, v, Ir, say, speak, till, ai)|.oiiii ; causani dicere, to plead a cause; de quo ante ab nobis dictum eat, of whom we liavc ni.'uic iiit ntion he foie (c. \, (i). dictator, -oria, M., didntor, a Ko- man inay;islrate ajipointed only in seasons of emergency and invtslcd with ahsoliite VOCAHUl.AllV. 4.11 |>ii\viM' iliiriiiu Ills Icnii of iiilli'i-, w liii'li \N.iH no) Id I'xrci'cl hIx IiiimiIIw. tUcl. lini, I, N., Wnnl, (ilill'l, C.MIl- iniirxl. «ll OH, I'l, M. or I', (iti H\i\;i ), M. (in pi), ilii\. (llU'oro, (Uffnn'o, dlHtuli, cUIm- tuiU, V. ti', H|inMil, HiMlIrr; ini! olT, • liliiv ; lnl,t>r ho (IiI!'oith, imlilTcr fmiii iidli itlhrr , imillniu (lltlbnmt, lluy (liir> r Krtall.v ('■. \, II). (Utru'lln, luh., will) (lilll'iiliv. (litY'lcil Ih, re- fix ; apart, ;isuii(ler, in pioee.s. dis, ditia, adj., rich; romp., clltior; Slip., ditiyaimu.H (p. r>7. 0. Di.s, Ditis, M., riutn.uod of tiie lower VVOll.t. dis nedo, cedore, -cesai, -cos- Sum, V. iutr., depart, withdraw, forsake ; ab arinlH diMcodiM'o, lay ilutMi urnm; dt.MCt^MSlt, HUI)(«rlOt', lie euiiie olf \ |ii. • or(N, II, I); all HltfnlH dLMfudiiro, In desert, tlieir HtaniliiidM (r. v, HI), dlHcoHH UH, iiM, M, departure. dlHctpl ma, -mao, I''., learniii);, training, N\Nlein. dlM(!lpul UH, !, M., pupil. dlHcIiido, cludoio, <'luM(, (tIuh- lllll, \, intr., Keep apart , separate. tllHco. diH, to ra/.e u llollHC (N. II, i). dJM pal or, nil, TituH huiu, v. inlr. dep,, HtraKKli'i ntray. (IJH par, n.'irlH, adj., nneipial. Hit- llUe ; (ilnparl prucWlu, in an iiniti|iial ooiilest, ((■ \ , l(i). dl .'■IpCM'K'Ot HpnrK«"'IO, -HpCIHl, •HporHUm, V. tr. , Hcatter.diMperMe. dl HporHUH, HpnrHA, -HporHum (perf. pari, pans, of dlHP«M'gO, lined liH an) adj,, Hcattered. dlH-plIcno, plloofo, -pllci'il, pll fMtum, v. inlr. (witli dal., p. 27M, foot Hotel, displeaHe. dlH-pono, r><'>nr»rG, -pdHi'ii, |)ohI- t-lim, V. Ir,, net in order, iliaw up (of forecH). dlH piiUatl o, -onlH, K, diwi ussion, debate, dis pi1t o, -aro, -avi, atum, v. inlr,, I rent of, iiivcHti^jate, diHcuHH. diS HOUHIo, -Oni.M, l''.,diHa«ieeiiient. dlH ."ontio, HHiitir*', Honni, -Hon- HUm, V, inlr., iliUer in o|)inion, diHa),'iei'. di.s Hld«"!0, -Hidore, Hndi, HOH-mm, .. inlr, disagree ; diHHldurn »b «.)(>, •<> he at vari.tneu with hiin(N. ii. I'l). dis Himll-ls, -6, ^flj-, ini.ike (with dui., p, 277, '2); eonip , dlHHJrnilior , Hup,, dlsalmilllnui^ dis Himrilo, arc, -avi, atum, v. tr. and inlr., diM;i;,'ree, (conceal, di.^solvo, -HolvnrH, -solvi, hoUz- tiun, V. tr., break flown; pontHIll diHHf)lvere, to In-eak down .i lirid^o (.V. 1. I,)- diH-pal-or, -an", -atuH Hum, v. intr. erf. part, pa.ss. of doceo used as an) adj., learned, experi- enced. ' . doleo, dolere, dolui, dolitum, v. iiiir. and tr., u:riv\o, l)e t,'rievcd. dolor, -oris, M., ^rief, pain; hoc colore exardescere, to l.e arou-ed throu-h grief of this (v. v, 4). dol-us, i, M., craft, fraud; ner dOlum, hy deceit ({■. iv, l.-j). domea-tlc-us, -a, -um, adj., domes- tic ; belluin domesticum, ci\ il war (c. V, it); donie.sticae opes, liis own resources (.N. n. jo). domicili-um, -i, N., ahoHe; domi- cilium coustituere, to ti.\ ins ahode (N. r. 10). dominat-us, -us, M., tyranny. dcimJn U8, i, M., a master, rtilor. DoiiiiMiiH, -i, M., Lucius Domi'itii Ah( nolmrlms, consul with Appius Claudi- us, ii.c. .,1. III. was a Hi.ninch urisicM'rai. and l.rolher.iiiluw of .Marcus Calo. He fell at I'harsalia, li.c. 4y, l,y ihe hand ot Anidiiy. «..^,^'??'"^' ■"** ^'•"' •'••'•'••nsion, see p. «l-,(i), I'., a house, home ; domi, at hiime (p. •AS.'-), ;(); doinuni, home (1.. -js.'. n- domo, from home (p. 'J.S;i, L'). .„,,f<^nec, coiij., till, imlil, while (p. dono, -are, -avi, atum, v.tr., uive. lireseiit. •»""i d6num.-f,N., Riff, present. dorm lo, ire, -ivi, itum, v. intr., sleep, rest. * doa, dotis, v., marriage portion. dowry. ' ' Driildea, -um, pi. M., the Druids. priests ot IheaiK i.nt Uaiild. di"ibitati-o, -onis, I"., douht, hesi- tation. diibit-o, are, -uvi, atum, v. tr., doulii, hesitate. diibiua. ■&, -um, adj.,dnul.tful. un. ceriam ; nondubium est quin, there Ks no , Ci) ; provided that (p. -JOii). ' dummodo, conj., provided that, if only (p. ;i()-j, 7). Dumnor-ix, -igis, l\r.. Dumnorix, chief of the Aedui an;enerally before vowels, Honielime.s lietoro coiiso- iianlH), jirep. (with alil.) ; from, out of, in accordance with, in coiisc(|uence of on ;unaexpafte, oiioneside(c. iv ;<)• ex oquo, on liorsd.ack ; ex itiiie're,' on the march (c. iv, H); ex litteris, in a'^cordaiice witli the despatch (c. iv, .".S) ; ex USti, of a(ivaiitiii,a>(c. v, (J); ex hac ruga pfOtinus, immc.liatelv after this defeat (c. v, 17); diiabus ex parti- bUd, on two sides (c. v, 21). ea (i>roperIy ahl. sin!uiish (s. T. 8); se ex Silvia eicere, to iiish out of the woods (c. v, ],".). eiua : see is (p. I'.'iO). eiuadem : see idem (i>. 2r.o). eiuamodi ( eiua modi), of such a kind, of such a sort. e-Iabor-o, -are, -avi, -atitm, v. intr., suller^freatly, make Kreat ell'orls. elat-ua, -a, -um, (perf. j.Mrt. ])ass. of eft'ero u.sed as an) adj., proud, haughty. eleg-an-a, -tis, adj., ele-ani. elephant ua, -i, -M., elei>h;iiit. e-ligo, -ITg-ere. -leg-i, -Iectum. v. tr., uJloose OUI, select. el6quen-8, -tis, (pres. part, of elo- quor used as an) adj., elo(pient. eloquent!, -a, -ae, F., eIoi|iience II \ 434 VOCABULARY. I I e mendo, are, -avi, -iltum, v. tr., concct, ameiid. e mitto, mittere, -misi, -mis- sum, V. tr., si'iid oiif, rt'k'iise. emo, emei'e, emi, emptum, v. tr,, buy. enim (placed after (he first cnii)hatio word ill its cUuise), coiij., for, in fact. e-numer-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., reckon up, count over, enumerate. e-nuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., tell, repeat, report. 66, adv., thither, to that plpce, to such a decree; (;orrelati\e of quo before coni- l)aratives (p. li)5, 4): quo...eo, the . . .the (by how inucli. . .by that much). eo, ire, ivi (ii), itiim, v. intr. (for conjugation; j). "iTS), ^^o, march. eodem, adv., to the .same jilace, in the same direction, to the same purpose. fiphesi-vis, -a, -um, adj., of or be- longing to Ephesus ; K])hesian. filphes-US, -i, F., Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor. ephippia, -drum, pi. N., saddle, pack. ephippiat-us, a, -um, adj., fur- nished with a saddle. ephor-us, -i, M., an Ephor, one of the five Spartan inagisi rates who were elected aniuially as " overseers" of the state. epistol-a, -ae, F., a letter; episto- 1am solvere, to open a letter (n. ii. 11), epistula : same as epistola. epul-um, -i, N,, hantiuet, feast; p'. F., epulae, meal. equ-es, -itis, M., a horseman, cavalry soldier; pi. equites, the knights"; equitum iriagister, master c! the hoise, an officer next in rank to ihe dictator. equos-ter, -tris, -tre, adj., belong- ing to horsemen, cavalry, 6quidem, adv., truly, indeed. equital;-us, -us, M., cavalry. equus, -i, M., horse. firatosthenos, -is, M., Eratosthenes, a Greek of Cyiene, in Africa, noted as a geographer. He lived B.C. 276-b.c. 192. erect-US, ■&, -um, (perf. part. pass, of erig'O used as an) adj., high. erga, preji. (with ace), towards. ergo, conj., therefore, accordingly. erig'O, erigere, erexi, erectum, V. (r., arouse. e-ripio, -ripere, -npui, -reptum. V. tr., take away froi^i, snatch from, rescue. err-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. intr., wandei'i err^^ be wrong. err-or, -oris, M., a mistake, error, fault. e-rud io, -ire, -ivi, -itum, v. tr., in- struct, teach, educate, train. e-rumpo, -rumpere, -rupl, -rup- tum, v. tr., lireak out, make a sortie. e-rupti-o, -onis, F., attack, sortie. fir-yx, -ycis, M., Eryx (now fit Giu/iano), a mountain and town on the west coast of Sicily. escendo, -scerdere, -scendi, ■scensum, v. tr., moui:t, ascend; in navem escendere, to embark (\. t. ^). essed-a, -ae, F., a war cl.ariot of tlie Britons. essedari-us, -i, M,, a charioteer, essed-um, -i, .same as esseda. et, coiij., and ; 3t . . . et, both. . .and. etiam, adv., also, even. etiamtum, adv., even then. Etruria, -ae, F., Etruria (now Tuscany), a district of Central Italy. etsi, coni., even if, although (p. 303, middle of page). Euboea, -ae, F., Euhoea (now Ni'i/ropont), an island, east of Northern Greece. Eumen-es, -is, M., Eumenes If., Kingof I'ergamus, a friend of the Romans, who reigned li.c. 197-n.c. 1.')!). Europ-a, ae, F., Europe. Eur-us, -i, M., Enrus, the east wind. Eurybiad-es, -ae, M., Eurybiades, an admiral of Sjiarta, at the time when Xerxes invaded Greece, 48U n. c. e-vado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, V. intr., go forth, escape irom. 6-venio, -venire, veni, -ventum, v. intr., pass, haj^pen. evenit, it happens (p. 182, 4); usu venit, it turned out by chance (n. ri. 12). e-vent-us, us, M., result, fortune. e-verto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- sum, V. tr., overthrow, drive out, destroy. e voc-o, are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., call out, summon. ex : see e. exadv^erKnm, prep, (with ace.), over against, opposite. ex-agit-o, -are, avi, -atvira, v. tr., harass, drive out. 1 .■«?ftr' --■ ,./ VOCAHULARY. 435 examm o, are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., tost; ad certum pondus ex- amiliatUS, of a fixed standanl weit^lit, literally,\vL'i!;lit'(UoafiAO(l\vcight(c. V, 12). ex anim o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., kill. ex-ardesco, -ardescere, -arsi, •arsum, v. intr., be kindled, hurst forth ; hoc dolore exarsit, he was roused throu;,di grief at tills (c. v, 4). ex-cedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- Sum, V. intr., leave, depart. ex-cello, -cellere, -cellul, -cel- st.^nl, V. intr., excel, surpass. ex-cels-us, -a, -um, adj., high. excio, -cire, -civi, -cituru, v. ir., arouse, awake. ex-cipio, cipere, -cepi, ceptum, V. tr., oalch, receive. excitat-us, -a, -um, adj., en- couraged. ex-cit-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., incite, stir up, arouse. ex-cludo, -cludere, -clusi, -clu- sum, V. tr., shut out, prevent ; a navi- gatione exoludere, to prevent from sailing (c. v, 2.'i). ex-cogit-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., devise, plan. ex-cruci-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., torture, torment. ex-cursi-o, -onis, F., attack, sortie, sally. ex-ciis-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., excuse, clear (of a charge). exerapl-um, -I, N., an example, sanii)le, pattern. ex eo, -ire, -ivi (or -ii), -itum, v. intr., go out; fama exit, the report goes abroad (n. ii. 9). ex erceo, -ercere, -orcui, -erci- tum, V. tr., exercise, train. exercitati-o, -onis, F., training, practise, exercise. exercitat-us, -a, -um, (perf. }iart. pass, of exercito used as an) adj., well trained, skilled. exercit-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., exercise, harass. exercit-us, -us, M., a traine) ; ut fert illorum opinio, according to their ideas (c. v, ]:i). ferociter, adv., fiercely, boldly. fero-X, -cis, adj., bold, warlike. ferre-us, -a, -um, adj., of iron, iron. ferr-um, -i, N., iron. fertll-is, -e, adj., fertile, fruitfizl. fertilit-as, -atis, F., fertility, rich- ness. fer-US, -a, -vim; adj., wild, s:auge, on el. fess-U3, -a iim, adj., weary. festin-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. intr., hasten, hurry, sjtecd. fibul-a, -ae, F., brace. flctil-is, -e, adj., earthen ; vasa flc- tilia, vessels of earthenware (.\. ii. lo). Actus, -ta, -tum, (perf. i)art. ))as.s. of flngo used as an) adj., idle, invented; ad volnntateni eorum Acta re- spondere, to invent an answer to suit their wishes (c. iv, r>). fidel-is, -e, adj., faithful, trusty. fid-es, -ei, F., taith, loyalty ; flclem habere, to repose confidence (n. t. 7); in fldem recipere, to receive under one's protection (.n. t. h); fldei credere, to trust lo their cliarge (N. ii. <»); tldem facere, to gi\e a i)ledge (c. iv, 11)- fldem t-equi, to be loyal fo (c. iv, -JI • V, t^ii); eos in fldem recipere, u\ admit them to liis jirot-ection' (c. iv, -J-i)- fldem interponere, to iiledgeTiis word (c. v, (I). fido, fidere, fisus sum, v. semi- de|>. (for construction, p. 278, foot note), trust, confide. fidtlCl-a, -ae, F., trusi, confidence, fig-ur-a, -ae, F., form, sh.ipo. filia, -ae, F., daughter (p. -2-1'.), foot note '„'). fili-us, -i, M., son. flndo, flndere, fidi, flssum, v. tr., cl(!ave, divide. flngro, flngere, flnxi. Actum, v. tr., form, shape, sui)pose. fin io, -ire, -ivi, -itam, v. tr., fmish, eiid ; populi Romaui imperium RhenviS flnit, the Khine is the limit of the empire of the Koman jjeople (c. iv, Ki). fin-is, -is, M. and v., end, limit; j.I., Anes, M., boundaries, terri lories. fin!tim-U8, -a, -itm, adj., l>orderiiig ui)on, adjoining; in pi.,' finitimi, -oruni, neigliliors. fio, fieri, factus sum (j'ass. of facio, p. 1,')5), become, take j.lace: At it happens (1.. lM2, 4); certior fieri, to be Hiformed ; quo factum est ut, the result was that (n. .1); factUS est praetor, lie was elected general (n. t. 2) ; non sine causa fieri, to be iiot without a reason (c. v, C). flrme, adv., firmly. firmiter, adv., firmly ; flrmiter in- sistere, to .stand firmly, to get a gofwl footing (c. i\', 'ill). flrmitud-o, -inia. F., firmness, sfrengili. firm o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., strengihen, make strotig. firm-US, -a, -um, adj., strong. flaglti-vim, -i, N., crime, wickedness. '1 '■I; I 438 VOCAHULARV, flfig-it-o. -are, -avi, atum, v. tr •leniand, ask carni'sth. nns a :,„nan ^,.„,.,al who was .so.it H < . Ls,i to -nisiaH of Hiil.ynia to denuuul thfsum'ndorof Haniiil.al. PlaminTus, -T, M., C,ii„s Flanmm.., a Ivo.nan u,.„,.,.al who coMMMatxl,.,! the 217 iu".'' '" '^ '"'' ''^'' ''' '^'•'^«i''"5"»s, flamm-a, -ae, F., tiamc. flecto, -ere, flexui, flexum, v. '1., Iii'iid, Uirii. ' n«?n?\r'^'^'^'""^''- .'"*•'•• "f fleo, nsi.,1 anaiOailj., wci.j.mt,', in tears. fleo. flere, flevi, fletum, v. (r. an.l iiilr., weep, lament. fletus, -lis, M., tears, wc.pinj,^ ^Go, flare, flavi, flatum, v. i„t,-., floren-s, -tis, a.lj., tlourishinj.. ^^ flor-eo. -ere, -uf, no .• ,.,oon, flos, floris, M., flowerV;^ • fluct-us, -iis, .M., flood,' wave. flum-en, -inis, N., ri\er. «ow"°' ^"^''^' ^"^i- fluxum, V. inf r., fliivl-us, -i, M., river. d-,?^^°' ^°^^^'^' f<^di, fossum, V. ir., foflderat-ns, -a, -um, adj., leajfued to;;ether, alhed. " foed US, -eris, \., treaty. for, fari, fatus sum, v. tr. de.. sjieuk, say. ' ' fore - futurum esse (fnt. inf. of sum, J). 107, 1). forem essera. f6':"-is, -is, F., door, j-ate. foi'in-a, -ae, F., form, sliape. forni-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr sliai)e. ■' for-S, -tis, F., chance, luck. forsitan, ad\-., i)erhai).s. fortasse, adv., perhap-s, by chance. forte, adv., i>erhaps, l)y chance. fort-is, -e, adj., stroma, brave. fortiter, adv., courageously, hraveh'. fortitud-o, mis, F., courage, bravery. fortuito, adv., hy chance. fortuna, -ae. F., luck, lot, chan(;e, good forlune. ' adj., crowded, in h abl.. fortiinat-us, -a-um, adj., prosper ou.s, HI goi.d circumstance. forum -i, N., market place. fossa, -ae, F., ditch, trench. fovea, ae, F., pit fall. tu^f'^^n' ,^«"Srere, fregi. frac- hreak ,L '?','' = ^'•^^i^ere euiii, to fXVpv«'''/'S^'' •■'.'■ '\' Corey raeos riangrere, to break the power of (he wreck'T:""^"?';'- -^ • f'-a"&ere navem,' wreck a vessel (c. iv, 'J!(). frat-er, ris, M., a brother. fraus, -dis, F.. deceit, deception. Fregell-ae, -anun, pi. F., FrcLrellae (now C-pnnin), a ver\ old town of Lat ium on tlie river I, iris. «.ii.iiii, ^j.frem-itus, -itus, .M., m.roar, noise, frequen-s, -tis, large numbers. „ 0^^«^-;art. of sum (P- 1117. 1); res futura, or fiitura (neut. pi.), tne future. G. G. =Gaius, anoUier form of Cuius. Galb-a, -ae, M., fJalba ; Serving (.a )a, M:reat-tfraiKlfather of the Kni),eror Ualha. He .served under Cae.sar in <;anl, and was i)raetor ii.c. M. After Caesar's death he served ai,'-ainHl, Antony in the war of Mutina, 4;5it.(;. galea, -ae, F., iielmet. Gall-i, -orum, pi. .M., the Oaiils; tho peoph' who inliahiied Gallia Trans- alpma (or Ulterior). Further (iaul (/'m/),,,'), and Gallia Cisalpina (or Citerior), Hither (iaul (Northern Italy). Gallia, -ae, F., Oaul. Gallic-us, -a, um, adj., Gallic. gallin-a, -ae, F., hen. Gall-us, -i, M., a Oaul, an inhabitant, of (iailia. Garumn-a, -ae, M., the Garunina ((war.iini ), a river of Caul. ^audeo, gaudere, gavisus sum, V. nitr., senii-dej)., rejoice. g-audl-um, -i, N., joy, (rladncsa, de- liK-ht. Gemm-us, -i, see Servilius gemma, -ae, F., afjem. gen-er, -eri, ,M., a son-in-law. generos-iiri, -a, -vim, adj., of trood nirrh, in,;,le. Geneva, -ae, F., Geneva, a town of Svvit/erlatKl. genit-US. -6., -um dierf. part, p.ass. of glgno), horn, descended from (p. :iSL', ,'j). g6n-as, -6ris, x., hirth, kind; am- pliasimo genere natii.s, .Icscende.l trom a most liJuslriouM faniilv ((• iv I")- fhis m'^?^,\" 8-enore j)ugnae, in all this kind of hati"' ."^' ■""!• "''J-, (iraian; saltus Grams, theGraiaiipasHlN. 11. ;{). grand-is, -6, adj., lar^'o, ^reat. grati-a, -ae, F., favor, (ourtesy, beauty; 1)1. gratiae, thanks; Hgere gratias, to j,Mve thanks; gratiftm facere, t()i>ardon ; gratiam habere, to feel thankful; gratjiun referre, to be KHiteful to; gratifi (abl. with ffenitive), for the sake of. grati'il-or, -an, -atus sum, v mtr. del)., wish joy, congratulate. grat us, -a, -um, adj., pleasing, gravis, -e, adj., heavy. grav-itas, -itatis, F., weight, im- port anee. graviter. adv., heavily; gravlter ferre, feel pained (c. v, 4). i i i I ft*' 440 VOCAnULAFtV grex, gregls, M., flnck, liord, tmn,,. g-iibeniHt-or, -oris, M., jiiloi, .stwis- iiiiiii. gusto, -are, avi, -atum, v. n-., tuste. H. hab-eo, -are, -ui, -itum, v. i,-., have, '""''' Possess; icKanI, coii.sidcr ; fldem nabere, to npo^e (•(,n(i(ii.|i,'t. (s i 7)- secum habere, U. luc,, ai i,is'lH„isJ i^;^'' i ."^Q'le quick) nam habe- tur, liolhiiif^ IS r.-^-anlcd (c iv •') • consilium habere, to ii„i,i ■, me'ciin.' hablt-o -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., have i.().s!,„ „f, inhal)it, dwell i„. Hadnxmet-um,-i, X., IFadruinctmn, (iH)w ll„„nn,'imX a i'li.L'niciaii city of iNortlii'iii Atri.a. ^ haereo haerere, haesi, haesum, \ . lilt r.,liold fast,, SI ick l.)( with al.l. ordat. ). Halicarnassius, -a. -um, adj., of or l.c-lonuui- to Halicaniassiis, a v\\y of • r'u' ""• '".'•"M'liK'f of Henxlofcus.'tlR. I'atliurot History.' Hamilcar. -aris, M., Ilamilcar, a ( aiHia«_iuian ueiUMal, father of llannihal. lie lieleople who occu})ied Western and Southern Switzerland Hercul-es, -is. M., Ilcrculea, son of liipiti'rand Alen eiin, the^od of sirenjrth. heredit as, -atis, R, heirship, in- Iieiilaiice. ' ' hen, adv., yesterday. hibern a, -orum, pi. N. (properly '":;.t. pi. of M,ea.lj., hibernusajfreeiiiLr with castra understood), winter (,iiar- ii's ; hiberna circumire, to inspect the winter (jiiarters (c. v, 2). Hiberni a, ae, F., Ireland. hie haec, hoc; dem. j.ron. this, he. llie latter... the former, hic, adv., here, at this iwint. hiemo, -are, -avi, -atum, v. in*r.. winter, pass the winter. hiem-s, -is, F., winter, storm, hino, adv., hence, from this place. Hispjlni-a, -ae, F., Sjiain. histori-a, -ae, F., history, narr.ative. hodie, adv., to-day. H6mer-us, -i, Jr., Homer, a Oreek epic poet, author of the Iliad and Odyssey. homo, -inis, M. or F.. a human heinL': nianj i)l. homines, inhabitants. honest-US, -a, -um, adj., honorable, iipi'iKhl, noble. honor, -oris, M., honor, respect, :mty, pulilic office; summis hon- oribus fungi, to till the highest ottices (•V. 11. () ,.^9^",^' -ae, F., hour. The Romans divided the jieriod between sunrise an'I sunset into twelve eipial parts, each of which was called hora ; so also with the rutrht. The leiiK-th of each hora would depend on the season of the year. Horati-us, -i, M., Horace, a Roman poet who lived n.c. OjVh.c. 8. hori'-eo, -ere, -ui, no sup., v. tr. and intr., dread, shudder at. horribilis, -e, adj., dreadful, fright- ful. hornd-us. -a, -um, adj., dreadful, frijfhtful. hurt or, -art, -atus sum, v. tr. dep., urt,'e, cheer, eneouraife, incite. hort-US, -i, M., garden. hos-pes, -p-tis, M., visitor, guest, friend, host. hospifium, -i. N.. hospit.a!itv, friendship cum quo ei hospitium erat, with -- ^-oni he was on terms of friendshi]>(N. ■•:. 8). hosti-a, -ae, F., a vicUm offered in sacrifice. "TT VOCAUULAUV. 441 host-is. -is, M., an enemy, hue, adv., hither, Jiere, to thin i.Ia.o ^^huiusmodi, of this kin.l, „f this hum6r-us, i, M., shoulder. Vround!"^ ('o*-'ative, p. 8(i, .i), on the humll-is, -6, adj., low, poor, hinnl)le. humilit-as. -atis, l<'., lowncss ; 'ow- nesH in the wai'r(f. v, I). hum-US, -i. F., ground. intr.. iac-eo, -ere, -ui, no sup., v lie on the ground, lie dead. iacio, lacere, ieci, iactum, v. tr. throw, oast ; ancoram iacere, to cast anchor (c. iv, 28). iactur-a, -ae, F., loss, sacrifice. iacul-um, -i, x\., a javelin, dart. lam, adv., by this time ; iibi lam as soon as ; lam antea, some time t)efo're ■ with ne},'atives, neque iam, no lonL^er (C. IV, 13). ^ iamdudum. adv., now for a lon.^ tune, long [p. 210, 2, {!/)]. ^ iampridem, adv., now for a lo7i) a river of llispania {Spain). ibi, adv., in that place, there. ibidem, adv., in the same i)lace. ICO, icere, ici, Ictum, v. tr., strike, hit, smite, stall ; foedus icere, to make a treaty. ict-US, -us, M., blow, thrust. idclrco, adv., on this account, for this reason, therefore. idem, eadem, idem, dem. pro., the same (for decl. p. 2.'jU). idone-us, -a, -um,adj., fit, suitable, coinenient. id-US, -uum, 1>1. F., the Ides ; a name piven to the l.'ith of all months, except Vwh, May, .luly, October, when the 15tli was so called. ig-itur, conj., therefore, accordinglv then. ignavi-a, -ae, F., sloth, cowardice. ign Is, M., fire. ignoro, -are. -avi, -atum, v tr l)e Ignorant of, not to know. ' Ig nosco, -no.scere, -novi -no- S.\:-f""''- ^"■'^" ""'■' '•• -7MootnoU°), paidoii, forgive. ignotiis, -ta, -tum, adf not known, unknown. ' •'■' ""^ . ille, ilia, illud, dem. pro.(f„rdoclen- h'tt'en ' ■ ■ • °' ''*'* '''""^'" • • • "'« illic, adv., in that itlace, there, illico, adv., forthwith, immediately. bind on, lie on, fasten. ' d«rl?ini'-; '?.'*'"* ''''''■^' ^^'^ther; eo- uem Ulo, to that same place. 11-Iudo, -ludere, -lusi, -lasum, v. tr., battle, deceive. i.Mu8tr-is, -6, adj., famous, distin- pi.she.i ; illustriore loco natus. born of a rather illustrious UunUy (p. iiS, .5). •' illustr-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr.. nake renowned or famous; in jia-ss. become famous. IllJ^ric-um, -i, N.. Illyricum, a dis- tTict comprising the modern Daiwatia, />o.s7((«and Uprzcgonina. imago, -inis, F.. an image, likeness, im^ber, -brig, Ar., a shower. , imit-or, -ari, atus sum, v. tr. den.. mutate. ^ • im-man-is, -e, adj., vast, huge, enor- mous, immense. Immanuenti-u.s, -i, M., Immanu- entms, father of .Mandubrarius (c. v, 20). . im-maturus, -a, -um, adj.,' un^ ripe, immature. •" ' Im-minu-o, -minilere, -minui -mmutum, v. tr., diminish. immitto, -mittere, -misi, -xaU- sum, V. tr., send or drive into (the enemy's line); ae immittere, rush into. immo, adv., on the contrarv, no in- deed, yes indeed ; used in answers to cor- rect or modify either by contradicting or by strengthening. im-mol-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., sacrifice. ' *1 •I Im-mortal-is, immortal. e, adj., undying, immunit-as, -atis, F., exemption. 442 VOCABULARY. lin-pedimentum, -i, N., hindrance; jil. Iiiiuiiaiif (of an army); sarcinae, the kii of (lie iii(li\ idiial .sdldiiTS. imped io. -ire, -ivi, -itum, v. tr., hami>cr, liiinkr ; velii^ionibus im- peciiri, to he liampciud h\ rehjfioiis HtTiipliH (c. V, -'. of inipedio used as a i) adj., haiii- jHMcd, iiii)iassal)h' ; loPii impedita, iiiat'L-essible places (c. v, '""• im-pollo, pelleve, -puli,pulsum, V. t!'., chive to. im-pendeo, pmidere, noperf., no sup., V. iiitr., ovei'lianj,'. im-pendo, -pendere, -pendi, -peusum, V. tr , to ex))eiid. impens-UB, -a, -um, adj., of cost ; tfix'at, larue, hij^li ; impenso pretio, at an extrav.iyant price (c. iv, 2). imperator, -oris, M., comnmnder- in-chicf, genera!. im perit US, -a. -um. adj.,TinsUillod in, inexperienced in (with j;enitive, p. ■IHl, !»). im-pori-um, i, N., command, author- ity, government ; summam imperii traiisferre, to transfer the supreme command (s. a. 2). imper-o, -are, avi, -atum, v. intr. (\vi!h. with (1) ace. (after words sig- nif.ving motion), to, into, ui)on, against ; (2) abl. (after words signifying rest), in, at, during, among; in vicem, in turns (c. iv, 1); in hiemem. for the winter (c. iv, 20) ; in primis, esi)ecially (c. v, (i); in itinere, while on the march (c. iv, li; in ancoris, at anchor. in-an-is, -e, adj., empty, vain, useless. in-cedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessam, V. intr., advance, pro<'eed, come to. incendi-um, -i, N., fire. in-cendo, -cendere, -cendi, -cen- sum, V. tr., set ci fii'e, l)urn, inflame. in-cert-us, -a, -um, adj., uncertain ; incertis ordinibus, when their ranks were broken (c. iv, 32). in-cido, -cidere, -cidi, -casum, v. tr., fall in with, attack. in-cTpio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, V. tr., begin, commence. In-cit-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., urge, arouse, encourage ; equo Incita- to, with horse at full galloj) (v. iv, 12); remis incitare, to row hard (c. iv, 2;')). in-clin-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. intr., lean against. in-cog-nit us, a, -um, adj., un- known. in-c6l-a, -ae, M., an inhabitant in-c61o, -colere, -colui, -cultum, V. tr., live in, inhabit in-columis, -e, adj., safe, in safety. in-commod-um, -i, N., misfortune, harm, disaster, defeat. in-credibil-is, -e, adj., iucredible f«B#»lfr*>*=*5S^-a«;-- -■-> ■ VOCABULARY. 443 In-cursl-o.-onis. F.. inroad, invasion. acSseZnlc:.^''^' ■^^^' •^<^^«^' ^- "■•. indic o, are, -avi. -atum v tr >"ake k.iown, deceive, Ykray' ' indico, -dicere, -dixi diptnm cere' K?'' "-'-«= Vellum ind^i! «^oi w, lo (leeliire war. tok";^''''"''™' •^' '^'- "i^"'. proof, n.ark, ml?V-^h°' "'^^''?' ■''^^i' "0 Slip.. V. ntr (with jren. or ah!., p. i>»l !()• 2H-' n tr^^n.ft"^,; -^"ere, -dui, dutum, v. ir., put on, (Ion. ' industri-a, -ae, F., industry. induti-ae, -arum, F. pi., a truce armistice. » •> «■ tiuci, rn«"i^?*!?"^^^"S' J' '^I- Indutionia- nis a leadniff man anion>r the Tr.neri and rival of Cin^e.orix, who .sl.ied wi(h the Romans (c. v, 2). Jd^in^r.- "H'®' "^^^ ^•"■>' -'turn, V. tr. a?i- ^ V "^''' ^"'^^•" "P°" ; inire con- silium, to form a plan ; inire ration- em, to form a jilan (n. n. io)- inirfl COnsulatum, to enter upon a coiisul- ship; miens adulescentia, the he- mnninfr of youth (n. t. 1); secunda in- Ita Vlgrilia, at the befrinning of he second watch (c. v, 23). ^ in-erm-is, -e, adj., unarmed, defence- in-fami-a, -ae, F., ill report, infamy. in-fa-ns, -ntis, M. or F., child. in-fero, -ferre, -tiilf illatum, v. !^;;«']!n''? '"' ^T"^' '" = t)ellum hosti- ?. ?7L"r?^''^' *" '"•'^'^^' "■'-"• "" fhe enemy l^o/o ^ U ^''^^^^ inferre, to adyance"; ^^o^^H^ff^^?,' '" "'-''''''' "'i^fortune (N ln-fer-U8, -a, -um.adj., below, lower- ( Inflmus : see Inferus. immen"!*'^^' ^' """'' '''''' ''"'"""^ss. inflrmil-as, -atia, F., fickleness. feeM,?'"'^"'''''' •^' ■"™' '^•'J-' ^•♦-■'^k. delfj.^^*^'''®^' ^"' "^^"^ «"^> ^ • *'ep., y ^i^»?'\?' ■^^]^^^' -fl"xi, -fluxum, \- uitr., flow into, emp»y into. infra, (1) adv., below; (2) prep 'with ace), below, beneath. ' ^ -" "^' ' -'*"" tio.'i^f f'^l'"?^i- ■*• ^- '"^tural disposi- ti •' in-iuste, adv., unjustly, \vronj,-fuliy. in iust-us, -a, -um, adj., unjust, in-nitor. -niti, -nisus (or nixus) onl"'seVf b.y.'""' '"'"' ""' '^'^ ""■ '"'fl*"''* in-nocen-S, -tis, adj., harmless, in- nocent. ' ji^J|;^;nocenti-a, -ae, F., uprightness, in-6pi-a, -ae, K., waiit, scarcity, poverty. •' in-6pinat-us, -a, -um, adj., n,,. expected. ■' ' inquam (verb defective, p no n\ say. ' ' ■ ' in-scien-s, -tis, adj., not knowing at unawares, ifrnorant ; iUis inscien^ tlDUS, while they were unaware of it N. II. !)) ; Caesare insciente, without the knowledge of Caesar (c. v, 7) ^11 4U VOCAMULARY. in-8Cl-UH, -ft, -um, adj., not know- injr, i^'iuinnt of a tbint;. in-sequor, -Heq;u, -St'outus (or seqniituf'jsniii, V. ti .i.p., ovcrtuki, aiinck; iusoqui codeiites, to over- tuke the n ln;iti!nj fneniy (f. v, Iflj. in-8lcli ue, arum, F. ))1., anilniHh ; perdolum et in.sidias, iiv j^niicuMd (rcnclii'i-y (c. iv, l:i). In Hidior, -ari, -atus num, v. inir. fli'p., lie in wiiit, lio in aniliusli. in-signe, -signis, N., .si-n, mark, iiiidy:!', dcfor.ation. in-8ipmi8, -signo, .trij., noted, w- ni.'rkalile. in sinu o, are, -avi. atum. \. ir., niixki' ii wny into; so inriinuaro, to make their way amnnn(f. iv, ;«). in-sisto, -sistere, -atiti, no Kni>., V. intr.. slanil, take one'HiiiisJtion ; fii'in- iter insiatere, to j-et a tirni foothold (c. iv, '2ti). insolenter, adv.. hani,ditilv, arro- gantly. instabil-is, -e, adj., unsteady, instan-s, -tis, , >res. part, of insto. used as an) adj., i)resrnl ; de insrnuti bus, abor.i present afTairs (n. t. I). in-stituo, -stituere, -stitui, -.stitu- tum, y. tr., draw up troops; (h'cide upon ; sacriflcare instituit, he he- jjan to sacriliee (\. ii. 2); triplicem aciem inntituere, to dnaw up a trij.le hue (c. iv, 14); bellum parare in- Stituit, he decided lo prepare for war (c. V, ;!); ab in.stituto con.silio, from carryinj,^ out Ills api>oiiUed plan (c. v, i). in-stitut-um, -i, N., cu.stom, ns.ajje, law. instc. -stare, -stiti, no sup., v. intr., press on. in striio, -struere,-struxi,-struc- ttim, \. tr., liuijd, draw up; navem instruere, to huild a ship {. . \, •>) • omnibus rebus instrui, to hefudv erpniiped (c. v, .5); copias instruei e, to draw up forces (c. \', 18). in-suefact US, -a, -um, adj., ac- customed. in-SUet-US, -a, -um adj., unaccus- tomed ; navig-andiin.suetus, unused to sailing (c. v, (i). inF"l-a, -ae. )■'., island. in. dper, ach., moreover, besides, a!i.-i\ e. intel-leg-o, -leg'ere,-lexi,-lectum, V. tr., understand, know; iutellectum est, i wasoh.ser\ed (c. y, Iti;. in-temperantla, -ae, F., hauKhli- ness, arroi,'aiice. inter, i>rei). (with ace), helween, iuiioii)r, (hu'ini;. inter oudo, cedSre, -ccHsi, res- .Siun, v. tr., intervene, eonie lo pass ; bella intercesserant, wars had si>rimL; uji (c. \, 11). inter-cludo, -chidSre, clusi, -clustim. V. ir., hen m ; tVatriinter- clusoabhOHtibu.s .luxiliuni ferre, to hriti,'^ aid to his hrot Iter surrounded hy tile enemy (c. iv, Ti). inter-dico, -dicSre, -dixi, -dic- tum, \. ir., forhid, e\ilude from. interdum, adv., sometitncs, mean- while. inter «"*a, a. lo.'",, 4), this, that, he, she, II, ihcy; before ut is..= talis, .snch ; with coinpaijilives eo (abl.) the : eo mag-is, all the more. iste, ista, istud, dem. pro., that that of yours (p. 118). ita, adv., in this w.ay, so, rln,s ; in th" followinjr manner, iherefocc lon ita magnus, not verv larfje. Itftll-a, -ae, F., Italy. itAque, conj , and so, therefore, a.-. eoiflinjfly. ' Item. a\ the mu^'ittl rati M (s. T. -M larg us, a, um, adj., honnteoim. LartI us, i, .M., Titus l.artins, the first Itonian dieiator. lassi tiido, -Inis, F., weurinesH, fa- ti:;ue. late, adv., widely, l>roadl> ; longe latequn, far and \si'ie (( . i\ , ;i,''i); quam latissime, as widel.v as possilile(c. iv, :t). lAtr-o, It'itere, Ititui, no supine, v. tr., lie hid, he coiiceah'd. lat-Hiido, Itudinis, F., width, lireadth, extent. IjHtl um, i, N., I-afium, a di.itriet of Italy, in which Idmie is vituaied. latro, -onis, .M, a rohher, freehoofer. latrocinium, -i, N., rohhery, free- hoot inj;', piracy. latroclnor, -ari, -atus sum, v. intr. de)!., he a hrinarid. lat-us, -eris, N'., side, tl.mk ; ab latere aperto, on the exposed flank, i.e. the ri;;ht (c, i\ , 'Jli). lat-us, -a, -um, adj., hr ad, wide. laudabil-is, -e, adj., jiraiseworthy. laud-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., praise. laur us, -i, F., bay- tree. laus, -dis, F., praise. lavo, lavare, lavavi (or lavi), hivatum (or lautuiu, lotum), v. tr., wash, hat he. legati-o, -onis, F., an embassy. lega-tus, -i, M., (1) an amliassador ; (2)lieutenant-n('neral in the army, ottieers of senatorial rank in command of different hh» of Thcr- Mio|i\lat' for llircc days, n.c. ISO. LtiopoiitT i, onim, M. pi., the Lco- l»ontii, a (iailic Irilic dwilllii); near Ihc soiMicH of fhc Kliiiic anion'.,' the .Alps, hctwccn St. <;,>ll,anl and Laky Ma(iir (c. iv, 1(1). 16pus, oiis, M., a hari'. lev-is, -6. ,1(1 j., li^rht ; militea levis I armaturae, li^fht urnu'd Holdiern (p. liso, 4). lev-is, -e, adj., Hinooth. 16v-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., relieve, lighten. lex, legis, l'\, law, tcrni.s, conditions. libens, -tis, adj., willin;,', cheerfnl. libenter, adv., willingly, eheerfnily. lib er, -ri, M., hook. lib er, -era, -erum, adj., fnc. Iib6raliter, adv., conricouslv, gener- ously. libere, adv., freely, without restraint ; llberius vivere, to live too dissolutely, (N. T. 1). liber-i, -ornm, iil. M., children (the singular is not, found except in late writers) ; unus ex liberis, one child. liber o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., free, ac(piii ; poena liberare, to re- lieve from ininishment. libert-a, -ae, F., ii freedwoman (p. 6, 2). ^' libert as, -ati.s, V., liherty, freedom. liburt us, -i, .M., afieedman. _ lib-et, -ere, -uit, -itum. v. intr. impcrs.. It pleases ; mihi libet, I am pleased. llr-el, -ere, -tilt, -I'uin, v. intr. impirs., it is allov\ed ; m,i\ , miuht (p. 111.!, .'•i). licet, i'on|, (p. P.m;, 7), .dihough, though, even if. licvtor, ■torl^^, .M., a lictiw ; an attend- ant of the supcricu- oiimisi rales. The lictors ser>e\. M., the Mirnn-., a people inhahilirig l,i'.;iiiia in .S'orlli Western Italy. Hli-lUii, -i, N., lily. Liiiffon e.-<, -urn, pi. M.,ilic l.ingones, a people of (Jaiil whose lerrifories la\- about Mon.-! VoHl'lNfUa ( rcv'^'H Minni- /(liiis), and the sources ot llie Mo.sa (Mi'iisr) and Matrona (.!/(// /*/■ . 'Iheir chief town Was Andeinatnniium (now Ijdii'iifx). lingua, -ae, F., tongue, laiigu:ige. lint-er, -ris, F., hoat, skitr. liquen h, ti.s, (pies. part, of liqueo, used as an) adj., flowing. lis, litis, F., a dis|iiile, law suit; litem aeHtimare, to estimate the amount of diimagcs (c. v, 1). Li.SC-US, i, .M., Msciis,aii Acfluanchief. littera (or litora), ae, F., a letter of the ali)hahel ; j)l. litt.eriie, -aflim, literature or a dcspatili, letter, ejilstlc; litterae Persaruin, rersian lliera- lure (N. T. 10); ex litteris, in accord- ance with the des]mlch (c. iv, :{,s). lit-US, -Oi'is, N., seashore, co.ast. loco, -are. -avi, atum, v. tr., pliicc, siation ; castra locai-e, to jiitch a camp, locus, -i, M., a place; j.l., loca or loci (p. 242); obsidum loco, a.s hostages (c. v, .0) ; loca frig"idi.-5sima, very cold parts (c. iv, 1); in locii superiora, up the country (c. v, ^) ; loca temperatiora, more temperale climate (c. \, 12). Jocut-us, -a, -um, pcrf. jiart. of loquor ; w hich si e. longe, adv., far; with com|)aralives and snpcrlativcs, far, !>y far ; loiig'e melior, far hetter ; longe optimiTs, hy far the hest ; longius, loo far (<: V, 7) ; longe lateque, far and wide (('. iv, ;i;l). 448 VOCAnULARY. long-inqu-us, -a, iim, adj., far re- moved, remote ; distant, |ii()lonj,a'd. longitud-o, inis, F., len),^!!, extent. long-u8, -a, -urn, adj., loni^r, / ■'-'P^iV^' '^' '^' : ^^''' Sempronius (uiider Til)eriiis Seii;i)roi)iiia J.ongu.s). loquor, loqui, locutus (or loquu- tUS) sum, V. tr. dep., si)eak. Lacan i, orum. pi. M., the Lucani, or people of Lucania, in South- Eastern Italy. Lucca, -ae, F., Lucca, a town of iiallia (. isalpiiia. luc-eo, -ere, -luxi, no sup., v. intr. Blnne. ' liicet, lucere, luxit, v. intr. imper., It i.s liL'hr. Cotta, Fun us. lucr-um -i, \., i)rofit,g-ain, advanta-e. ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, v. intr., sport, play. ' jJ-^p<^-US, -i, M., si.ort, play ; pi., ludi, lug-eo, lug-ere, luxi, no sup., v. tr. and nitr., lament, mourn for. ii^"F°^9^i-x, -igis, M., Lufjotcrix, a Hrilish chief who was captured in an attack on vJaesar's camj). lumen, -inis, N., light. luna. -ae, F., n.oon. lupus, -i, M., a wolf. llis-US, -us, M., sjmrt, play. lux, lucis, F., Uiiht; prima luce, at daybreak ; orta luce, at daj break (C. V, 8). iuxuria, -ae, F., luxury, extrava- gance. A Lysimachus, -i, M., Lysimachus, an Athenian, father of Aristides (n. a. 1). M. M. ■= Marcus, a Roman praenomen • riee Baebius, Claudius, Minucius.' machinati-o, onis, F., a machine, tin enf,niie. maer-eo, -ere, no perf., no sui). v tr. and nitr., grieve, lament. magisCconi).. of adv., mag-nopere). more, rather (sup. maxime). magist-er, -ri, M , master; magis- ter equitum, master of the horse, an otfi.'er iipxt in riuik to the dictator. magi 3trat-us, -us, M., office, mairis- «ratc'i Magnesia, -ae, F., Magnesia, a city of Caria, on the Maeander. magnific-us, -a, -um, adj., noble, grand. . magnitiid-o, -inis, F., greatness, size, bulk, ; animi magnitude, noljility ol spun, magnanimity. magnopere, adv. (often written magno opere), greatly ; comp., magis ; sup., maxime, especially (s. T. •-') ; magnopere orant, they earn- estly ask (c. iv, 11). magn-us, -a, um, adj., large, great (comj). maior : sup. maximus); ma.gni, at a hi^h price ; pluris, at a greater price; maximi, at a very high price (J). iSd, r>) ; malores natu, elders (N. T. 2); malores, ancestors; res maior, matter of more than usual im- port ancc(N-.T. 1); maximam partem, for the most i.art (c. iv, 1) ; magni ha- bere, to value highly (c. iv, 21) ; magni mteresse, to be of great importance (c. V, 4). .Mag-o, -onis, M., Mngo, a Carthagi- nian, brother of Hannibal ;.died 203 B.C. maiores :,see magnus. male, adv., badlv (comp., peius • sill)., pessime) ; rem male gerere,' to be unsuccessful (s. t. 5). male-dico, -dicere, -dixi, -die ' tum, V. intr. (with dative, i). 278, 5) revile, slander, speak ill of. male-dicns, -a, -um, adj., slander- ous (p. 57, 3). malefici-um, -i, N., evil deed, crime. malefic-US, -a, -um, adj., evil doing, criminal (p. 57, 3). malo, malle, malui, no sup., v. irreg. (p. 147), wish rather, prefer. mal-um, -i, N., evil, misfortune, calamity ; mala inferre, to cause mis- fortunes (X. T. 9). mal-its, -a, -um, odj., bad, evil, wicked (comp., peior ; sup., pessi- mus). mandat-um, -i, N., order, command, charge. mand-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. intr. (with dative, p. 278, foot mite), entru.st, hid ; se fugae mandare, to betake themselves (o flight (c. v, 18). Mandubraci-us, -f, M., Mandubra- cius, a chief of the Trinobantes, a British tribe. mane, adv., in the morning, early. man-eo, -ere, -mansi, -mansum, V. ir. and mtr., remain, await, stay ; in VOCABULARY, 449 Officio manere, to remuin in .illo- Kiance, to leniain loval (c. v, 4). manifest-US, -a, -urn, adj., dear plain, evident, '' ' ' Manli-as, -i, M„ Manlins; CnOius tnm^^**\^t*"'^P'°' -facere, -feci, -fac- LUiri, V, intr., tame, man-US, -us, F., hand ; band of men • raanum conserere. to en^^ajre n' Stn;r^= ^^^^^*^- --^--- " Marathoni-us, -a, -um, adj,, of or belon-intr to Marathon ; pufrna Mflr« thonia. the hattle of\lSm,fo^rrui ?,f ".•/•• on the plain of Marathon', a 'm 24 miles N, E. of .Atht-.-is. Marcell-us, -i, M., Marcelln.s-(i) Marc.u« Cla.idius Maroelhis, a I om, •onsii who look S.v:-a^' in whose consulship, accordinir to soi le Hannihal died, 183 u.c. ' Marc-US, -i, M,, Marcus : a Roman ESuLm'^^'"^^"^-^"---^- n-!aw of Darius, and ^^eneral of the I'ersian army at Plataeae, where he was defeated, li.c, 47!). terra, hoth by sea and land. marg-arft-a, -ae, F,, a pearl. maritim-us, -a, -um, adj.. of or belontonir to the sea ; maritime ora maritima, the sea coa.t ; reffibnes mantimae, the districts Ivim' on tT.e sea ; maritimi praedones," pirates Jol^^V.-"^' ''■' ''^'''' '•- ^^-»- in?^oSi;f'-^'-^^"'=^"j''"f— 'on,. mas, maris, adj., male. mater, -tris, F,, motlier; mater famihae or mater famil as the molherof the house. "■"^'^'I'S, tiie materl a, -ae, F., timber. matriraoni-um, -i, x., marria.^e • in matrimonium ducere, t^ marn ■ m matnmonium dare, to L' . ' „ marriage, h'x- ui ^^^matron-a, -ae, F., a nsarried woman ; maLure, adv,, early (comp., ma- fsyiml). '"''■' ^«'<^"''»'ime<.rmatur- matur-o, -f.re, -avi, -atum, v. tr. '^'"^ '"f ake r:pe, ripen, hasten. matij.r-u3, -a, -um, adj., ripe, early. maxime, adv., superlative of mae-- nopere, w liieh see. ™^^ of^^iV!^^}}^' ;4';""^' '^''J- superlative "1 magnus, whicJi see. Maximus. -i, .M.. MaxinuKs, a cojrno- nynKncn to Quii.tus Fahius on account o. his exploits: see Fabitis. mecum ; with me (p. l(i.'>, g). medeor, mederi, no i.e'if. no aim V- '."*'•• «lei>. (with da,ive),l.ea /pro le a'rainst or for, remedy. '. P'OMue medicina, -ae, F., medicine, medic-us, -i, .M., healer, i.hvsician m^rfi^l^^^'^^' "^' ■'^''J' '"Ofierate ; non m'Ser"^' "°' "'"^'"'^'y' '■'■' very Medioinatric-i, -orum, pi. m the Me). mercatur-a, -ae, I'., trade, com- meree. mer-ces, -cedis, F., jj^-ain, inolil, re- ward. MercurT-US, -i, M., Mercury, the god of Kaiii and connnerce. mer-eo, -ere, -ui, -itum, v. tr., .,'ain. mer-eor, -eri, -itus sum, v. tr.deu., >,'aiii, earn, deserve. merg-o, mergere, mersi, mer- sum, V. tr., sink, innnerse, overwheln>, destroy. meridian US, -a, -urn, adj.. mid- day ; meridiano fere tempore, at about noon (c. v, 8). meridi-es, -ei, M., mid-dav (p. 2;?S, *oot jiote) ; ad meridiem sp'ectat, it faces the South (i.e., the sun at noon). merit-um, -i, N., service, kindness lienefit ; pro meritis, for his kindness (N. T. 8); merito eius a se fieri, to he done by him according- to the deserts of the latter (u. v, 4). merit-US, a, -um : see mereor. metall-um, -i, N., mine. m§t ior, -iri, mensus sum, v. tr., dep., measure, measure out. meto, metere, messui, messum, \ . tr., reap. metu-o, -ere, -i, r:»etutum, v. tr., fear. met-us, -us, .M., fear. me-US, -a, -um, lios.s. adj. pro. ; mv, mine. migr-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. i.itr., niiyraie, depart. mil-es, -itis, M., a soldier. militar-is, -e, adj., of or helonyinn- to a soldier, mili-ary ; res miJitaris, mili- I tary science. militi-a, -ae, F., ilitarj- service ; militine (j). bC), on military service abroad. ' mille, adj. or iioiin, indccl., a thou- sand ().. (i.s, r,) . ,,| millia or milia. milliapassuum. miles; mille pas- sus, a Roman mile, or 1,010 yards (see pas.-ius). ^ millies, adv., a thounand times. Mil-o, -onis, M., Milo, a friend of Cicero. Miltiad-es, -ae, M., >riUiade8, a cele- brate. :.7. 4), le.ss; asanoun, muiores (with or wiihout natu), de- scendants ; dimidio minor, half the size (c. V, 13). Minuci-us, -i, M., Mimicius; (l) Marcus Minucius Rufus, master of the horse under the dictator Quintus Fabms Maximus, in 'J17 h.c, liic year of the battle of Lake Trasimemis. ' Ko fell at Cannae, 21() u.c. (-J) Quintus JVlmucms, consul 1<,)7 H.(;., in the third year of llannibars banishment from Car- thage. minu-o, -ere, -ui, minutum, v. tr., lessen, diminish. minus, comp. adv. of parum (which see), less; suj)., minime ; si or sin minus, if not (p. 77, O) ; with ailjs. not ■ ramus probatus, not acceptable (N. T. 1). mirabll-is, -e, adj., wonderful mir or, -ari, -atus sum, v. tr. dep. admire, wonder ivt. mir-us, -a, -um, adj., wonderful, stranj,'e, marvelous. miser, -era, -erum, adj., wretched, unfortiinaie. miser-eor, -eri, -itus sum, v. intr., dep. (with -enitive, p. 140), feel pity for. miseresco, -e.scere, no perf., no sup., \. intr. (with ■;eiiiti\e, p. 140), feel pity for. miser et, -ere, -uit, -itum est, v. tr. impers., it distresses, it excites pity ; me tui miseret, 1 pity you (p. icn). misericordi-a, -ae. F., i>itv, com- passion ; captus misericordi'a, over- Coliie VMli I piL^ ^.N. r. t>). VOCAIJULAUY. 451 \v,at one inol nient. at another ; non modo. . sed etiam, notonly. . . hut also; with the suh- jnnctive modo-dummodo, it onlv, provided (p. p.M, ;i). modo ; sec modus. mod-US, -i, M., a measure, amount nianner, method ; modo Ituminis,' like a river; nullomodo, hv no means • modo oratoris, in the caiiaeitv of an amhassador (c. iv, 27). raoen-ia, -Turn, pi. N., walls of a citv, fortifications. moleste, adv., with tro-.ihle, with annoyance; res multas mole.ste lerre, to he annoyed at many things. molest-us, -a, -um, adj., trouhle- some, annoy in<4-. Moloss-i, -orum, iil. M., the Molossi, atriheof Ei)iriis, in North-We.storn Greece. moll-is, -e, adj., smooth. molo, -ere, ui, -itum, v. tr., jrrind. M6n-a, -ae, R, Mona, the J ale nf man. Awjleseii was also called Moiia, but its position does not answer Caesar's description (c. v, i;j). mon-eo, -ere, -ut, -Itum, v. tr., advise, warn, remind. mon-S, -ti8, .M., mountain ; .sum mns mon.s, the top of the mountain (p. 5 J, note). monstr-o, are, -avi, atum, \. t r., point c nt, show. monument-um, -i, N., monument, tomh. mor-a, -ae, R, delay. I^Ol'-a. -ae, R, a mora, or division of the t'liartan army, consistinLr of ooo foot and 100 horse in Xenophon's time. morb-US, -i, M., sickness, disease. mordeo, mordere, momordi, morsum, v. tr., I.ite, hurt. m, a . n ' I'a , niorior, mori, mortuus aum, y. "ifr, dep., (lie. Moiini, -orum, i)l. M., the MoHni, ••i people of Gallia liel-ira, on the north- easteiii coast in the iieij.-hl,orhood of taOiix. rheir chief town was Gesoria- cum, afterwards I{ononia(now lii.ulogm). mor-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. intr. and tr. dep., delay. mors, -tis, R, death, mos, ir.oris, .M., custom, us.a^re ; pi., mores, customs, character, manners' gestus est ei mos, his wish was com- Phe). mund-us, -i, M., universe, world. munific-us, -a, -um, a.lj., lavish (p. .'•.7, .i). . muniment-um, -i, N., defence, fort- ification. mun-To. -ire, ivi. -itiim, v. tr protect, defend ; iter munire, to builj a road. 452 VOCAUULAHY. P: munitio, -onis, F., ). nav-is. -is, F., a shi|> ; navislonga. a ship of war ; navis oneraria, a ship of burden ; navem tenere in ancoris, to keep a slii)) at anclior(.N. T. 8) ; in navem concurrere, to cbaruc avesscl(N. n. Id); navem ascendere. to embark (n. u. 7); navem con- scendere. to embark (<:. iv, ■l.i (el.se- wliere in C'aesar we tind COUMCendere in navem); navem constituere, to moor a .sjiip (c. iv, 24). Nax-vis, -1. F., Naxus, an island in the Ae;vean Sea ; tii.' largest of the Cyclades. ne, conj., (in final clau.se.s) tliat not, lest (p. IcSI, ;{); (atti'r verbs of fearini,') tliat. (p. JSA, ;i); (after verbs of beseecb- ma, onlerin;;, cohwnandinL') not to (p. is:;, 4). ' ne, adv., not; ne...quidem. not... even (the emphatic word lietween ne and quidem, as ne unus quidem, not a siiif^le one); .also u.sed in iieifative impera- tive sentences, ne hoc feceris, don't do this (p. 287, 2). -ne, interroK-. enclitic particle. In sin^fle direct (piestions; -ne is not to be transKated exeei)t by layinjf .stress on the word to whi(^h it is joined ()>. 28); in double (piestions, -ne...an, whether . . . or (p. 287, r>). nec : see neque. necessano, adv., necessaril', un- avoidably. necessari-us, -&, -um, adj., un- avoidable, urjient, necessary. necesse, indecl. adj. (used with est + acc. and inf.), necessary, iinavoidal)le, inevitable, needful. necessit-as, -atis, F., need, neces- sity. necne, adv., used in alternative in- direct (piestioi;s ; or not ; annon, is used in direct (p. 177, .')). nec o. -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr. put to death, kill, destroy. ' VOCABULARY. 453 n6farl-us, ■&, -urn, adj., wicked, atrocioMH. nefaa, indcd. N., a (^rimo vai^aitiNt divine laAv), impious deed ; nefas ent dictu, ili is vvroiiK to say (j). 176). neg- legro, letfwre, -lexi, -lectiim, V. tr., 8lif,'ht m'j,d('('t, be indifTcrcnl to, desj)i.se. neg'-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., say no or not; deny, refuse; often dicic non : neg-at se esse aegrum. Ji- s:».\Hthat he is not s\v.k. negotior, ari, -atus sum, v. (k-p., do, or carry on, liiisinuas. negotJlim, -i, N., Imsincss, eiiter- I'lise ; nihil negotii or nee quid- quam negotii e.st, it is in> trouble. Nemet-es, -um, pi. M., the Nemetes, a German trilie livitii,' we.st of tli(! lUiine, near tlm modern S/iirc-t. nemo, inis (only used in tlie HiUii- ; tins diit. and :il)l. are supplied liy mill'.iiS Caesar uses only nemo, neminom), inilef. i-ro., no one (]>. i:{2, li) ; non nemo. Homebody ; nemo non, i-wry- liody. Neocl-es, -is ami -i, M., Neocles, father of Them isl odes. Nepos, Nepotis, M., Oortielius Nepos, aJtoman historian who liveii about 44 II, c. nep-OS, -Otis, .M., t,^raiidH(M-, neph(.'\v ; pi., nepotes, descendant.s. nequaquam, adv., not at all, by no means. neque, or nee (in Caesar nec is not found liefore vowels), conj., nor, aiul not ; neque . . neque or nec . . . nec, neither. . . nor; nec quisquam, nooce (civ, 2(1); neque quidquam, nothing' (C. iv, 20). nequidquam, adv., in vain, to no purpose. ne-scio, -scire, -seivi (or scii), -scitum, v. tr., not to know. neu ; see neve. neuter, tr&, -trnm (tfen. neu- trius ; .Uit. neutn", p. :!<;), adj., neither (of Iwc). nave, Ok" neu, conj., nor; and . . not; neve . . neve, or neu ... neu, neither . . . nor (p. LS(i, 0). nex, necis, F., death ; ;rener.ill\ a violent death. niger, -ra, -rum, adj., biaek, dark. nihil, indecl. N., notliin{>:, nnthirifr at all ; nihil e,St '',nod, there is no reasoi- th"' nihil habeo quod, i b;ive rea. on that (p. 2!)(j, .'3 (a) ; non nihij, something; nihil non. evorj-thinK; nihil agri, no land at all ((!. iv, 1). nlhno( ibl...f de^rrt-eofdilferenoef , i nihilum). by nefore a iicK'atiM' won! an indefinite .iflirmative is j)ro(luced as, non netno, .somel)0(iy ; non nunquam, sometimes; non nihil somelhir!!.' : aft.era rie^'.ative, a ;^eueral atiirniative is formed, um nemo 454 VUlAltUL.MlY. non, even iiody ; nunquam non, every tiiiiL- ; nihil non, everythin-. Non-ae, -arum, pi. V., the nones ; the fifth (lay of each month in the year except .March, May, July, October, in which it was the ".seventh. It was so called hecaiise it was the ninth (nomis) •lii.V tr the Iiles (iduti), whicii fell on the thirteenth, e.\cei)t in the four months before named, when it feiloii the fifteenth. nonaginta, mm!. aJj., ninety. nonduin, adv., not yet. nonne, adv., interro''. particle (p. 28, ,-!). noanihil, indecl. neuter pro., some- thin'.;- ; often usimI ad\ erl)ially : to some e.\teut, .somewhat ; nonnihll tem- porls, some time. nonnull-U8, a, -um, adj., .some; fjenciaiiy in pi., nonnulli, ae, -a, Several. nonnunciuam, adv., sometimes. n6n-U.S, -a, ^irn, num. ord. adj., ninth. nos, pi. of ego (p. I'll, 1). noBco, nosciere, novi, notum, v. tr., become acquainted with, learn ; )if, novi, I know (p. 14.">). iiost-er, -ra, rum, poss. adj. ])ro., our, ours, our own ; ])1., nostri, our troops, our men (militeri understood). nostrum or nostri, g^en. pi. of ego (p. 104, 2, note). no-tlti-a, -ae, F., fame, knowied];,'e. not o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., mark, disieuMrd. not-us, -a, -um, (pi rf. part. ])a.ss. of nosco used as an) adj., known, well known. novem, num. adj., nine. nov-i, -isse, v. defect., act, know (p. 2(U). novit-as, -atis, F., novelty, strange- ness nov-US, -a, -utn, adj., new, fresh, recent, sirany:e (no eomp. ; sup. novis- simus) ; agmen novissimum, the rear; agmen primum, the \an ; res novae, a chan;;e in affairs, a revolution. nox, noctis. F., niuht, (hirkness • prima nocte, at ni;;htfall ; media nocte, at midnit;ht ; mnlta de nocte, late at muiit ; obducta nocte, umler cover of niuht (\. ii. 5); adversa nocte, in the face of niyht(r. iv, 2S). nox a, -ae, F., crime, offence. noxi-a, -ae, F., hurt, harm. -&, -um, a. -JZ.S, foot note), properly to veil oneself for a husband, hence said of a woman, to marry ; a man was said uxorem ducere or iixorem In matrimonium du- cere. niid-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., Htri|i, e.\p(jse. nudus, -a, -um, adj., bare, destitute of (with alil., ]). CI, 4). null-US, -a, -um, adj. (fordeclenaion, p. 41, foot note), none, no one. nam, interro-,'. j)arlicle(p. 29). Nura-a, -ae, .M., Numa, /./•., Numa l'i>nipilius, the second kin- of Home. num-en, -inis, N., will, power, divniitv. numer-us, -i, M., number. Numid-ae, -arum, i)l. M., the Nu- midians, a people inhaliilins,' Nmnidia in .Vorthern .Africa, west of Carthajje, cor- responding to Alijcria. numm us, -i, M., money ; pro nummo Uti, to use as money \c. v, 12). nunquam, adv., never, nunc, adv., now. nunti o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., amiounce, tell, narrate ; nuntiatur, word is broutfht; nuntiatum est, word was bromrht. nunti-us, -i, M., messen^^T, tidinfj.s. ntiper, adv., lately, recently. nupti-ae, -arum, pi. F., weddin;,', marriaire [p. -JIW, 2, (■!)]. nusquam, adv., nowhere, in no j.laee. niit-us, -U.S. M., nod, command ; ad nutum, at a nod or signal (c. iv, 23). O. O, interj., o ! oh ! 6b, prep, (with ace), on account of, for ; Ob earn rem, for this reason ; qviam ob rem, wherefore, accordingly. ob duco, -diicere, -duxi, -dvic- tnm, V. tr., cover over, cloud; nocte obducta, under cover of night (n. ii. 5). ob-edio, -edire, -edivi, -editum, V. intr. (with dative, p. 278, foot note); obey, listen to. 6b eo, -ire, -ivi (or ii\ itum, v. tr., go towards ; morteui ubiru, to meet VOCAUULAUV. 455 death ; oflBcia obire, to attend to one's duties. ob-icio, ic6re, -ieci, -iectum, v. tr., thriiht or put in tiie way of, jdace in front of ; alicui se obicere, to meit, one (N. II. 6) ; viSUS objecto, the sijjht meetinj,' their Kaze (N. ii. h). ob-iectus, -iecta, -iectum, (pcrf. |>art. pass, of obicio used as an) adj., opposite. Ob itUS, -itus, M., death. oblique, adv., ohHipiely, in a slanting direction. oblit-us, -a, um, perf. part, of deponent, obliviscor. ob-liviscor, -livisci, -litus sum, V. dep. (witli trenitive, j). U,'')) ; for^'et. Ob secro, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., beseecli, supplicate. ob-serv-o, -are, -avi, -atum, \. tr., \vat(;h, observe, regard, obey, Ob-ses, -Sldis, M. or F. a hostai^a- ; Obsidum loco, as hostages (c. v, 5). Ob-sessi-O, -onis, F., siege, blockade. ob-sideo, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum, V. tr., l)esiege, IjlocJiacle. Ob-sidi-o, -onis, F., siege, blocka^le. ob-sisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, V. intr., stand against, resist, opjKse, withstand. ob-soni-um, -i, N., victuals, food. obstinate, a(l\., lirnily, stubbornly. ob-sto, -stare, -.stiti, no sup. (with dat., p. 27S, 7); stand ayainst, resist, opi)ose. obtemper-o, -are, -avj, -atum, \ . intr. (with dat., p. 278, S), comply with, obey, conform to. obtest-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. dep., implore, adjure. ob tineo, -tinere, -tinui, -tentum, V. tr., hold, possess, occujiy. obtrectati O, -onis, F., detraction, disparagement. ob-trect-o. -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., draw in ditfp;v.,t directions, opjmse ; inter se obtr(;ct.Mi*e, to be opposed \o eacli other (x. a. 1>, obviam, adv , in the wav, towards ; obviam ire, o^ i-bviam venire ei, to meet him (N. ii. 4). occasi-o, -onis, F., an opportunity. occas-us, -lis, M., setting; occasus solis, sunset, \vest(t'. i\, 28). OC-cido, -cidere, -cidi, -casiim, \ . occidens sol, -cidi, -cisum. intr., fall, be killed; sunset, \\est (c. \ , i;! . oc-cido, -cidere, v. tr., kill. occult o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr, (•over, hide, conceal. oecultus, -a, -um, adj., hidden, concealed. OCCupatus, -a,-um,(pcrf. i)art. i)a.ss. of OCCUpo used asati)a(lj., busied with ; occiipatus in munitione castro- rum, busied with tlie fortifying of tiie camp (c. v, Ifi). OCCfipati-O, -onis, F., being busied with, business affairs ; occupationes reipublicae, state affairs (c iv, id); has tuntularum rerum occupa- tiones, business consisting of such trifles (c. iv, 22). oc cCap-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr, take, seize. oc-curro, -currere, -cvirri, -cur- sum, V. tr (with dat.), run to meet, meet, oppose. Ocean-US, i, M., the ocean; the German Ocean (c. iv, 10). oci-or, -us, adj. (comparative without positive); sup. ocissimus, swifter octav-us, -a, -um, onl. num. adj., eighth. •' ' octingent-i, -ae, -a, card. num. adj., eight hundred. OCto, card num. adj., eight. OCtodecim, card. num. adj., eighteen, octoginta, card. num. adj., eighty, ocul-us, -i, M., eye. 6d i, -isse, v. tr defect., tiate(p. 145;. 6di-um, -i, X., hatred ; odio (dat). esse homini, to be hated by a man (p. 279, 12). of-fendo, -fendere, -fendi, -fen- sunl, V. tr, strike against, liaii.i, hurt, of-fero, -ferre, obtuli, oblatum, \. ir., hriiig before, jiiesent, otVer ; se Obtuilt hostibus, he faced the enemy (c. iv, 12). Offici-um, i, N., duty, allegiance; officium praestare. tmlo one's duty ; in officio esse, to be loyal (c. v, 8) ; in officio manere, to remain loyal (c. v, 4); in officio continere, to 'keep him loyal, or in sei\ ii c (c. v, 7). oleo. olere, oliii, no suj)., v. tr, smack, smell of, olim, adv., at some time, hereafter, formeil.v. Olytiip US, i, .M.,()tyni]>us,amountain in (J recce, the faliled homo of the gods. fit 456 VOCAItULARV. 4 6-mitto, -mlttere, .mfsf, -mis- sum, V tr, let Ko, throw away, iiCKk.ct • omnino adv.. in all, altoKt'tlitr. in creneral; after n.'tralives, at, all; nihil omnino, nothing al all ; with niini(ral>< in all ; decem omnino, ten in all. omnes ad unum, all to a man • maritimaomnis, wholly maritime or on the sea (c. v, 14). «^.^t^^^^"^' f • •""^' •'^•'j., of burden ; ^o^Yrf oneraria, a transport (v. iv on-us, -eris, N., load, hnrden. opera, -ae, F., toil, aid; dare operam, to take pairw (n. r. 7 • t- v 7) mea opera, l)ym> aid. ' ' ' 6per-io, -ire, -ui, -turn, v. (r., .ov.r • summas (amphoras) operit, lie covers tJie toi>s (of the jars) (n. h. !»). qpini-o, -onis, F., belief, notion- opmio tlmoris, the inij)res.sion of fear •' praeter opinionem, contrary to e\-' ' pectation ; celerivis omni opinione sooner than any one exi.ecied ; opinio POpuIi Romani, the rei>utation of the Roman people (c. iv, 16); Vlt fert opinio lllorum, according to their ideas (c. v, / °P.?""^*;- :"-^^' -"it- "■■■ '"t'-- inipers. (p. 1()2, 4) ; It IS necessary, it behoves. oppidan-US. -a, -um, adj., of a town ; pi. oppidan-!, -orum, towns people, iidiabitants of a town. oppid-um, -i, N., town. op-pono, -ponere, -posiSi, -po.«i- tuni, v. tr., place against, op))ose, with- opportune, adv., favoralily, suitably. opportunit-as, -atis, F., fitness, ad\aiita,ire. ' opportun-us, -a. -um, adj., fit. suitable, a,' to our forminL' s(piare to resist an attack (c. iv, ;j7). orb us, -a, prived of. ordior, ordiri, orsus sum, y. intr. -- l'cf;ui;ab initio ordiendvim, iTtV/"' - "'" ^"'*' *'"" ''etf'"'iiii!,' of his ord-o, -inis, M., an arrangement : rank, bne ; ordmes servare, to keep the n „KS (c. iv, 2(5). ^ 6res<;-es, -ae or -is, M., Orestes son of Aj.'amemnon, who avenged his fathers death by killing his mother Clytemnestra. -um, adj., bereft, de- Orgetorix, -igis, M., Orgetorix, a Helvetian nobleman. orien-s, -tis, (pres. part, of orior used as an) adj., rising ; soloriens, the rising sun, hence, the east (u. y, l;{). .6r-ior, -in, -tus sum, v. intr. dep.. rise, spnng from ; orta luce, at day- break (c. y, s) ; quibus orti ex civi- a^ V rJf ' '^"'' ■''l"'""!:f fi'o'" these states ornament-um, -i, N., ornament. ornat-us, -a, -um, adj., equipped, adorned, ornamented. i tF , ornat-us, -us, M., cmament. orn-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., adorn ; dlVitlis omare, to enrich .i;,.i; ]\ ^^ephantus ornatus, an e!ci)haiit iully ecjuipped (n. ii. 3). or-o. -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., pray VOCAHULAIiy. eaniL'Htly ask for (r. iv, 11). oa, oris, N., month, face. OS, OSsis, N., l.oiie. 09-tendo. tendSre, -tendi, ten- OtTos-us, -A, -um, adj., atloimire. oti-um, i, N., kisurf, (|uiLt. OV-Is, -is, F., a sheep. 6v-um, -i, N., ejrs. p. P = Publiu3, a Roman praeiionuii. .r.P.f;*'"/^^' °' ""'S, F., forajfiny, ffettiiig fodder. *" pabulator, -oris, .M., u forajfiT. foS'«!T; "^^'' -^tussum, V. .lei... lorajfe, .seek f<)ray:<'. ' pabulum, i, X., fodder, foraf,'p. paoatus, -ta. -turn, (pirf. part. pa.sM. of paco used as a„)adj., ,'ea...ful, .,uiel. -—- pac-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. (r siilMlue, pacify. '- pac-tum, -ti, \.,ay:reenieiit. barjrain. thF^i^".^^' ■'"• y- ^'"' I'adiiH (now /•«), the chu't river of Italy. "paene, adv., almost, nearly. v..<.^h^;mP' "^ '^'■.' '''^f'-i.'t, canton ; the "- palam, adv., openly, piiblich ; nal- am facere, to make it plain (n.h. h). pallid us, -a, -um, adj., pale. hand.^°^'^' ■^®' ^^■' ''*'"' ^°f ^''^' ^'i'"'). - pal-US, -iidis, F., marsh. palus, -i, M., stake. Pamphyli us, -a, -um, adj., of or soutnern Asia Minor. sum'^f^t'r P^"^^^^' Pandi, pan- sum, \. tr., stretch, .sprea.l out. pa-nis, -nis. F., bread. ia ?f ^iV^!"^^^' '"^J-' '"'"^'' par est, it iravniJifry "-''■• P^^ Proelium, a f, parous, -a, •hrifty, frn>f„i. JJaren 8, -tis, M. or F., a parent. parens, -tis, (pns. part, of nareo ted as an) a.lj., ohAli,.,,!.' Paieo tr.. — Par-eo, -ere, -ui, -itum v intr (with.la(.,p. 10,-,, !)), „i,ev. ' '"• gftritlim, V. tr., |,,,n- forth, pn^lnce. a iHuise.^^' ■^^'^' •'*'•' •'''''^'•'''''"" "•''"' o' pariter, a( v., eipially, evenly. par o, -ara. avi, -atiun, v l"<-pare, »ivy, y.,.i)- per omue.s partes in •■very directi(m (c. iv ;!:;)- nHrf^T^'nc. riiiKi-. ^«- Tji, ' ' ' •'•''• paitequa- dam ex Rheno reciepta, after re- 'vivin;^ a cert^iin irilMilary f,,„„ t,,^, 1 ine(c. ,v, 10) ; pai-s. .pars, some others (c. iv, 27). partim, adv., ii;uti\-; partim partim, partly . . . partiv (<■.'", ,;) ' ' ' ,,iP^^!;t-^'o''' ■!>•• itu.-j sum, V. tr. dop., panim. adv. (p. 77), too little, little- ('■<"M|.., minus; sup., miiaime;. parvuHis, -a. -um. adj., ver^ little }0iin-; ab parvulo, Irom boyhood. parv us, -a, um, a.lj., small, tilHinL- (•■omp., minor; sup., uiinimLU). ^' passer, -eris, M., a sparrow, passim, adv., in every direction pass-US, us. .M.,a step, pace As -i measure of .listance tvvo pa.'e's ■ec'.koned ro,ntneheeltothesan/ehee,lik,. ; tu o military steps,,,,- . ,ive Roman pedes (Hoe pes), about t ft. 1(4 iu. {'.^i^^ measure; m lie passus' l.IKi C i ^ oi 144 yards short of .the K„friisb mile. past-or, -oris, M., shejiherd. pate-facio, -facere, -feci -fac &.sIui^'.'"'^''''^^'P^t«fi°.«en, paten -s, -tis, adj., op-n. pat-eo, -ere, -ui, no suj)., v. intr - be open, stand oj-en, extend. pater, -ris, M., father ; pi. patres patienter, adv., [.atiently. patient! a, -ae, F., endurance for- bearance. ' Ho!^^*^,?^' "P^*^'' -Passus sum, v tr.^- dep., allow, suffer, bear ; lon^lu^ bar- II II IV- tm 458 vocAnur.XRY. baros proRredi non patl, to ]irc- vcni I 111' liiiriiiiriiiiiji fniiii iulviini;itiL' any liiitli(r(N. T. ;i). patria, -ao, !•'., fatherland, imtivo lurid ; pati-ia pellere. to liiuiishCN. a. 1), patrici-ua, a, -uni, adj., i)alii(ian, liolllt'. piiti-Ius, -a, vim, iulj., j.iittTtial. paucit-as, -atis, I"., fewness, Mmall- iies.s. panc-US, A, -um, adj., Home, few (ueiierall.N in jil.). paulatim, adj., ^'radually. pauli.sper, adv., for a wliort time. paulo. adv. (al.l. of paulus), l)V a little, just a little. paululiini, adv., a little, frradiially. pauluni, adv., a little. paul-ua, -a, -uni, adj., little. Pauliis: .see Aemilius. pati-pt^r, -pi^ris, adj., i>oor (comi). pauperior, sup. pauperrimua). paupertas, -atis, F., jioverty. Pau.sani-as, -ae, M., I'ansanias. a Spartan jreneral who coinmanded the (Jreek.s at I'lataeae, 47l> n.c. pavor, oris, M., fear. pax, pacis, F., peace; pace tua, with your i)erniissi()n ; pace viti, to remain (jiiiet. pecc-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. intr., do wroi.j;-, sin. pectus, -oris, N., hreast. peciini-a, -ae, F., money, wealth. pec-ns, -oris, X.,cattle(collectively). pec-US, -udis, F., cattle (siiij,dy). ped-es, -itis, M., a foot-.soldier ; n] pedites. infantr\. > i •> pedest-er, -ris, -re, adj., on foot, on land : copiae pedestres, land forces- copiau navalerf, naval forces. peditatus, -its, M., infantry (collec- tnt'ly). peior, -us, adj. (comp. of malus : Slip-. pessimuri\ wor.se, pell is. -is, F., skin, hide ; pellibus vestin, to clothe thenis.Ives with skins (f. V, It). pello, pellere, pepiili, pulsum, y. tr., expel, drive out; patria pel- lere, to exile (N. A. 1). PeloDOnnes-us, -i, P., the Pelopon- nesus (now the Moren), the part of (Jreece eouth of the jbtliiims of Coriiitli. '^*i^s p6nat-e8, ium, pi. M., the PenatcM, or household i.MM|s, presidiiii.' over the lioiise and all that it cnlained. pendeo, pendfie, pependi, no snji,, \. intr., hany, I siisiiended. pendo, pendere, pependi, pen sum, V. tr., wi iuh out (in early timi payments were made hy weigliint; om metal, hence), pay. penes, prej). (with arc), in the power of, in the possession of. p<''nItU8, adv., within, entirely, coin. Jiletel) . per, prep, (with ace), throut;h, by means of, hy ; in composition, throiif,'h, thoroughly, \ery. p6r ag-o, -agere, -egi, -actum, v. r., ac<'(,iiiplish, I 'iiiy to an end ; con- ventua peragere, to hold assizes (c. V, 2). per-cipio, cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, V. tr., tal.c in, learn, perceive; percipere orationem, to liear a speech (c. V, 1). per-contatl-o, -onis, F., enquiry. perciirro, -furrere, -curri (or -cucurri), cursum, v. intr., run through, run idoii;;-. per disco, -disc^re, -didici, no sup., learn hy heart. per-duco, -ducere, -dtixi, -duc- tum, \. tr., conipletf, bring to a des- tination ; naves perduxit, he brought the ships to their destination (c. v, 23). per-eo, -ire, -ivi (or -li), -itum, v. intr., jierish, die* per-tiqvaito, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., ride, rid(! through. per-exigu-us, -a, -um, adj., very small. per-facilis, -e. adj., very easy. per-fero, -ferr. , -tuli, -latum, v. tr., carry, bring, n port ; endure; per- latum est, word was brought; fama perlata est, the report was spread (s. T. 2); poenam perferre, to en- dure a i)enalty (.v a. 1 ; consilio per- lato, after their plan was rcpoi-^ed v.iv, 21). per-f icio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, V. tr., execute, accomplish, finish, com- plete. perfidi-a, -ae, F., faithlessnesa, treachery. perfug-a, ae, M., a deserter, run- away. per-fugio, -fugere, -fugT, -fugl. timi, V. tr., flee, escape from, desert, per-fug!-um, -i, N ■ refug-c. VOCAnULAIJY. Bum, s ,tr. (will. ill,). ,,. 2,sx 1(1 ,|is. charge fill , |.t.rfoiiii. ' "- f" iiiiH, (I city of MvHiii. rectu •gere. perrexi, per- 'tr., go (111, ;iik (c. iv, i^i) perit-U8, a, -urn, adj., with' "..n ac.,na.,it...i with; rei militaria peri: tua, skilled in niiiiiitrv afJaiis. V ?f'';!^"" "^'^S^r'^' '''^'- tectum, per-luo, luere, hu, lutum, v tr wash thoroughly, hathe. "'''^""- '• ^•^■' permagnus, -A, Kreat. per-maneo, -manere, -mansi, ■manHum, v. int,.., si,, v. .vmain, foi.: tinue ; m ea wentent ,a permanere to adhero to that policy {v.h, -I) ' per-mitto, -mittei-e, -mfsi, -mis- sum, V. intr., entrust; fort.unas eiiw fldei permittere, u\ Jltrl^t their fortunes to inn protection (c. v, .0. " pernio veo, -movere, -movi imff'^' ^^ *•••''•""«". '"•«tnrb,'^ann: Per-iic us. -a, um, n Pers-it, -idiH, , I'.., per sol vo, -siuven lutum, V. tr., pn in full. 459 , Persian, aolvi, sd •um, adj., very per-mulceo, -mulcere, -mulsi ■muLsum, V tr., cahn thoroughly. per-nlci-eri, -ei, F., ruin, destruction per pauc i, -ae, -a, adj. pi., very few V ?r® d\^f ")°''' P^,^'- -Pessus sum, V. tr. dep., hear, end me. ' per-petuo, adv., slant! V. contiiuially, eon- .-a, -tim, adj., eon- in perpetuum, for -rumpere, l)ri\ik throu-di. -rupi. perpetuus slant, unbroken ever(c. iv, 34). perrumpo, •ruptum, V. tr. Pers-ae, -arum, pi. M., th"e Persians per-saepe, adv., very often. per-3cribo, -scribere -srrin^i -SCriptum, y. tr., write a report i^,?,^' give a full aocouiit of. ' '"' ^P^^"^,^^}^°^ -«?Q"i. -secutus a"S^. "■• '^'^'■' ^°"'^^^' "!'' P^'-^^e, Pers es, -ae, M., a Persian, per-gftver-o. -are, -avi, -atum, v tr., persist in, persevere. '*^'""^. v. turn. \. tr, see, (.h.serve, reeoimoitre • (^,^^f ,'/, perspicit, he sees in''';:;';:;,; pei-8Uadeo, suaclere, -suaKi ■HUaHUm, V. inrr. (w,th .li.t., p 27,i' fn-.t note); persuade, eoiinnee, in.lu,',.* per-terr eo, -ere, -ui, -Itum, v. ir Jfreatly alarm, fri-hlen, terrify. ' per-tinacia, -ae, r.,ol..stiniu\. V h.^rV"'^' ■F"?'"^. -tniui, no sup. \- iMtr., tend, extend ; nd. irridendnm euiu pertinere, to tend ...h.^. o h. v;.';hn/^= modern illo pertinere, to na\eth.at same object (c. i(, n,. i, ' pertmet, this side e.xten.ls (.'. V, i;i) per-turbaMo, -onis, !•'., cnfusir.n per turb o, are, avi, atum \ tr., .hsturb greatly, .i^itaTe. ^"^' '' per-VHnio, -venire, veni turn, V. ii.tr., rea.'h, arrive at. •ven R,Prf/'^^'"'°' -vertere, -verti. -ver sum, V. tr., overthrow. ' pes, pedis, M., foot ; pedem re- ferre, to retreat (c. i^•, ■•;, ■ as a n!?isuf,. ''fien^^h 1 1.(54 ill. ;,V|{o,;.a, pedes pas.sus. (.seepassus.* Pe^es- Pest-is, -is, !•'., destruction, pest. V ^f ""ne.Ff ^f •'^' • P^"^'- Petitum, Phaler:G-us, -a, -um, adj., of or • "'.'-'in- to Phaler.nn, the oldest harbor ion;,^ wails.' ''"'""^^'"^ "'^h the city by ,,PhIlipp-us, -i, Jr., Philip, called • "bp \ . Kin- of Macedon. lie ij e ^■iOjic. toiroii.c. In 21.-iH.c. hefonie ;>!' alliance with nannil«l,lMit the Roma- i ; not prosecute the warai^ainst him till /ania. When they had con.|.:e.'ed (Jar- la.sted froin •joo k.c. to 1<>7 lu when he was .iefeated at Cynos, ,pha ae b Hanuniiiiis. ' ■> philosophi-a, -ae, F. phikwophy. philosoph-us, -1, M., philosopher. piet as, -atis. F.. dutv (o th'» -cds tu one's country, or to one's parents- hence, piety, patriotism or lilial affection' ■■■« IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I |^|28 ■ 50 '™" L25 11.4 120 1.6 PliotDgraphic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 'i72'4503 \ "q ,v :\ \ fis. (p. '^s|, i;{), it vcxi's, troubles; me huius stultitiae piget, I am vexed at this man's folly. pil-um, i, .v., pike, javelin. pingu-is, -e, adj., f.at. pinn-a, -ae, F., feather. Pirae-U8, -i, M., the Piraeus (now Porto Dracnne, or Porto Leone), the jiort of Athens, about five miles from the city, with which it wascoimected by the " Lonjir Walls." Pirust-ae, -arum, M. pi., the Pitus- tae, a tribe of Macedonia, on the southern border of Illyriciun, in what is now the modern Herzegovina. PiS-o, -onis, M., Piso, an A(|uitanian noble (r. v, 12). pisc-is, -is, F., fish. pix, picis, F., pitch. plac-eo, ere, -ui, itum, v. intr please; often used iinpera., placet mihi, I am )>leased, I vote > ea ; non mihi placet, I vote i.:iv ; placebat, supply eis, they decided (n. t. ;>). placide, adv., quietly, ciilmly. plac-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., appease. plag-a, -ae, F., rc;;ion, district ; j)]., piagae, a net. plane, adv., clearly, entirely. planiti es, -ei, F., plain, level ground. plan-US, -a, -um, adj., flat, level. Piataeae, -arum, pi. F., Platacae (now Palai'o Cantro), a city of Hoeotia, near which the Greeks defeated the I'er- sians in 47!) n.c. Plat-o, -onis, M., one of the greatest of Greek philosoiihers (n.c. 4-ii) to u.v. 347). plebi-scit-um, -i, N., a decree of the people ; SCiSCO, approve. plebs, plebis (plebei or plebi), F., the common jieople, the conunons. plene, adv., fully coniiilctoly. plen-us, -a, -um, adj., full (with penitive, p. 281, 9). plerique, pleraeque. pleraque, pl. adj., most, se\eral ; interiores plerique, most of the niand people (c. V, 14). plerumque, adv., mostly, generally, usually. plerusque, pleraque, plerum- que, adj., most ; generally plerique. plumb-um, -i, N., lead; album plumbum, tin (c. v, 12). plures ; gee multUS (p. 57, 4). plurimum, ndv. (snperl. of mul- tum, 1). 77. reme conmiand (.\-. t. 4); tantis rebus praeesse, to have charge of such impcrtantniatters(\. a. 8); negotio praeesse, to have chai ge of the matter (c. v, 2). praeter, prep, (with ace), beyond, except, contrary to. praetere-a, adv., besides. praeter-eo, -ire, -ivi(or-n), -itum, V. tr., pass by, go by. praeterl-tus, -ta, -turn, adj., past ; tempus praeteritum, past time. praeter-mitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum, v. tr., let j)ass, let slip. praeterquam, adv., except, besides, beyona. praeter- vehor, -vehi, -vect\is sum, V. tr., be carried beyond, sail past, coast along. praetor, -toris, M., general, com- mander. praetori-us, -a, -urn, adj., of or belonging to the praetor or commander ; Conors praetoria, the general's body ffiiard ; porta praetoria, the gate near llic ^^-'iieial's tent. praetura, -ae, F., the office of com- nuuider. prae-vid?o,-videre,-vTdi, -Visum, V. tr., forusc" ; lo take precautions against. pratum,-i, X., meadow. prav-us, -a, -um, adj., crooked, ill- shaped (c. i\', 2). preci, precem, prece (no noni. or gen. siiig.) : j.i, preces, precum, etc.; F., prayer, re(|iiest(p. 340;>(2)). pre-hendo, -hendere, -hendi, ■hensum, v. tr., seize, grasp, snatch. premo, premere, pressi, press- um, V. tr., press, harass, crush. prendo,prendere,prendi,prens- um, V. tr. ; see prehendo. pretl-um, -i, N., price, value ; im- penso pretio, at an extravagant p.>-ice (c. iv, 2). (prex, precis), P., supposed form; see preci. pridie, adv., the day before. primo, adv., at first. prJmum, adv., firstly, in the first place ; ubi primum, as soon as ; quum primum, as soon as jmssible ; cum (quum) primum, as soon as (p. 2118, 2). prIm-us, -a, -um, adj., sup. of the coinp., prior, no positive (p. ,-)9, 2 ;) prima luce, at daybreak ; prima nocte, at nightfall ; primum agmen, the vanguard ; in primis, especially. princeps, -cipis, M., chief man, chief, prince. principat-us, -us, M., chief author- ity, leadership. principium, -I, N., beginning, prior, prius, adj., comp. (no positive; sup. primus ; p. 59, 2) ; former, pre- vious. pristin-us, -a, -um, adj., old, former. prius, a-ht to he ; hence, displeasintj (N. T. 1). ' ' i- h prob-us, -a, -um, adj., good. pro-cedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cess um, V. intr., advance, succeed. pro-cer-us, -a, -um, adj., tall, hiyh. pro-clam-o, are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., shout aloud. pro-consul, -consulis, M., pro- consul ; one who havinj; been consul has the government of a province entrusted to him. procul, adv., afar, at a distance. pro-cumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, Cubltum, v. intr., fall, sink down. pro-cur-o, -are, -avi, atum, v. tr., have charge of, attend to. pro-curro, -currere, -cucurri (or -curri), -cursum, v. intr., rush forwan;. hasten forward. pro-d eo, -ire, -ivi (-ii), itum, v. mtr., go forward, ailvance; In con- tionem populi prodire, to apjiear btfore the assembly of the people (n. t. 1). prodesse : see prosum. proditi-o, -onis, F., treachery, be- traying. prodit-or, -oris, M., traitor, betrayer. pro-do, -dere, -didi, ditum, v. tr., betray, surrender; memox'iae prodere, hand down to memory, hand down by tradition (n. t. 10; ; memoria proditum, handed down by tradition (c. v. 12). pro-duco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, V. tr., lead forward, lead forth ; productus ad proelium, enticed to battle (N. H. 5). proeli-or, -ari, atus sum, v. intr., fight. proeli-um, -i, N., battle, ; pro- elium facere, to light a battle (N, T. y). pro-fanus, -a, -um, adj., not sacred, profane. pro-fecti-O, onis, F., a departure, setting out. profecto, adv., forr. fact, indeed. pro-fero. -ferre, -tuli, -latum, v. tr., carry forward, bring forth. pro-ficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, V. tr., advance, effect, gain; satis pro- lectum arbitratus, thinlre\ent. pro icio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum, v. tr., throw, throw away. pro-inde, adv., henceforth, therefore. pro-miss-us, -a, -um, adj., long, flowing; capillo sunt promisso, they have long hair (c, v, 14). pro-mitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- sum, V. tr., promise. pro-moveo, -m6vere,-m6vi, -mo- tum,'v. tr., move forward. prompt us, -a, -um, adj., ready. pro-mulg-o, -are, -avi, -atum, V. tr., announce, enact a law. prone, adv., headlong, leaning for- ward. pro-nunti-o, -are, avi, atum, v. tr., tell, announce, declare. pro-pag-o, -are, -Pvi, -atum, v. tr., extend. pro-pagO, -inis, F., offspring, race. pr6-pS,tv.l-um, -i, N., an open space in front of a temple or a house. prope, adv., near, nearly, almost; comp., propius ; suj)., pioxime. pro-pello, -pellere, -puli, -pul- sum, V. tr., drive away, put to flight. propere, adv., quickly, speedily, in haste. proper-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr. and intr., hurry, hasten. Jii in 464 VOCABULAUY. :(i ii Mi- propinquit as, -atls, I'., nearness, viciiiilv, ruliUiotisliiii. pi-opinqu o. are, -avi, -atum, v. mfr. (with tiativi'), come near, up- proach. propinqvT-us, -A, -um, adj., near, with (lalive(i). 277, li) ; aa a noun, pro- pjnqu US, -i, M., relation. propi-or, -us, adj., comparative of ohsolcto propis; sup. proximus ; nocte proxima, lust night. propius : see prope, and propior. pro-pono, -ponere, -posili, -posi- tum, V. tv., put foiwiird, explain ; vexillum proponere, to hoist the tla},' from the ficiieral's tent (praetori- uni) as a signal for bey^inninj,' a battle. pro praetor, -toris, M., the pro- praetor, a nuigiHliale who having administered the praetorship for one year at liomc, was sent the followin},' year to a })ro\iiK'e as a governor. propri-vis, -a, -um, adj., one's own, particular, jieculiar. propter, ])rcp. 'with ace), on account of, in consecpience of. propterea, adv., for this reason, therefore ; propterea quod, because. pro-pugnacul-um, -i, N., defence, protection. pro-pugn-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr. tight. pro-puls-o, -are, -avi, -atvim, v. tr., drive off, ward off, repel. pror-a, -ae, F., prow. pro-sequor, -sequi, -secutus (or sequutus) sum, v. tr., dep., follow after, follow, attend. pro-spec-tus, -tus, M , view, si^'ht. prosper-us, a, -um, adj., fortunate. pro-spicio, -.spicere, -spexi, -spec- turn, V. tr., look forward, take care. pro-sum, pro-d-ess-^, pro-fui, v. intr., ()). '201), be of benefit to, benefit (with d'itive, p. 279, 9). protinua, adv., at once, forthwith, immediately ; ex hac fuga protinus, immediately after this defeat (c. v, 17). pro-velio, -vehere, -vexi, -veo- tum, V. tr., carry forward ; in pass., sail along, coast. pro-vTdeo, -videre, -vidi, -visum, V. tr., foresee, take care. pro-vid-us, -a, -iim, adj., foreseeing. provinci-a, -ae, F., province. pro-voc-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr„ challenge, summon. prozlme : see prope. projdmus : see propior. pruden-s, -tis, adj., prudent, fore- seeinjf. prudentia, -ae, F., foreaiirht, shrewdness. Prvisi-as, -ae. M., Primias, Iting of Hithynia, in Asia Minor, who hoHpital)ly received Hannibal in hia exile, but after- wards betrayed him. publice, adv., in the name of the state, as a state; publlce putant, they, as a state, consider (c. iv, 3). public-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., confiscate; bona publicare, to con- fiscate goods (N. II. 7). public-US, -a, -um, adj., public, common ; res publica, the common- wealth (p. 2.S8) ; publico consilio, by a public plan. ^ Publi-us, -i, M., Publius; see Rufus, Scipio. pudet, ere, -i5it (or -itum est), V. imp., it causes shame (p. 165, 1). pud-or, -oris, M., shame. put la, -ae, P., girl. pu-er, -eri, M., child, boy; puera ianua, the porter (n. n. 12). pueril-is, -e, adj., of a child or boy ; aetas puerilis, the age of childhood or boyhood. pueru-lus, -li, M., a mere boy. pug-na, -nae, F., fight, combat. pugr-no, -rare, -navi, -natum, v. mtr., fight; acriter pugnatum est, a fierce ])attle was fought (c. iv. 20 ; p. 104, 2, note 2). pul-cher, -chra, -chrum, adj., beautiful. pulv-is, -eris, M., dust. pun io, -ire, -ivi, -itum, v. tr., punish. pupp-is, -is, F., stern of a vessel. purg-o, -are. -avi, -atum, v. tr., clear, make clear, free from blame ; sui purg'andi causa, for the purpose of clearmg themselves (c. iv, 13). put-o. -are, -avi, -atum, v. ir., think, fancy, consider. Pydn-a, -ae, F., Pyiina, a town of Macedonia, near the Thermaic Gulf, where Aemilius Paul us defeated Perseus, the last king of Macedonia, 168 B.C. Pylad-es, -ae, M., Pylades, a Greek, friend of Orestes. Pyrenae-us, -a, -um, adj., \isually in the pi.; Pyrenaei montes, the Pyrenees. VOCABULARY. 465 Pyrrh-ua, -i, M., Pyrrhus. kinjf of Kuiriis, who inviuled Itiil.v, hut was finally (iefeati'd liy the Uoinansniid driven from Italy, 275 n.c. Pythi-a, -ae, F.. the I'ythia, or priest- ess of Delphi. The Homeric name for Delphi was Pytho. Q. Q. = QuintuS (which see). qua, nom. sinjf. fem. or iieut. pi. tiom. or ace. of quis or qui (p. 12!>). qua (al)l. fem. of qui, Kupi)ly via or parte) adv., where, as far as. quacumque. adv., in whatever way or direction, wherever. quadraginta, num. card, adj., forly. quadringen i, -ae, -a, distrib, imm. m\j., four liundred each. quadringent-i, -ae, -&, card. num. adj., four hundred. quaero, quaerere, qviaesivi, quaesitum, v. tr., seek, look for, ask, enquire. quaesti-o, -onis, F., enquiry, inves- tigation. quaes-tor, -toris, M., quaestor; the quaestors were officers who acted as government treasurers, received tribute and paid the soldiers. quaest-US, -us, M., gain, profit. qual-is, -e, adj., of what sort or kind. quam, conj., than (after comparatives, p. f)5, 5) ; with superlatives, with or with- out possum = as possible : quam prlmum, as soon as possible; quam plurimi, as many as possible ; quam maximi, as large as possible ; often joined with prius, post, as prius- quam, postquam. quamdiu, adv., as long as. quamobrem, adv., for which reason, wherefore, why. quamquam, con j. , though, although , iiowever, and yet (p. 196, f)). quamvis, adv., though, although (p. 196, 5) ; quamvis pauci, no matter how few (p. 303, 3). quando, interrog. adv., when?; rel. adv., when, whenever. CuantO (abl. of difference from quantus), adv., by how much ; quan- to . . . tanto, as ... so ; the . . . the (p. 195, 4). quantum (aec. of quantus), adv., how much, how far, as far as. quant-US, -a, um, adj., interrog. nr rel., how great, how much, how large, as large as. quantu.svlH, quantavis, quan- tiuuvis, adj., however great. quare, interrog. and rel. adv., where- fore, why. quar-tus, -ta, -turn, ord. num. adj.. fourth. "^ qua.si, conj., as if. qviattuor, card. num. adj., four. quattuordecim, card. num. adj. fourteen. -que, conj., and ; always appended to the word, which in construction belongs to it; generally to the first word of the clause or to the wonl it con|iIes. quemadmodum, adv., in which way, how. queror, queri, questus sum, \. tr. dep7;"CT)iuplain, lament. qui, quae, quod, rel. pro., who, which, what(i). 1-, ii.lv., stirclv, ocrtiiinlv; qilippe qui, since Iio (p. lilS, l, noti.).' , qulfc!, quae or qiia, quid or quod, iiKlif. pro., un.Noiif, iiiiv (p. IM, 1); iiittiroK., who? quiHiiam. quaonam, quidnani, JiilonuK. pro., w li,), pray ? (p- '-••. -U nofi'). qiilapiam, quaopuim, quod- piain or quidpiam, iiuli-t. pro., sumo, suiiu; one (p. I.i2). quisquaui, quaoquain, qulc- quaiu or quidquam, indii. pro., any oni' ()). ];w); nequH qulsquani, no- OII.MC. iv, -JO); nequequicquam.iind ii()tlnn>,'((;. iv, iio). quisque, quaequo, quidqwe or quodqvie, Inilcf. pro., cadi, every, every one; wiih siiperhidves in sinj,'., all: optimus quisqiie, all (lie host. quisquia, quaequaeor quaqua, quidquid, quicquid or quodquod, iiuief. rel. pro., whoever, \vhate\er. quivis, quaevls, quidvis or quod vis, indet. pro., any one jou please, any. quo,a(lv.,(l)rel.an(linterroj>-.,\vhither; ('2), indef. rel. after si or lie, to any place, to any point, any where. quo (ahl. of qui), llnal oonj., used with ooni)iarati\es followed bv suhjunc- tive; in onler thai (|). is:i, :>). quoad, a<)7, ;{); proptorea quod, heeanse ; quod si, but if, if (p. l!)2, 1, note); the fact that (w'th the indicati\e, p. 29;!, 2). quominus, conj., that not; often i)est translated liy /roir after verbs of hindernp, preveniin^;, etc., with an Kng- libh verbal noun in -iii(i(\}. Ihfi, 2). quondam, adv., once, formerly, some day. quoniam, conj., since, seeing that, because (p. IDS). quoque, adv. (followinj,' the emphatic word of a clanse), also, too. quot, indecl. adj., how nianv? often correlative of tot; tot...quot, as many as. qu6tauui3, adv., yearfy, every year. quoti«rian ua, A, uni, ndj, daily, eur.N (l.i\. quotidie, adv., every day (see co- tidio). quotloa, adv., how often?; often cor- relative of totiea: totieB...quotleB, as often as. qu6t,ie.sf, adv.. liow often soever, us often us. quot UH, -A. -um, ad|., what nnm- her?; quota hora est?, what hour is it ? qui nil : see cum (p. 20;!). R. rad i.\, -IoIh, K., root; motitis radioea, the foot of a moimtain. rado, rad6re, rasi, raaum, v. tr., 8ha\e. ramu8, -mi, M., branch, boiiRh. rami, -iiae, 1',, fro^f. rtlpTdit-as, -atia, F., swiftnesB, (inicknesH. rApidus, H, -um, adj., swift, ile). re, red, an inseparable jiartiole used in composition, again, haclc. rebellio, -onis, v., renewal of war, upriying ; rebellione facta, by a re newal of the war (c. iv, ;{()). rSbell o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., renew the war. re-cedo, -ced6re, -cessi, -cess- um, V. intr., go back, withdraw. receii-s, -tis, adj., fresh, late, recent. re-cep-tus, -tus, M., retreat; ex- VorAIHUMIfV. 467 pocUtUS n>POptUH, 11 roiivi nu'tit, utriuii (c. iv, ;i;;). r6(!ri),v), -clpi-ro, -o("m>'. coptuni, V. t,r., liik(. Ii;i( k, ri'iMucr, wm ; Ju tldtuu rotiipuro, (<> iiikc iiiiilci' (MICH |iii>iii't inn (N. T. S), or to receive us ii pleilye of fulih (i'. iv, 'J'.;); HO r(U!l|)t)ro, to rei umI (c.lv,:'); He a fWfftl reclptM'iv lo ie<'o\. r from the lliRlii ((. iv, t;7); In (hKlltloiioiu reclperi), to iidinil to u Hiiireiider. nVclt, o, art), -uvi, utiini, \ ri-iul aloud. r6(!lino, uro, uvi, fituin, v make to lean. nn-ord oi', -aii, utiiB Hum. v recidl to mind. tr., tr., •r.. recte, adv., riwlilly. roct-UH, a, -iim, adj., Ht.miutd., rij,dil. re-cuMo, hvo, .avi, aLiim, v. d refnue, decline, denv ; otien followed liy qiiin or quoailiinH (p. liin, <;, 7). red-a, -ae, F., a vvajj^on (wilh four wlieels). red do, -dfire, dldf, -ditnm, v. ir., Kivi) back, restore, render; fcrocloi-oin reddero civitatem, (o render iiic Hlatc nif)re warlike (n. t. -J). red-«(0, -irn, .jvl (or ii). -ititm, v. iiitr., Ko l)ack, return; peciinia qviao ex motallis rodlbat, the money which came in from tlie mines (n. t. 2). r^dlgo, -ig-Aro, -rgi. -actum, v. tr., reduce, render; niiilto hlinuli- ores iiiflrmioreHqiie redn)?oriint, they reduced them to a si alt- of far I(hs iniportanco and HtreiiKlh (c. iv, ;i). r6d Tmo, im6ro, -fmn. -emptiim, V. tr., buy hack, punihase. red-integr-o, -are. -avi, -atiini, V, tr., riMiew, revive. r6di-tU8, tus, M., n turn. rd-duco, -dCiCHre, -diixi, diic- tum, v. tr, lead hack. re-f6ro, -ferre, -tuli, latum, v. tr., linnK,<:.>rry hack ; gratiaareferre, to return thanks ; gratiam referre, to recjuite, to repay (n. t. 8); ad HllOS referre, to report to their ))eo|)l(! (c. iv, 0); pedem rel'erre, to retreat (c. iv, 2C,). , re-fert, referre, rotulit, v. impcr., it concerns, it is of importanc c (|i. KWI, u), r6-ficIo, fic6re, -feci, fectum, V. tr., repair, relit. r6 fugio, -f ilgere, -f iigi, -f ug!- tum, V. tr. and intr., llee hack or away, retreat, escape. regin-a, -ae, I'., ipieen. regi-o, -onis, F., district, country ; rcH-lo n.Mt nifu-IMma oiiuiIh, tlio district is wholly maritime (c. v, II). n>MrI UH, a, uiii, a.l| , kinirlv. rovul ; (lomiiH reM-laioiroKiuiilnne), paliice; cUiHHlafll l<>i,vil, III.' murines of fho kiiiK (i.r., Aer.ves : n. r. ;t). r((g no, iiri,t(», iiavi, iuUiiim, v. tw :iiig«u-o, roxi, rocLiini, v. tr., rule. rf'gri'dTor, grodi, gi-KMHUH Hum, V. dep. intr., ntnat, witlidiau. rogrtl-a, -ae, I'., rgle, line of conduct. ro Tcio, -Tcici-n, i '('i, iectuin, v. tl'., hurl liack, dn\e liack, repid>*e ; teni- ))eHt,atu rolcl, to he driven l.a,'et rid of. re-mu8, -mi, M., oar. 408 vocABur.AnT. Rsm-I. onim, J'l. M., tin- Kinii, a |i) ; in itinere resistere, to halt on the march (u. v, m re spToTo, splcere, spexi. spec- tiuil, V. Ir., look hack, rcKiwd. re spondeo, -spondere, spondi, •sponsum, v. tr., reply, answer. re-spons imi, i, N., atiswer, repl^-. r»'H publtcA, rei-publicae, I', (for de(^l»ii..) 1, p. 2.'1S), state, comuionweallh: rempabllcam capesaere, to take p:u't in till' administralion of puMii^ airairs(N. r. 1). restat, restiire, no jurf., no sup., impcrs., it remains (p. 1m', 4). re stituo, •8titi"it''re, -stltiSi, -s'i- tutum, V. tr., rebuild, restore. rote, retis, N., net. retinoo, tinere, -tiru^i, -tentum, V. tr., restrain, detain, keep hack. retruho. -trAhere, -traxi, -trac- tum, V. tr., draw hack, Ka\c, preserve. retro, ai . Komiuis. Romulus, -i, M., Ilomiihis, Hrsl kin({ of lloiiic, and fniindcr of the city. ros-a, -ae, 1"., rnsf. ros trum, -tri, N., inak ; flu- hciik of a vchhcI'h prow, covered with lirorize and iiMPti as a rain ; pi. rostr-a, orum, IlllStillKH. rota, ae, F., wheel. rubei, ra, -rum, ml)., red; Mare Rubrum, the Ued Sea, wtiicli iiurluded lint oiil\ llie |{ed Se.i jtroper, lint alHO the Persian (iiilf (n. ii. \>). rabicund-us, -a, -um, adj., ruddy. Ruf-us, i, M., Rnfiw. ii Jlonian acnoinen ; see Minucius(l). rumor, oris, .M., report ; rumori- bUrt servire, to he theHlave of idle tiiien (c. iv, ()). ruo, rCi6re, riif, rutum, v. intr, rimh. riip-es, -is, F., rock, ciitT. ruraum, adv., hackjiifuin, anew, rursus : sec rursum. ~^ "' rus, riiris, N'., conntrv, iw opposed to the town or city (oppidum or urbs); pi., rura, country jilaces ; ruri (loca- tive), in the (loiintry ; rure, from the ooiintry; rus (ace.), to the country (p. 86, 3). s. Sabinus, -i, .M.. Sahinns; (^nintns Titiiriii.'j .Saliiims, one of Caesar's lieu- tenants in (iaiil. He was slain hy the treacliery of Ainhiori.v, u. c. .'i-l. sacell-um, -i, N., a small temple, chajiel, shrine. S&C-er, -ra, -rum, adj., holy, sacred ; as a noun, sacr-a, -orum, sacred rites, sacrifice. sS-cerdos, -tis, M. or F., jiriest or priestess. Sacrament-um, i, N., the military oath taken hy a Itoiiian soldier. The chief ohlig-ations were ohcdience to the commander, loyalty to the coiintrv, etc. sacrari-um, -i, N., chapel, shrine. sacrifici-vim, -i, N., sacrifice. sacrific-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., sacrifice. saepe, adv. often ; minime saepe, very seldom ; coiiip. saepius ; sup., saepissime. saep§num§rd, adv., frequently. saev-Io, -ire, ivi, itum, v. intr., he cruel, raije, he furicj,'age of the army. sarment-um, -i, N., twig. satell-es, -itis, M. or F., attendant, guard. satis, adv., enough ; used as an inrlecl. neut. noun : satis militum, enough of soldiers (v. v, 2) ; or as adv. limiting an adj.: satis maguus, very large (c. V, 21). 470 vocAnur.AHV, I sfttlrifilclo, fAcKro, fncf, •fac- tum, V. ifitr. (with iliUivo, ji, 278, t>), BatJHfy ; in \>iuiH., Hiitisflo. SaucT UH, ■&, -um, adj , winiiiitid, Baxuill, i, N., 11 rock, stone. scala, ae. I'., liuMir, Hcajulo, acancltire, Hcancli, Hcaii- sum, \. tr., clilnh. HcAph a. ae, !•'., bout, nkiff. scMl^rat iiM, -a. -utn, lulj., wickcil. SCeluH, -uria, N., wicki'dncss, .sin. schola, -ae, K, school. 3Clen-8, -tia, .ulj., kiiowiny^, skilful. scientia, -ae, 1"., kiio\vk'(l;,'f, nkill. BCilicet, aih,, evidciitlv, certfiiiilv, forsooth. sclndo, scincl6re,8cHi, acissum, V. tr., cut, tfiir, destroy. scio, scire, scivi, scitum, v. tr., know. Scipi-o, -oniM, M , S ipio, the r,i;niiij., >>itt, yet. 8^d6cim, card. num. adj., Hixleen. H6d6o, MoUvre, sidi, seasum, V. intr., Hit, he encunped, settle. Ked ea, la, r.,Heal, ahode, Meltlemenl. sed-iti o, -oili.s, I'., disseiision, din- (•ord. Hog' es, -fiti.s, I''., crop, harvest. Segrontiac i, -onim, M., pi, the SeifonliacI, a liritiHJi trihe heloii^ini; to l'"inpsliire. Segova X, cl.s, .M., Se^{ovax, one of the petty princes of Kent (i . v, ii-_'). . SHg-rej? o, -are, -avi, -utum, v. tr., separate, reino\e ae linig-o, iung»«re, -iunxi, lunc- tum, V. Ir., ('ixide, separate. aell-a, -ae, K., seat, chair. Kernel, num. adv., once, once for all; non aemel, not once, j..-. several times; Bomel atque iterum. once and ai,'aiii, repeatedly semen, -minis. N., seed. sementls, -is, F., asowinjr. semit-a, -ae, K., a i>ath. semper, adv., alw.iya. SempronT lis, -i .M., Sempronius; (1) Tilierius .Semjironins Lonu'iis, consnl 218 n.c, idoim' with Scipio; (■_') Tiherius Sempioniiis (Jraeilnis, consul ''Xfi-'ll'.i, killed in l.ucaiiiM \\i 212 n.r. senator, toris, M., a senator. ■ sena-tus, -tiis M., .senate. s6nec-tus, -tiitis, v., old mxv. sen ex, -is, .M., an old man (p. 40). sen-i, -ae, -fi,, distrib., mim. adj., six each, six a piece. s6ni-or, -oris (comp. of senex, 1>. ;".8, note), older. sen-SUS, -SUS, .M., feeliii;,',dispo.sition. sentent-ia, -iae, F., opinion, decision. sentio, sentire, sensT, sensum, v. tr., think, know, observe. se-par-o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., sejiarate. sepel-io, -ire, -ivi, sepultum, bury. sep-es, -is, F., hedjje. sep-io, -ire, sep.si, septum, v. tr., eticlose, surroiuid, encircle. septem, card. num. adj., seven. septentrion-es, -um, the Seven Stars, the constellation of the Great Hear (Ursa Maior); hence, the North ; vergit voc'AnnLAnv. 471 acl Hoptentrioneo, If. fa<'€>H the Norf li, liai II iinrtlnTM cxiioHurf (c. Iv, 'JO). HHptim-UH, -a, -um, onl. tiiiiii. adj., HtVCIllh. Heptliijjrenr, i, ae, •&, cunl. nmn. tt;i'. 86ro, 8er6re. sevi, stltum, v. tr., HOW, plari^.. 86ro, serdre, seSrfii, sertum, v. tr., Hew, Htilch together. sero, adv., late, too late. serpens, -tis, F., snake, •eri)ent. servil-ls, -6, adj,, slavish, servile. Servili us, -i, M., ServiliuM ; f'neius Servilius (Jeiuinus .vho was consul 217 II. c, and slain at .ae 21(1 ii.c. servio, -ire, ivi, itiim, v. intr., (with dat. ]). '27s,:{), he a Hla\e to, advance; amicis fama^que serviens, ad van - cir)^' llif int'ere.sts of liis friends and his own rejnitaiion (n. t. 1); riimoribus servlre, to he the slave of idle reports (u. iv, C). servi-tiis, -tutis, F., slavery, servi- tude. serv-o, -are, avi, -atum, v. tr., keep, save, j)«-eserve ; servare ordines to keep the ranks (c. i »', 2(i). servus, -i, M., shive. sese, redui)licated form of se (see sui). sesterti-us, -i. M., a scKtertiua ; a coin wortli oiii^inally 2i asses, or ahout five cents. sev6c-o, -are, -avi, atum, v. tr., call aside. seu : see sive. sexaginta, card. num. adj., sixty. sexcenti, -ae, -a, card. num. adj., six hundred. si, conj., if, whether. sic, adv., thus, in this manner. Hlccltas. -fttlB, F.,«IryneMH.«lrouKht, slcc Via, ■&, •urn,a.ij.,dry. SlcllI a, -ae, l\, .si.ily. Hie ut, adv ., NO i\H, ju'tt. an, uh, oh if. Hid UH, -drlM, N., Ktar, coimlellalion. slRiilfic o, are, -ftvi, -atum, v. 1 1'. , mean. Hipii um, i, N., HiuMi, mark ; Hlfirna inilltariii, militarv Ntiindards(i;. iv, |.''i). 8llentl-um, -i, N, silonce. SlleiMlS, i, .M., .Silenus, a (iree;,- hlN- toiiiin who w;is in the cjiinp of ilannihul and wrote a hislory of his wiirs. Bilva, ae, I'., wood, forest. sllve.stris, -6, adj., wocMled. SimillH. -6. adj.. like, similar (with . 277. 2); coiup. similior ; sup., ainilllimua(p. :>7, 2). Himul, adv., at the same time ; simul atque (ac), as (.oon as (ji. 2(»m, 2). simulacrum, i, N., imntfe, H"atne aimulati o, onis, K.,|,reience, feint. simiilo, are, avi, -atum, v. tr., jtretend (j-retend that a thin},' is what it is not, di.ssimulo, pretend that a thin^' is not what il is). sin, conj., hut if. sine, prep, (with ahl.), without. sing-illatim, adv., one hy one.sinply. Bing'vilar-i.4, -e, adj., extraordinary. sing-ill i, -ae, ■&, mun. distrih. adj., one l>y one, one eiicli, oni' apiece. sinister, -tra, trum, a(fj., left; sub .sinistra relictus, hehind him on the left (('. v, S). « sino, sinere, sivi, situm, v. tr., allow, permit, let. siqiiidem, conj., if only. slsto, sist^re, stiti, atatuni, v. intr., i)laee. Sive (seu), conj. , or if ; aive . . . sive, or sevi . . . seu, wliel her ... or (j). 191, .'>). s6c-er, -eri, M., fatherin-law. s6ciet-as,-atis, F., fellowship, leaK-ue; societatem facere, to form a leajjue (N. T. 8). soci-u-s, -i, M., companion, ally, ■associate. Socrat-es, is, M., Socrates, the father of (Jreek ](hilosopliy, and ihe instructor of Plato, Xetioi>hi)n, Alcihiades and oth' i' noted Athetnans(4G!)-:«W H. c). sol, solis, M., Sim ; sole oriente, solis ortu, at sunrise; sole occi* 472 VOCAnULARY. 1 dente, solis occasu, at, sunset ; ad soils occasum, to the West. s6l§o, solere, solltua sum v intr., s-nii-.lr.,,., („ 1k> iurcusioined! he wont. ' solitud-o, -inis, !•'., Holitiide, \. lut foiiiid), show, appearance, form, view. spect o. -are, -avi, -atu.r., v. tr., look, ohs(>rve; ad orienteni solem spectat, It facei the Kast (c. v, I.i). specula-tor, -toris, M., scout, spy. speculatori-us, -a. -um, adj scouiin- spying-; navjgia speoula- rona, despatch Jioa'.s, rowed wiili a single hank of oars, «eMerallv ten in iiu-Mher, on e.ach side, and enip"loved for reconnoitei iiin' jinrpose.s. speciii-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. tr., watch. ' sper o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. n- and iMtr. (with fill, inf., j). nii, 1), hope expect. ' spes, Spei (j,'-eii. and dat. j.l., rare) v., hope; in spem venire, to have hopes, to entertain ho])es. spirit-US, -us, M., breath, air, ))ride. splend-eo, -are, no ^erf., no sun, V. mtr., shine. spoil o, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., strip, spoil, jilunder. spoii-um, -1, \., spoil, hoo'y. sponte, of one's own accord ; sua SpOTlt-'V nf one's •■wii ac; ord. Stabilit-as, -atls, F., firmness, cvcattjuesg. stag num. ni, N., pod, pond. . statim, adv., instantly, at once, immediately. stati;0, -onis, R, outpost, picket, fftiar. ; m statione esse, to he on «"«1 /''• '\'rs''''^. ^" stationibus esse (f. V, ].'-,); ni stationem sue- cedere. to take their i.lace on .niard ((■•■ IV, :i2). ^ Stat vlo, iiere, -ui, -litum, v. })l;iee, determine, resolve. statur a, -ae, F., height, size. Stella, ae, F., star. N., pay, ta.\, tr., stipendi-um, triliute. -1. sto, stare, steti, statum, v. intr., stand ; cost (p. 1,00). Strepit-US, -us, M., noise, din. struo, struere, struxi, struct- um, v. tr., huild. stud-eo, -ere, -ui, no sup., v. intr. (with dat., ,). 10,-,, !)), i,e ea-er about, iiiiM at; novis rebus studere, to aim at a chant'e in the froverninent (t'- IV, b)). studiose, adv., eajjrerly, zealously. studi-um, -i, X., zeal, devotion. stulte, adv., foolishly. stultiti-a, -ae, v., foolishness. stult-us, -a, -um, adj., foolish. suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua- SUir, V. mtr., recommend, ad\ise (with dat., 1). 10.'-,, !)) ^ sub, prej). (with aec. and abl., p 2'^'' 2) beneath, under, near, just before, at the toot of; sub sinistra, on the left (!;•• V, s) ; sub bruma, at the time of the winter solstice (c. v, 13). sub-diico, -ducere, -duxi, duc- tum, V. ir., draw up on shore ; navem subducere, to beach a ship ^c. v, 11). subducti-o, -onis, F., drawintr up on shore, beachinx- a vessel. SLib-eo, -ire, -ivi (or -ii), -itum, v. tr., (ome up, iijipr.ach, enter; suffer. subfodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- sum, V. tr., stab from beneath. sub-icio, icere, -ieci, -iectum, v. tr., place near, expose; hiemi navl- g-ationem subicere, to exjiose his voyaue to the winter, /.c, to run the risk of sailing- in winter (c. iv, 3(5). SUb-ieot-u.«, -&, -um ({>erf. part, liass. of SUbiciO), adj., adjacent, near; insulae subiectae, islands lyiu},' near (c, V, 13). VOCAHULARY. 473 Hflb-igo, -Ig^re, -egi, -actum, v. tr., Hulxiiie, corunier. Bliblto, a;eri(!ies (c. iv, ;{I). sub-sisto, -sistere, -stiti, nosni)., V. intr., lialt, iiiiikc a Ktaiid ; neque ancorae f'unesque siibsistunt, neither the aiiciiors nor the cables hold out (c. V, 10). sub-sum, -esse, fui, v. intr., be at the hotlom; dolus subest, there is deeeit at the holtoin (n. t, 4); aequi- noctium subest, the eciuinox is at hand (c. v, '2:5). SUbter, i)rei). (with ace. and abl., p. '222, 2), below, beneath, underneath, close by. sub-v6nlo, -venire, -veni, -ven- turn, V. intr. (with dat., p. 27S, W), come to one's aid, hel]). sue codo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, V. intr., ai)proach, take the place of ; ad alteram partem Ubii stic- cedunt, the rini bonic.'oMthenionoiif side ((!. iv, .'{) ; ad statioiiem succe- dere, to take their pla"e on {juard (c. iv, :{2). suc-cendo, -cendere, -cendi, -censum, v. tr., kindle, suc-censSo, -censere, -censui, •censum, v. intr., l)cunnry with (dat.*. suc-oido, -cidere, cidi, -cisura, v. tr., cut down. suc-cumbo, -cumbere, -ciibui, •Ciibitum, v. intr. (with dat.), submit f n, liow the knee to, sviccurro, -currSre, -curri. -cur- sum, v. intr., (with dat., p. 278, ;5), help, uid. Slides, -is, F., stake. sud-or, -oris, M.< sweat, Sueb-i, -orum, M., pi., the Suebi, a p()i)tdous lril)e of (i"rmany consistinur of sevi ral .smaller tribes. The name still exists in the modern .Suabia. suf-fero, -ferre, sustuli, sub- latum, V. tr., bear, endure. suf-ficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, V. tr., to elect in jilace of one dece;used : consul SUffectus, one elected consul to serve out the unexpired time of a con- sul who had died in ottiee. suf-fragi-um, -i, N,, vote; testu. larum sitffragiis, l)y the votes of the tiles, /.(',, by ostracism (.N. t. 8). Sugambri, -orum, pi. M., the Sujfambri. a (Jernian tribe in (Jaesar's time residing in the mountainous district of \Vesti)lialia. sui, reflex, pro., of himself, herself, itself (p. 10b, «). Sulla, -ae, M., Sulla; Lucius Cor- nelius .Sulla, the f^reat dictator, supporter of the aristocracy, as his opponent Marius was of the democracy. He li\ed B.C. 138 to V8 li.c. Sulm-O, -onis, M., Sulmo, a town N. K. of Rome, the birthplace of 0\id, the Latin poet. Sulpici-vis, -i, M., Sulpicius : (1) I'ublius Sulpicius (Jalba, consul 211 B.C., 200 n,c. (2) Sulpicius Hliiho, a Roman historian (n. u. l.'i). (."i) I'ubhus .Sulpicius Kufus, a lieutenant of Caesar in Gaul (c. iv, 22). sum, esse, fui, v. intr., (p. 261), be. summ-a, -ae, F., total, whole ; gen- eral administration, control; g ammae imperii praesse, to hold th< supreme conmuind (s. T. 4); summ am im- perii ad eum deferre, to confer on him the supreme commaufl (n. u. ;{) ; de summa imperii dimicare, to fluht for suiiremacy (N. n. 8) ; summa im- perii bellique administrandi per . missa, the supreme conunand in con- ducting the war beitiy entrusted (c. v, 11). summoveo : see svtbmoveo. summus, ma, -mum, adj., high- est, tjreatest, very great, chief (sujR'rI. of Q,^ppv.,TP.) : H'.immus mons. the to]> of the mountain ; summa amphora, the top of a jar (.n. ii. !») ; summa res, a most important matter (c. iv, f>). 174 VOCAHULARV. siimo, 8um6re, sumpwi, sunip- tum, V. ir., tiiki', iissiiiiii' ; poenas sumere, to exact a pi'imllv. 8umptuo8-Urt, A., -um, adj., costly. sumptus, -tuB, M., expi'iisc. super, I'ri'p. (with aof. uiul abl., ]•. 222, 2), ali()\ e. Siiperbe, adv., proudly, hauifhtil v. stiperbus, -i\, -um, adj., j)r()iid, hnuKlity. 8i\p6iior, -ia ((;oinp. of superua), higher, itrcvimirt; nocte superioie, oil thf pitvioiis nitjht ; superiore aestate, in the |)rei'ciliiij,' summer (c. iv, 21); in loca superiora, up the country (c. v, 8) ; lociiS superior, a height (c. V, it). 8Cip6r-o. -are, avi, -atum, v. tr., coiKiuer, defeat, surpass ; Euboeam superare, to sail round Kul)\' is left ({■. v, 22). 8Up6r-V18, -&, -um, adj., JiiK'h, (conip., superior ; sup., supremus, or summus) ; see superior. svippellex, -ectilis, F., fcuuiture. svip-plex, -plicis, M. or F., suj)- pliant. SUpplicati-O, onis, F., thanks- giving. suppliciter, adv., humbly, sup- pi i an tly. supplici-um, -i, N., punishment, executu)n. supra, prep. (\vitl\ ai^c), and adv., above, over. sua, suis, M. or F., i>iff. sua cipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, v. tr., undertake. 8uepici-o, -onis, F., (listrust, sus- pieioii ; in suspicionem venire, to be suspected ; in suspicionem re^i adducere, to brin^' under ttie sus- picion of the kin>,^ (n. ii. 2). sus-picio, suspicere, suspexi, suapectum, v. tr., suspel. F., Syracuse, a city on the east coast of Sicily. SyrAcuHan-U8, A, um, adj., of or bcinnninK to S\ra('UHc. Syraeusan. Syria, -ae, F., Syria. T. Tltua, a Koman praenomen; see cognomen. tAbellari ua, T, M., a letter carrier, messenger. tabernficftlum, -i, N., tent. tabul a, -ae, F., tablet. ttic eo, -ere, -ui, -itum, v. tr. and intr., be silent ; pass over in silence. tacit-ua, ■&, -um, ailj., silent. taedet, -ere, fiit (taeaiun est), imjiers., it disi,Mis|s, wearies; me libri taedet, I am dls^rtisted with the book (p. i(;r>). tale a, -ae, F., bar; taleae ferreae, iron liars (c. v. 12). taient-um, -i, N., talent; a Creek silver talent is variously estimati'd at C2;i.'^p or .i;2t:! lbs. Hterlin^,' from ijil.KM) to !ii!l,2(H); a gold talent was ten times this value. talis, -e, adj., such. tani, adv., NO (before adverbs and ad- jectives); tam quam.asnuich — as (n. N. 10). tamdiu, adv., bo lon{,'. tAmen, adv., yet, still, for all that, however, nevertheless. TAmes-is, -is (ace. Tamesim), M., the Thames. tametyi, adv., altbouKh. Tampllilus, -i, M., Tamphilus; see Baebiua. tandem, adv., at lenjitb, tln.ally ; in ((uestions, pray? tiowV as quia tan- dem? who, pray V tango, tangere, tetegl, tactum, v. tr., toueb, border on. tanto, adv. of conii)arison, by so much. tantopere, adv., vehen\ently. tantul US, -a, -vim, adj., so very small, so sliKht, so triltini; ; lias tan- tularum rerum occupationes, this business consistin},' of such trifles (0. iv, 22). tantum, adv., oidy, so much, so far, merely. taul-UB, -a, -um, adj., so great, so larye, such. terde, adv., alowly. vooAH(rr,AiiY. 476 tardo, are, avi. fitum, v. ir., chi'ck, (I. liiy, impede, liinder. tarduH, A. imi, ft:1). TectosAfjr-es, -um, M., (h(. Tecio HiiKcH, a (hvision of the Volros.Med (he river a|on>r with (hi- PHipetrH luid wen- defeated In the KonianH. They occupied tlie (liHtrictH of I'trecht anil (Jiiclderland of Holland. tendo, tetidore, t«M,endi, tent um (or teUHlMll), V. (r., Ht retch, cMeinl. UmCH), «M-e, ni, tiuu, V. tr, hold poMHiNs; nav«>m tencre in aiu-orlH, to keep 11 HJilp iit anchor (n. t. M) '• tMu-.sum tonere, to hold on its coiuW (c. iv, -M). Um or, -tVt'i,, erum, a. 11 ! I i testudo, -inia, F., a tortoise, a cov- eriiijf formed hy Iht shields of the soldiers held .-itiove their ht-iuls so as to ward off the weapons hiw.ed hy the eneiHy ; ao called from the fancied resemhlatice to a tortoise shell. The term was also applied to the difTerciit kinds of sheds under which the soldiers \vorkey the votes of the tiles, i.e., hy ostracism (N. T. 8). Teutones, -um and Teuton-i, -orum, pi. M., the Teutons, a people of (iermany. Themistocl-es, -isor T, M., Them- istoc.'Ics, a celehratx'd Athenian states- man who lived r)14 n.c. to 441) B.C. Thei'iTiopyl-ae, -arum, pi. F., Thermopylae, a celehrated pass in Greece near the Maliac (iulf, hetween Thessaly and Locris. Here Leoiiidas and his Spar- tan hand fi 11 48(1 k.c. It ohtained the name " Hot (iates," from the warm sul- jilmr si>rinj,''s near it. Thuc^did-es, -is, M , Thucydides, a (ireek liistorian wlio wrote an account I'l the Peloponnesiaii War down to 411 ii.c. Ife lived 471 ii.c. to 401 n.c. Tiber-is, -is (ace, Tiberim ; abl.. Tiberi), M., the Tiber, the river of Rome. Tiberi-us, -i, M., Til)erius : see Sem- pronius. tign-um, -i, N., beam, lopr. ttm-eo, -ere, -ui, no sup., v. tr. and intr., fear, be afraid. timide, adv., fearfully, timidly. timid-vis, -a, -um, adj., fearful, afraid, timid. tim-or, -oris, M., fear, dread. Tituri-us, -i, M , Titurius : see Sabinus. Titus, -i, M., Titus: see Labienus, Gracchus. tog-a, -ae, F., pown. The toga was the di8tin},niishing dress of a Roman citizen. toler-o, -are, -avi, -atvim, v. tr., bear, support. tollo, tollere, sustuli, sublatum, f. tr., lift, raise, carry away, destro\ : ancoram tollere, to weigh anchor (c. iv, 23). tormeut-um, -i, N., military engine for throwiiifj: missiles against the enemy. torreo, torrere, torx"ui, tostuni, V. tr., scorch, burn. tot, iridecl. adj., so many; tot. ..quot, as many as. totidem, indecl. adj., just as many. tot-US, ■&, -um (p. '.2(i), adj., whole, all, entire ; often with theadverl)ial force of wholly, entirely ; totum 86 dedldit republicae, ho devoti'd himself wholly to the interests of tlie state (N. T. 1). trabs, trab-is, F., beam, tin)l)er. trad-o, -6re, idi, -itum, v. tr., hand over, give over, deliver, surrender; liand down to posterity ; traditur, it is said : traditum est, the tradition is. tra-duco, -duc6re, -duxi, -duc- tum, v. tr., lead across, transport (p. 277, 8). traho, trah6re, traxi, tractum, V. tr., draw, drag. traicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum, v. tr., throw acros.s, lead across, pierce (p. 277, 8). tra-iect-us, -us, M., passage, cross- ing over. tranquillit-as, -atis, F., calm weatiier ; summa tranquillitas, a dead calm (c. v, 23). trans, jirep. (with ace), across, over, on the other side, beyond. transduco : see traduco. trans-eo. -ire, -ivi (ii), -itum, \. tr., cross over, cross (p. 277, 7). trans-f&ro, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, V. tr. , bear or carry across : svimmam imperii transferre, to transfer the supreme power (n. a. 2). trans-gredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, V. tr., pass over, cross (p. 277, 7). trans igo, -igere, -egi, -actum, V. tr., pass through ; tempus transi- gere, to pass the time (n. t. 9). trans itus, -itus, M., a going or crossing over, passing, crossing. trans-marin-us, ■&, -um, adj., across, or beyond the sea. transmiss-us, -us, M., passage. trans-porto, -are, -avi, -atum, v. tr., (!arry over, transport. Transrhenani, -orum, pi. M., those living across ttie Rhine (C. v, 2). Trasimen-us, -i, M., Trasimenus (now Lafio di t'enifjia), a lake in Etruria, where the Romatis were defeated by Hannibal, June 215, 217 u.c. Treboni-US, -i, M., Trebonius ; Caius Trebonius, one of Caesar's lieutenants in Gaul. Trebi-a, -ae, M. or F., Trebia, (now Trebbia), a river of Gallia Cisalpina, one VOCABULARY. 477 of the aonthern tributaries of the Padiis (I'o), where Hannihal flefentwi the Ko mans, 218 ii. c. trdcenti, ae, -a, card num. adj., three hundred. tr6d§cim, card. num. adj., thirteen. tl'es, tT\&, card. Dtnu. adj., three. Treviri, orum, v\. M., tiieTreviri, a people of (Jallia Helj^ica, who dwelt between the Meuse and the Rhine ; their ea|)ital was Au|i(usta Trevirorum, now Trf-oes. Tribroc-i, -orum, pi. M., the Tri- broci, a (ierman pe()i)ie of (iailia lU-ljfica, between Motnit Vosgey and the Rhine (in modem Alsace). tribun-US, -i, M., a eonmiander of a tribe ; hence, one of military ottlcicrs, six in number, attached to eucli JeKion. tribu-o, -6re. -i, tributum, v. tr., give, assiji-n, ascribe. trib-us, -us, M., tribe. tribut-um, -i, N., tribute, tax. tridu-vim, -i, N., space of three days; tridui via, a three days' march (c. iv,'4). triennium, -i, N., space of three years. triginta, card. num. adj., thirty. Trinobant-es, -urn, pi. M., the Trinobantes, a peoi)]e of Britain who occupied P^ssex and jiart of Sutfol]<. tripertit-o, adv., in tlircc divisions. tri-plex,-plicis,adi., threefold, triple. triquetr-UB, ■&, -um, adj., three- cornered, triangular. trirem-is, -is, F., trireme, a vessel with three baniis of oars. tris, num. adv., thrice. trist-is, -§, adj., sad, sorrowful, de- jected. tristitT-a, -ae, F., sudness. Troez-en, -enis (ace. Tfoezena), F., Troczen (now I)(iniala),vi.rMy in the south- ern ))art of Arg-os in the I'eloponnesus. Troi-a, -ae, F., Troy. Troian-us, -a, -um, adj., Trojan. tropae-um, -i, N,, tropliy, i.e., a memorial or monument of victory ; hence victory. trunc-us, -i, N., trunk of a tree. tu, tui, pi. VOS, thou, you (p. 248). tub-a, -ae, F., trumpet (with a straight tube). tueor, tueri, tuitus sum, v. dep., preserve, defend, protect. turn, adv., then. tumult us. us, M., disturbdnce, disorder. tamul-US, -i, M., mound. tunc, adv., then, at that lime. turm-a, -ae, F,, a t roop of ;«) cavalry ; the cavalry (ala) cf the legion was <"li- viower, tyranny. tyrann-us, -i, M., tyrant. U. Tiber, -6ris, N., teat, udder, breast, ub-er, -eris, adj., rich, fruitful. Clbi, adv., where, when ; vibi prim- um, as soon as (p. 298, 2). Ubi-i, orum, 1>I. M., the Ul)ii, a tribe of western (Jermany, on the ri|,'ht bank of the Rhine, in the neighborhood of the modern Cologne. ubique, adv., everywhere. ulciscor, vilcisci. tiltus sum, v. tr. dep., avenge, punish. ullus, -a, -um (p. !;«, ;i), adj., any, ulter-ior, -Tus, com]), adj., furl her, l)eyond, more remote ; sup., ultimus. ultim-U8, ■&, -um, adj., farthest, most distant. ultra, adv., and prep, (with ac<'.), be- yond, on the other side ; ultra fldem, beyond belief. ultro, adv., pf one's own accord ; without provocation ; bellum ultro inferre, to make war without jiro- vtK'ation (c. iv, i;j). ul-tus, -ta, -turn, i)erf. part, of ul- ciscor, having avenge(l, umb-ra, -rae, F., shade. umer-us, -i, M., shoulder, arm. umquam, adv., ever, at any time. una, aflv., along with; usually witn cum ; una cum his legatis, along with ih(--:c '>nv.->ys(c. iv, re); una cum ceteris, along with the o**;ers (v. v, (i). unde, adv., from which jilace, whence. undecim, card. num. adj., eleven. 478 VOCABULARY. M !! ! 'li r* II undScTmus, -A, lim, ord. ninn. ■ ulj., eU'vt'iitli. lUldiqiie, adv.. from nil wideH, on all Hides, cvervwlicrc. univers-iis, a, iim, adj., whoU'. all (in a liody). unquani : see vimquam. un us, a, -Vini (l>. 2\i), card. inim. adj., Olio, alone ; uiio tempore, at one and the same tiiiic ; omnes ad unum, all to a man; unus omnino, nnlv one (i;. V, 18). unusquisque, unaquaeque, un- um quidque, indef. adj. pro., each, every. urban-US, -a, um, adj., of or beloiiK- iun lo the eit.v. urbs, -is, F.,city; the city, i.e., Uonic. urg§o, urgere, ursi, no sup., v. tr., press. Usipet-es, -uni, pi. M., the Usipetes, a tiermaii tribe near tlie Terioteri, on the lower Rhine, in l.'treclit and (iiieliier- land in Holland; l»ut orif,''inally found in Saxony, from wliii'h I hey were driven out hy the Suehi. They crossed the Rhine into the l)orders of the Menapii, in Ciaul, hut were driven back by Caesar. urs-iis, -i, M., a bear. usquam, adv., anywhere. usque, adv., all the way, all the while, until ; usque ad urbem, up to the city; usque ad meum tempus, uj) to my day. US-US, -us, M., use, experience, prac- tice, advanta^re ; usu venire, to come by opcasion, i.e., to happen (n. ii. 12); ratio atque usus belli, theory and practice of war, i.e., the systematic prac- tice of war (o. iv, 1): mag-no usui sibi esse, to be of great advaiitaj;e to him (c. iv, 20); ex usu, of advantage (c. v.d). USUS, indecf. noun with est: there is need (p. KiC, 2); usus est mihi cibo, I have need of food. ut (or liti), conj., as, how, that, in order that (p. 29;{, 1) ; so that (p. 295, 1); though (p. 30;^, 1, (b)) ; ut. . .ita, as. . .so (p. -.m, 1). ut, as ; accidit ut (p. 293, 1). titer, -ra, -rum (p. 27), interrog. pro., which of two? uterque, utrftque, utramque, adj. pro. , each (of two), both : ex utra- que parte, on both sides. utervis, utravis, utrumvis, adj., pro., either of the two you wish. uti : see ut. util-is, S, adj., useful, serviceable, fit, profitable. utilitas, -atis, F., usefuliieHH, wl van- tage, service. litinam, adv., O ! that (p. 288, 0). utor, uti, usus sum, v. intr. dep. (with alil., p. 1 Ui), ii.se, employ, enjoy; alacritate uti, to show dash (c. iv, 24). utpote, adv., inasmuch as, seeing that. utrimque, adv., from or on both sides. utrique, pi. of uterque. utrobique, aowerfiil {v. v, ;i) ; quam plurimum valere, to be as powerful as possible (c. v, 4). vaietud-o, -inis, F., state of health (good or bad according to context) ; valetudine premi, to be attiicted with bad health (n. ii. 4). vall-is, -is, F., valley. vallum, •!, N., rampart, breastwork of a cam)). vall-US, i, M., stake, palisade. vari-vts, -a, -um, adj., different, changing. Varro : see Terentius. vas, vasis (in the sing., ;{rddecl. : in VOCABULARY. 479 tho pi., vasa, -orvim of tlio 2n(l), N., vessel ; vasa flctilia, I'lirtlicnwurc VI hsl'Ih (n. II. 10). vast-o, -are, avi, t'ltum, v. tr., luv waste, (l(,'va,statf. vast-US, ■&, -um, ndj., vast. va-tes, -tis, xM. or !•'., n sootlisayer, proi>liet, prophetess. -Ve, enclitic (ionjniiction, or ; K'^i"J,' a choice between two or more thinffs. vectig-al, -alia, N., tux, toll, revenue. vectigal is, -e, adj., trihutary ; as a noun; vectigal-es, -ium, pi. M., (ril)utary people. vectori-us, -A, -um, adj., adapted for earryiii},' ; navigjum vectorium, a transjjort ship. Vehemen-8, -tis, adj., anjrry, violent. vehementer, aflv., vigorously, reso- lutely. vehicill-um, -i, N., acarriaye. v6ho, vehere, vexi, vectum, v. tr., hear, cany, con\e\ ; in pass., vehi, to sail in a ship (scil. in nave, n. ii. 10). V§1, coiij., or ; vel . . . vel, either . . . or; with suj>., even, indeed; vel opti- mus, th(! \ei'y best Velocit-as, -atis, F., swiftness, sjieed. vel-ox, -ocis, adj., swift, rapid, active. velum, -i, N., sail; dare vela ventis, to set sail (n. ii. 8). velut, adv., just as; velut si, just as if. venal-is, -e, adj., for sale. venati-o, -onis, R, hunting; mul- tum sunt in venatlonibus, they are much given to hunting (c. iv, 1). veniit-or, -oris, M., hunter. ven do, -dere, -didi, ditum, v.tr., sell, offer for sale; pass., veneo (which see). venenat-us, -a, -um, adj., venom- ous, poisonous. venen-um, -i, N., poison. veneo, -ire, -ivi (or ii), -itum, v. pasa. (see vendo), l)e sold (p. 1,''.8, note). vener-or, -ari, -atus sum, v. tr., adore, worship. VenetiC-US, -a, -um, adj., of or he- longing to the Veneti, a trihe on the west coast of France, north of the Loire, in the vicinity of tho hay of ring. (ver-ber), verb6ris(nom. dat. ace. sii:g, not found), N., stroke, hlow. verbiun, -bi, N., word; in pi., con- versation ; dare verba, to give empty words, hence, to deceive (n. ii. [,) ; his verbis, on thede terms (N. t. 10). vere, adv., truly, in truth (comp., verius; sun., verissime); verissi- nie iudicabat, he formed the most correct judgment (n. t. 1). verecvmd-us, ■&, -um, adj., modest. v6r-6or, -eri, -itus sum, v. tr., dap., fear, dread ; navibus veritus, fearing for the safety of the shijis (c. v, 9). vergo, vergere, no perf., no sup., v. intr., incline, slojie ; ad septentri- ones vergit, it has a northerly slope (c. iv, 20). vero, adv., in truth, in fact, truly, certainly ; but, indeed. Verr-es, -is, M., Verrca, a notorious j)r()consiil of Sicily, impeac'hed by Cicero for plunflering this province. vers o, -are, avi, atum, v. tr., turn often, change. vers-or, -ari, atus sum, v. intr, dwell in, be occupied with, engaged in ; multis in privatis iudiciis ver- sari, to be often employed in private suits (N. T. I); tuto versari, to dwell in safety (N. T. 8). vers-us, -us, M., line, verse. verto, vertere, verti, versum, v.tr., turn, change ; terga vertere, to turn their backs, flee. vertor, verti, versus sum, v. intr. dep., turn, change. ver-us, -a, -um, adj., true. vescor, vesci, no i)erf. or sup., intr. dep. (with abl., ]>. lltj), feed, live upon. ves-per, -p6ris(or -peri), M., even- ing; vespere, or vesperi, in the evening. Vesta, -ae, F., Vesta, the Roman god- dess of the hearth and home. 480 VOCAIU'LAHY, veeter, -ra, -nmi, adj. pro.. v->iir, vimrH. VestiRi uni, f, N.. fix.l Inuk. tnuT, niaik ; eodoin VOHllfflo. in Ww h:iiiic «i)ot, 'vitliotit nioviii),' (c. iv, -J); in ves- tlgfio, at once, prompt Iv (c. iv, ,i). vestiment-um, -i, N., Kiuimnf. vest lo, ire. ivi. -itum, \. tr., clotlic, (Inss; pellibuH vostii-1, lo ulolhe om'sclf in .skins (c. \ , 1 1). vest-is, is, P., (Inw. Vestit US, -us, M , clothinif, (IrcHH. vAt^mnuH, A, -um, mij., old ; as a noun, vetemn i, onun, pi. M , veteran Irooii.s (scil. milites). v6t-o, -are, ui, -Itnm, v. tr., fori>i(l. prevent. V6t-U8. -eris, adj., old, ancicni ; no conip. ; Hup., veterrinuis. Vexill-um, -i, N., flan, standnrd. vex-o, are, -avi, -atuni, \. (r., harasH, plunder, waste. Vl-a, -ae, r., way, road, joiirncx ; tridui via, a jonniev of Ihiei! dnVs (C. iv, 4). Via-tor, -toris, M., traveller. Vicen i, -ae, il, distril*. num. adj., twenty each. Vice^im-US, -ft, -um, ord. mnn. iidj., twentieth. Vicies, num. adv., twenty times. Vicinit-aa, -atis, K., nei;flil)orli()0. U7), iiiU-., In> wfllliiK, wIhIi, IIKMJI'I'II ClW/'N, a nioiinf.iiiii mii^'c in nurt.li I'liHl.rrn h'viinvv. VOX, vmrls, I''., voiii- ; nifitfiia VOCO, in a loiiil voice {i:. iv, 'Mi). VuU'iiu iiH, I, l\l., Viil. (uhl. of VllliftlH HHicI III iitl) ii>h ., )(i'ni'iitll\ , 'onnnoiilv. Viiliir O*^. >• N (iiii<'l\ M ). I'liiiiinoM I |tl<', nnillihiilr viilnoi o, ii.nt, iivi, itltiiM.v.ii, wiiiinil, liiii'l. vulii IIM, I'^rlM. N., wiiiinil ; piiiicirt VIlllllwlbtlM HCCMtpt.lH, Willi hIImIiI IlIMM (1. \ , Id). Vlllp OH, Im. I' , fox. VuIh<». mmIh. M., ViiIno ; ('in'liix MiuiliiiH N'iiIno, II Ituniiiii riitiHiil will) hull I'liiil'UK of Mic |il'ii\ liiir iif .Amiii III Ist) ll.i', VUlt. ur, uriH, M , u miKhh'. Vltl tllH, lllH, iM., <'\|iri'NNiiiii, riiiiii. IrilHIIor, X«'«li«)ph <»ii, oiiIIh, M , \iiio|ilion, nil Al lli'lllltll, I III I II I of Noi'llllrH, mill Iriiilrr of llii' Orri'liM ill llif i'\|it'i|it|oii of ('vriiM. Xorx OH, Jh, M., ,\fix«'H, a kiiiK "f I'i'ihIii wiiiii'itiuiH'ii fi'iiii isri II I', to iitri ii.i!. Z. /il"U!yilt,h lIM, I r., /mvnUltlHdioW /null'), an iHlaiiil In Ilir lonlnn Nra, wcHt of (ilfl'l'f, Zi'irn ii, an, I' , /mna, a (own of Niiiniilla, whi'ri-H<-i|iioili'fi>a|('il llannilial, M.c. 21 «. ENGLISH- LATIN VOCABULARY. a, K<>riorall.v iiiitmiiHlutcd ; ulicn u Ih tM|uivttlfiit to" a certain, tmiiHlntcd lis <|ui(luin, (luiu'diiin, i|U()r, if imaiiiiiK one, t>.v iimiH(i). JT). abandon, mfito, -are, -avi, -lUiini (p. IWI, 1, iioti'); (li'sOr-o, -fro, -ill, «lcscrtiiin ; rOliiii|-U(), -Ore, rf'll(pil, rClictiiiii. abide by, I, Hi()(\vitii ai.l.) ; I abide by the decision, imiicio hi^ ability, inK'f'iiI-imi, -i, N. able, adj., pMtim ; I am able, jios Hlllll, poHHC, p<'itfll (p. 'IIW). abode, domicilimn, -i, N. about, prep., cinri, circlter, apud ; adv., circilcr. fere, pacdc; about (in the iit'iKliliorhoiid of) Rome, circ;! iioinuiii ; about two hundred, circitor du- (••■nli ; about ( aliiioHt), fcri' with adj. and adv., juifne with vi-rh. about (concerniinf), prep., du (|). 2'.',2). abroad, militiai! (p. 8(5); foriH or foraH. absence, alwenti-a, -ae, F. ; in my absence, mo ahscnte (p. l()l>, T)). absent, adj., atwens, ahsentiH ; I am a., attHUin, aliesse, ahffn ; I am absent from, al»snni al). abundance, copl-a, -ae, F. abuse, v., ah-ntor, -fiti, -fisiiM Hum (p. -iH:i, 10); to speak ill of, nuilc- (iico, -(licf-re, -dixi, -(lictuin (p. 278, f)). abuse, malediot-nin, -I, N. accept, a(!-cIpIo, -olpfjre, -cCim, •<'t'p- tuni. acceptable to, grat -us, a, -inn (with dat., p. 277, 2). accident, eas-uH, -uh, m. ; by acci- dent, casfi. accomplish, I, con-flcTo, -flcCre, •fCcI, -fcctiiiii ; ff-fk;io, •UaOiv, -fi-ol, -fec- tuni. account (on account of), prep., ol), proi)terTwith ace). account, on no, nullo inodo. account ( -reckoning), r.ltl-o, -onis, K. accuse, accuH-o, -are, -avI, -atuin (p. 281. 12). accustomed, 1 am, noIi u, MrtU-ro, .sr)liiuH Hinn. acquit, all soivo, Hoivcre, hoIvI, mAIh- tiHn(p. 2.SI, 12). acroHS, prip , trans (wifli ace.); j|fo across, tnins-co, -Ire, -ivi (-11), -II inn (ace). act, v., ft^o, f»;{('rc, c({[, actum ; faf. part. ; after the founding of the city, post nrhem conditam ; or use ahl. aliH., or after that. after that, post(|uani (p. 20l, 5). afterwards, iwlv., jiosiea. Rgain, .idv., rurH.UH : itcrjiii! fa Hc.f^ond time) ; again and again, .saepe, saep- i.ssime. 483 484 VOCAFH?LAI{Y. I 1 aeralnst, rontri (nrr), \u (nee.). Agamemnon. Airaincnn,,,,,. .jm, m. age (tiino <.f life). iift-uN, -atis, |.'. agre{()i.i), Hiiict iiM, iitiM, |.'. agre. a boy two years of, pnor •Inns aiiiioM iiuliis (|i, L'sri, (J). agitate, iHTtuilio, urc, -avl, -atnin. ago. ahliiric ; ten years ago. al.- run.' (Ic.fin aiiiiiis .)r aiiiiis(al)|., p. -jm, :,). agree, I, (uiiM.Mfic. ; agreed by all. It 18, constat intiT oiiiiics (n k;- ;;> • (•OIlM'llit. ' -• ' • aid. a.ixlll-mn, -i, N. ; come to a.. •iiitiiin (With mc); Niih-vCnio, -viriiii.' •vCiK, -ventiiiii(wiili(lat.). air, at'r, aciis, M. alarm, nftv-or, -mis, m. all, oinn-is, -e ; ciiiict iis. -a, -uiii ■ uni- vers-us, -a, -um ; tot -us, -a, -iiin'. ' allow, I, Hliio, siiH'ir, sivi, sltiiin • t-oi.c.Mlo ,.o.lrT.., -cesHj, ...fSMnin ; I am' allowed, mihi licet (p. lo;{, ;,). ally, soci-iiH, -I, M. alone, soi-us, -a, -uni. along with, una cinn. Alps, Ali)-Os, -luni, F. already, iam, adv. i.i^!f(°L';{,'S"" ^'"^'''^' *'"'''^"'' ^'"''•^■' 1 .^'*'^P}^8'h,quainquaiii, (|uainvis, licet, always, st.mpt;r, adv. ambassador, lojfatus, -i, m. ambition, ainl)iti-o, -Onls, F. among, inter (prep, win, ace.) ; apiid (prei>. witTi ace.); in (prep, with al)l.). amount, what ; >ise((iiaiitinn+gen. ambuscade, ambush, insidi-ae. -armii, F. ))!. ' ancestors, inaior-Csi, inn. ancient, anti.pi-ns, -a, -inn ; vOtiis. •fria ; priseuH'^-a, -uni (adj.). 'Onniis, all without exeejjtTTn, opjj^-d to nemo or iiniiH ; cunctun, a Htrontfer term than omnis, "all tof^'efher " • lini- versus, all in a hodv, oi)po.sed to i.n.idi • totus, the whole, as o)>|)osed ':■> a (•.. '± ' «Anti(iuus, old and no Ion;;: r o i-'inir vetiis, old andwtillevJH.tintr; .ri-eus okl- tashionod ; pristinus, helongij.h' to an earlier ajfe, * *' Ancus, Ani' UH, i, M. and, ef, line, alipU', at!. anger, n- a, ae. K. angry (be), iraseor, irawi, Iratussiim; Mic-cenH.<|, .eunsert', .ci'dHOI, -eenHuin (with daf.). animal, iltilm-al, -alls, N. annihilate, deleo, -ere, -Ovi, -etuin. announce, minti-o, -are, -avi, -atiMu. another, ali-us. -a, -ml (p. -jii); one another, inter se (p. •J2:{). answer, respons um, -i, N. ; v., re- spond eo, ere, respond!, responsuiil. Antonlus. Antoniim, -I, M. anxious, be, cupio, eup<^re. (•ni)ivl (li>, ciiintnin. any (after ne«:atives), (pii.s(|uain, (piid- ;i."'"": I'll-iiH, a, -un> (l;t2, 3); (amrnia- live' .|uiMs, .piaevis, (piidvis ; (pnlihet, ipiaeldiet, (luodlihet ; (pns, after si, nisi, lie, nnni. (|Uo, (pianto, (p. 188, B, note). anyone, p. i,t_', :;. anywhere, us(|uain, adv. apiece, distrihutive luiineral fp. 69, 8. appeal to, I, ol.test-or, -ari, -atus ;iini ; I appeal to you not to do tnis, te ohtestor ne hoe facias. appear, I (seem), vIdCor, vidurl, visus Hum (p. 28it, (i). appear, I (come in Hif,'ht), ap-parfo, parere, -parfd, -paritum (used as pass, of Mdeo). ' applaud, I, plaudo, plaudCre, plausl. plausum (dat.). • » > apple, poni-tnn, -i, N. appoint, dico, dTeere, dixl, dictum ; appoint over, praeflclo, -flcOre, -fCuf, -fetum ; I appoint an officer over the camp, lOKTitum castris (dat.) praeficio (p. 27S, (i). apprehension, mot-us, -us, m. approach, ;idvent-us, -us, M.; .Idlt-us, -IIS, .M. ; v., apiirOpiiKpi-o, -are, -avI, -at'H'i (With dat., or ad with ace.); a>,'-f,'-rCdicr, -i^rC-dl, -j;ressus sum ; ad-Oo, -ire, -Ivi (or 11). -itum. approved, apectat-u.s, -a, -um ; pro- liat-us, -a, -um (adj.). ardor, for, stridf-mn, -f, n. (with «:en.). aright, recte (adv.). Ariovistus, Ariovist-us, -1, M. .., ..,vy^ia.LiK^ pjjP^y (jptimu-tes, -tlum, M. 1)1. ' arise, ftrtor, Criri, ortus sum. vorAmi.Auv. 485 arm, brftrlil-tim, -i, N, ; \., urin o, •krv, «fc. armed, umiU hh, a, -mn ; p.p. ^)f Rrnio ; llgrht armed : nve ticst wnni armor, troops of Ugrht, niilit.,* lo\ is uriiiiiliiriii'. armor-bearer, aimi^'-cr, -frl, M. arma, urm a, -i>nmi, N. pi. army, ixcntit hh, -us, M. (in triiiniinf) ; aKiiiiii, n(,niiliim. N. (on the iniirch) ; acIt'H, 1 1, t' (in lint'). around, ciici, circnm (prep. ( aci.). arouse, incU-o, -are, -avl, -ttluni. arrival, advent-ns, -um, M. arrive, lulvrnio, -vcnin', -vonl, -vt'i- tuni. arrive, at, pir-vi^nio, -vC'iilrc, -viin, ■vi'nliini (ad witli ace). arrow, HaKitta, at-, K. art, ars, arti.s, K. as (p. 127, '2) ; (in plaic of), pro ; as. . . SO, lit with ita in the main ciaiiHt- ; as. . . as, tain (piani ; SUCh. as, tuii.s . . . .(|uali.s ; as if, vciiit .si (I'.t,"), ;{). as, as though, as if, tanijuani, quasi (p. IK.''), :\). as (= While), iii- riini. as mvich as, tanlum ipinntiini. as often as, (piotics, cnin cjiu, 4). as soon as, sinnil ac (or atiiuc), (p. 298, 2). ascertain, coKnoHco, cojfnosi'Cre, cn;;- novi, coj,'nltun). ashamed, be, pndit, ere, nit (<>r -Itiini e-st); I am ashamed of my folly), nie Htnltitiae nicae pudet (p. icr,, 1). Asia, As la, -ae, F. ask, I (you a question), te rotfo or interrojfo ; ex or a te <|uaero ((|iiaerOre, (luaesivi, (luaesitinn). ask, I (reipiest, l)t>:, you), te ro}f0, ore, (-ftrv, -avi, -atuin) ; abs te pOto (petere, pC'tivi, petituin). ask for, I, jiosco, poseere, pftposci. assault, oppuvfu-o, -are, -a\i, -atuiu. assemble, v. a., cunvOc-o, -are, -avi, -Stvuu ; v.n., eou-venio, -vCnlre, -vOni, -ventuni (intr.). assembly, contl-o, -onis, F. ; convent- Hs, -US, M.: cQneni-uu!, -I. N. assert (as a fact), afflrnio, -arc, -avi, •utuin. aH8l8t,sul.levo,-.-.rr,-avi,-rituni(ac«'.), HUh viiiloj voinre, ■\Cu\, -ventum (dal.( ; ailiuvo, -ifivare, -iiivi, •iutiiin (aci;.). at, ad (prep with ace); npud (prep with ace.); or loi'ati\e. See p. s;., ;i. .After \cil) of motion, sa,\ lo(l> .S.^, |); come to mo at Komei me Uomain vent ; of time, use al)l. Athenians, Alhonlena es, -Inm, M. Athens, AtliOn ae. -arum, K. attack, \ ., aK-t;r('dior, nu i\\, -uressus Sinn ; (sudilenlv), iid I'trlur, ■•'irui, -ortus sum ; (a cit.v), , -tore, -ti, -sum. bad, inal-us, -a, -um (comp., itelor; sup., pessinuis) ; imprOh-us, -a, -um. badly, niale ; comp., jK'ius ; sup., pessinie. baggage, impedmunta, -orum, N. [>1. bane, pernlci-es, -ei, F. banish, I, ex civitaf e polio or expello ; in exiliuin pello (jiellt re, pejiuli, pulsum). banishment, exili-um, -i, N. bank, ripa, -ae, F. banquet, cpul-um, -i, N. pi., cpulae, F. (I.. 212). barbarian, harh.ir-us, -a, -\iiu (adj. and n.). barbarous, crudel-is, -e (adj.). 1 486 VOCABULARY. (Of a tree) cortex, cortlda, M., liber, llbri, base, turp-is, -e (adj.), baseness, turpi tful-o, -in is, F. battle, proeli-uin -I, N. ■ nuurn-a -ae, F ; to begin a battle, proelimn coninnttero ; m battle, In b. array. in acie. •' ' be, sum, esae, fru (p. 24). beam, trabs, trabis, F. bear, urs-us, -i, m. ; v.. fero, forre, lull, latiiiii ; port-o, -are, -avi, -atuiii. beautiful, jmlch-cr, -ra, -rum (cgihi). pulchrior; .sup., i)ul<'herrinm3) ; an;oeiiu.s -a, -um (of scenery). in?v^*^^.^®®' 'l""^'- <1"'''>^' •liioniam (ii. i!») ; ottoii expressed li.v part. (]). 2l'(), /). become, flo, fieri, factus sum. becomes, it, aOeet, deocro, deciiit [nw.) ; e.st with gen. (p. 124, 1). beech, fagus, -i, F. before, ante (,.rep. with ace.) ; coni anteciuani, priusiiuam (p. 201, 5) • a)- ambo, anibat, ambo (like duo, 08, 4). both. . . and, et. . . .et, que. . . que. ' bound (in a gcog-raphical sense), con- tineo, tlnere, -tlniM, -tentum. boundaries, fm-cs, -ium (pi.), .m. boy, pfier, M.; from a boy, a pilero. bow, arc-us, -us, M. branch, ram-us, -T, M. brandish, iact-o, -are, -avi, -atum. brave, fort-is, -e ; bravely, fortlter. bravery, fortltud-o, -inis, F. break franco frangOre, fregi, frac ' ;." i ^i through, per-friuMO, -fringOre, -tiegi, -fractum ; b. one's Word fidem fallo (fallC-re, fefelli, falsum). ' *" bridge, pons, pontis, M. briefly, breyiter ; as b. as possi- ble, (luam brevissime. brigand, latr-o, -Onis, M. VOCABULARY. 487 bright, olariiH, -a, -um (adj.). bring, I, dfico, nUH, Oneris, N. burdensome, mfllest-us, -a, -um ; Rrav-is, -o(a(lj.). burn, crCmo, -are, -ilvl, -atum ; inccn- do, iiiueiideie, ineendi, incensuni. bushel, niodi-us, -i, M. bvisiness (the), res, rei, F.; nego- tiiuii, -1, N. but, Hed ; verum (empiiatic) ; (otdy), tantimi, mOiio ; (urdess), nisi ; (except), praeler (prep, with ace.). butcher, tn'Ksldo, -are, -avi, -iltum. buy, C'UK), emCre, 0ml, emptun) by (of a jierson after a i)assi\ c verb), a or ab (l). 71, 2) ; tlat. of agent (173, 4) ; abl. of means (j). 71, ;?) ; per (prep, with aw.), of iiidir. agent ; by day, interdlu ; by night, noetfi. c. Caesar, Caos-ar, -aris, M. calamity, crdilmlt-as, -atis, F. call, vfico, -are, -avi, -atum ; call to- gether, convOc-o, -are, -fivl, -atum. ca.Mng (after forbid), use inf. call out, evCieo, -are, -avi, -iltmii ; call by name, appell-o, -are, -avi, -atutii. calm, trancpiill-us, a-, -um (adj.). calmness, tran(iuiint-as, -atis, F. camp, castra, -orum (pi., N.). can, possum, posse, potuT (p. 14*2) ; (-may), licet, imi)ers. with a dat. (p. 102, ;V; Ifi.M, fi); l.'W (a), (in deliberative i|uestion8). candid, llb-er, -6ra, -6rum(adj.). candidate for, I am a, pet-o, -ere, •IvI, -ituin. candidly, lihCre, aperte, adv. Cannae, Caim-ae, -arum (pL), F. cannot, hdu possum ; noqu-eo, -Ire, -ivi (or li), -Hum. capital, rai)ut, ciVpItis, N. caprice, llbid-o, -lni.s, F. capture : use take. care, cur-a, -ae, F. careful for, I am, oaveo (cavore, cavi, cautum); I am careful for you, tibi caveo. carefully, diUgeiiter, adv. carry (hear), fero, ferre, tuli, la- tum ; i)()rt-o, -are, -avT, -atum ; carry on war, i)ellum gCro (gerere, gessi, gestum) ; carry out, ex-sOfpior, -sCcpii, •secfitus sum ; con-flcfo, -ficere, -feci, •fectum ; carry across, l-ransport-o, -are, -avi, -atum ; carry out of the country, export-o, -are, -avi, -atum. Cassius, Cassl-us, -1, M. cast, con-lolo, -IcCre, -icci, -iectum ; cast away, ab-lcio, -IcOre, -iCci, -iectum. Casticus, Casticus, -I, M. catch, cai)io, capere, cepT, captuni. cattle (in general), i>uc-us, -oris, N. ; (of a single head), jiccus, jxJcUdis, F. cause, cau8-a, -ae, F. ; v., ef-flcio, -fit;ere, -feci, -fectum ; with ut+suhj. for Eng. to (p. 181, ;{). cavalry, eqfiit-es, -luu, M. pi. ; .adj., e(juest-er, -ris, -re. cave, antr-um, -I, N. ; cftv-um, -I, N. cease, I, de-sino, -slnere, -sivi (sli), -situin ; de-sisto, -sistCre, -stiti, no sup. (with abl. ; p. 158, 2). Cecrops, Cecrops, Cecr6pis, M. celebrated, clar-us, -a, -um ; insign- ■is, -e (adj.); the celebrated Cicero, Cicero, \ir clarissinuis or ille C (adjs. are not added to proper names). c antral, modl-us, -a, -um (adj.) ; a central place, locus medius. centurion, centfirl-o, -Onis, M. century, centnri-a, -ae, F. certain (sure), cert-us, -a, -»mi (adj.). certain (one), a, quidam, quaedam, ([uoddam. chain, catena, -ae, F. ; vincfil-um, -i, N. chance, cfis-us, -fis, M. ; fortun-a, -ae, F. : by chance, forte, casfi. change, I, mut-o, -are, -avi, atum ; n., commutati-o, -onis, F. character, turn by a dependent olauee (p. 181, 1). 488 VOCABULARY. Character (-ood), virt-ua, -ntia, F characterCnuxIeof life), ...ur-os, mn, moVc^'o,\tin!?.^ ^'^^^^^ Character. l^^'^^aracteristic of, it is : see p. Charg-e (aceusation), crimen, -Inis, N Charge (of tro<,,w), iini„.t.u8, m. ; make a charpre, in-vruio, -va.iore -\aHi, -vaMiin: nnpctuni fa(rere(oiu i„). ' chargred. I am (with), accf.s-or, •an, -atiis sum (p. 281, 1:>). ■fi?M.^^°^' '^'''''''■"'"> ■'■ N. ; curr-ns, charioteer, esso-' .ri-us, -i, m. ,l.?u.f^^.' mOiliSr-or, -arl, -atus sum (with aative) , coeicoo, -ere, -fii, -itum. Cheer, clamor, -oris, M. Cheer, v. a., hort-or, -arT, -atns sum Cheerful, l.llar-is, -e ; illac-er -ris -re (adj.). ' ' "^' Cheerfully, filclle, adv. cherish, tneor, tnCrl, tnttiis sum. acij.X^^^' ^"■'"''''*''' ^••'•"'■PiH, M. (u. an.J Child, pfler. pfterT, M. jj_^J]*ldren, pueri, M. ; I,l,c,-i, -orum, Choose, I(like), mihi lil)efc(imper8.).» lutu , crO-0, -are, -avi, -atuui. Cicero, C'lc<^r-o, -Onis, M. Cimon, Cnu-on, -onis, M. Circumstances, res, roi, v. • i vield to circumstances, tempori cc.Io! citadel, ar.\, areis, F. citizen, clv-is, -is, M. and F. city, urbs, urbis, F. Civil, clv!l-is, -e (adj.). civilization, bumnnit-as, -atis, F. Civilized, hfun.an-us, -a, -um (adj ) class, gdn-u.s, -Pris, N. ■a^u'iadrr'"' "■ """ = •"^""^«*-. »„ff'^^^' !* ^^' ^I'l'^ir-cr, -ere, -uit ; maiii- !,7""" ^«Mp. 109, 1); I clear myself SmnK ® .charge ; me de crimine (or simply crnmne) purgo. clemency, clementl-a, -ae, F. clerk, scrib-a, -ae, M. client, my, hio (p. ii8, 2). nw}^^^'\''V' "^' •*' • <^he military Cloak, palu(l..meiit-um, -i, N. close, I, elaudo, claudere, clausi, clau- 8iim ; close up, inter-cludo, eludOre, •-'liisi, -eluhum. close to, prope ad (ace). close at hand, prope, iuxta. Clof he, vesti-o, -Ire, -ivl (li), -itnm. -is*'\°*^^'^^' ^^^"^-"^^ -"8. M. ; vest-is, Cloud, nubes, -is, F. n..?r?H,^*^' "i"".''' "'■'*'• •:'• : ^ea coast, ofp niarltuiia ; lit-us, -rtris, N. coast along-, v., praeter-vf.hor. -vohi -vectus sum (with ace.). . ' cohort, c('>hor-a, -tls, F. colleag-ue, collejj-a, -ae, M. collect, compar-o, -are, -avI, -atum. colony, c61onI-a, -ae, F. column, cOlunm-a, -ae, F. come, yenio, venire, vcni, ventum • C. away, discedo, -cedere, ce.ssi, -cessum.' . command, n., imperl-um. -i. N • iniperat-um, -i, N. • . • , command, I, imper-o, -are, -avi .';fm ( Jirr,at.t* = ^'" '' ''-'"• °^'' »^^^^- commander, impCrat-or, -oris M • praefect-us, -i, M. ; dux, dncis, M. commence, in-olpio, -elpCre, -cepi -ceptum ; coepi, -isse. ^ ' commencement, initi-um, -i, m. commit, I (a crime), facinus ad-mitto (-nuttere, -misi, -missum). common, coiMmun-is, -e, adj. j.^cornmonwealth, respublica, reipub- communicate, I (-impart to), com- munleo, -are, -avi, -atum (cum). . companion, socl-us, -i, m. ; sOdal-ie. -IS, M. ; comes, -Itis, M. company with, in, cum (prep, with j.^compare, con-fcro, -ferre, -tfdi, col- compassion, mIs6ricordI-a, -ae, F. compel, cogo, cogL-re, cOCgi, cOactum. complain, queror, querl, questus complaint, p. 219, {g). \ VOCABULARY. 489 comrade, ooinnilllt-o, -onia, M. conceal, wl-o, -nn, -avi, -iitTuniDS, ;{). concerning-, (!<• (picp. with aiil.). concerns, it, pertinet ad (with ace.) ; p. IGO, -J. condemn, condenin-o, -firo, a\ i, -utmu (for^gi;".). condition (lot), foituria, -m-, v.; (teriiiH), eomllcl-o, -r.iiis, F. conference, I have a, collcMiiior, -llVUlt, -lOcUtllS 811111. confess. f.UCor, f.atOrT, fassuH Mini, confltOor, -fiteri, -fcssiiH Hiiin. confidence, fidricla, -ae, l". ; fidis, •el, F. confidence in, I have, oonfido, -fUlere, -fisii.s Hiiin ; lldoiii alieiii halieo. congratulate, I c. you on this, hoc (aw;.), ol) haiio rem, dv. hae re, tihi Kratnl-or (-.in, -;it,iis sum). conquer, vinoo, vincOre, vicl, victum ; sftpOr-o, -are, -avi, -atum. conquered, viotus, -a, -uin (p.j). of vinco). conqueror, viot-or, -oris, M. consciousness, sensus, -fis, ,M. ; conscienti-a, -ae, F. consent of Caesar, with the, Caesilre voleiite. consequence, it is of c to me, niea interest or rGfert (p. IOC, :(). consider, I, arDitr-or, -ari, -atiis sum ; (hold, thiiilO, hahco, dueo. consist of, eonaist-o, -ere, -stlti (iii4 abl.). consolation to me, it is a g-reat magiiosGlfilio inihi e.st (j). i;u, 1). conspiracy. conirirutT-o, -onis, F. conspire, coniur-o, -are, -avi, -atiiiii. consul, eonsul, -rdis, M. consulship, eonsuiat-us, -us ; in the C. of Caesar, C'aesare ooimnle. consult, consfilo, conafilCre, cormfilai, consultuni (with aw.). content(ed),coMteiit-us, a, uiu (with abl.), :)). 2j!.{, <);). continent, eontinin-s, ti-s (.sin)i)lv terra). ' * "' contrary to, contra, prep, with ace. conversation, senn-o, onis, m. ; I have a conversation with you, tecum coiloquor. convoke, conv('ico, -are, -avi, -fit tun. Corinth, Corinth-us, I, F. corn, fruinent-uni, -1, N. costs, It, 8f at (p. l.W, 1). cottag-e, oi\8-a, -ae, F. council, concill-um, -l, F. could : sec can (p. 10;{, 5, note). count, I ( I iiiiniber), nfimero, -aro, -ivi, atuni ; (I hold), habco, -ere, -Oi, -Itnm ; dfico, duccre, duxi, ductuni. country, one's, piltri a, -ae, F. country, the (the state), respuh- lica, rcipublicae, F. ; civltas, -itis, F. country (as distiiK t from the town), nis. riiris, N. ; from the country, rurc (abl.); to the country, riw ((<■(!.); in tlie country, ruri (locative ; p. Mi). countryman, civ-is, -is, M. courag-e, virt-tis, -utis, F. ; fortltfid-o, -iiiis, F. course, I take this, haec facio. court, aula, -ae, F. ; ifidlcl-um, -I, N. cover, tego, tOffOre, texi, te(!tuni. coward, cowardly, iKnav-us, -a, -um ; tlmld-u.s, -a, -uin (adj.). cowardice, iKii.1vI-a, -ae, F. crave for, I, desldor-o, -are, -avi, -atiiin. credible, it is scarcely, vix credi potest. credit, frun-a, -ae, F. crime, facln-us, -Oris, N. ; scCl-ue, -uris, N. criminal, scf^h rat-us, -a, um (ndj.). crisis, discriiu-en, -Inis, N. ; temp-us, -oris, N. cross, I, tranaeo, -Ire, -IvI (or -II), -Ituiii (ace.). crowd, nniltltud-o, -Inis, F, ; tiirb-a, -ae, F. ; v., (;irciinifiindo, -fiindere, -ffidi, -fusuiii (sc). crown, eorrm-a, -ae, F. ; ( =akingdom), reKnuin, -i, N. cruel, crfidOl-is, -e ; saev-us, -a, -um, (adj.). cruelly, erudollter ; saevc, adv. cruelty, cnideht-as, -atis, t'. ; saevl- tla, -ae, F. cry, n., clain-or, -oris, M. ; v., clam-o. -are, -avi, -atuni. cultivate, efilo, c<')lfire, cAlni, cultum. culture, cult us, -fis, M. ; humanlt-aa, -atis, F. Cures, Cur-es, -luni, F. Curius, CiTri-uH, -i, M. CVlstom, mos, nioris, M. ; eonsuOtud-o, -Inis, I''. cut, stco, seoare, sCcrti, sectum- 490 VOCABULARY. dagrg'er, pttffl-o, -Onia, M.; slc-a, -ae, V. daily, qtiotidie ; with ooniparati cm or words denotinjf increase or diminution, in dies. danger, pcricrtl-um, -i, M. dangerous, piiicnlos-iis, -a, -um .(adj.). dare, auduo, audcre, aiisus sum. daring, audax, audacis (adj.). dark (metaphorically ajipliod to crime), atrox, atrocis (adj.). dark (literally), ater, atra, atrum ; ohsciir-us, -a, -nm. dart, tel-um, -I, N. ; lacfil-um, -T, N. daughter, flll-a, -ae, F. (p. 6, 2). day (opposed to nij^ht), dies, did, M. or F. ; (oppo.sed to darknest)),~liu.\, Ifiois, F. ; dayoreak, prima lux ; day after day, diem ex die ; the day befoi'e, prldle ; for the day, in diem. deadly, mortl fer, -fera, -."erum (adj.). dear, car-us, -a, -um (adj.). death, mors, mortis, F. debt, aes ailenum ; gen., aeris alieni. deceive, I, de-cTpio, -cipCre, -cepi, -oeptum. decide on, I (resolve), constlttto, -stltufire, -stitOI, -stitutfun (inf.) ; statuo, statflere, stiitfiT, statutum ; (pass judjj;- ment on), ifidlc-o, -are, -avi, -atum ; de-cerno, -cernCre, -crSvi, -crotum (de). decision, iudlci-um, -i, N. declare, dico, dicere, dixi, dictum. declare (war) I, indi-^o, -dicere, -dixl, -dictum. decree, I, v., de-cemo, -cernCre, -crcvi, •crctum ; decrctum, -i, X. deed, -facln-us, -Oris, N. ; fact-um, I, N. deep, alt-US, -a, -um (adj.). defeat, n., ciad-es, -is, f. defeat, v., vinco, vinctre, vicT, \ic- tum ; sflpOr-o, -are, -avi, -atum. defend, defendo, defendtre, defendi, defensum. defile, n., angustl-ae, -arum, F. (pi.) ; salt-US, -us, M. delay, v. (tr. and intr.) m6ra, -ae, F. deliberate, -atum. mrtr-or, -url, -fitiis sum ounct-or, -ari, -fitus sum ; dellbti-o, -iire, -avi, deliberation, there is need of, ©pus est consulto ;p. ICO, 2). delight, I, delect-o, -are, -."ivi, -atum (trans.); gaudGo, gaudere, gavisus sum (intr.). delightful, amoenus, -a, -um (of scenery) ; pulch-er, -ra, -rum. deliver (hand down;, trado, trfidi-re, tradldl, tradltum ; redilo, -dure, -dldl, -ditum ; (free), llbdr-o, -are, -avi, -atum ; deliver a speech, orationem habere ; after the speech was d., abl. aba. (220). Delphi, Del|)h-I, -orum, M. pi. demand, postrd-o, -are, -avi, -atum ; flagito, -are, -fivi, -atum ; posco, poscfire, puposci, no sup. (p. 92, S). Demosthenes, Demosthenes, -is, M. dense, dens-us, -a, -um (adj.). deny, I, nGg-o,. -are, -avi, -iltum. depart, I ( = go away), ab-eo, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itum ; dis-cedo, -cedOre, -cessi, -cessum. descend, bC'0, inhere, iussi, iussuin (ace); inipCr-o, -are, -fivl, -atnni (dat.). directions, In both, utnin(iue; in different d., diverse; in all d., undique. disagree, I, dis-sentio, -sentire,-sensl, -sensum. disagreement, dissensl-o, -onis, F. disaster, casus, -us, M.; cftlAnilt-aa, -atis, F. discharge the duties of, I, funy;or, fungi, functus sum (p. IIG). discipline, disciplln-a, -ae, F. discourse, serm-o, -onis, M. discover : see ascertain, disease, morh-us, -i, jM. disembark, I (act.), ex-p6no, -pOnert -pOsiii, -pOsitum ; neut, egrOdlor, egrudi, egressus sum. disgrace, ignOminl-a, -ae, F.; turpl- tfid-o, F., -hiis. disgraceful, turp-is, -e(adj.). dismay, pav-or, -oris, M. dismiss, dl-mitto, -niittere, -nilsl, -niissuni. displease, dis-plleeo, -plleC-re, -plicuT, -pUcituni. disposition, ingOnl-um, -1, N. ; in- dOl-es, -is, F. dissntisfled, I am d. with my- self, inei nie jwenitet (p. Ki.i, ij. dissemble, disslmal-o, -are, -avi -atuni. ' dissension, dis-sensi-o, -onis, F. distance, simti-um, -i, n. distance from, I am at a, ah-sum -esse, -fui (ah). distant, longimiu-us, -a, -um (adj.); be d., ahHuni. distinguished, clar-us, -a, -um (adj. ). district, rogi-o, -onis, F.; lOc-us, -i, M.; 1)1. loca, -Ornni, N. (p. 242). distrust, dif-fldo, -fldOre, -fisus sum (with a dat.). disturb, turb-o, -are, -avI, -atuni. ditch, foss-a, -ae, F. Divico, Dh ic-o, -onis, M. divide, di-vldo, -vUkre, -visl, -visum. divine, drvln-us, -a, -um (adj.), Divitiacus, Dlvltlae-u.s, -i, M. do, facio, facC-re, fOcI, factum (p. ?16, 1). dog: ciinis, -is, M. or F. doom, fat-urn, -i, N. door, iantl-a, -ae, F. doubt, v., di'ibito, -are, -fivi, -iitum ; there is no doubt that, non est duhium quin (p. 188, 6). doubtful, dfibl-us, -a, -um (adj.). drag, I, traho, triihure, traxT, tractum. draw, I, traho. See above. draw up a law, I, legem scribo. (scrihere, scrijisl, script um). draw up an army, I, aciem in- struG (instroore, iii8tni.\i, instrnctnm) ■ after the army was drawn up,' acie instructa(p. lOO, 5). dread, I, rOformld-o, -are, -avI, -atuni. dreadful, atrox, atrocis (adj.). dress, vest-is, -is, F.; vestlt-us, -us, M. drink, bih-o, -Cr6, bibi. drinking, good for, utilis ])ibendo (p. (io, •_'). drive, pello, pellere, pepfili, pulsuin ; ago, agere, egi, actum. due, use pass, of dob-Go, -Ore, -rii, -Itum, during( = in), abl. (82,1); (all through), 'ICC, p. 82, 4 ; d. the reign, p. lOO, 5. dust, pul\-is, -eris, M. duty, offrfl-nm, -T, N.; see p. 124. dwell, hahlt-o, -are, -avi, -atuni. dwelling, aedlfld-um, -I, N.;fect-uni, •I ! 492 VOCABULARY. each (one), fiuisque (never first in senteiii'e), (|iiae(|iie, (|iio<5iimp (adj.) and (luidrivate), Inlmlc-us, -I, M. ; (l)ul)lic), ho.st-is, -is, M. engage in battle, protlimn coni- mitto, •mittOre, -mlsi, -niissiun. engine (of war), tormentum, -T, N. enjoy, frfior, frfil, fru<;tus sum (with al)l.,"p. 110); ( to have), haheo. enmity, Inlmic1ti-a, -ae, F. enough, Siitis, adv. enquire: see inquire. enquiry, gerund of enquire. enroll (soldiers), con-scrlho, -scrihCre, -HcripsT, -scriptum. enter, In-Co, -ire, -Ivi, -Itum (ace, p. 277, 1). enterprise, res, rel, F. entirely, tot-us, -a, -um (p. 20, 1). entrust, per-mitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -missum. enumerate, enfimfir-o, -atum. envoy, icgat-us, -i, M. envy, n., invldi-a, -ae, F. -\i(lere, -vidl, -visum (d.at., p. note). Bphesus, EphCs-us, -1, F. equal, aeipi-us, -a, -um ; p.ar, piiris (= equal to); I make e., aequo, -are, •avi, -atum. equally, parlter, aeipie. err, I, err-o, -are, -avi, -atum. error, error, -Oris, M. escape, ef-ffiglo, -ffigC-re, -fugl, -fi'igl- tuni. establish, conflrm-o, -are, -avi, -atum; statfio, statacre, statCii, statutum. estimate, aestim-o, -are, -avi, -atum. estimation, .aestimatl-o, -Onis, F. eternal, sempltern-us, -a, -um (adj.). even, etiam ; quOciue (used after an emphatic word); hef ore .an adj., vel; not ...even, nccjuidem (with the empha- sized word put between) ; ne unus quidem, not even one evening, vesper, -cris, M.; in the e., vespOri (or -e). ever, unquam. -.avi, in-video, 278, foot 3 VOCAHtJLARY. 493 every ( all), omn-iH, -c ; quisimc, 'piaeque, (nii(l(|ue or (|ii(i(1()mi' (p. i:;2). every day. s.u daily. evident, manlfest-ns, -a, -ntii (adj.); it is e., appar-i't, -Ore, -iiit. exact (piiiiishinent), siiiiio, siliiiOre, sunipsi, siiinptiim. excellent, optlm-us, -a, -um ; excel- len-s, -tis (adj.). except, praeter(aco.). except (to), nisi (tit). excessive, niml-us, -a, -um (adj.). exchange for, I, mnt-o, -are, avy, atuin (p. l.OO, 1, note). excite, excito, -are, -avT, -atuni. execute, con-ficlo, -flcOre, -fOci, -fectuiii. exercise, v., exerc-Co, -Ore, -ni, -ituni. exhort, hort-or, -arl, -fitus sum. exile, ex-ul, -ulis, M. ; exill-um, -i, \. (of a condition). exist, I, sum, esse, ffii. expect, ex-speot-0, -are, -avi, -atum ; sper-o, -are, -avI, -atum. expedient, util-ls, -e (adj.) ; it is expedient (i). 1C3, 6). expediency, utillt-aH, -atis, F. expel, pello, -Cre, pepidi, i)ulHum. experience, us-us, -n.s, m.; experi- t-nll-a, -ae, F. explain, ex-pono, -ponere, -pdsui, -pOsitum, extent, p. 69, 9. extortion, repetund-ae, -arum, F. jil. [lit. of thinys that should be };ot back (reputo); supply reruni]. extreme, extrem-us, -a, -um (adj.). exult, exult-o, -are, -avi, -atum. eye, Scnl-us, -i, M. ; I saw it with my own eyes, ipse id \ idi. P. face, OS, oris, N. ; fac-r-es, c-i, K. ; vult-us, -us, M. fact, rCs, rul, F. (p. 181, 2). faction, factl-o, -onis, F. fail, de-ficio, -ficere, -fOcI, -fectum (used with or without ace.); de-sum, -esse, -fed (with dat.). fair, pnloh-cr. -ra, -rum ; amnen-n-^, -a, -um (of scenery). faith, f id-es, -ei, F. ; I put faith in you, tibi fldem habeo. faithful, fid6l-is, -e (adj.). faithfulness, fid-es, -ei, F. fall, I'ado, cadcre, cicldl, casuni ; fall in battle, ixr-eo, -we, -Ivt (or li), -itum, fall into, iiicldo, -culcrc, -cidl (with in' and ace.) ; fall headlong, praeclplt-o, -are, -avl, -atinn ; fall into ruin, cor- ruo, (•orrilire, cornii. false (of persons), niendax, -acis ; (of thiiitf.s), fals-UH, -a, -um ; flct-us, -a, -um. falsehood, mendacltnn, -I, >L ; to tell a falsehood, mentior, mentlri, nientitu.s nuhi. falsely, speak, ment-Tor, -rn, -ituH sum. fame, fam-a, -ae, F. ; glorl-a, y. family, n., famlll-a, -ae, F. family, dftmestl-cus, -ca, -nun (adj.). famine, fam-es, -is, F. famovis, praeelar-us, -a, -um (adj.). far ( = distant), lon(,'inqu-us, -a, -um (ais, -a, -uiii (adj.). fiercely, fei-ociter ; atrOciter ; saevi'. fifteen, i|i'i"d<."cim. fifth, (luiii-lus, -a, -uin(adj.). fifty, quiiKiiiatfinta. fight, put(n-a, -ap, F.; proeli-uiii, -i, N.; v., puK'i-o, -are, -avi, -atuiii ; diinic-o, -are, -avI, -iltmn. fill, com-pli'o, -plOre, -i)lC'vl, -pletimi ; rcpk'o, -plOre, -plOvI, -plotuin. find (after a search), ropC'rio, reperlrC, rC'peri, repertuni ; (come on auddenly), in-voiilo, -venire, -vCni, -veiitmn. find fault with, cnlp-o, -are, etc., vltfiper-o, -are, -avi, -atiim. find out, reperio. See find, fine, i)ulch-er, -ra, -rum (adj.). finish, con-ficio, -fIcOre, -feci, -fectinii ; fln-io, -ire, -IvI, -ituni. fir, abies, abietis, F. fire, ijfii-is, -is, M. fire and sword, with, ferro et igni. firm, firin-us, -a, -uiii ; (of cliaracter), fort-is, -e (adj.). first, prTm-us, -a, -uin ; I was the first to do it, hoc primus feci. fit for, apt-US, -a, -uui (adj.), (with dat., p. 60, 2). five, (luinque. flag, siRn-uni, -T, N. flank, lat-us, -Cris, N. flash, fulg-ur, -Oris, N. flee, \ol-o, -are, -avI, -atum ; fu^'o, fii;;ore, fujfi, ffitfltuiii. flee to, adv6l-o, -are, -avI, -atum (ace). fleet, class-is, -is, F. flesh, caro, carriis, F. flight, frtg-a, -ae, F. fling at. pro-Iclo, -Icfire, -lOci, -iectuin; f. away, ab-lclo, -IcOre, -iecl, -iectum. flock, grex, grCgis, M. flourishing in wealth, dpflleut-us, •a, -um (adj.). flow, fliio, finere, fliixl, fluxuin , floW down, de-Hfio, -flfiere, -Hi'ixi, -tluxinu. flower, llos, Hr.ris, ,M. fly, \<'>l-<>, -are, -a\ i, -iltuni ; ffiglo, ffif^Ore, tnii\, Inyltiun. foe (piililic), host-is, -is, M. i>r F. ; (private), inimic-us, -i, Al. follow, 8Ci|uor, Hi(iui, secutus sum; it follows that, sec|Ultnr ut. follower, use pres. jiart. of secpior. following day, (lies posterus ; on the following day, , 1, note). foot-soldier, podes, iiGdltis, M. for, prep., i)ro. (with abl. ; p. 224); (on account of), prae (abl.) ; of time, p. (i:), i». for gold, abl. (p. i.TO, 1). for, conj., nam ; enim (after first em- phatic word). for some time past, iamdudum [p. 21(1, 2, (/>.)]. forage, pabnl-or, -arl, -atus sum. forbid, veto, vutare, vetiii, vetituni. force, vis, F. (p. 4.')) ; (army), ^ forces ; v., cOyo, cO!,are, c6c{,n, cOactum. forces, copiae, -arum, F. p\. forefathers, maiOr-es, -um, pi. M. foreign, cxtern-us, -a, -um (adj.). foreigner, pcrcfjrin-us, -i, M. foremost, primus, -a, -um (adj.). foresee, pro-splcio, -spici're, -spexi, -spectum. forest, silva, -ae, F. foretell, prae-dkio, -tllcCre, -dixi, -dictum. forget, obllviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum (p. 14(5, 7). form a plan, consilium in-eo [-Ire, -Tvl (or -ii), -itum]. form a league, foedu.s ferlre. form a line of battle, acieni in- struo (-strilCre, -struxi, -structum). former, pri-or, pri-us ; of former daya, pristln-us, -a, -um. formerly, olim. fort, castell-um, -i, N. fortify, mun-Io, -ire, -ivi, -itum. VOCABULAHY. 495 fortress, arx, arcis, F'. ; caBtell-iiin, -1, fortunate, fClix, fclicis; fortiin.it us, ■a, -iiin (adj.). fortune, foi-tun-a, -tw.- v. foul, fofdti.s, -a, •uin, ailj. foully, iiifarle. found, con-do, (iCre, -dldi, -dlt four, fiuatttior. fourteen, quattuorfltcim. fourth, (luart-us, -a, -iiiii, adj. free, adj., liber, -ura, -Oriiin ; e.\perH, p.xpertis (with al.l. ; p. (U, 4); v., lil.cro, -rire, -avi, -atiiiu. freedom, lihcrias, -atis, F. freedwoman, llberta, -ae, F. ftesh, rCeens, recientis, adj. friend, .liiiicuH, -i, M. friendly, .imic-u.s, -a, -uin(adj.). friendship, runiciti-a, -ae, F. frequent, erOber, crebra, crebnini (adj.). frog, rana, raiiae, F. from, aorab (with abl.); de (abl.); p. 1;VS, 2. front, frons, frontiH, F. ; on the (in) fi'ont, a f route. frost, friris, M. Geneva, (JOnO\-a, -ae, F. gentle, nut-is, -c ; len-is, -e (adj.). gently, leniter. German, Oerman-us, -a, -inn (adj.). get, ac-((utro, -(inlrOre, -qiiimvi, -(|m.si- tuiii ; ussOiiiior, -sCipii, -secfitus sum. gift, don-uui, -I, N. girl, pilell-a, -ae, F. give, (h'tno, -are, -avl, -atum ; do, dare, dedl, datum ; g. notice, say " in- form ; " give up (^Hurrender), dC-do. •dere, -didi, -dltum ; ( hand down), tra- do, -dure, -dldi, -dltum. glad, laet-us, -a, -imi; liben-a, Hbentis (adj.);Iamg.todoit,hoclibenterlaci(). gladly, laete, libenter. globe, orbis terraruin. glorious, praeclarus, -a, -uni (adj.). glory, j,'ldrl-a, -ae, F. go, Co, -ire, -IvI (-11), Itum ; (be about to), p. 174, 1. go away, ab-Co, -ire, -Ivl (-II), -Itum. go out, ex-cedo, -cudere, -cewsi, -ees- sum ; ex-oo, -ire, -Ivl (or -IT), -Itum. God, Deus, 1)61 (p. 13, 2). goddess, de-a, -ae, F. (p. 6, 2). gold, aur-uni, -I ; for g., p. 150, 1. golden (},'old), auru-us, -a, -um, adj. good, bonus, -a, -um (p. 20); conip., melior; sup., optiiiius. goods, merx, niercia, F. govern, rego, rCgfire, rexl, rectum ; gubern-o, -are, -avi, -atum. governor, praefectus, -I, M. gradually, paulatim. grandfather, avus, avi, M. Granicus, Granic-us, -i, M. grateful, grat-us, -a, -um (adj.). grain, frriment-um, -l, N. gratitude, gratia, -ae, F. ; I show gratitude, gratiam refCro (referre, retfili, relatum); I feel g., gratiam hab-eo (-ere, -fii, -Itum). great, magn-ns, -a, -um ; of e~sau size, ingena, ingentis (adj.) ; SO g., taiitus. greatly, magnopere (adv.) ; comp., magis; sup., niaxime. 496 VOCABULARY. Greece, (lrap( i-a, -ae, F. greedy, ;tMrum(p. -Jtri). heavy, grav-is, -e (adj.), heir, borcs, -dls, M. _ help, irtvo, iilvare, iilvl, ifitum ; ad- ulvo, -mvare, -iflvl, -iutum ; n., auxlll-um, -1, N. Helvetians (Helvetii), Helvcti-i, -orum, M. hem in, con-tlneo, -tincre, -tlnOl, -tentuni. hence, henceforth, i)roinde, hinc. herald, iiraec-o, -onis, M. here, bic. here, I am, ad-sum, -esse, -fill. hesitate, dablto, -are, -avi, -atum. hidden, occuit-us, -a, -um, atlj. hide, cOl-o, -are, -avi, -atum. high, alt-US, -a, -um (adj.). highest, snnuu-us, -a, -um ; vith in- terest, use maj^'ni (p. IWi, 3); of price, highly, I value, maurni aestimo (p. 1,^0, 2). hill, coll-is, -is, M.; moris, montis, M. him ; p. 166, 3. himself, se; ipse, ipsa, ipsum (p. lOo, o). hinder, impcd-Io, -ire, -ivl, -itum- nh-stn, -stare, 'Stifi, -statum (dat.). his, eius, suus (p. 1«8, 3); often omit- ted ; Kli), .f-), note 2. historian, rerum script-or (-Oris, M.). VOCAUULARY. 497 hither, cTtfr ior, -i.^ris (adj.). hold, hkhcn, hahorp, haiirn, hftlxtiim ; tf^nOo, tf-iiere, tf'nni, lentiiin; criinn, <'ai)«rc, cOpI, caiitiiin ( coiitaiti). home, (Irnnim. -hh, f. ; at home, «loiiil ; (to) home, ilomnin ; from home, (loiiio. Homer, ll("iiinr-tiH, -i. M. honest, i>rf.l) us, -X -inn (adj.). honor, ndea, fldiil ((^ood faith), V. ; honor, -(TiH, M. (distinction). hope, spcH, 8|)(^T, F. hope, hope for, I, BpCr-o, .an!, -avi, •atuni. Horace, Hrtrati->in, i, m. horse, C(|uus, et|iii, M. horseman, Otiues, Onwith, M. host (opiKJsed to truest), lioHpes, hos pltis, M. host (a multitude), multltud o, Inis.F. hostag'e, obses, ohsldie, M. hot, be, ( aiCo, (iMere. hour, hoi-a, -ae, F. house, . liW, V, note. how many, quot. how much, (|uantuin ; with (!on»- puratives, ((uanto. how often, qufltles. human, human-us, -a, -uni (adj.). humble, hnnill-is, -e (adj.). hundred, a, centum. hunger, fames, famis, F. hurl, con-Ielo, -IcCre, -iecl, -ieotum (at -in + ace.). hurry to, con-tendo, -tendfire, -tendl, -tentiun (ad with ace). husband, vir, vin, M. I. I, ago (p. 104). if, si (p. 190) ; if.. ..not, nisi. Hi.... non (p. 190, 3) ; unless, nisi (p. litO, 3). ignorant of, I am, iKnur-o, -iire, -avi, -atum ; ne-scio, -scire, -sclvi, -scitum. ill, I am, aegrot-0, -are, -ftvl, -atum. illuatrious, praeclar-us, -a, -uni (adj.). ill-WiUi Tn?i!fvQlent!-a, -ae F. imitate, Imlt-or, -art, -atus sum. immediately (adv.), statim, confes- tiiis. Immediately after the battle. (onfcstun a proelio. immortal, inunortrd Is, •»> (aiM, -a, -um (al)+abl.). increase (trans.), auKCo, aujfere, auxl, auctum ; (intrans.), cresco, crt8c6re,(r0vl, crCtum. incredible, incredliaiis, -e(p. 17.'')). indecisive, anceps, anclpitis (adj.). inexperienced, iini)erit-us, -a, -um. infant, infans, infantis, M. or F. infantry, podit-e.s, -inn, M. pi. influence, auctorlt-as, -atis, F. Inform, ccrtiorem fa(tere(of de). inform him about these mat- ters, I, ego eum certioreni de liis rebus facio. inhabitant, inc(-)l-a, -ae, M. ; i. of a town, opi)idanu3, i, M. injure, nOcuo, nOcere, nficfii, itum (witlrl dat.). injury, iniurl-a, -ae, F. ; damnum, -i, N. innocence, innOcentl-a, -ae, F. innocent, innocens, innOcentis (adj.). inquire, quaero, (piaerOre, (piaeslvl •[Uaesltuni ; rOffo, -are, -avi, -atum. insist on, flaf;it-o, -are, -avi, -atum. instantly, continue. institution, institrit-um, -i, N. instruct, erud-Io, -ire, -IvI, -Hum. insult, contfimell-a, -ae, F. intellect, mens, mentis, F. ^ 498 VOCAHUlMltY. i , It M Intend, p. 171, 1. Intentionally, corwuito. (p. ititi, .() ; (hiK'h iiiiitfiii or nniliiiiii). Interpreter, im crpreH, iiit.T|.rCtiM, M. Into, ill (with inc.). IntrUBt. I. perinitto, -mittoro, misi •liiinmiMi ; nmii.l o, -ar.', -livr, iituiii. . |",y»^«' I- '"'111"" iiifero (infi-rrr nitllil, llliUum). Viiiitrri, Inventor, inventor, -oriH, M. Invite, I, invito, -lire, -avi, .litiini. Irruption, an, inciirai-o, .cuU, k. island, iiisni a. -nc, k. JSdUe, Ovi'iit-IIB, -fiM, M. It. H.c he. Italy, ItAlla, -ac. F. Its, I'iim ; referring to subject, huiis. Hiia, ^^l^un(p. 1(1!), r.). ' itself, ipH", ipsa, ipsuiii. J. January, lanmiH im, -a, -um (a.^'"^)°^ ni»". the, use quails I .^'P*^'. °*' *^^S' h'liiiHmOili ; of that kind, OiuHuKVli ; talis. kindness, bonefici-un!, t, N. ^^klng, rex, regis ; king's. reKlus, -a, knee, jfCn-u, -u.s, N. know, .selo, scire, scivi, seltiiiu (a fact )• nosco, -ere, mivi, iiotum (a person). known, not-us, -a, -um (adj.). . knowledge, 8clentl-a, -ae, F.; (jearn- in>,'), doetrm-a, -ae, F. L. Labienus, Labion-us, -i, m. Lacedaemon, Laccdaem-on, -6nis, F. Lacedaemonian, Ucedaemuni'us •a, -um (adj.). ' lack, I, mihi deest. lacking, expors, expert-iH (with abl. ; p. 04, 4; p. 281, !)). lake, I.lo-us, -us, M. lame, olaud-us, -a, -um (adj.). lament, lament-or, -ari, -atus sum ; dOleo, dolere, dulai, no sup. land (the soil), h'^vr, aKri, M • (a country), terra, -ae, F. ; native land, PiVri-a, ae, F. ; by sea and land, terra milrKpie. land troops, milites in terram ex- pono (-ponure, -pOsOi, -pOsUum). lang-u.ag-ft {iougne), lin-u-a, -au, F. • (conversation), serm-o, -onis, M. large, majfn-us, -a, -um; inj(en-s, -tis- so 1., tant-us, -a, -um (adj.). VOCAHUIMIIY. •19!) last (of n niiinlx'r), iiltliiiiiN, -a, -iiin; (iiiiiri'Ht: as, lust nlfirhtl, i>ri)\liiitiiH, a, -inn ; inoHt remote, i\tn m iiH, n, ■iini; at ItlHt, ikiiiniiK tlniiiiMil nut till then) ; tiinilriu. lHte(rrc(iit), rrciris, r«'i'ciitis(ii(IJ ). late, too, iul\., Mi'iii. lately, nniu'i- ; Hiip., ini|K'rrliiu'. law, lf\, 10;,'iM, I''. lay waste, Mwto, iirc, -uvi, ;Uuin. lead, tliiio, (liictri', (liiM, iliK timi ; lead across or through, tnins (incu, •(liictre, (liiM, (liiciuiii ; lead back, re (liico, (liicf-rt', (luxi, (liictuin ; lead out, Odiico, -ilucC'rc, (liixi, (luilmii. lead, )iliitiilMiiii, -i, N. leader. . of doceo, teach). learning, doctriua, -iw, i\ least at, Halti'in ; I at least, ego certf. leave, rt-lin(|uo, -liiKiurre, -liqiii, -lictiiiii ; (a place) e.\-(!Odi), -ccdcre, -ccHHi, -cesstiin (wit)i ace. or alt), or witli ex.) ; diHcedo, -cOdere, -(lesHl, -(leHsimi (ex) ; prftflciseor, jiroflcisci, profectns hiiiii. left. Minister, -ra, -riini (adj.). legion, lejfl-o, -onis, F. leisure, oti-um, -i, N. ; at leisure, otios-iis, -a, -)ini (adj.). less (adv.), iiiiinis ; less than two hundred fell, miims dncenti j)ericr- uiit. Minus, vvltli numerals (like plus and aniplius, more) ha.s no effect upon tlie construction. less, adj., minor, niinu8 (p. 57, 4). lest, nO (p. 18"., ;<). let, sino, slnere, sTvI, sltum ; or use licet (1(W, 6). letter, Ci>ist61-a, also Cpistrd-a, -ae, F., littC'r-ae, -arum, F. (j)!.). levy, n., delectus, -fis, M. ; I hold a levy, delectum lialieo. liar, mendax, mendficis, M. or adj. liberality, liberalit-as, -atis, F. liberate, libfr-o, -rue, -avr, -atum. liberty, libert-as, -atis, F. lie, ific-f'o, -Ore, -fli, -Itum ; (speak falsely) mentior, mentlrl, mentitus sum. lieutenant, legat-us, -i, M. life, vit-a, -ae, F. light, lu.\,irici9, p.; lumen, lumlnis, N. lightning fidttiir, (nltfnri,'-us, a, -uni ; for a long time, dill, iam|irldem ('JK!, 2, It). look at, sjiect-o, -are, iim, atum. look down on, de-spiclo, -spicere, ■spexl, -spectum. look for, exHpect-f), -are, -;ivi, -atum. lord, domin us, -i, .M. lose, ri-mi(to, inittire, -mini, -misHum ; lose an oppoi-tunity, occiwirmem amitto. loss, damnum, -i, N. ; cfilamlt-aa, -atis, F. lot, sors, sortis, F. ; fortuna, -ae, F. lot, it falls to my, mlhi aocldit; milii continjfit. loud, ma>,'n us, -a, -um (adj.). love, rmi-n, -are, -uvi, -atum ; dllljfo, ddlj^ere, dllexi, dllei^tiim. lovely, pulcher, pulchrfi, piiU hrimi ( irvs, indinni (pi ) m marble, mann-or, Miis, N. marble, mann,-)reiis, -a, -inn (a.lj ) march, iter, itini^ri'^ n • f^^v^ \ ^^^Marcus. Man-ns. -r, M.. a Ron.a,. Marius, AFiiii-us, -i, m. market place, f<-.r-iiiii. .^ n Marseilles, Mansili-a, -ac-, F. marsh, pal-fiH, .fi,iis, k master (,.f l„,y.s), ,naf.'is|.(.r ..-i m • (ot slaves), (lOmlii-ii.s, -i, m. ' ' '■ • matter, res, loi |.' rO?SS";;^J!5"«'' ''' '-vi interest or wish (p, i;i,s, J, ;.). ^ J- "*• ''^•>) . "f a May (month of), Mai-ns •, ,„.. a.lj. (n.ensis l.ei,,.. un.ierst, „„|) ' "'' "'"' ^, meal, cC„-a. -ae, F, ; ep„l.ae, -Aru.n, mean,v..8il.ivo]o(veIle, volui) means cr, by, al.l. (p. 7i_ .jj meanwhile, intorim ^^measure, n.otror, .n,t,rr. ...ensus Meles, Me(l-I,.,-,riii.i(pl.), M. (.iaTffre.^'' ^^^^'y- «''v""" h.xstD.us memory, inf-in,-irl-a, -ae, F merchant, mercai-or, -Oria, M. mei-chantman, navis oneraria. Mercury, Merciirl-us, i, M. men^y, iiits,rlc„r,li a, -n,', F, mere, ipse, ips,., ipsinn (p. p^.f). *nej,.nil|,apassim,„ („,',», m milk, lac, -tis, N. ' mind,anIm-us,.,,M.;„„.ns.n„,ntiH,F ^^^mjserable, n.Iser, ...imra, n.iseru..; modesty, iii,-i,leHti-a, -ae, F. money, prcunla, -ae, F. ' month, ineii.siH, -is, M. moon, Iiina, Iniia,', F. morals, iii,.res, mOnim, M moreover, praetfcrea, adv. morninpr. in the, mane, a,Iv /,1,^m'?*^'^ <'ly'"^')' '"ortal-iH, .e(a(in- (I<5raequ,., p]ora,,ue most part, for the, maxime. mound, a^-Ker, -j,r(.ris, M. mountain, mona, montis m j^^mourn over. in,.eo. i,.^..;,, „„,, mouth, 08, Oris, N. much, imilt-iiH, -a, -iim in,u \ • .. •*! ten.,Wi.s ' '°' ™- ''ime, multun. multitude, i»ultitfi,i-o, -ini.s f ts.1 , . .■vcnarc- itiierfecio. must: p. 172,2; 17;},,';. niy, ine-us, -a, -um (adj.). myself (einphati,j),i,>,e. • vocahulahy. 601 ■ N. nanKj, noinoii, -IniH, N. name, g'oud. Mm a, -uc. i\ NapIdH, NciiixMiH, .JH. V nation, |)<-i|iii|.nH. I. M. ; cTvK-.ih, ill is, ^. ; null <>, (iiiiH, v. (of fiirci^fn nuMoiis). natlv(» land or country, i-iitn u •ac, !•". naiuro, (lainr-ii, nc, i". noar, i>io|>c, lul, or npud (wiih ncc,, be n«ar, iKlsmn (diii ). nearoHt, iuomiiiuh, -h, itm (ikIj.). nearly, pucnc, fer- (ii«l\.|. noooHHary, fifccKHMrl iis,-ii,-mn(iMlJ.). no(U3Hnify, iiii'CHHit. UN, -ritjH, k, need, opim , •■■K<'rc,c>r|-|| ( I ,ii,|_ o,.^r,.„., p. -js;;, I)' needy, fROiniH (.S7. :t, not.c). nejflnct, lu-jc 1.-k.>, U'ncrv, Icxl, -Icc- iiiiii. . iielghbor, viciniiH, i, m.; fuiiiiinus. I, M. nelflrhboring-, fitiitim hh, ,-i mii (mlj.). neither .... nor ; no!|ii.' iinitii' ncc , . lice, neither mf (wo), neuter, nentn iifiitrnin (p. M}. neHt, nidiiH, i, M. never, ?ii)iHpiaiM. new, ii<'.V|iiiH, -II, -mil (adj.), newH of, there is, nuiitiainr (p I'U, 1!, iiolo£). ' next, the, jiroxlm us, a, iin! (ndj ) • next day, ilies ptmtcnm ; on the next day, die poHtero, po.stridle eiiisdiei. night, iiox, iioctis, K. no: p. '.il», 4, noli!. noble, prafclririiH, -a. iim ; nol.il-iH e (adj.). noon, noonday, imridf rh, ri, m. no ope, llcliio((reii,, imllllis; p. i:!'2,'.!); mill-im, -a, -iini ; and no one, nei' i'19, pin us, us, F. f VOCABULARY. 5o;j ! pirate, praed-o, -otiis. M. pitch a camp, castra pOnfire or muni re. pity, mlsCrlcorfH-a, -ae, F. pity, v., nitsCrOor, inlserCrt, mlserltus sum, with jren. ; I pity you, me ttii miseret (16r), 1). place, 16C-US, -1, M. ; pi., loei, M., and loca, N., p. 242. place, v., l<5c-n, -are, -avi, -atum (ace.); pono, ponOre, pOsni, p^isltum ; place over; prac-flcio, -ficere, -feci, -fectutn. plain, camp-US, -I, M. ; planUI-es, -cl, F. plain (evident), mar.ifest-us, -a, -urn (adj.). plan, conslll-um, -T, N. (form iiieo). play, lud-us, -I. M. ; lus-us, -us, M. ; v., lud-o, -ore, -si, -uin. pleasant, iucund-us, -a, -um (adj ) ; ^ratus, -a, -um (adj.). please, delect-o, -are. -avi, -atum (ace); i)iaceo, plftcOre, pl.lcfii, plficituni (with dat.). please, I (?.c, choose), mihi llhet, libnit, libitum est. pleasing- : see pleasant. pleasure, vciupt-as, -riti8,'F. plough, n., aratr-um, -I, N. plough, v., flr-o, -are, -avT, -atum. ploughed land, arvum, arvi, N. pluck, carpo, carpCre, carpal, carptum. plunder, praeda, -ae, F. poet, poct-a, -ae, M. point out, monatr-o, -are, -avT, atum ; ostendo, ostendiJre, ostendi, oatentum. poison, vCnen-um, -i, N. Pompey, Pompci-us, -i, M. pool, stagiuun, -I, N. poor, pauper, pauperis (adj.). populace, plebH, plcbis, F. possession, obtain or gain, potior, potlri, potltus sum (i>. llfi). possible, use possum ; all p., omnes quas potest; as many as p., quam plurimi (p. 141?, jiote). poverty, i>aupert-as, -fitis, F. power, impPrl-um, -I, N.; pdtest-as, -atis, K. ; pritcntl-a, -ae, F. (vxndue power). powerful, pfiteuB, iintpiitis. practice, ustis, -fn, m. praise, n., laus, laudis, F. praise, v., laud-o, -are, -avi, -atum. praiseworthy, laudabil-is, e (adj.). pray for, or o, -are, -uvi, -atum. prayers, prOc-es, -um, F. prefer (wish rather), malo, malie, malni, no sup. ; ante-pono, -ponOre, -pOs- fil, -pOsltum (with ace. and dat.); prae- fero, -ferre, -ti'ill, -latum. prepare, pir-o, -are, -fivl, -atum. present, a, ddnum, -t, N. present, I am, ad-smn, -esse -ffii ; inter-sum, -e.sse, -ffll (at = dat.). presently, mox, brevi. preserve, conserv-o, -are, -avi, atum : serv-o, -are, -avi, -atum. pretend, simnl-o, -are, -avi, -atum ; diaslnull-o, -are, -avi, -atum. prevent, ob-sto, -stare, -stlti ; i>ro. hIbC'O, -hIbOre, -hlbfii, -hibltum ; prevent him from doing, I, prohibeo emu • luomiiuis faciat (p. isri, 2). previous, prior, prii-.s. price, prCtl-um, -I, N., p. 150 pride, superb-ia, -ae, F. prince, princepa, princlpis, M. prison, career, carcC'ris, M. prisoner (of war), captiv-us, -i, M. private person, priv.at-us, i, M. prize, praemi-um, -I, N. promise, pro-mitto, mittere, -misi, ■missum ; pol-licOor, -lleerl, -llcitus sum (with fut. inf. ; 110, 1). promise, promiss-urn, -I, N. proof, indlcl-um, -i, N. property, bfina, N. pi. ; fortunae, F. pi.; res, rel, F. proud, sfiperb-us, -a, -um (adj). provide for, I, i)ro-vIdCo, -videre, -vidl, -visum. providence, providenti-a, -ae, F. provided that, mOdo, dununOdo (194, ;{). province, provinci-a, -ae, F. provoke, Iftcesso, licessCre, l.lcesslvi, Ificessitum. prudence, prndentl-a, -ae, F. punish, i)unIo, -Ire, -Tvl, -itum. punishment, poena, poenae, F. ; supp'ici \un, -I, N. pupil, (li.scii)nlus, -i, M. purpose, for the p. of, causa (HI, 'A). purposely, consulto. pursue, 8e(|uor, se(|ui, secutus sum. pursuit, 8tfldl-um, -i, N. mi f ' ' ¥i !'. ■r«' &' . i'^ m M J i 11' II JHE, ^H, r fW' not VOCABULARY. put, poiio, ponfTo. ))08nT, p(\sltiiin Pyrenees. Pyronaei Montes. Q. quaestor, fiuaest-or, -(iris, M. quantity, copl-a, .ae. h\; vis. F. queen, ivj^in-a, -ao. i<\ question, I ask a, nv^ro. .-ire -jut tion, h.K;t;:i4o ^°'' '^^^'^ *!"««- quickly, ccleritiT. ^^^^t. qulot-us. -a. -urn (adj.) ; ,,„u.s. R. race (kind). jr<^n-us, -oris N • tho human race, rcmis humanu,,, '; r of men. jreniis hoinlniini. - ^ ■ ^i rape. Ir-a, -ae, F.; fcr-or, -Ori.s, M. rain, phlvl-a. -ae, F.; im-her, -l.ria, M. raise, tollo, tollero, msinU, suhiatnin rank, ord-o, -Inis, M. (military tern.) rather, pfitlus. Ravenna. Havenn-a. -ae, F. reach. pOrvenlo, -vfnlre,' -voni -ven- tum (ad with aec). read, iCgo, \lig6re, lo-i, lectum. read aloud, rCdt-.., -are, -avi, -atuni ready iMrat-us. -a, -um (wiih inf., oat., or ad. and aci'.). really, vero ; re vera (in truth) the^rPflr":*^',""'"' -'• ^- ^'o*^ "'-in i/iiw rear, a ti'rifo. ^^reason, caus-a. -ae, F.; p. 181, i („so ^^receive, mrlpio. -olpere, -cepl, .,.ep- recent, reeens, recentis (adj.). recover (intr.), ae recipio. refrain, de-si.sto. -sistore, -stiti -sti- ttini (al)l., oralil. withn). refLlse. nolo, nolle, nolni; recT.s-o -ait, -avi, -atum. tunh^^''^' *"''""'• '"^'"^''■*'' ^^^^'''' •''''"■ _ reig-n, \ ., royn-o. -rtre, -avi -atnni ■ pTmlT' "'"' ''••d^^rin^ther., see reject, rPpndi-o, -are, -avi, -atum. rejoice, Raud-eo, -ore, s-AvIsns .smn. j relate, narr-o, -are. -a\ i, -atnni • it is t^L^if^' "arratur ; it is related by tradition, traditum est, ^ ^^^relyingr on, fret-.... -a. -nn. (adj.) remain, miln-Oo, -ore, -sT, -sum. remember, p. ur. ; ue, 7. remind, adnifin-eo, -Ore. -ni -Ttiim- jonnnone-facio. facCre. -fOn. '•-faSn «t.dS?.o?,!;teT(TJS;Tj.'''''^""'^''« reply, v.. re-spondoo, -SDonderc ■«I>ondi, -sponsuni ; respons-uni. -I, N ' na^fS^^r). "-"'.'"■"• •'^••«- -'^^•'' '-'^t"'"; narr-o. -are, -avi, -atum. ' republiq, reHi)ul.Il<.a, rCTpubllcae, F. ^^^resist. re-sisto, -.sistOre, -stIti, -.stttum. -sutlumm®' ^°"-'^*'*"°' -«tlt«1fre. -.stltni, .rest, qul-es, -etis, F. ; the r., rfili.p.i, retake, re-dpio, ■cIpere,-copI,-(.oi)tuni. retreat, se recilpcre. return (fjo Ijaek), rCd-Co, -ire, -ivl(or -dltum."" ' ^*^'"' *"'''''^' •""'■''"• -''^^^' -^'d'' tumS). "^'''''•^'"°' ■^'«-^- -d'-. -rtic reward, praeml-um, -i, N. Rhine, Rhen-us, -I, M. Rhone, Rhfidiui-us, -i, m. rich. dM es. divrtis ; dia. ditia ; opu- Itntus, -a, -um ; coplos-us, -a, -um (adj.). -umfadj:).'"'^""^' ■^' """' = ''"'"■""• •"' rig-ht (-on the ritrht hand), dexter, -tia, -trum ; right hand, nianu.sdextra. right, n., ins, iuris, N. ; fas, N. (p. 239). ripe, matfir-us, -a, -um (adj.). rising, Arlen-s, -tis (adj.). -uS^n' ^'^'■'°''''"""'' ■'' N. ; disorlm-en, ' * * river, flum-en, Inis. N. ; flftvl-us -T M.; riv-u8, -T. M.; amn-is, -i.s, M. ' road, \ la, -ae, F. ; Iter, ItlnCris, N. rock, sax-um, -T, N. ; rilp-es, -is. R, sc(5pul-us, -1, M. > t , , i ., Roman. Rdmanus, -a, -um (adj.). Rome, Roni-a, -ae, F. Romulus, Konn-d-us, -l, M. root, lad-i.v, -icis, F. rose, r(5s-a, -ae, F. V0( ;A HU LA KV 505 rougrh, asp-or, -Pra, -^nim (.mIJ). route, vi-ii, -•■ic, I''.; iicr, itiiicris, \. ruin, exlti-nin, -i, N. ; |.iTnli'l-cH, -, ro-ficiscor, tlciscj, -fectus Hum (for=;arl). seventh, septim-us, -a, -um (a.sT(ll-o, -onis, V. sight, coiisju'ct-us, -us, M. signal, sign-mn, -i, N. silence, sllentiuin, -i, N. silent, I am, tcwoo, tacfrf, tricni, triclt'.im. silent, ti'iclt-us, -a, -uin (adj.). silver, arK'ent-um, -i, N. silver, of, arj,a'nt-Cii8, -Ca, -Cumi. since, adv., abhino; ten years since, abhinc decern aiiiio.s (or aiinis). since, oonj., (|uuni, nnni (p. 20;i) ; , (a). son. fil-ius, -ii, or -i, M. song, cant-us, -us, M. ; carm-en, -Inis, •••i, M. 11, mox, brevi. \co!iip. of mature, N. son-in-la"w . soon, slatini, sooner, iiiatru early). Sophocles, Sophocles, -is, M. sorrow, dul-6r. -oris, M. soul, anini-us, -I, M. ; anlin-a, -ae, F. sound, s(')iiit us, -us ; v., sOno, sOiiare, sonfii, sonltuiii. sovereignty, reffn-um, -i, N. sow, sC-ro, sOrore, sovi, satiini. space, spati-uiii, -i, k. ; within the space of two days, bid no. spare, parco, parcOre, pOpercI, parci- tum or parsuin (with dative ; p. 10,'), <)). Sparrow, passer, passCris, M. speak, l('K|uor, dico. speaking, du-ere (inf. used as a noun; 108, 4) ; ais diceiidi. spear, hasta, ae, F. speech, oratl-o, -onis, F. speed, cclerlt-as, -atis, F. spend, consfini-o, -Ore, coiisumpsi, coiisuniiitfini. spit, ver-u, -fis, N. splendid, splendldus, -a, -uiii (adj.). sport, 11., Indus, -1, M. ; lus-iis, -Qs, M. ; v., liido, luikre, lusi, liisum. spot, Idr-U9, -i. spread. sparj,'o, sjiarfjCre, spaisi, spar sum ; steriio, sternOre, stravF, stratum, spring, ver, vOrls, N. spy. specfilat or, -oris, M. ; explorat or, oris, M. Stand, sto, st.^re, stcti, statuiii; s. for, pot-o. Ore, -ivi (-ii), -ituni ; h. near, ad- sto, -btare, -stiti. star, stell-a, -ae, F. start : see set out. state, civlt-as, -atis, F. statue, statfi-a, -ae, F. stay : see remain. step, pass-us, -us, M. W 1 f! VOCABITLAUY. 507 I r still, traniinill US, -a, -imi (adj.); (nevurtheli'Ms) Uniuii ; (t-vi'ii now), mlhud. Stone, lapis, lapidis, m. stork, cicOiiI-a, -iic, F. storm, teiiii)est-as, -atia, F. Story, fabfil-a, -ai', F. Stream, rU-nH, -i. m. ; fh'iviuH -i M • amnis, -is, M. ; flfiin-t'ii, -inis, N. strensrth, roli-nr, -oris, N. • \ in-s viriimi, K. (pi. ()f vis ; p. 4;)). Strive, con or, -an, -iitus Hiiiii; nilor niti, nisus or ni.xus himii. subdue, HfiiiCr-o, -are. -fu i, -atuiii • vnco, viiiffre, vici, victwm. such, talis, .(. ; of Such a kind eiusmodi (in contempt). sue, i>. 18"), T). suffer, patior, j)ati, i)as.sus sum. suffering, labor, -Oris, AI. ; doi^ •oris, M. suitable, apt us, -a, -um (adj.); Tddnf.. »s, -a, -um (adj.) Sulmo, SuIni-0, -dnis, M. summer, aest-as, atis, F. summon, convoo-o;"arc, avT. -atum arcesso, -(x'ssOre, -cessivl, -cessitum. sun, sol, .soils, M. sunset, soils occiisus (-us), M. sure, certus, -a, -um (adj.). surpass. 8fii)0ro, -rire, -avl, -atum; vinco, viri'jure, vici, victum. surrender, trad-o, ^^\{^n\ -drdr, -ditum ; dv do, -dOre, -didi, -ditum (tr.). ' sway, inipCr-ium, -i, N. swift, celfr, ceteris, cOlCre ; rapldus -a, -mu ; swifter, ocMor, dclus. ' swim, nut-o, -are, -avi, -atum. swine, bus, sfiis, M. or F. sword, gladl-us, -T, M. ; ferrum, -i, .V. T. table, mens-a, -ae, F. take, capio, capere, •cOpT, captum ; take by storm, expujfn-o, -are, -a\i, -atum. talent, ine8), <|uam (p ."■>'>, r.). thank, grUiaa agOre (dat.). that, p. lii'i, 1 ; ut (lb;i; 187). that, illu, ilia, illud. the, p. 4, 11, note ; (emphatic), p. las, i. theft, furt-um, -T, N. their, p. 10!», 5 ; often omitted, p. I6i). f), note •^. ' t > them, they, l(W, 3. then, turn. there, ibi; bet., adsum. thick, dens-US, -a, -um (adj.). thing-, res, rei, F. think (fancy), ])nt-o, -are, -avl, atum ; (reflect), cogito, -are, -avi, -atum; (hold as ati oiHmon), cens-eo, -ere, -ui, -sum • (judge), arbitror, -ari, -atus sum. this, hie, haec, hoc (p. 117). thou, tu, tfii. though, 1!)0, 5. thousand, milie, indecl. in sing ; iii theiil., millia, millium, millibus (p. 08,' 5). three, trOs, trfa. three hundred, trecent-l, -ae, -a. threshold, llmen, -inis, N. through, per (ace.). throw, v., iaeio, -iacCrc, -iOci, -iactuni • throw away, ab-icio, -leere, -ioci, -iec^tum. throw, iact-us, -us, M. thy, thine, tn-us, -a, -um (ailj.). till, p. 201, 4. timber, matOrl-a, -ae, F. time, tenip-us, -oris, N. timid, tinu'dus, -a, -inn (adj.). to, prep., ad or in with a<'c. ; (of pur- liose), KS.'i, .5; to no purpose, fnistra, iie(|uid(|uam. to-day, hodie. to-morrow, eras. tongue, lingua, -ae, F. too, (with compar.), p. 188, 5, (c) ; too Kreat to be told, sa.\ greater than which can be told, 188, 5, (c). \ M' 508 VOCAMUl AliY. I top, niilm eii, -Inis, N. ; fastit(I-uin. -T, N.; the top of the hill, .ollis suni- nius; the top of the mountain, IIIIIIIH 811IUIIIII.S. torn, la-ccr, -ciTa, -(vniin (iidj.). touch, V.iiiiio. taiijr.rc. titlKl, tiiclmn ; t. the heart, aiiiinuin mOveo. tower, turr-is, -is, F. ; arx, arcis, V. town, oi)pI(l-mii, -I, X. track, vt'Ktif,'i-iiiii, -i, N. traitor, prodlt-or, -oris, M. treachery, perfldl-a, -ae, K. ; pto- (lili-o, -Ollis, F. treaty, foed-us, -ctIs, N. tree, arbor, arbdris, F. tribe, tril)-u3, -fig, F. troops, copi-ac, -rirum, F. (pi,). Troy, Troi-a, -ae, F. Trojan, Troian-ns, -a, -iim. true, vcr-iis, -a, -iim(a(lj.). trust, fido, fidere, fisusHum ; oonfTdo -fldere, -tisus siini (withdat. ; p. 105, »). ' truth, vOrlt-as, -atis, F. ; vOra(n. pi.), try, fon-or, -.art, -atns smu ; mtor niti, iiisus or nixiis sum ; p. 21(), 8, note 1.' twelve, dfiodC'clni. twenty, viginti; twenty at a time. vK'eni, -ae, -a; twenty times, vioies. two, dflo, dfiae, drto ((i8, 4). two hundred, dftconti, -ae, -a(:im. wind, vent-us, -i, M. wmdiljg, cnrv-us, -a, -iiin (adj.). wine, vfn-um, -i, N. Wing, ai-a, -ae, F. ; corn-u, -us, N. Winged, vrtliie (T, rl.s, -r.' (idj.). winter, v., I.l,.m ,,, ...re, -aM, -,d,|,n. winter ham .. i.s. f. ; that w.. V- >^-i, 1 ; all w.. ace. Wisdom, s.ipientl-a, ae, F. Wise, saplen-s, -tis (adj.), Wish, vnliint as, -ati.s. F. ; ^., volo, velle, voliu. ' with, eiiiu, prep, with al.i., written after personal and rel. pronoun.s : nieeuiii 'luiliusenm (Ior>, s; I2(i, ;{, note iJ) ; of military at ("ompaniment, p. 12, 3. Withdraw. soalKJuco. within, p. 82, 2 ; intra (acc.X Without, extra (prep, witli acr.) • p. -''^1, I ; be Without, expcrs es8e(abl.). withstand, re-sisto, -sisterc, -Htiti -sfituiii; ol.-sto, -stare, -stlti. -.stltiim (dat.). wolf, Ifip-us, -!, M. woman, nmlier, -is, F. wood, lignum, -1, N. wood, a, silv-a, -ae, F. woody, silvest-er, -ri.s, -re (lulj.). word, verl)-uiii.-i, N. ; (iironiise), ffdes fi; keep one's w., fldem praeHto ( stare, -stlti, ntltuni). work, f)p UH, -Cris, N. workman, fab er, liri, M. workmen, opOrae, M. (pi.), f.lbri. world, inund-us, -i, M. worse, peior, jieius ; dOtCrior, -ns. worst, p. 57, 4. worthy, diKn-us, -a, -um (adj.) (p. wound, vuln-UH, -Cris, N. wound, v., vulner o, -are, -avi, -atum. would, see will ; what you w. do, p. 17J, 1. would that, fttlnain (with subj. : p. 138, 4). y J , wretched, miser, -a, -um; infGli-x, -leis. write, bcrlbo, serlliPre, Heripsi, scrip- tuni. writing, scrlbere. wrong, iniurl-a, -ae, F. ; nefas, N., indecl. wrong doing. nhtlCflcl-um, -l, N. X. Xenophon, XCnfiph-on, -ontis. fij 11 510 VOrABl'LAKY, year, arm-us, -I, M. yearly, annu-us. a. .uni (ii.ij); (every year), quotannia. yes : p. i'!*, 4. yesterday, hen ; dies ht-Hterim.-i. yet. tfuuen, voriiii; ; aa yet, adhiic ; not yet, iiondinn. yield, cedo, cCdCre, cessi, cesauiii • (surrender), so l.,voa(p. 101); youyoursexf! tu ijtse. ^ young- man, Imenis, .Idrtlcscens ■uliiiescfiitis (also written adulescens). younger, iunlor (p. M, note). your, your.«, tu ns, -a, -uni (referring to one); vest cr. ra. -nini (adj.) (re- ferring to more than one) ; p. 118. 3. , youth, inventus, -fitis (l)o0erll-i8, -e (adj.). Zama, Z.lin-a, -ae, F. 'seif, wens, (re- of); LATIN PRONUNCIATION. ROMAN METHOD. VOWKLS. Pronunciation. Letters. Latin A long as in alio, numure, as En^. a in ps.,hn, s.^lve. slu,rt as n, aVor, nuhu^o. the sanic sound shortened. lioth t/,rc' either Eng. a in i,nc or as ,// in ,:/sIe. AU in A///^^ Kng. ou in Ivv/sr. OK in/^/v/z/A- N.B. Avoid the pronunciation "fced-us." ^'^ in //<7 Kn)r. ly \u ^yuy, ii in ski/n. EU hij^«, ;/<7^/,7 I ihe general rule, as given above, is a UI '\\\ cuijiuic j sufficient guide. Consonants. C as in uh/o, cMfii, circfi, uuuit- always :is F-ing. /■ / never as ,v nor cio. Qu in inijtdt. G in gaudt'o, ghius^ J,'^^^"^', ".^'v^. as f Ijcfore r, i. as Eng. , T X as in s